GOVERNMENT OF I NDI A

DEPARTMENT OF ATOMI C ENERGY
I NDI RA GANDHI CENTRE FOR ATOMI C RESEARCH
CI VI L ENGI NEERI NG DI VI SI ON















T E C H N I C A L S P E C I F I C A T I O N
P -2

SECTI ON V - TECHNI CAL SPECI FI CATI ONS


1 General:

The det ailed specificat ions given hereinaft er are f or t he it ems of wor ks described in t he
schedule of quant it ies at t ached herein, and shall be guidance f or proper execut ion of wor k t o t he
required st andards. I t may also be not ed t hat t he specif icat ions are of generalized nat ure and
t hese shall be read in conj unct ion wit h t he descript ion of it em in schedule of quant it ies and
drawings. The wor k also i ncludes all minor det ails of const ruct ion which are obviously and fairly
int ended and which may not have been referred t o in t hese document s but are essent ial for t he
ent ire occupat ion in accordance wit h st andard Engineering pract ice.

Unless specifically ot herwise ment i oned, all t he applicable codes and st andards publi shed
by t he I ndian St andard I nst it ut ion and all ot her st andards which may be published by t hem
before t he dat e of receipt of t ender s, shall govern in all respect s of design, wor kmanship, qualit y
and propert ies of mat er ials and met hods of t est ing, met hods of measurement s et c. Wherever
any reference t o any I ndian St andard Specificat ions occurs i n t he document s relat ing t o t his
cont ract , t he same shall be inclusi ve of all amendment s issued t heret o or revision t hereof, if any,
up t o t he dat e of receipt of t enders. I n case t her e is no I .S.I . specificat i on f or t he part icular
wor k, such work shall be carried out in accordance wit h t he inst ruct ions in all respect s, and
requirement s of t he Engineer-in-Charge. The wor k shall be carried out in a manner complying i n
all respect s wit h t he requirement s of relevant bye-laws of t he Municipal Commit t ee/ Municipal
Corporat ion/ Development Aut horit y / I mpr ovement Trust under t he j ur isdict ion of which t he
wor k is t o be execut ed or as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-Charge and, unless ot herwi se
ment ioned, not hing ext ra shall be paid on t his account .

Samples of var ious mat erials, fit t ings, et c. pr oposed t o be incorporat ed in eh wor k shall
be submit t ed by t he cont ract or for approval of t he Engineer-in-charge before order for bulk
supply in placed.

The cont r act or shall t ake inst ruct ions fr om t he Engineer-in-charge regarding collect ion
and st acking of mat er ials in any place. No excavat ed eart h or building mat er ials shall be st acked
on areas wher e buildings, r oads, ser vices, compound wails et c. are t o be const ruct ed.

The cont ract or shall maint ain in perfect condit ion all wor ks execut ed t ill t he complet ion of
t he ent ire wor k allot t ed t o him. Where phased delivery is cont emplat ed, t his pr ovision shall apply
t o each phase.

The cont ract or shall gi ve a perfor mance t est of t he ent ire inst allat ion( s) as per st andard
specificat ions before t he work is finall y accept ed and not hing ext ra what soever shall be payabl e
t o t he cont ract or for t he t est .

The cont ract or shall clear t he sit e t hor oughl y of all scaffolding mat erials and r ubbish et c.
left out of his wor k and dress t he sit e around t he building t o t he sat isfact ion of t he Engineer-in-
charge before t he wor k is considered as complet e.

The Direct or, Engineering Services Group ( OR) Addit ional Chief Engineer, Civil
Engineering Division shall be t he sole deciding aut horit y as t o t he meaning, i nt erpret at ions and
implicat ions f or various pr ovisions of t he specifi cat ions and his decision i n writ ing shall be fi nal
and binding on all concerned.

I n case any difference or discrepancy bet ween t he specificat ions and t he descript ion i n
t he schedule of quant it ies, t he schedule of quant it ies all t ake precedence. I n case of any
difference or discr epancy bet ween specif icat i ons and drawing, t he specificat ions shall t ake
precedence.

Read ' Depart ment ' as ' CED/ ESG/ I GCAR

P -3

2. LI ST OF I NDI AN STANDARDS:

Following are t he various I ndian St andards, relevant t o t he Civil Engineering wor k: ( Lat est
Revision t o be referred.)

No I ndian Standard Subj ect
1 Carriage of materials
4082-1977 Recommendat i ons on st acking & st orage of const ruct ion
mat erials at sit e.
2 Earth Work:
1200 ( Pt . I ) -1992
4081-1986
Met hod of measurement of Eart h wor k safet y code f or Blast ing
and relat ed drilling Operat ions.
6313 ( pt . I I ) -1981 Ant i-t ermit e measures in buildings
( Part I I - Pre-const ruct ional chemical t reat ment ) .
3 Mortar :
196-1966 At mospheric condit ions for t est ing
269-1989 Ordinary, rapid hardening and low heat Port land cement
383-1970 Coarse and fine aggregat es from nat ural sources for Concret e
455-1989 Port land blast furnace slag cement
650-1991 St andard sand f or t est ing of cement
712-1984 Building Lines
1489-1991 Port land Pozzolana cement
1514-1990 Met hods of sampling & Test for quick lime and Hydrat ed lime
1542-1992 Sand for plast ering
1727-1967 Met hods of t est s for pozzolanic mat erials
2250-1981 Code of pract ice for preparat ion and use of masonry Mort ar
2386 pt . I -1977 Part icle size and shape
2386 Pt .I I _1977 Est imat i on of delet erious mat erials and organic impurit ies
2386 pt . I I I - 1977 Specific gravit y, densit y, voids, absorpt ion and bulki ng
2686-1977 Cinder as fine aggregat e for use of lime concret e
3025-1987 Met hods of sampling and t est ( physical and chemical ) wat er
used in indust r y
3068-1986 Broken brick ( burnt clay) coarse aggregat e f or use in lime
concret e ( I I -R)
3182-1986 Broken brick( bur nt clay) fine aggregat e f or use in lime mor t ar
3812-1981 Fl y ash
3812pt .I Fl y ash for use as pozzolana
3812pt .I I Fl y ash for use as admixt ure for concret e
3812pt I I I Fl y ash for use as fine aggregat e for mort ar and concret e
4031-1988 Met hods of physical t est s f or hydrauli c cement
4032-1985 Met hod of chemical anal ysi s of hydraulic cement
4098-1983 Lime pozzolana mixt ure
6932( pt .I t o X) Met hods of t est for building li me
6932 ( pt .I ) -1973 Det erminat ion of insoluble residue, loss of ignit ion, i nsoluble
mat t er, silicon- dioxide, ferric and aluminum oxide, calcium
oxide and magnesium oxide.
6932 ( pt .I I ) -1973 Det erminat ion of carbon di oxide cont ent
6932( pt .I I I ) - 1973 Det erminat ion of residue on slaking of quick lime
6932 ( pt .I V) -
1973
Det erminat ion of fineness of hydrat ed lime
6932 ( pt V) -1973 Det erminat ion of un hydrat ed oxide
6932( pt .VI ) -1973 Det erminat ion of volume yield of quick lime
6932 ( pt VI I ) -1973 Det erminat ion of compressive and t ransver se st r engt h
P -4

6932( pt .VI I I ) - 1973 Det erminat ion of wor kabilit y
6932 ( pt .I X) -1973 Det erminat ion of soundness
6932( pt .X) -1973 Det erminat ion of popping and pit t ing of hydrat ed lime
4. Concrete work:
383-1970 Coarse and fine aggregat es from nat ural sources f or Concret e
456-2000 Code of pract ice for plain and reinf orced concret e
515-1959 Specificat ions f or nat ural and manufact ured aggregat e for use
in mass concret e
516-1959 Met hod of t est for st rengt h of concret e
1198-1959 Met hod of sampling and analysis of concret e
1200( pt .I I ) -1974 Met hods of measurement s of cement concret e wor k
1322-1982 Bit umen f elt s for wat er proofi ng and damp proof ing
1661-1987( pt .I I I ) Code of pract ice for applicat ion of cement lime plast er finishes
2386-1977 Met hods of t est for aggregat e f or concret e
2386( pt .I ) -1977 Test for part icle size and shape
2386( pt .I I ) -1977 Test for est imat ion of delet erious mat erials and organic
impurit ies.
2386( pt .I I I ) - 1977 Test for specific gravit y, densit y. voids, absorpt ion an bulki ng
238686( pt .I V) - 1977 Mechanical propert ies
2645-1975 Specificat ion f or int egral wat er proof ing compounds
2686-1977 Specificat ion f or cinder aggregat e for use in lime concret e
3812-1981 Fl y ash
3812( pt .I ) Fl y ash for use as pozzolana f or concret e
3812( pt .I I ) Fl y ash for use as admixt ure for concret e
3812( pt .I I I ) Fl y ash for use as fine aggregat e for mort ar and concret e
7861-1975( pt .I ) Hot weat her concret ing
7861-1981( pt .I I ) Cold weat her concr et ing
9103-1979 Admixt ure for concret e
5. RCC Work:
432-1982 Mild st eel and medium t ensile st eel bars and hard dr awn st eel
wire for concret e reinforcement
432( pt .I ) -1982 Mild st eel and medium t ensile st eel bars
456-1978 Code of pract ice for plain and reinf orced concret e
457-1957 Code of pract ice for general const ruct ion of plain an reinforced
concret e for dams and ot her massive st ruct ure
516-1959 Met hods of t est for st rengt h of concret e
1139-1966 Hot rolled mild st eel, medium t ensile st eel and high yield
st rengt h st eel deformed bars f or concret e reinforcement
1199-1959 Met hods of sampling ad analysis of concret e
1200( pt .I I ) -1974 Met hods of measurement of cement concret e wor k
1200( pt .V) -1982 Met hod of measurement of f orm wor k
1343-1980 Code of pract ice for priest esses concret e
1566-1985 Hard drawn st eel wire f abric for concret e r einforcement s
1780-1961 Specificat ions f or cold t wist ed st eel bars for concret e
reinf orcement
1785-1983 Specificat ions f or plain hard draw st eel wire f or pre-st ressed
concret e
1786-1985 Cold t wist ed st eel bars for concr et e reinforcement
2080-1980 Specificat ions f or high t ensile st eel bars used in pre-st ressed
concret e
2204-1962 Code of pract ice for const ruct ion of reinforced concret e shell
roof.V- Page 6 of 197
2210-1962 Crit eria for t he design of st eel st ruct ur e and folded plat es.
P -5

2502-1963 Code of pract ice for bending and fi xing of bars for concret e
reinf orcement
2751-1979 Code of pract ice for welding of mild st eel bars used f or
reinf orced concret e const ruct ion
2911-1979 Code of pract ice for design and const ruct ion of pile
Foundat ions
2911( pt .I ) -1979 Load bearing concret e piles
2911( pt .I I I ) - 1980 Under reamed pile foundat ions
3201-1988 Crit eria for design and const ruct ion of preci se concret e t russes
3370( part I t o
I V) -1965
Code of pract ice for concret e st ruct ur es f or st orage of liquids
3385-1986 Code of pract ice for measurement f or Civil Engineering wor ks.
3414-1968 Code of pract ice for design and inst allat ion of j oint s i n
buildings
3588-1987 Code of pract ice for use of i mmer sion vibrat or s for
consolidat ing concret e
3935-1966 Code of pract ice for composit e const r uct ion
4014-1967( pt .I
&I I )
Code of pract ice for st eel t ubular scaff olding ( I : Definit ion /
Mat erial: I I : Safet y Regulat ions)
4990-1981 Specificat ions f or plywood for concret e shut t ering work 10262
Code of pract ice for design mix
6 Equipments:
460-1985 Specificat ion f or t est sieves
1791-1985 Specificat ion f or bat ch t ype concret e missed
2430-1986 Specificat ion for roller pan mixer
2585-1968 Specificat ion f or concret e vibrat ors, immersion t ype
2806-1964 Specificat ion f or screen board concret e vibrat ors
2514-1963 Specificat ion f or concret e vibrat ing t ables
3366-1965 Specificat ion f or pan vibrat ors
4656-1968 Specificat ion f or f or m vibrat or s for concret e
2722-1964 Specificat ion f or port able swing weight bat chers f or concret e
( single and double bucket t ype)
2750-1964 Specificat ion f or st eel scaff olding.
7 Brick work:
1077-1986 Common burnt clay building bricks
1200( pt .I I I ) - 1976 Met hod of measurement s of brick wor k
2116-1980 Sand for masonr y mort ars
2212-1962 Code of pract ice for brick wor k
2250-1981 Code of pract ice for preparat ion & use of masonry Mort ar
3102-1971 Classificat ion of burnt clay solid bricks
3495( pt .I t o I V) -1976 Met hod of t est for clay buil ding wor k
5454-1978 Met hod f or sampling f or sampling of clay buil ding bri cks
8 Stone Work:
1121-( pt .I ) -1974 Met hods f or det erminat ion of compressi ve, t r ansverse and
shear st rengt hs of nat ural building st ones
1122-1974 Met hods f or det erminat ion of specif ic gravit y and porosit y of
nat ural building st ones
1123-1975 Met hods of t est for wat er absorpt ion of nat ural building st ones
1124-1974 Met hods of t est for absorpt i on of nat ural buildi ng st ones
1125-1974 Met hods of t est for weat hering of nat ural building st ones
1126-1974 Met hods of t est for durabilit y of nat ural building st ones.
1129-1972 Dressing of nat ural building st ones
1200( pt .I V) -1976 Met hod of measurement of st one masonr y.
P -6

1597-1967 Code of pract ice for const ruct ion of rubble st one masonry
1597( pt .I ) -1992 Code of pract ice for const ruct ion of masonry
1597( pt .I I ) -1992 Code of pract ice for const ruct ion of Ashlar masonr y
1805-1973 Glossary of it ems relat ing t o st one quarr ying and Dressing
4101( pt .I ) -1967 St one f acing
9 Marble work:
1122-1974 Met hods f or det erminat ion of specif ic gravit y and porosit y of
nat ural building st ones
1124-1974 Met hods of t est for wat er absorpt ion of nat ural building st ones
1130-1969 Marble ( blocks, slabs and t iles)
10 Wood work:
204-1991/ 92 Tower bolt s ( Part 1- 1991: ferrous met als : part –I I - 1992: non
ferrous met als)
205-1992 Non-ferrous met al but t hinges
206-1992 Tee and st r ap hinges
207-1964 Gat e and shut t er hooks and eyes
208-1987 Door handles
281-1991 Mild st eel sliding door bolt s for use wit h padlocks
287-1973 Recommendat i on for maximum permissible moist ure cont ent s
of t imer used f or differ ent purposes.
303-1989 Plywood f or general purpose
362-1991 Parliament hinges
363-1993 Hasps and st aples
364-1993 Fanlight cat ch
401-1982 Code of pract ice for preservat ion of t imber
451-1973 Technical supply condit ion f or wood screws
452-1973 Door springs, rail-t ail t ype
453-1993 Double act ing spring hinges
723-1972 St eel count er sunk head wir e nails
729-1979 Drawer locks, cup board locks and box l ocks
848-1974 Synt het ic resin adhesive f or plywood ( phenolic and amino
plast ic)
851-1978 Synt het ic resin adhesive f or const ruct ion work
852-1994 Specificat ions f or animal glue f or gener al wood wor king
purposes
1003 Timer paneled and glazed shut t ers
1003( pt .I ) -1991 Door shut t ers
1003( pt .-I I ) -1994 Window and vent ilat or shut t ers
1019-1974 Rim lat ches
1141-1993 Code of pract ice for seasoni ng of t imer
1200 Met hod of measurement and Building of Civil Engineering
Wor ks
1200( pt .XI V) -1984 Glazing
1200( pt .XXI ) -1973 Wood wor k and j oinery
1322-1993 Bit umen f elt s for wat er proofi ng and damp proof ing
1328-1982 Veneered decorat ive plywood
1341-1992 St eel But t hinges
1378-1987 Oxidized copper finished
1568-1970 Wire clot h for general purposes
1629-1960 Rules for grading of out size of t imer
1658-1977 Fiber hard board
1659-1990 Block boards
1823-1980 Fl oor door st oppers
P -7

1868-1982 Anodic coat ing on Aluminum
1911-1967 Schedule of unit weight s of building mat erials
2191-1983 Wooden f lush door shut t er ( cellular and hollow core t ype)
2191( pt .I ) -1983 Plywood f ace panels
2191( pt .I I ) -1983 Part icle board face panels for wooden flush door shut t ers
2202 Wooden f lush door shut t ers ( solid core t ype)
2202( pt .I ) -1991 Plywood f ace panels f or wooden flush door shut t ers
2202( pt .I I ) -1983 Part icle board face panels for wooden flush door shut t ers
2209-1976 Mort ise locks ( vert ical t ype)
2380-1981 Met hod of t est for wood part icle board and boards from
lignocelluloses mat erials
2681-1993 Non-ferrous met al sliding door bolt s f or use wit h pad locks
2835-1987 Flat t ransparent sheet glass ( 3
rd
revision)
3087-1985 Wood part icle boards ( medium densit y) for general purpose
3097-1980 Veneered part icle boards ( 1
st
Revisi on)
3400 Met hod of t est for vul canized rubbers
3400( pt .I I ) -1980 Hardness
3400( pt .I V) -1987 Accelerat ed aging
3400( pt .I X) -1978 Relat ive densit y and densit y
3564-1986 Door cl osers ( hydraulicall y regulat ed)
3618-1966 Phosphat e t reat ment of iron and st eel of prot ect ion against
corrosion
3813-1987 “ C” hooks f or use wit h swivels
3818-1992 Cont inuous ( piano) hinges
3847-1992 Mort ise night lat ches
4020-1967 Met hods of t est s for wooden flush doors ( t ype t est s)
4021-1983 Timber door, windows and vent ilat or f rames
4827-1983 Elect roplat ed coat ing of nickel and chr omium on copper and
copper alloys.
4948-1974 Welded st eel wire f abric for general use
4992-1975 Door handles for mort ise l ocks ( vert ical t ype)
5187-1972 Flush bolt s
5523-1983 Met hod of t est ing anodic coat ing on aluminum and it s alloys
5930-1970 Mort ise lat ch ( vert ical t ypes)
6318-1971 Plast ic window st ays and fast eners
6607-1972 Rebat ed mort ise locks (vert ical t ype)
6760-1972 Slot t ed count ersunk head wood screws
7196-1974 Hold fast s
7197-1974 Double act ion floor spr ings ( wit hout oil check for heavy doors)
7534-1985 Mild st eel bolt s wit h hol ders for padlocks
11 Steel Work:
63- 1978 Whit ing for paint s
198-1978 Varnish, gold size
226-1975 St ruct ural st eel ( st andard qualit y)
277-1985 Specificat ion f or galvanized st eel sheet s ( plain and corrugat ed)
278-1978 Galvanized st eel bar bed wire for fencing
800-1984 Code of pract ice for use of st ruct ural st eel in Gener al building
const ruct ion.
806-1968 Code of pract ice for use of st eel t ube in general buil ding
const ruct ion
813-1986 Scheme of symbols f or welding
814-1991 Covered elect rodes for met al are welding of st ruct ural st eel.
814( pt .I ) -1974 For welding pr oduct s ot her t han sheet s
P -8

814( pt .I I ) - 1974 For welding sheet s
815-1974 Classificat ion and coding of covered elect rodes f or met al are
welding of mild st eel and low alloy high t ensile st eel.
817-1966 Code of pract ice for t raining and t est ing of met al are welders
818-1968 Code of pract ice for safet y and healt hy requirement s in
elect ric and gas welding and cut t ing operat ion.
1038-1983 St eel door s, windows and vent ilat or s
1081-1960 Code of pract ice for fixing and glazing of met al ( st eel and
aluminum) door, windows and vent ilat ors)
1148-1982 Hot rolled st eel river bars ( up t o 40mm diamet er s) for
st ruct ural purposes
1161-1979 St eel t ubes for st ruct ural purposes
1182-1983 Recommended pract ice for radiographic examinat i on of fusi on
welded j oint s in st eel plat es
1200-1974 Met hod of measurement s of st eel work and iron wor ks
1363-1984 Hexagon bolt s, nut s and lock nut s ( dia 6 t o 39mm) and black
hexagon screws ( dia 6 t o 24 mm)
1599-1985 Met hod f or bend t est for st eel product s ot her t han sheet , st rip,
wire and t ube
1608-1972 Met hod f or t ensile t est ing of st eel product s
1821-1987 Dimensi ons for clearance holes for met ric bolt s
1852-1985 Rolling and cut t ing t olerance for hot rolled st eel product s
1894-1972 Met hod f or t ensile t est ing of st eel t unes
1977-1975 St ruct ural st eel ( ordinary qualit y)
2062-1984 St ruct ural st eel ( f usion welding qualit y)
4351-1976 St eel door frames
4736-1986 Hot -dip zinc coat ings on st eel t ubes
6248-1979 Met al rolling shut t ers and rolling grills
7452-1990 Hot rolled st eel sect ions f or door s, windows & vent il at ions
12 Flooring :
210-1978 Grey iron cast ing
653-1992 Sheet linoleum
777-1988 Glazed eart hen-ware t iles
809-1992 Rubber flooring mat erials for general purpose
1122-1974 Met hods f or det erminat ion of specific Gravit y and porosit y of
nat ural building st ones
1124-1974 Met hod of t est for wat er absorpt ion of nat ural buildi ng st ones
1130-1969 Marble ( blocks, slabs and t iles)
1197-1970 Code of pract ice for laying of r ubber floors
1198-1982 Code of pract ice for laying and maint enance of linoleum floor s
1200( pt .XI ) -1977 Met hod of measurement s of pavi ng and floor finished
1237-1980 Cement concret e f looring t iles
1443-1972 Code of pract ice for laying and f inishi ng of Cement concret e
flooring t iles
1661-1972 Code of pract ice for applicat ion of cement and cement lime
plast er finishes
2078-1979 Met hod of t ensile t est ing of gray cast iron
2114-1984 Code of pract ice for laying in sit u t err azzo floor finish
2571-1970 Code of pract ice for laying in sit u cement concret e flooring
3400 Met hod of t est of vulcanized rubbers
3400( pt .I I ) -1980 Hardness
3400( pt .X) -1977 Compression set at const ant st rain
3462-1986 Flexi ble PVC flooring
P -9

8318-1969 Code of pract ice for laying of f lexible PVC sheet & t iles flooring
5389-1969 Code of pract ice for laying hardwood par quet and wood block
floor s
13 Roofing :
73- 1992 Paving Bit umen
277-1992 Galvanized St eel sheet s ( plain and corrugat ed
458-1988 Concret e pipes ( wit h an wit hout reinforcement )
459-1992 Un reinf orced corrugat ed and semi corrugat ed
651-1992 Asbest os cement sheet s
702-1988 Salt glazed st one ware pipes and fit t ings
1199-1959 I ndust rial Bit umen
1200( pt .I X) -1973 Met hod of sampling & analysi s of concret e
1200( pt .X) -1973 Met hod of measurement s of roof covering ( including cladding)
1202-1978 Met hod of measurement s of ceiling and lining
1203-1978 Det erminat ion of specific gravit y for t est ing Tar and Bit umen
1205-1978 Det erminat ion of penet rat ion f or t est ing Tar and Bit umen
1208-1978 Det erminat ion of Duct ilit y f or t est ing Tar and Bit umen
1209-1978 Det erminat ion of flash poi nt and fire point for Test ing t ar and
bit umen
1211-1978 Det erminat ion of wat er cont ent for t est ing Tar and bit umen
1212-1978 Det erminat ion of loss on heat ing for t est ing Tar and bit umen
1216-1978 Det erminat ion of solubilit y in carbon disulphide for t est ing Tar
and bit umen
1322-1993 Bit umen f elt s for wat er proofi ng and damp proof ing
1346-1976 Code of pract ice for wat erproof ing of roof wit h Bit umen felt s
1609-1991 Code of proact ive for laying damp pr oof t reat ment using
bit umen felt s
1626-1994 Asbest os cement building pipes, gut t ers and fit t ings ( spigot
and socket t ypes)
1834-1984 Specificat ion f or hot applied sealing compounds for j oint s in
concret e
1838-( pt .I ) -1983 Preformed filler for expansion j oint s in concret e non- ext ruding
and resilient t ype ( bit umen impregnat ed fiber)
2115-1980 Code of pract ice for flat roof finish mud phuska
2633-1986 Met hod of t est ing unifor mit y of coat ing on zinc coat ed art icles
3007-( pt .I -1964 Code of pract ice for laying of corrugat ed asbest os cement
sheet
3348-1965 Fiber insulat ion boards
3607-1979 Magnet it e f or chemical indust ry
7193-1994 Specificat ions f or glass fiber base coal t ar pit ch & Bitumen
felt s
8183-1993 Bonded mineral wool
14 Finishing :
75- 1973 Linseed oil , raw and ref inery
77- 1976 Linseed oil , boiled, f or paint s
102-1962 Ready mixed pai nt , brushi ng, red, lead for priming and
general pur poses
103-1962 Ready mixed pai nt , brushi ng, whit e lead f or priming an
general pur poses
104-1979 Specificat ion f or r eady mixed paint , brushing, Zinc chrome
priming
133-1993 Enamel, int erior ( a) under coat ing ( b) f inished colour as
required
P -10

137-1965 Ready mixed pai nt , brushi ng, mat t or egg-shell f lat , finishing,
int er ior, t o I ndian St andard colour, as required
158-1981 Ready mixed pai nt , brushi ng, bit uminous, black lead free acid
alkali, wat er an heat rest ing for general purposes
168-1993 Read mixed paint , air drying for general purpose
217-1988 Cut back bit umen
218-1983 Creosole and ant hracene oil for use as wood preser vat ives
290-1961 Coal t ar black paint
337-1975 Varnish, finishing int erior
338-1952 Varnish, under coat ing ext erior, nat ural r esin
339-1952 Varnish under coat ing, ext erior, synt het ic resin
340-1978 Varnish mixi ng
341-1973 Black Japan, t ype A, B and C.
345-1952 Wood f iller, Transparent , liquid
347-1975 Varnish shellac for general pur pose
348-1968 Fr ench polish
419-1967 Put t y for use of window f rames
427-1965 Dist emper, dry, col our as required
428-1969 Dist emper., oil emulat i on, colour as required
524-1983 Varnish, finishing ext erior, synt het ic
525-1968 Varnish, finishing ext erior and general purposes
533-1973 Gum spirit of t urpent ine ( oil of t urpent ine)
712-1984 Specificat ion f or building limes
1200( pt .XI I ) -1976 Met hod of measurement s of plast ering and point ing
1200( pt .XI I I ) -1987 Met hod of measurement s of whit e washing
1200( pt .XV) -1987 Met hod of measurement s of paint ing, polishing & varnishing
2095-1982 Gypsum plast er boards
2096-1992 Asbest os cement f lat sheet s
2339-1963 Aluminum paint for general purposes, in dual cont ai ner
2547-1976 Gypsum building plast er
2932-1994 Enamel synt het ic, ext erior ( a) Under coat ing ( b) Finishing
2933-1975 Enamel, Ext erior ( a) Under coat ing ( b) Finishing
5410-1992 Cement paint , colour as r equired
5411( pt .I ) -1974 Plast ic emulsion paint for int erior use
6278-1971 Code of pract ice for whit e washi ng & colour washing
15 Demolit ion and Dismantling:
1200( pt .XVI I I ) -1974 Met hod of measurement s of demolit ion and dismant ling
16 Safety Codes:
818-1968 Safet y and healt hy requirement s in Elect ric and gas welding
and cut t ing operat ions
3698-( pt .I ) -1987 Safet y code f or scaff olds
3696( pt .I I ) -1966 Safet y code f or ladders
3764-1966 Safet y code f or Excavat ion wor ks
4081-1986 Safet y code f or blast ing and relat ed drilling operat ion
4130-1976 Safet y code f or demolit ion of building
5916-1970 Safet y code f or const ruct ion involving use of hot bit uminous
mat erials
6922-1973 St ruct ure subj ect t o underground blast s code of pract ice for
safet y and design for
7293-1974 Wor king wit h const ruct ion machiner y saf et y code
s©c
P -11

3. Excavations, Filling and Backfilling

Scope of Work

The scope for wor k covered under t his specif icat ions pert ain t o excavat ion of
foundat ions, t renches, pit s and over areas, in all sort s of soil, soft and har d rock, correct t o
dimensions given in t he drawing incl uding shoring, prot ect ions of exist ing underground ut ilit ies
of any, such as wat er lines, elect ric cables et c. dewat er ing and shoring if necessar y, st acking t he
useful mat er ials as direct ed wit hi n t he lead specif ied, refilling ar ound t he foundat ion and i nt o t he
plint h wit h select ed useful excavat ed eart h and disposing off t he surplus eart h / mat erials wit hin
specified lead and f inishing t he surface t o proper levels, sl opes and camber et c. all complet e.

Site Clearance:

Before t he eart h work is st art ed t he area coming under cut t ing and filling shall be cleared
of all obst ruct ion, loose st ones, shrubs, rank veget at ion, grass, bushes and rubbi sh removed up
t o a dist ance of 150 met res out side t he peripher y of t he area under clearance. This work is
deemed t o be included in t he eart hwork it em rat e and no separat e payment will be admissible.

Roots and Vegetation clearance:

The root s of t rees if any shall be removed t o a minimum dept h of 60 cm below ground
level or a minimum of 30 cm bel ow for mat ion level whichever i s l ower and t he hollows filled up
wit h eart h leveled and rammed. This work i s deemed t o be included in t he eart hwor k it ems and
no separat e payment will be admissible for t he work.

Any mat erial obt ained fr om t he sit e will be t he propert y of t he Government of I ndia and
t he usef ul mat erials as decided by t he Engineer-in- charge will be conveyed and properly st acked
as direct ed wit hin t he lead specified.

Setting out and making profiles:

Masonr y or concret e pillar s will be erect ed at suit able poi nt s in t he area t o ser ve as
benchmarks for t he execut ion of t he work. These benchmarks shall be connect ed wit h G.T.S. or
any ot her permanent benchmar k approved by t he Engineer-in-charge. Necessary profiles wit h
pegs, bamboos and st rings or Burj is shall be made t o show t he correct format ion levels bef ore
t he wor k is st art ed. The cont ract or shall suppl y labour and mat erials for set t ing out and making
profiles and Burj is f or t he wor k at his own cost and t he same shall be maint ained during t he
excavat ion wor k. The Depar t ment will show grid co-ordinat e or ot her reference point s. I t shall be
t he responsibilit y of t he cont ract or t o set out cent er lines correct ly wit h r eference t o t he
drawings and inst all subst ant ial reference marks. Checki ng of such alignment by t he
Depart ment will not absolve t he cont ract or from his responsibilit y t o execut e t he wor k st rict ly i n
accordance wit h t he dr awings.

Excavation:

The cont ract or shall not if y t he Engineer-in-charge before st art ing excavat ion and bef ore
t he ground is dist urbed, t o enable him t o t ake exist ing level f or t he purpose of measur ement s.
The ground levels shall be t aken at 5 t o 15 met res int ervals in unif or mly sloping gr ound and at
closer dist ance where local mounds, pit s, or undulat ions are met wit h, as direct ed by t he
Engineer-in-charge. The gr ound levels shall be recorded in field books and pl ot t ed on plans,
which shall be signed by t he Cont ract or and t he Engineer -in-charge, before t he eart hwork is
act ually st art ed. The labour required for t aking level s, shall be supplied by t he Cont ract or at his
own cost . The Cont ract or shall perf or m excavat i on in all t ypes of soils, murrum, soft and har d
rock, boulders et c. i n f oundat ion, over areas and in t renches t o widt hs, lines, levels, grades and
curves as shown in t he drawing or lesser wi dt hs, li nes, level s, grades and levels as direct ed by
t he Engineer-in-charge and per it ems in t he schedul e of quant it ies.

The it em i n t he schedule of quant it ies shall specify t he excavat ion in t renches or over
areas. For t his purpose, t he excavat ion for any dept h in t renches f or foundat i on not exceeding
1.5m in widt h or 10sqm. on plan shall be described as excavat ion i n f oundat ion t renches.
P -12


Excavat ion exceeding 1. 5m in widt h as well as 10sqm. on plan ( excluding t renches f or
pipes, cables et c.) and exceeding 30cm in dept h shal l be described as excavat ion over areas.

Excavat ion exceeding 1.5m i n widt h as well as 10sqm. on plan but not exceeding 30cm.
in dept h shall be described as surface Excavat ion.

Classification of Earth work:

The eart hwork shall be classified under t he f ollowing main cat egories and measured
separat ely f or each cat egory.

All t ypes of soil , murrum, boulder s, Soft rock, Hard rock.

All types of Soils, Murrum, Boulders:

This includes eart h, murrum, t op deposit s of agricult ural soil, reclaimed soil, clay, sand or
any combinat ion t hereof ad soft and hard murrum, shingle et c. which is loose enough t o be
removed wit h spadies, shovel and pick axes. Boulders not more t han 0.03 cum. in volume f ound
during t he course of excavat ion shall also fall under t his classificat ion.

Excavation in Soft Rock:

This shall incl ude all mat erials which are r ock or hard conglomerat e, all decomposed
weat hered rock, highly fissured rock, old masonry, boulder s bigger t han 0.03 cum, i n volume but
not bigger t han 0.5 cum. and ot her variet ies of soft rock which can be removed only wit h pick
axes, crow bar s, wedges and hammers wit h some difficult y. The mere fact t hat t he cont ract or
resort s t o blast ing and / or wedging and chiseling of reasons of his own, shall not mean t he rock
is classif iable as hard rock.

Excavation in Hard Rock :

This includes all rock ot her t han sof t rock ment ioned in para above 1.5.1 ( b) viz. soft
rock, occurring in masses, boulders having approximat e volume more t han 0.5 cum. plain or
reinforced cement concret e, which can best be removed by chiseling and wedging where
blast ing cannot be permit t ed owing t o any rest rict ion at sit e.

Excavation I n Hard Rock by Chiseling and Wedging:

Where blast ing is not permit t ed and if t he Engi neer-in-charge so desires, t he excavat ion
shall be done by chiseling and wedgi ng or any ot her agreed met hod.

Note: All t he excavat ed hard rock obt ained shall be st acked properly and neat ly wit hin t he
specified lead by t he cont ract or as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge.

Excavation:

The excavat ion under all classificat ions in areas in t renches or in pit s shall be carried out
syst emat ically. Cut t ing shall be done fr om t op t o bot t om and not under pining or under cut t ing
will be allowed. The bot t om and sides of excavat i on shall be dressed t o pr oper level, slopes,
st eps, camber et c. by removing high spot s and ramming t horoughly as direct ed by t he Engineer-
in-charge.

All t he excavat ion shall be car ried out st rict ly t o t he dimensi ons given in t he drawing. The
widt h shall generally be of t he widt h of mudmat concret e and dept h as shown in drawing or as
direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge, according t o availabilit y of t he desired bearing capacit y of
soil below. Any excavat ion if t aken below t he specifi ed dept hs and levels, t he cont ract or shall at
his own cost fill up such over cut t o t he specified level wit h cement concret e 1: 4: 8 in case of
excavat ion in all t ypes of soil s an wit h cement concr et e 1: 2: 4 in case of excavat ion soft and hard
rock.

P -13

Af t er t he excavat ion is complet ed, t he cont ract or shall not if y t he Engineer- in- charge t o
t hat effect and no furt her wor k shall be t aken up unt il t he Engi neer-in-charge has appr oved t he
dept h and dimensions an also t he nat ure of foundat ion mat erials, level s and measurement s shall
also be recorded prior t o t aking up any furt her work.

Shoring:

Unless separat ely provided f or in t he schedule of quant it ies, t he quot ed rat e f or
excavat ion shall include excavat ion of sl opes t o prevent falling in soil by pr oviding and / or fixing,
maint aining and removing of short ing, bracing et c. The cont ract or would be responsible f or t he
design of shoring for pr oper ret aining of sides of t renches, pit s et c. wit h due considerat ion t o t he
t raffic, superi mposed loads et c. shoring shall be of sufficient st rengt h t o resist t he pressure and
ensure safet y from slips and t o prevent damage t o wor k and pr opert y and inj ur y t o persons. I t
shall be removed as direct ed aft er it ems f or which I t is required are complet ed should t he sli ps
occur, t he slipped mat erials shall be removed and sl ope dressed t o a modified st able slope.
Removal of t he slipped eart h will not be measured f or payment .

Dewatering:

Unless specificall y pr ovi ded f or as a separat e it em in t he schedule of quant it ies, rat e shall
also include bailing or pumpi ng out all wat er which may accumulat e in t he excavat ion during t he
progress of furt her wor ks such as mud mat concret e, R.C. foot ings, shut t ering et c. eit her due t o
seepage, springs, rain or any ot her cause and diver t ing surface flow by bunds or ot her means.
Care shall be t aken t o ensure t hat t he wat er dischar ged sufficient ly away fr om t he foundat ions t
keep it f ree from nuisance t o ot her works in t he neighborhood.

Disposal of Excavated Materials:

Antiquities:

Any finds of archeological int erest such as relics of ant iquit y, coins, fossils or ot her
art icles of value shall be delivered t o t he Engineer-in-charge and shall be t he propert y of t he
Government .

Useful Materials:

Any mat erial obt ained from t he excavat ion which in t he opinion of t he Engineer-in-
charge is useful, shall be st acked separat ely in regular st acks as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-
charge and shall be t he proper t y of t he Government .

No mat erial excavat ed from foundat ion t renches of what ever kind t hey may be ar e t o be
placed even t emporarily nearer t han about 3m fr om t he out er edge of excavat ion. Discret ion of
t he Engineer-in-charge in such cases is final. All mat erials excavat ed will remain t he propert y of
t he Depart ment . Rat e for excavat ion includes sort ing out of t he useful mat erials and st acking
t hem separat ely as direct ed wit hi n t he specific lead. Mat erial suit able and usef ul f or backf illing
or t here use shall be st acked in convenient place but not i n such a way as t o obst ruct free
movement of mat erials, wor kers and vehicles or encroach on t he area required f or const ruct ional
purposes. I t shall be used t o t he ext ent required t o complet el y backfill t he st ruct ure t o original
ground level or ot her elevat ion shown on t he plan or as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge.
Mat erials not useful in anyway shall be di sposed of f , leveled and compact ed as direct ed by t he
Engineer-in-charge wit hin a specified lead. The sit e shall be left clan of all debris and leveled on
complet ion.

Backfilling in sides of Foundations, Plinth, Under Floor etc:

The backfilling shall be done aft er t he concr et e or masonry has fully set and shall be
done in such a way as not t o cause under-t hrust on any part of t he st ruct ure. Where suit able
excavat ed mat erial is t o be used for backfilling, it shall be brought f rom t he place where it was
t emporarily deposit ed and shall be used in backfilling. The scope of wor k f or backf illing/ f illing i n
foundat ion, plint h, under f loors et c. shall include fil ling f or all t he buildings covered under t he
P -14

cont ract . Surpl us eart h available from one building, if required, shall be used f or backfilling /
filling for ot her buildings also wit hin t he specified lead ment ioned in t he it em.

All t imber shoring and for m work left in t he t renches, pit s, floors et c. shall be removed
aft er t heir necessit y ceases and t rash of any sort shall be cleared out from t he excavat ion. All t he
space bet ween f oundat ion masonr y or concret e and t he sides of excavat ion shall be backfilled t o
t he original surface wit h appr oved mat erials in l ayers not exceedi ng 150mm, i n t hickness,
wat ered and well consolidat ed by means of r ammer s t o at least 90% of t he consolidat ion. Areas
inaccessible t o mechanical equipment such as areas adj acent t o walls and columns et c. shall be
t amped by hand rammer or by hand hel d power rammer s t o t he r equired densit y. The backfill
shall be unif or m in charact er and free from large lumps, st ones. shingle or boulder not larger
t han 75mm. in any direct i on, salt , clods, organic or ot her f oreign mat erials which might rot . The
backfilling in plint h and under floor shall be well consolidat ed by means of mechanical or hand
operat ed rammer s as specified t o achieve t he required densit y.

Test t o est ablish pr oper consolidat i on as required will be carried out by t he Depart ment
at rat es specif ied. Two t est s per 50 sqm. will be t aken t o ascert ain t he proper consolidat ion. The
cost of t est s carried out will be recovered f rom t he cont ract or’s bill.

Filling in Plinth and Under Floors:

Af t er t he available suit able excavat ed mat erials are exhaust ed as backfilling, t he
cont ract or shall not ify t he Engi neer-in-charge of t he fact and level s t aken j oint ly wit h Engineer-
in-charge. The eart h, murrum, sand, gravel et c. or such mat erials suit able f or filling pr oposed t o
be filled under floors and so ment ioned in t he it em of schedule of quant it ies shall t hen be
brought t o sit e from appr oved locat ions and sources.

Earth Filling:

The eart h, soft murrum et c. so br ought shall be filled up in layer s of 15 cm dept h, each
layer being well wat ered and consolidat ed by appr oved hand or mechanical t ampers or ot her
suit able means t o achieve t he required densit y.

Gravel or sand filling:

Gravel if required t o be filled under floors, shall be single washed gravel of approved
qualit y and of size var ying fr om 12mm t 0 20mm. it shall be unif or mly blind wit h appr oved t ype
of soil and / or sand t o obt ain f ull compact ion. Gravel shall be filled in specified t hickness and
shall be well wat ered and rammed ent irely t o t he sat isfact ion of t he Engineer-in-charge.

I f sand is required t o be filled under floors, it shall be clean, medium grained and free
from impurit ies. The filled in sand shall be kept flooded wit h wat er for 24hrs. t o ensur e
maxi mum consolidat ion shall be done by t he cont ract or at his own cost . The sur face shall t hen
be well dressed and got appr oved fr om Engineer-in-charge bef ore any ot her work is t aken over
t he f ill.

Lead and Lift:

Lead: The lead for disposal / deposit i on of excavat ed mat erials shall be as specified in t he
respect ive it em of work. For t he purpose of measur ement s of lead, t he area t o be excavat ed or
filled or area on which excavat ed mat erial is t o be deposit ed/ disposed off shall be di vided in
suit able blocks and f or each of t he block, t he dist ance bet ween cent er lines shall be t aken as t he
leads which shall be measured by t he short est st raight line rout e on t he plan and not t he act ual
rout e adopt ed.

Lift: Lift shall be measured fr om ground level. Excavat ion up t o 1. 5m dept h below ground level
and deposit ing excavat ed mat erial on t he ground shall be included in t he it em of eart hwork f or
various kinds of soil. Ext ra lift shall be measured in unit of 1.5m or part t hereof. Obvious lift shall
onl y be measured t hat is lift s inherent in t he lead due t o gr ound sl ope shall not be measured,
except for lead up t o 250m. All excavat ion shall be measured in successi ve st ages of 1.5m
P -15

st at ing t he commencing level. This shall not apply t o cases where no lift is involved as in hill side
cut t ing.

Mode of Measurements:

All excavat ion in areas having dept h more t han 30cm. pit s, t renches et c. shall be
measur ed net . The di mensions for t he purpose of payment shall be reckoned on t he horizont al
area of t he excavat ions f or t he purpose of payment shall be reckoned on t he horizont al area of
t he excavat ion at t he base for f oundat ions of t he walls, columns, f oot ings, raft s or ot her
foundat ions, mult iplied by t he mean dept h from t he surface of gr ound det ermined by levels.
Excavat ion f or si de slopes will not be paid f or. Excavat ion in areas having dept hs less t han 30
cms. shall be measured as surf ace excavat ion on square met er basis, ment i oning t he average
dept h of excavat ion.

Reasonable wor king space beyond concret e dimension requir ed f or wat erproofi ng and
shut t ering where considered necessary in t he opini on of Engineer-in-charge will be allowed in
execut i on and considered for payment for undergr ound wat er t ank, sump sept ic t ank et c.

Where dir ect measurement s of rock excavat ion are not possible, volume of rock can be
calculat ed on t he basis of lengt h, breadt h, and dept h of st acks made at sit e as ment ioned i n
para 1.5. 1 ( c) . The net volume shall be wor ked out by reducing it by 40% t aking t he voids int o
considerat ion as 40%. Similarl y t o arrive at net quant it y t o be paid in t he case of soil, reduct ion
at 20% of corresponding st ack / t ruck measurement s shall be made.

The rat e for excavat ion shall include cart ing and disposing and leveling t he excavat ed
mat erials wit hin t he specified lead. The rat e shall also be inclusi ve of cost of all t ools, plant s,
explosives, shoring, dewat ering at various st ages, labour, mat erials et c. t o complet e all t he
operat ions specified.

The backfilli ng and consoli dat ion in sides of foundat ion and in plint h wit h excavat ed
mat erial will not be paid f or separat ely. The rat e quot ed f or excavat i on shall be deemed t o have
been included t he cost of st acking of excavat ed mat erials, conveyi ng wit hin t he specified lead,
picking of select ed st acked mat erials, conveying it t o t he place of final backf ill, compact ion t o t he
required proct or densit y et c.

Payment for filli ng and consolidat ion inside t he t renches, sides of f oundat ions, plint h et c.
wit h select ed mat er ials brought by t he cont ract or ot her t han t he excavat ed mat erial, shall be
paid for separat ely as per t he rat es in schedule of quant it ies which includes cost of such
mat erials/ excavat ion, r oyalt y, it s conveyance wit hin t he specified lead, wat ering, consolidat ing,
dressing et c. Act ual quant it y of consolidat ed filling shall be measured and paid in cubic met er s
up t o t wo places of decimal.

The rat e quot ed in cum. f or it ems of excavat ion is deemed t o include t he necessary
addit ional quant it y of excavat ion i nvolved beyond t he plan dimensions of t he wor k which may be
necessary t o be carried out for carrying out t he work in an engi neering made, decided upon by
t he cont ract or. Therefor e no ext ra payment will be made f or any excavat ion done ot her t han
t he r equired quant it y as per t he plan dimensi on indicat ed in t he drawings.

Measurement s for excavat i on over areas shall be det ermined by levels or by "Dead men"
or bot h at t he discret ion of t he Engi neer-in-charge. I f however t he Engineer-in-charge decided
on measurement by levels, levels of sit e shall be j oint ly t aken and recorded by t he Engineer-in-
charge or hi s represent at ives and t he cont ract or, before commencement of t he work and aft er
complet ion of t he work and t he quant it y of wor k done shall be comput ed based on t hese levels.
The volume of eart h work shall be comput ed based on "Simpson' s for mula ' or any ot her
approved met hod at t he discret ion of t he Engi neer- in- charge.

s©c
P -16

4. ANTI TERMI TE TREATMENT:

General:

Pre const ruct ional ant i-t ermit e t reat ment is a process in whi ch soil t reat ment is applied t o
a building in early st ages of it s const ruct i on. The purpose of ant i-t ermit e t reat ment is t o provide
t he building wit h a chemical barrier against t he sub-t errain t ermit es.

Ant i- t ermit e treat ment being a speciali zed j ob, calls for t horough knowledge of t he
chemicals, soils, t ermit e t o be dealt wit h and t he environment al condit i ons, in order t o give
effect ive t reat ment and last ing prot ect ion t o t he pr opert y undergoing t reat ment . I t is t herefore
imperat ive t hat t he wor ks of ant i-t ermit e t reat ment should be got execut ed t hrough specialized
agencies onl y. The specialized agency shoul d be prefer ably a member of t he I ndian pest cont rol
Associat ion and shall have sufficient experience of carrying out similar works of magnit ude
envisaged in t his t ender.

The pre const ruct ional soil t reat ment is required t o be applied during t he const ruct ion
st ages of t he sub-st ruct ure up t o plint h level. The cont ract or has t o be wat chful of t he various
st ages of sub- st ruct ure wor ks and arrange t o carry out t he soil t reat ment in t ime aft er proper co-
ordinat ion wit h Depart ment and ot her cont ract ors if any, wor king at sit e.

Scope:

The scope of pre const ruct ional ant i-t ermit e t reatment covers t he soil t reat ment wit h
approved chemicals in wat er emul sion in foundat ion t renches for columns, plint h beams, plint h
filling, at j unct ion of walls and fl oor, in expansion j oint s et c. in st ages as det ailed in t his
specificat ions and drawings. Unless ot herwi se st i pulat ed, t he ant i-t ermit e t reat ment will be
carr ied out as per I S 6313 ( part I I ) 1981 and / or as per direct ion of t he Engi neer -in-charge.

Site preparation:

I n order t o ensure unifor m dist ribut ion of t he chemical emul sion and t o assist
penet r at ion, t he following sit e preparat ion shall be carried out :

a) Remove all t rees, st umps, logs or root s from t he building sit e.
b) Remove all concret e form work if left anywhere, leveling pegs, t imber off - cut s and ot her
building debris from t he area t o be t reat ed.
c) I f t he soil t o be t r eat ed is sandy or por ous, preliminary moist ening will be required t o fill
capillary spaces in soil in order t o prevent t he loss of emul sion t hr ough piping or
excessive percolat i ons.
d) I n t he event of wat er logging of f oundat ion, t he wat er shall be pumped out bef ore
applicat ion of chemical emulsi on and it should be applied only when t he soil is
absorbent .
e) On clays and ot her heavy soils where penet rat ion is likely t o be slow and on sloping
sit es, where run- off of t he t reat ing solut ion is li kely t o occur, t he surf ace of t he soil
should be scar ified t o a dept h of 75mm at least .
f) All sub-floor leveli ng and grading should be complet ed. All cut t ing t renches and
excavat ions should be complet ed wit h backfilling i n place, borrowed fill must be free
from organic debris and shall be well compact ed. I f t his is not done suppl ement ary
t reat ment s should be made t o complet e t he barrier.

Chemical to be used:

The effect iveness of chemical depends upon t he choi ce of t he chemical, t he dosage
adopt ed and t he t hor oughness of applicat ion. The chemical solut i ons or emulsi ons are required
t o be dispersed unif orml y in t he soil and t o t he required st rengt h so as t o f orm an effect ive
chemical barrier which is let hal and repellent t o t ermit es.

P -17

Soil treatment:

One of t he f oll owi ng chemicals in wat er emul sion, aft er approval from t he Engineer-in-
charge shall be used unif ormly over t he area t o be t reat ed.

Chemical
% of concent rat ion of
Chemical by weight in t he
Kerosene emulsion
I . Hept achlor 20 EC emul sifable concent rat es
( I .S.6439 – 19781-R)
0.5
I I . Chlordance 20 EC emulsifable concent rat es
( I .S.2682- 1984 I I -R)
1.0
I I I . THI ODAN 35 EC emulsif able concent rat es
( Endosulphan)
0.5
I V. Chlorpyriphos 20 EC emul sifiable concent rat es
( I .S. 8944- 1974)
1.0

The cont r act or should produce voucher( s) for t he chemical purchased and should get
verified t he sealed cont ainer( s) of t he specified chemical from t he Engineer-in-charge bef ore
preparing t he emulsion / use for t he t reat ment .

Mode and Rate of Application:

The chemical emulsion as st at ed above will be applied unifor ml y by sprayers at t he
prescribed rat es as det ailed below in all t he sages of t he t reat ment .

Treatment in Foundation Trenches:

I n case of normal wall l oad bearing st ruct ures, col umns pit s, wall t renches and
basement , t he t reat ment shall be at 5 lit res/ sqm. or sur face area of t he bot t om and sides t o a
height of at least 300mm. Af t er t he foundat ion wor k, t he sides shall be t reat ed at 7.5 lit res/ sqm.
of vert ical surface of subst ruct ure on each side. Aft er t he eart h f illing is done, t reat ment shall be
done by rodding t he eart h at 150mm cent ers close t o wall sur face and spr aying t he chemical
wit h t he above dose i.e. 7.5 lit res/ sqm. I n case of framed st r uct ure, t he t reat ment shall st art at a
dept h of 500mm below gr ound level. From t his dept h t he backfill around t he columns, beams
and R.C.C. basement walls shall be t reat ed at 7.5 l it res / sqm. of t he vert ical and at 5 lit res /
sqm. for t he hori zont al surface at t he bot t om in t he t renches / pit s.

Treatment on Top Surfaces on Plinth Filling:

The t op surface of t he filled eart h wit hin plint h walls shall be t reat ed wit h chemical
emulsion at t he rat e of 5 lit res/ sqm. of t he surface area bef ore sub-base t o floor is laid. I f filled
eart h has been well rammed and t he surface does not allow t he emulsion t o seep t hrough, holes
up t o 50 t o 75mm deep at 150 mm cent ers bot h ways shall be made wit h crow bars on t he
surf ace t o facilit at e sat urat ion of t he soil wit h t he emulsi on.

Treatment at Junction of Walls and floors:

Special care shall be t aken t o est abli sh cont inuit y of t he vert ical chemical barrier on t he
inner wall surfaces from t he finished ground level ( or from level where t he t r eat ment had
st opped) up t o t he level of t he f illed eart h surf ace. To achieve t his a small channel 30 X 30 mm.
shall be made at all t he j unct ions of wall / column wit h f loor ( bef ore laying sub-grade) and rod
holes made in t he channel up t o t he finished ground level at 150mm apart and t he iron rod
moved backward and f orward t o break t he eart h and chemical emulsi on poured along t he
channel at 7.5 lit res ( or at recommended quant it y per sqm. of t he vert ical wall / column surfaces
so as t o soak t he soil right up t o t he bot t om. The soil shall be t amped back int o place af t er t his
operat ion.

Treatment for Expansion Joints:

The soil beneat h t he expansion j oins shall recei ve special at t ent ion when t he t reat ment
under 2.5.1 above is in pr ogress. This t r eat ment shall be supplement ed by t reat ing t hrough t he
P -18

expansion j oint aft er sub-grade has been laid at t he rat e of 2 lit res per met re lengt h of
expansion j oint .

Precautions during Treatment:

1. Ut most care shall be t aken t o see t hat t he chemical barrier is complet e and
cont inuous. Each part of t he area shall receive t he prescribed dosage of chemical
emulsion.
2. The t reat ment should not be carried out when it is r aining or when t he soil is wet
wit h rain or sub- soil wat er.
3. Once f ormed, t he t reat ed soil barrier shall not be dist urbed. I f by chance,
t reat ed soil barriers are dist urbed, immediat e st eps shall be t aken t o rest ore
t he cont inuit y and complet eness of t he barrier syst em.

Precautions for Health Hazards and Safety Measures:

All t he chemicals ment ioned above ar e poisonous and hazardous t o healt h. These
chemicals can have an adver se effect upon healt h when absorbed t hrough t he skin, inhaled as
vapours or spray mist or swall owed. Persons handling or using t hese chemical s should be
warned of t hese dangers and advised t hat absorpt ion t hrough t he skin is t he most likely source
of accident al poisoning. They should be caut ioned t o observe caref ully all t he safet y precaut ions
part icularly when handling t hese chemical s in t he from of concent rat es.

These chemicals are usually brought t o t he sit e i n t he f or m of emulsif able concent rat es.
The cont ainers should be clearly labeled and should be st ored carefull y out of t he reach of
children and pet s animal. They should be kept secur ely locked.

Part icular care should be t aken t o prevent skin cont act wit h concent rat es. Pr olonged
exposure t o dilut e emulsions shoul d also be avoided. Workers should wear clean clot hing and
should wash t horoughly wit h soap and wat er especially bef ore eat ing. I n t he event of sever e
cont aminat ion, clot hing should be removed at once and t he ski n washed wit h soap and wat er. I f
chemicals splash int o t he eyes t hey shall be flushed wit h plent y of wat er and immediat e medical
at t ent ion should be sought .

The concent rat es are oil solut i ons and present a fire hazard owing t o t he use of
pet roleum solvent s. Flames should not be allowed during mixing.

Care should be t aken i n t he applicat i on of chemical s / soil t oxicant s t o see t hat t hey are
not allowed t o cont ami nat e wells or spri ngs and ot her sources of drinking wat er.

Guarantee :

The cont ract or has t o f urnish t he guarant ee f or 10 ( t en) years fr om t he dat e of
complet ion of work, st art ing t hat in case of reappearance of t ermit es wit hin t he building area
due t o defect ive mat er ials or workmanship or due t o any ot her reasons, t he cont ract or will car ry
out t he necessar y post const ruct ional t reat ment t o keep t he ent ire area free fr om t er mit e, once
again, wit hout any ext ra cost t o t he Depart ment during t he guarant ee period.

Mode of measurement:

The payment will be made on t he basis of plint h area measurement s at ground fl oor only
for all t he st ages of t reat ment in sqm. correct t o t wo places of decimals. Rat e includes t he cost
of mat erials, labour and all t ools, plant s, sprayers required for complet e operat ion.

s©c
P -19

5. HARD CORE / SOLI NG UNDER FLOORS / FOUNDATI ONS:

Scope of work:

The work covered under t his specificat ion includes all t ype of soling work eit her by bricks
or by r ubble st ones laid under fl oors / foundat ions, hand packed, complet e as per specificat ion
ment ioned bel ow and appli cable dr awings.

Rubble Stone Soling:

The rubble st one shall be of best var iet y of black t rap / granit e / basalt or ot her
approved-variet y of st one available locally. The st one shall be hard, durable free from defect s
and of required size and shall be appr oved by t he Engineer-in-charge.

Preparation of Surface:

The bed on which rubble soling is t o be laid shall be cleared of all loose mat erials,
leveled, wat ered ad compact ed and got appr oved by t he Engineer-in- charge bef ore laying rubble
soling. Cable or pipe t renches if shown in t he drawing and as required by t he Engineer-in-charge
shall be got done bef ore t he soling is st art ed.

Workmanship:

Over t he pr epared surface, t he st one shall be set as cl osely as possible and well packed
and fir ml y set . The st ones shall be of full height and shall be laid so as t o have t heir bases of t he
largest area rest ing on t he sub- grade. Soling shall be laid in one layer of 230mm or 150mm
dept h or specified t hickness of soling wit h a t olerance of 25mm.

Af t er packing t he st ones properly in posit ion, t he int erst ices bet ween t hem shall be
carefully f illed wit h quarr y spoils or st one chips of larger size possible t o obt ain a bard, compact
surf ace. Spreading of loose spoils or st one chips is prohibit ed.

The ent ire sur face shall be examined f or any pr ot rusions and t he same shall be knocked
off by a hammer and all int erst ices shall be filled wi t h approved murrum. Excess murrum if any
over t he surfaces shall be r emoved. Unless ot her wise specified, t he murrum shall be supplied by
t he cont ract or at his own cost from t he select ed ar ea. The surf aces shall t hen be wat ered and
consolidat ed wit h mechanical or suff icient ly heavy wooden t amper s and log-rammers as
approved by t he Engi neer. Aft er compact ion, t he Engineer-in-charge t o give t he required slope
or level and dense sub- base and t he surface shall present clean look. Adequat e care shall be
t aken by t he cont ract or while laying and compact ing t he rubble soling t o see t hat concret e
surf aces in cont act wit h soling are not damaged.

Mode of Measurement:

The quot ed rat e shall be per squar e met re of t he sol ing of specified t hickness. The linear
dimension shall be measured up t o t wo places of decimals of a met re and are worked out correct
t o t he t wo places of decimals of a square met re. Pl an areas of soling wor k act ually done limit ing
t o t he dimensions as per drawings shall be measured f or payment . The rat e shall include all t he
mat erials labour, t ransport et c. and no ext ra payment shall be made f or work done at different
levels. The rat e shall also include t he cost of preparat ion of surface, all mat erials and labour ,
wat ering, consolidat ion et c. all complet e.

s©c
P -20

6. REI NFORCED CONCRETE AND ALLI ED WORKS:

Scope:

This specificat ion covers t he general requirement s for concret e j obs, using on- sit e
product i on facilit ies including requirement s in regard t o t he quant it y, handling, st orage of
ingredient s, pr oport ioning, bat ching, mixing and t est ing of concret e and also requirement s i n
regard t o t he qualit y. This al so covers t he t ransport at ion of concret e from t he mixer t o t he place
of final deposit and t he placing, consolidat i on, curing, prot ect ing, repairing ad finishing of
concret e.

Af t er award of t he work, if so desired by t he cont r act or, he / t hey may be allowed by t he
Engineer-in-charge t ill t he designed mi x i s obt ained, t o carry out t he reinf orce concret e work I n
foundat ion and plint h as per equivalent nomi nal mix against t he specified design mix concret e as
per I S Codes. However, all ot her specificat i on for design mix shall govern f or nominal mix also
and not hing ext ra shall
be paid for use of ext ra cement on t his account whet her t he cement is supplied by t he
Depart ment or procured by t he cont ract or.

Cement Concrete ( Plain and Reinforced):

The qualit y of mat erials and met hod and cont r ol of manufact ure and t ransport at ion of all
concret e wor k in respect of mix, where reinf orced or ot her wise, shall confor m t o t he applicable
port ions of t hese specificat ions.

The Engineer-in-charge shall have t he right t o inspect t he sources of mat erials, t he
layout and operat ion of procur ement and st orage of mat erials, t he concret e bat ching and mixing
equipment s and t he qualit y cont rol syst em. Such an inspect ion shall be arranged by t he
cont ract or and t he Engineer-in-charge' s approval shall be obt ained prior t o st art ing t he concret e
wor k.

Materials for Standard Concrete:

The ingredient s t o be used in t he manufact ur e of st andard concret e shall consi st solely of
a st andard t ype Port land cement , clean sand, nat ur al coarse aggregat e, clean wat er, ice and
admixt ures if speciall y called for as per drawings or schedule of quant it ies.

Cement :

Unless ot herwise specif ied or called f or by t he Engineer-in-charge, cement shall be
ordinar y Port land cement in 50 kg bags. The use of bulk cement will be per mit t ed only wit h t he
approval of t he Engineer-in-charge. Changing of brands or t ype of cement wit hin t he same
st ruct ure will not be permit t ed. Ordinar y Port land cement ( OPC) 43 grade manufact ured as per
I .S. specificat ions of reput ed brands li ke ACC / Ult rat ech / Zuari / Coramendel or any ot her
brands as appr oved by t he Engi neer-in-charge fr om t ime t o t ime shall be pr ocured and used on
t he wor k. Joint account of cement consumed at sit e f or ever y day for it ems of work carried shall
be maint ained by t he Cont ract or f or verificat ion t o ensure effect ive cont rol on qualit y of cement
used in t he work.

A cert ified report at t est ing t o t he confor mit y of t he cement t o I S specificat ions by t he
cement manufact ures chemist shall be furnished t o t he Engi neer-in-charge, if demanded. I ncase
t he cement is required t o be arr anged by t he Cont ract or , t he Cont ract or will have t o make his
own arrangement f or t he st orage of adequat e quant it y of cement . Cement in bulk may be st ored
in bins or sil os whi ch will provide complet e prot ect ion fr om dampness, cont aminat ion and
minimize caking and false set . Cement bags shall be st ored in a dr y enclosed shed ( st orage
under t arpaulins will not be per mit t ed) , well away f rom t he out er walls and insulat ed f rom t he
floor t o avoid cont act wit h moist ure from ground and so arranged as t o provide ready access.
Damaged or reclai med or part ly set cement will not be per mit t ed t o be used and shall be
removed fr om t he sit e. The st orage bins and st orage arr angement s shall be such t hat t here is no
P -21

dead st orage. Not more t han 12 bags shall be st acked in any t ier. The st orage arrangement shall
be got approved by t he Engineer -in-charge. Consignment s in cement shall be st ored as received
and shall be consumed in t he order of t heir deliver y.

Cont ract or shall est ablish cement / concret e/ soil t est ing laborat ories at sit e of wor k wit h
qualified person t o handle t he laborat or y. Ever y consignment of cement procured shall
accompany t est cert ificat e from t he company indicat ing lot No et c. Sample shall be t aken f or
each lot and sent t o St andard Approved Mat erial Test ing Laborat or y f or physical and chemical
analysis. The cost of t est ing shall be borne by t he Cont ract or .

Cement held in st ore f or a period of 90 ( ninet y) days or longer shall be ret est ed before
use in wor k. Should at any t ime t he Engineer-in-charge have reasons t o consider t hat any
cement i s defect ive, t hen irrespect ive of it s origin and / or manufact urers t est cert ificat e, such
cement shall be t est ed immediat ely at a Nat ional Test Laborat ory / Depart ment al Labor at or y or
such appr oved laborat or y, and unt il t he result s of such t est s are f ound sat isfact ory, it shall not
be used in any work.

Aggregates:

"Aggregat e" in general designat es bot h fine and coarse inert mat erials used in t he
manufact ure of concret e.

"Fine Aggregat e" is aggregat e most of which passes t hr ough 4.75 mm I .S. sieve.

"Coarse Aggregat e" is aggregat e most of which is ret ained on 4. 75 mm I .S. sieve.

All fine and coarse aggr egat es proposed f or use in t he wor k shall be subj ect t o t he
Engineer-in-charge' s appr oval and aft er specific mat erials have been accept ed, t he source of
supply of such mat erials shall not be changed wit hout prior approval of t he Engineer-in-charge.

Aggregat e shall, except as not ed above, consist s of nat ur al sand, crushed st one and
gravel fr om a source known t o produce sat isf act ory aggregat e f or concret e and shall be
chemically inert , st rong, hard, curable against weat hering, of li mit ed porosit y and free from
delet erious mat erials t hat may cause corr osion t o t he reinfor cement or may impair t he st rengt h
and / or durabilit y of concret e. The grading of aggr egat es shall be such as t o pr oduce a dense
concret e of and shall be based on t he "mix design" and preliminary t est on concret e specif ied
hereinaf t er.

Sampling and Testing:

Sampling of t he aggregat es for mix design and det erminat ion of suit abilit y shall be t aken
under t he supervision of t he Engineer-in-charge and delivered t o t he laborat ory, well in advance
of t he schedule placing of concret e. Record of t est s which have been made on pr oposed
aggregat es and on concret e made fr om t his sour ce of aggregat es shall be furnished t o t he
Engineer-in-charge in advance of t he work or use, in det ermining suit abilit y of t he pr oposed
aggregat e.

Storage of aggregates:

All coarse and fine aggregat es shall be st acked separat ely in st ock pile in t he mat erial
yard near t he work sit e in bins pr operly const ruct ed t o avoid int er mixing of dif ferent aggregat es.
Cont aminat ion wit h f oreign mat erials and eart h duri ng st orage and while heaping t he mat erials
shall be avoided. The aggregat e must be of specified qualit y not only at t he t ime of receiving at
sit e but also at t he t ime of loading int o mixer. Rakers shall be used f or lif t ing t he coarse
aggregat e f rom bins or st ock piles. Coarse aggregat e shall be piled in layers not exceeding 1.00
met ers in height t o prevent conning or segregat ion. Each layer shall cover t he ent ire area of t he
st ock pile bef ore succeeding layer s are st art ed. Aggregat es t hat have become segregat ed shall
be rej ect ed. Rej ect ed mat erials aft er remi xing may be accept ed, if subsequent t est s demonst rat e
conf or mit y wit h required gradat ion.
P -22

Specific Gravity:

Aggregat es having a specific gravit y below 2.6 (sat urat ed surface dry basis) shall not be
used wit hout special permission of t he Engineer-in- charge.

Fine Aggregate:

Fine aggregat e except as not ed above, and for ot her t han light weight concret e shall
consist of nat ural or crushed sand conf orming t o I S 383. The sand shall be clean, sharp, hard,
st rong and durable and shall be free from dust , veget able subst ances, adherent coat ing, clay,
loam, al kali, organic mat t er mica, salt or ot her delet erious subst ances which can be inj urious t o
t he set t ing qualit ies / st rengt h / dur abilit y of concret e.

Screening and Washing:

Sand shall be pr epared f or use by such screening or washing or bot h as necessar y, t o
remove all obj ect ionable f oreign mat t er while separat ing t he sand grains t o t he required size
fract ions.

Sand wit h silt cont ent more t han 3 percent will not be permit t ed t o be used unless same
is washed and silt cont ent is brought wit hin 3% by weight .

Foreign Material Limitations:

The percent ages of delet erious subst ances in sand, delivered t o t he mi xer shall not
exceed t he following:

Sl.
No.
Subst ances
Percent by weight
Uncrushed Crushed
I Mat erial finer t han 75 micron I S Sieve 3.00 15.00
I I Shale 1.00 --
I I I Coal and Lignit e 1.00 1.00
I V Clay lumps 1.00 1.00
V Tot al of all above subst ances including it ems ( I ) t o ( I V) for
uncrushed sand and it ems ( I I I ) and ( I V) for crushed sand
5.00 2.00

GRADATI ON: Unless ot herwise direct ed or approved, t he grading of sand shall be wit hin t he limit
indicat ed hereunder: -

I S Sieve
designat ion
Percent age passing f or
Grading
Zone-I
Grading
Zone-I I
Grading
Zone-I I I
Grading
Zone-I V
10mm 100 100 100 100
4. 75mm 90- 100 90- 100 90- 100 95- 100
2. 36mm 60- 95 75- 100 85- 100 95- 100
1. 18mm 30- 70 55- 90 75- 100 90- 100
600 micron 15- 34 35- 59 60- 79 80- 100
300 micron 5- 20 8- 30 8- 30 20- 65
150 micron 0- 10 0- 10 0- 10 0- 15

Where t he grading falls out side t he limit s of any part icular grading zone of sieves, ot her
t han 600 micr on ( I S) sieve by not more t han 5% it shall be regarded as f alling wit hi n t hat
grading zone. This t olerance shall not be applied t o percent age passing t he 600 micron ( I S)
sieve or t o percent age passing any ot her sieve size on t he coar ser limit of grading zone I or t he
finer limit of grading zone I V. Fine aggregat es conf ormi ng t o Grading zone I V shall not be used
unless mi x designs and prelimi nary t est s have shown it s suit abilit y for producing concret e of
specified st rengt h and wor kabilit y.
P -23

Fineness Modulus:
The sand shall have a fi neness modulus of not less t han 2.2 or more t han 3.2 t he
fineness modulus i s det er mined by adding t he cumulat ive.

Percent ages ret ained on t he f ollowing I S sieve sizes ( 4.75 mm, 2.36 mm, 1. 18mm, 600
micron, 300 micr on and 150 micron) and divi ding t he sum by 100.

Coarse Aggregate:
Coarse aggregat e for concret e except as not ed above and for ot her t han light weight
concret e shall conf orm t o I S 383. This shall consi st of nat ural or crushed st one and gravel, and
shall be clean and free from elongat ed, flaky or laminat ed pieces, adhering coat ings, clay lumps,
coal residue, clinkers, sag, alkali, mica, organic mat t er or ot her delet erious mat t er.

The coarse aggregat e and fine aggregat e shall be t est ed f rom t ime t o t ime as required
by t he Engineer-in-charge t o ascert ain it s suit abilit y for use in const ruct ion and t he char ges f or
t est ing aggregat e shall be born by t he cont ract or as specified herein aft er.

Screening and Washing:

Crushed rock shall be screened and / or washed f or t he removal of dirt or dust coat ing, if
so demanded by Engineer-in-charge.

Grading:

Coarse aggregat es shall be eit her in single or graded in bot h t he cases. The grading shall
be wit hin t he foll owing limit s:

I S Sieve
designat ion
Per cent age passi ng for single sized aggregat es
Percent age passing for graded
aggregat es of nominal size
63mm 40mm 20mm 16mm 12.5mm 10mm 40mm 20mm 16mm 12.5mm
75mm 100 - - - - - - - - -
63mm 85- 100 100 - - - - 100 - - -
37.5mm 0- 30 85- 100 100 - - - 95- 100 100 - -
19mm 0.5 0.20 85- 100 100 - - 30- 70 95- 100 100 100
16mm - - - 85- 100 100 - - - 90- 100 -
11.2mm - - - - 85- 100 100 - - - 90- 100
9.5mm - 0.5 0.20 0.30 0- 45 85- 100 10- 35 25- 55 30- 70 40- 85
4.75mm - 0.5 0- 5 0- 10 0- 20 0- 20 0- 5 0- 10 0- 10 0- 10
2.36mm - - - - 0- 5 0- 5 - - - -

The pieces shall be angular in shape and shall have granular or cr yst alline surfaces.
Friable, f laky and lami nat ed pieces, mica and shale, I f present , shall be only in such quant it ies
t hat will not in t he opinion of Engineer-in-charge, affect adversely t he st rengt h and / or durabilit y
of concret e t he maxi mum size of coarse aggregat e shall be t he maximum si ze specified above,
but in no case great er t hat 1/ 4 of t he minimum t hickness of t he member, provided t at t he
concret e can be placed wit hout difficult y so as t o surround all reinf orcement t hor oughly and fill
t he corners of for m. Plums above 160mm and up t o any reasonable size can be used in plain
mass concret e work of large dimensions up t o a maximum limit of 20% by volume of concret e
when specificall y approved by Engineer-in-charge. For heavily reinf orced concret e members, t he
nominal maximum size of t he aggregat e shall be 5mm, less t han t he mi nimum clear di st ance
bet ween t he r einf orcing main bars of 5mm less t han mi nimum cover t o t he reinf orcement
whichever is smaller. The amount of fine part icl es occurr ing in t he free st at e or as l oose
adherent shall not exceed 1% when det ermi ned by laborat ory sediment at ion t est s as per I S
2386. Aft er 24 hours immersi on in wat er, a previously dried sample shall not have gained more
t han 10% or it ’s over dry weight in air, as det ermined by I S 2386.
P -24

Foreign Material Limitations:

The percent ages of delet erious subst ances in t he coarse aggregat e delivered t o t he
mixer shall not exceed t he f ollowing.

Sl.
No.
Subst ances
Percent by weight
Uncrushed Crushed
I Mat erial finer t han 75 micron I S Sieve 3.00 3.00
I I Coal and Lignit e 1.00 1.00
I I I Clay lumps 1.00 1.00
I V Soft fragment s 3.00 -
V Tot al of all t he above subst ances 5.00 5.00

Water:

Wat er used for bot h mixing and curing shall be free from inj urious amount of delet erious
mat erials; pot able wat ers are generall y sat isfact or y for mixing and curing concret e. I n case of
doubt , t he suit abilit y of wat er for making concret e shall be ascert ained by t he compressive
st rengt h and init ial set t ing t ime t est specified in I S 456. The sample of wat er t aken for t est ing
shall be t ypical of t he wat er proposed t o be used for concret ing, due account being paid t o
seasonal variat ion. The samples shall not receive any t reat ment before t est ing ot her t han t hat
envisaged in t he regular supply of wat er proposed for use in concret e. The sample shall be
st ored in a clean cont ainer previ ously rinsed out wit h similar wat er.

Average 28 days compressive st rengt h of at least t hree 150mm concret e cubes prepared
wit h wat er proposed t o be used shall not be less t han 90% of t he average st r engt h of t hree
similar concr et e cubes prepared wit h dist illed wat er .

The init ial set t ing t ime of t est block made wit h t he appr opriat e t est cement and t he
wat er proposed t o be used shall not be less t han 30 minut es and shall not diff er by more t han
( + ) 30 minut es f orm t he init ial set t ing t ime of cont rol t est block prepared wit h t he appropr iat e
t est cement and dist illed wat er. The t est bl ocks shall be prepared and t est ed in accordance wit h
t he requirement s of I S 4031. Where wat er can be shown t o cont ain an excess of acid, alkali,
sugar or salt , Engineer- in- charge may refuse t o permit it s use. As a guide, t he f ollowing
concent rat ions represent t he maximum per missible values.

Limits of acidity:

To neut ralize 200ml sample of wat er, using phenolpht halein as an indicat or, it should
not require more t han 2ml of 0. 1 normal NaOH. The det ails of t est shall be as given in I S
3025.

Limits of alkalinity:

To neut ralize 200ml sample of wat er, using met hyl orange as an indicat or, it should
not require more t han 10ml of 0. 1 normal HCL. The det ails of t est shall be as given in I S
3025.

Percentage of solids shall not exceed the following:

Organic 2.02% ( 200 mg/ lit re)
I norganic 0.30% ( 3000mg/ lit re)
Sulphat es ( as SO4) 0.05% ( 500mg/ lit re)
Alkali chlorides ( As cl) 0.20% ( 2000mg/ lit re) f or plain concret e wor k & 0.10%
( 1000mg/ lit re) for reinforced concret e wor k
Suspended mat t er 0.20% ( 2000mg/ lit re)


P -25

Design Mix Concrete:

All reinf orced concret e in t he works shall be "Design Mix Concret e" as def ined in I . S.
456- 2000. All "Design Mix Concret e" work t o be carried out under t hese specif icat ions shall
be in grades designat ed as per t able below:

Grades of Concrete:

Grade Designat ion
Specif ied Charact erist ic compressive
st rengt h at 28 days(N/ mm2)
M 10 10
M 15 15
M 20 20
M 25 25
M 30 30
M 35 35
M 40 40

Not e 1 : The charact erist ic st rengt h is defined as t he st rengt h f or mat erial below which not
more t han 5% of t he t est result s are expect ed t o f all.

Not e 2: I n t he designat ion of a concret e mix, let t er M ref ers t o t he mix and t he number t o
t he specif ied charact erist ic compressive st rengt h of 15cm. cubes at 28 days.

The mix shall be designed t o produce t he grade of concret e having t he required
workabilit y and charact erist ic st rengt h not less t han appropriat e values given in t he t able
above.

Mix Design:

This is t o invest igat e t he grading of aggregat es, wat er cement rat io, wor kabilit y and t he
quant it y of cement required t o give works cubes of t he charact erist ic st rengt h specified. The
proport ion of t he mix shall be det ermined by weight . Adj ust ment of aggregat e proport ions due
t o moist ure present in t he aggregat e shall be made. Mix proportioning shall be carried out
according to the ACI standard designation ACI - 613 or Design of concrete mixes –
Road research Note No. 4, Department of Scientific and I ndustrial Research U.K. or
I .S. 10262- 1982.

Selection of Water Cement Ratio:

Since dif ferent cement s and aggregat es of diff erent maximum size, grading, surface
t ext ure, shape and ot her charact erist ics may pr oduce concret es of different compressive
st rengt h for t he same free wat er cement r at io, t he r elat ionship bet ween st rengt h and free wat er
cement rat io should preferably be est ablished f or t he mat erials act ually t o be used. I n t he
absence of such dat a, t he preliminary free wat er cement rat ion ( by mass) corresponding t o t he
t arget st rengt h of 28 days may be select ed from t he r elat ionship shown in Fig. 1 of I S. 10262-
page 7.

Alt ernat ely, t he preliminary f ree wat er rat io ( by mass) corresponding t o t he t arget
average st rengt h may be select ed from t he relat ionship in Fig2- I S 10262- 1982, Page 8 usi ng t he
curve corresponding t o t he 28 days cement st rengt h t o be used f or t he purpose.

Ot her relevant it ems t o be used wit h design of mix should st rict ly conf orm t o t he relevant
clauses and appendi ces of I S 10262 – 1982.

P -26

The calculat ed mix proport ions shall be checked by means of t rial bat ches. The
cont ract or should refer t o t he it em no. 4 page 12, and t he Appendix D ( clause no.4.1) of I S
10262- 1982 f or neat illust rat ion.

The cont ract or may ref er Appendi x C, clause 3.8 page no. 16 of I S 10262- 1982 f or an
example illust rat ing t he mix design of M-20.

The free wat er cement rat io select ed as above, should be checked against t he limit ing
wat er cement rat io f or t he requirement of durabilit y and t he lower of t he t wo val ues should be
adopt ed.

Whenever t here is a change eit her in required st rengt h of concret e of wat er cement rat io
or wor kabilit y or t he source of aggregat es and / or cement , fresh t est s shall be carried out t o
det ermine t he revised proport ion of t he mix t o suit t he alt ered condit ions. While designing mix
proport ions, over wet mi xes shall always be avoided.

While fixing t he value f or wat er cement rat io for Design Mix assist ance may be derived
from t he st andard graph showing t he relat ionship bet ween t he 28 days compressi ve st rengt h of
concret e mixes wit h different wat er cement rat ios and t he 7 days compressi ve st rengt h of
cement t est ed in accordance wit h I S 269.

I t will be cont ract ors sole responsibilit y t o est ablish t he concret e mi x designs f or different
grades of concret e specified in t he wor k consist ent wit h t he wor kabilit y required f or nat ure of
wor k and also t aking int o considerat ion t he assumed st andard deviat ion which will be expect ed
at sit e or by est ablishing t he st andard deviat i on based on 30 t est result s at sit e f or each gr ade of
concret e so as t o pr oduce concret e of required st rengt h, durabilit y and surface finish. The
mat erials and proport ions used in making t he t est s t o be carried out eit her at sit e or under
laborat or y, condit ions shall be similar in all respect s t o t hose t o be act ually employed i n t he
wor ks, as t he obj ect of t hese t est is t o det ermine t he proport ions of cement , aggregat es and
wat er necessar y t o produce t he concret e of t he required consist ency t o give such specified
st rengt h.
Standard Deviation:

St andard deviat ion of concret e of each grade shall be det ermi9ned separat ely as
st at ed below. When result s of suf f icient number of t est s (at least 30) are not available, t han
depending on t he degree of qualit y cont rol expect ed t o be exercised at t he sit e, t he value of
st andard deviat ion given in t he f ollowing t able may be adopt ed f or guidance.

Suggested Values of S.D:

Grade of
concret e
S.D. for diff erent degree of
cont rol i n N/ mm
2

Very good Good Fair
M 10 2.0 2. 3 3.3
M 15 2.5 3. 5 4.5
M 20 3.6 4. 6 5.6
M 25 4.3 5. 3 6.3
M 30 5.0 6. 0 7.0
M 35 5.3 6. 3 7.3
M 40 5.6 6. 6 7.6
M 45 6.0 7. 0 8.0
M 50 6.4 7. 4 8.4
M 55 6.7 7. 7 8.7
M 60 6.8 7. 8 8.8

P -27

Cont rol expect ed for t his work is "Ver y Good" and t he cont ract or shall deploy weigh
bat cher if required t o at t aint t he required cont rol Degree of Qualit y Cont rol Expect ed under
different sit e condit ions:

Degree of Cont rol Condit ions of Product ions
Very Good Fresh cement from single source and regular t est , weigh bat ching of
all mat erials, aggregat es supplied in single size, cont rol of wat er
added, f requent supervision, regular wor kabilit y an st rengt h t est s and
field laborat ory facilit ies.
Good Carefully st ored cement and periodic t est s, weigh bat ching of all
mat er ials, cont rolled wat er, graded aggregat e supplied, occasi onal
grading and moist ure t est , periodic check of workabilit y and st rengt h,
int ermit t ent super vi sion an experienced worker s.
Fair Proper st orage of cement volume, bat ching of all aggregat e allowing
for bulking of sand, weigh bat ching of cement , wat er cont ent
cont rolled by inspect i on of mix and occasional super vision and t est s.

Standard Deviation based on Test results:

Number of test results:

The t ot al number of t est result s required t o const it ut e and accept able record f or
calculat ion of st andard deviat i on shall be not less t han 30. At t empt s should be made t o obt ain
t he 30 t est result s, as early as possible, when a mix is used f or t he first t ime.

Standard deviation to be brought up to date:

The calculat ion of t he st andard deviat ion shall be brought up t o dat e af t er every
change of mix design and at least once a mont h.

Determination of Standard Deviation:
Concret e of each grade shall be anal yzed separat ely t o det ermine it s st andard deviat ion.

The st andard deviat ion of concret e of a given gr ade shall be calculat ed using t he f ollowing
formula from t he result s of individual t est s of concret e of t hat grade obt ained as specified f or
t est st rengt h of sample
Est imat ed st andard deviat ion S = 2/ n- 1
Where - Deviat ion of t he individual t est st rengt h fr om t he average st rengt h of a sample and n -
Number of sample t est result s
When significant changes are made in t he product ion of concret e ( for example changes in t he
mat erials used, mix design, equipment s or t echnical cont rol) , t he st andard deviat ion value shall
be separat ely calculat ed f or such bat ches of concret e.

Proportioning, Consistency, Batching and Mixing of Concrete:

Proportioning:

Aggregate:

The propor t ions which shall be decided by conduct ing preliminar y t est s shall be by
weight . These proport ions of cement , f ine and coarse aggregat es shall be mai nt ained during
subsequent concret e bat ching by means of weight bat chers conf orming t o I S 2722, capable of
cont rolling t he weight s wit hin one percent of t he desired value. Except where it can be shown t o
t he sat isfact ion of t he Engineer-in- charge t hat supply of pr operly graded aggregat e of unifor m
P -28

qualit y can be maint ained over t he period of work, t he grading of aggregat e shall be cont rolled
by obt aini ng t he coarse aggregat e in differ ent sizes and blending t hem in t he right propor t ions.
The diff erent sizes shall be st acked in separat e st ock piles. The gr ading of coarse and fine
aggregat es shall be checked as frequent ly as possibl e, as det ermined by t he Engineer-in-charge,
t o ensure maint aini ng of grading in accordance wit h samples used in preliminar y mix design. The
mat erials shall be st ock piled well in advance of use.

Cement:

The cement shall be measured by weight . Ever y facilit y should be pr ovided t o t he
Engineer-in-charge for sampli ng and inspect ion of st ored cement at sit e of work.

Specific Requirement of Cement for Concrete:

The following mini mum cement cont ent , required t o ensure durabilit y under specif ied
condit ions of exposure as per I S 456- 2000, shall be met wit h, in addit ion t o t hose already
st ipulat ed in t he specificat ions:

Exposure Example
Plain concrete
Reinforced cement
concrete
Minimum
cement
content in
Kg/ cu.m.
Maximum
water
cement
ratio
Minimum
cement
content in
Kg/ cu.m.
Maximum
water
cement
ratio
Mild Concret e surf aces prot ect ed against
weat her or aggressive condit ions,
except t hose sit uat ed in coast al area.
220 0.60 300 0. 55
Moderat e Concret e surf aces shelt ered from
severe r ain or freezing while wet .
Concret e exposed t o condensat ion and
rain. Concret e cont inuously under
wat er. Concret e in cont act or buried
under non-aggressive soil / ground
wat er. Concret e surface shelt ered from
sat urat ed salt air in coast al area.
240 0.60 300 0. 50
Severe Concret e surf aces exposed t o severe
rain, alt ernat e wet t ing and drying or
occasional freezing whilst wet or severe
condensat ion. Concret e complet ely
immersed in sea wat er. Concret e
exposed t o coast al environment .
250 0.50 320 0. 45
Very
Severe
Concret e surf aces exposed t o sea wat er
spray, corrosive fumes or severe
freezing condit ions whilst wet .
Concret e in cont act wit h or buried
under aggressive sub soil / ground
wat er.
260 0.45 340 0. 45
Ext reme Surf ace of members in t idal zone.
Members in direct cont act wit h liquid /
solid aggressive chemicals.
280 0.40 360 0. 40

Note: The minimum cement cont ent i s based on 20mm aggregat e. For 40mm aggregat e, it
should be reduced by 30kg/ cum and f or 10mm aggregat e, it should be increased by 40kg/ cu.m.

Water:

Only such quant it y of wat er shall be added t o t he cement and aggregat e in t he concret e
mix as t o ensure dense concret e, specified surface finish, and sat isfact or y workabilit y, consist ent
wit h st rengt h st ipulat ed f or each class of concret e. The wat er added t o t he mix shall be such as
P -29

not t o cause segregat ion of mat erials or t he collect i on of excessive free wat er on t he surface on
t he concret e.

Definition of water cement ratio:

The wat er cement (W/ C) rat io is def ined as t he weight of wat er in mix (including t he
surf ace moist ure of t he aggregat es) divided by t he weight of t he cement in t he mix.

Water cement ratio:

The act ual wat er cement rat io t o be adopt ed shall be det ermined in each inst ance by
cont ract or and approved by t he Engineer-in-charge.

Proportioning by water- cement ratio:

The W/ C rat io specified f or use by t he Engineer-in-charge shall be maint ained.
Cont ract or shall det ermine t he wat er cont ent of t he aggr egat e as f requent ly as direct ed by t he
Engineer-in-charge as t he work progresses and as specified in I S 2386 part I I I and t he amount
of mixing wat er added at t he mi xer shall be adj ust ed as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge so as
t o maint ain t he specif ied W/ C rat io. To allow for t he variat ion in t heir moist ure cont ent , suit able
adj ust ment s in t he weight s of aggregat es shall also be made.

Consistency and slump:

Concret e shall be of a consist ency and wor kabilit y suit able for t he condit ions of t he j ob.
Af t er t he amount of wat er required is det er mined, t he consist ency of mix shall be maint ained
t hroughout t he pr ogress of t he corresponding part s of t he wor k and approved t est s e.g. slump
t est , compact ing fact or t est s et c. in accor dance wit h I S 1199, shall be conduct ed from t ime t o
t ime t o ensure t he mai nt enance of such consist ency.

The following t abulat ion gives a range of wor kabilit y which shall generally be used f or
various t ypes of const ruct ion unless ot herwise inst ruct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge.

Workability of concrete:

Placing Condit ion
Degree of
wor kabilit y
Value of workabilit y
1 2 3
Concret ing of shallow sect ions wit h
vibrat ion.
Very low • 20- 10 seconds vee-bee t ime
• 0.77- 0.80 compact ing fact or
Concret ing of light ly reinforced
sect ions wit h vibrat ion.
Low • 10- 15 seconds vee-bee t ime
• or 0.80-0.85 compact ing f act or
Concret ing of light ly reinforced
sect ions wit hout vibrat ion, heavil y
reinforced sect ion wit h vibr at ion.
Medium • 5-2 seconds vee-bee t ime
• or 0.85-0.92 compact ing f act or
• or 25- 75mm slump for 20mm
aggregat e.
Concret ing of heavily reinforced
sect ions wit hout vibrat ion aggregat e.
High • Above 0.92-compact ing fact or
• or 75- 125mm slump f or 20mm

Batching and mixing of concrete:

The mat erial and proport ions of concret e mat erials as est ablished by t he preliminary
t est s for t he mix design shall be rigidly foll owed f or all concr et e on t he pr oj ect and shall not be
changed except when specifically permit t ed by Engineer-in-charge.

P -30

Concret e shall be pr oduced only by weigh bat ching t he ingredient s. The mixer and weigh
bat cher shall be maint ained in a clean serviceable condit ion. The accuracy of weigh bat ches shall
be periodically checked. They shall be set up in level on a f ir m base and t he hopper shall be
loaded evenly. The needle shall be adj ust ed t o zero when t he hopper is empt y. Fine and coarse
aggregat es shall be weighed separat ely unless ot herwise st at ed. Volume bat ching will be
permit t ed onl y at t he discret ion of t he Engineer -in-charge. Concret e shall be of st rengt h
st ipulat ed, all concret e shall be mi xed in mechanically operat ed bat ch mixers complying wit h I S
1791 and of appr oved make wit h suit able pr ovision for corr ect ly cont rolling t he wat er delivered
t o t he drum. The quant it y of wat er act uall y ent ering t he drum shall be checked wit h t he reading
of t he gauge or valve set t ing, when st art ing a j ob. The t est should be made while t he mi xer is
running. The volume of t he mixed mat erial shall not exceed t he manufact urers rat ed mi xer
capacit y. The bat ch shall be charged int o t he mixer so t hat some wat er will ent er t he drum i n
advance of cement and aggregat e. All wat er shall be in t he drum by t he end of t he fir s 15
seconds of t he specified mixing t i me. Each bat ch shall be mixed unt il t he concret e is unif orm i n
col our, f or a mi nimum period of t wo minut es af t er all t he mat erials and wat er are in t he drum.
The ent ire cont ent s of t he drum shall be discharged in one operat ion bef ore t he raw mat erials
for t he succeedi ng bat ches are fed int o t he drum.

Sampling and Testing Concrete in the field:

Facilit ies required f or sampling mat erials and concret e in t he f ield, if Engineer-in-charge
so desires, shall be provided by cont ract or at no ext ra cost . The f ollowing equipment wit h
operat or shall be made available at Engi neers request ( all must be in serviceable condit ion) :

1 Cast ir on cube moulds 15cm, si ze 24 nos.( min)
2 Slump cone complet e wit h t amping rod 2 set s
3 Lab. Balance t o weigh upt o 5kg wit h sensit i vit y of 10gm 1 no.
4 Laborat ory balance of 2kg. capacit y and of sensit ivit y of 1gm 1 no.
5 I .S. sieves for coar se and fine aggr egat es 1 set
6 A set of measures f rom 5lt rs. To 0.4 lit r. Set
7 Elect ric over wit h t hermost at upt o 120
o
C 1 no.
8 Pycenomet er 1 no.
9 Calibrat ed glass j ar 1 lit re capacit y 2 nos.
10 Glass flasks and met al cont ainers As required
11 Concret e cube t est ing machine 1 no

Testing Charges:

Different t est s required t o be carried out for concr et e works including t he mix design,
cube t est ed as per t he above specificat ions shall be got done by t he con t ract or at his own cost
in one of t he approved laborat ories. The choice of laborat or y shall rest wit h Depart ment . All
incident al charges / cost shall be borne by t he cont r act or.

Sampling and Strength Test of Concrete:

Samples from f resh concret e shall be t aken as per I S 1199- 1959 and cubes shall be
made, cured and t est ed at 28 in accordance wit h I S 516-1959.

I n order t o get a relat ively quicker idea of t he qualit y of concr et e, opt ion t est s on beams
for modul us of rupt ure at ( + ) 2 hours or at 7 days or compressi ve st rengt h t est s at 7 days may
be carried out in addit ion t o 28 days compressive st rengt h t est . For t his purpose, t he values
given in t able below may be t aken f or general guidance in t he case of concret e made wit h
ordinar y cement . I n all cases, t he 28 days compressive st rengt h specified shall al one be t he
crit erion for accept ance of rej ect ion of t he concr et e. I f however, from t est carried out in
part icular j ob over a reasonably long period, it has been est ablished t o t he sat isf act ion of t he
Engineer-in-charge t hat a suit able rat io bet ween 28 days compressive st rengt h and modulus
P -31

rupt ure t 72 ( + ) 2 hours or 7 days may accept ed t he Engineer-in-charge may suit ably relax t he
frequency of 28 days compressive st rengt h, pr ovided t he expect ed st rengt h values at t he
specified early st age are consist ent ly met .

Opt ional Test s Requirement of Concret e:

Grade of
Concret e
Compressive st rengt h on
15cm cubes min,
at 7 days N/ mm
2

Modulus of rupt ure by beam t est mi nimum
At 72 ( + )
2 hours N/ mm
2

At 7 days
N/ mm
2

M 10 7. 0 - 1.2 1.7
M 15 10.0 1.5 2.1
M 20 13.5 1.7 2.4
M 25 17.0 1.9 2.7
M 30 20.0 - 2.1 3.0
M 35 23.5 2.3 3.2
M 40 27.0 2.5 3.4

Frequency of Sampling:

Sampling procedure:

A random sampling procedure shall be adopt ed t o ensure t hat each concret e bat ch shall
have reasonabl e chance of being t est ed i.e. t he sampling should be spread over t he ent ire period
of concret ing and cover all fixing unit s.

Frequency:

The mini mum frequency of sampling of concret e of each grade shall be in accordance
wit h following:
Quant it y of concret e
I n t he wor k ( in cum)
Number of samples
1- 5 1
6- 15 2
16- 30 3
31- 50 4
51 and above 4 plus one addit ional f or each addit ional
50 cum. or part t hereof

At least one sample shall be t aken f rom each shif t .

Test Specimen:

Three t est specimens shall be made from each sample for t est ing at 28 days. Addit ional
cubes may be required f or various purposes such as t o det ermine t he st rengt h of concret e at 7
days or at t he t ime of st riking t he for m work or t o det ermine t he durat ion of curing or t o check
t he t est ing err or.

Addit ional cubes may also be required f or t est ing cubes cured by accelerat ed met hods as
described in I S 9013-1978. The specimen shall be t est ed as described in I S 516- 1959.

Test Strength of Samples:

The t est st rengt h of t he samples shall be t he average of t he st rengt h of t hree specimens.
The individual var iat ion should not be more t han ( + ) 15 percent of t he average.



P -32

Consistency:

Slump t est shall be carried out as demanded by t he Engineer-in-charge and
invariably from t he same bat ch of concret e f rom which t he t est cubes are made. Slump t est s
shall be done immediat ely af t er sampling.

Standard Deviation:

Vide clause 6 of t his specif icat ion.

Acceptance Criteria:

( 16.1) Compressive Strength

The concret e shall be deemed t o comply wit h t he st rengt h requirement s when bot h t he
f ollowing condit ion are met :

a) The mean st rengt h det ermined f rom any group of f our consecut ive t est result s
compiles wit h t he appropriat e limit s in column 2 of Table 11.
b) Any individual t est result complies wit h t he appropriat e limit s in column 3 of Table
11.

( 16.2) Flexural Strength

When bot h t he f ollowing condit ions are met , t he concret e complies wit h t he specified
f lexural st rengt h.

a) The mean st rengt h det ermined f rom any group of f our consecut ive t est result s
exceeds t he specif ied charact erist ic st rengt h by at least 0. 3 N/ mm
2
.
b) The st rengt h det ermined f rom any t est result is not less t han t he specif ied
charact erist ic st rengt h less 0. 3 N/ mm
2
.

( 16.3) Quantity of concrete represented by Strength Test Results

The quant it y of concret e represent ed by a group of f our consecut ive t est result s shall
include t he bat ches f rom which t he f irst and last samples were t aken t oget her wit h all
int ervening bat ches.

For t he individual t est result requirement s given in column 2 of Table ( 11) or in it em (b) of
( 16.2) , only t he part icular bat ch f rom which t he sample was t aken shall be at risk.

Where t he mean rat e of sampling is not specif ied t he maximum qualit y of concret e t hat f our
consecut ive t est result s represent shall be limit ed t o 60m3.

( 16.4) I f t he concret e is deemed not t o comply pursuant t o ( 16.3) , t he st ruct ural adequacy
of t he part s af f ect ed shall be invest igat ed (see 17) and any consequent ial act ion as needed
shall be t aken.

( 16.5) Concret e of each grade shall be assessed separat ely.

( 16.6) Concret e is liable t o be rej ect ed if it is porous or honey-combed, it s placing has been
int errupt ed wit hout providing a proper const ruct ion j oint , t he reinf orcement has been
displaced beyond t he t olerances specif ied, or const ruct ion t olerances have not been met .
However, t he hardened concret e may be accept ed af t er carrying out suit able remedial
measures t o t he sat isf act ion of t he Engineer-in-charge.

P -33

( 17) I nspection and Testing of Structures

( 17.1) I nspection

To ensure t hat t he const ruct ion complies wit h t he design an inspect ion procedure should be
set up covering mat erials, records, workmanship and const ruct ion.

( 17.1.1) Test s should be made on reinf orcement and t he const it uent mat erials of concret e
in accordance wit h t he relevant st andards. Where applicable, use should be made f suit able
qualit y assurance schemes.

( 17.1.2) Care should be t aken t o see t hat :

a) design and det ail are capable of being execut ed t o a suit able st andard, wit h due
allowance f or dimensional t olerances;
b) t here are clear inst ruct ions on inspect ion st andards;
c) t here are clear inst ruct ions on permissible deviat ions;
d) element s crit ical t o workmanship, st ruct ural perf ormance, durabilit y and appearance
are ident ified; and
e) t here is a syst em t o verif y t hat t he qualit y is sat isf act or y in individual part s of t he
st ruct ure, especially t he crit ical ones.

( 17.2) I mmediat ely af t er st ripping t he f ormwork, all concret e shall be caref ully inspect ed
and any def ect ive work or small def ect s eit her removed or made good bef ore concret e has
t horoughly hardened.

( 17.3) Testing

I n case of doubt regarding t he grade of concret e used, eit her due t o poor workmanship or
based on result s of cube st rengt h t est s, compressive st rengt h t est s of concret e on t he basis
of ( 17.4) and / or load t est (see 17.6) may be carried out .

( 17.4) Core Test

17. 4. 1 The point s f rom which cores are t o be t aken and t he number of cores required shall
be at t he discret ion of t he Engineer-in-charge and shall be represent at ive of t he
whole of concret e concerned. I n no case, however, shall f ewer t han t hree cores be
t est ed.

17. 4. 2. Cores shall be prepared and t est ed as described in I S: 516.

17. 4. 3. Concret e in the member represent ed by a core t est shall be considered accept able if
t he average equivalent cube st rengt h of t he cores is equal t o at least 85 percent of t he cube
st rengt h of t he grade of concret e specif ied f or t he corresponding age and no individual core
has a st rengt h less t han 75 percent .

17. 5 I n case t he core t est result s do not sat isf y t he r equirement s of ( 17. 4. 3) or where
such t est s have not e been not e, load t est ( 17. 6) may be resort ed t o.

17. 6 Load Test s f or Flexural Member

17. 6. 1 Load t est s should be carried out as soon as possi ble af t er expiry of 28 days f rom t he
t ime of placing of concret e.

P -34

17. 6. 2 The st ruct ure should be subj ect ed t o a load equal t o f ull dead load of t he st ruct ure
plus 1. 25 t imes t he imposed load f or a period of 24 hours and t hen t he imposed load
shall be removed.
Not e – Dead load includes self weight of t he st ruct ural members plus weight of f inishes and
wall or part it ions, if any, as considered in t he design.

17.6.3 The def lect ion due t o imposed load only shall be recorded. I f wit hin 24h of
removal of t he imposed load t he st ruct ure does not recover at least 75 percent of t he
def lect ion under superimposed load, t he t est may be repeat ed af t er a lapse of 72h. I f t he
recover is less t han 80 percent , t he st ruct ure shall be deemed t o be unaccept able.

17.6.3.1 I f t he maximum def lect ion in mm, shown during 24 h under load is less t han
40l2/ D, where l is t he ef f ect ive span in m; and D, t he overall dept h of t he sect ion
in mm, it is not necessary f or t he recover y t o be measured and t he recovery
provisions of 17.6.3 shall not apply.

17.7 Members Other Than Flexural Members

Members ot her t han f lexural members should be pref erably invest igat ed by analysis.

17.8 Non- destructive Test

Non-dest ruct ive t est s are used t o obt ain est imat ion of t he propert ies of concret e in t he
st ruct ure. The met hods adopt ed include ult rasonic pulse velocit y [ see I S: 13311 (Part I ) ]
and rebound hammer [ see I S: 13311 (Part 2) ] , probe penet ration, pullout and mat urit y.
Non-dest ruct ive t est s provide alt ernat ives t o core t est s f or est imat ing t he st rengt h of
concret e in a st ruct ure, or can supplement t he dat a obt ained f rom a limit ed number of
cores. These met hods are based on measuring a concret e propert y t hat bears some
relat ionship t o st rengt h. The accuracy of t hese met hods, in part , is det ermined by t he
degree of correlat ion bet ween st rength and t he physical qualit y measured by t he non-
dest ruct ive t est s.

Any of t hese met hods may be adopt ed, in which case t he accept ance crit eria shall be agreed
upon prior t o t est ing.

Specif ied
Grade
( 1)
Mean of t he Group of 4 Non-Overlapping
Consecut ive Test result s in N/ mm
2

( 2)
I ndividual Test Result s in
N/ mm
2

( 3)
M15
> f
ck
+ 0. 825 x est ablished st andard deviat ion
(rounded of f t o nearest 0.5 N/ mm
2
)
or
f
ck
+ 3 N/ mm
2
, whichever is great er
> f
ck
- 3
N/ mm
2

M20
> f
ck
+ 0. 825 x est ablished st andard deviat ion
(rounded of f t o nearest 0.5 N/ mm
2
)
or
f
ck
+ 4 N/ mm
2
, whichever is great er
> f
ck
- 4
N/ mm
2


Not e – I n t he absence of est ablished value of st andard deviat ion, t he values gives in Table 8
may be assumed and at t empt should be made to obt ain result s of 30 samples as early as
possible t o est ablish t he value of st andard deviat ion.


Admixtures:

General:
Admixt ure may be used in concr et e only wit h t he approval of engineer-in-charge based
upon evidence t hat , wit h t he passage of t ime neit her t he compressive st rengt h nor it s durabilit y
reduced. When admi xt ures are used, t he designed concret e mix shall be correct ed accordi ngly.
P -35

Admixt ures shall be used as per manufact urer’s inst ruct ions and in t he manner and wit h t he
cont rol specif ied by Engineer-in-charge. rat e quot ed for concret e should include cost and labour
for admixt ure. No ext ra payment will be made.

I ) Calcium Chloride:
Calcium chl oride shall not be used f or accel erat ing set of t he cement f or any concret e
cont aining reinf orcement or embedded st eel part s. When calci um chloride is per mit t ed t o be
used, such as in mass concret e works, it shall be dissolved in wat er and added t o t he mixing
wat er in an amount not t o exceed 1.5 percent of t he weight of cement in each bat ch of
concret e.

I I ) Air Entraining Agents:
Where specified and approved by Engineer-in-charge, neut ralized vinsol resin or any
ot her appr oved air ent raining agent may be used t o pr oduce t he specif ied amount of air in t he
concret e mix and t hese agent s shall conf or m t o t he requir ement s of ASTM st andard 6.260. Air
Ent raining admixt ures f or concret e. The r ecommended t ot al air cont ent of t he concret e is 4%
( + ) 1%. The met hod of measuri ng air cont ent shall be as per I S 1199.

I I I ) Retarding Admixtures:
Where specified an appr oved by Engineer-in-charge, ret arding agent s shall be added t o
t he concret e mix in quant it ies specified by Engineer-in-charge.

I V) Water Reducing Admixtures:
Where specified and approved by Engineer-in-charge, wat er reducing lignosulfonat e
mixt ure shall be added in quant it ies specified by Engineer-in-charge. The admixt ures shall be
added in t he form of a solut ion.

V) Water Proofing Agents:
Where specified and approved by Engineer-in-char ge, chl oride and sulphat e f ree wat er
proofing agent s shall be added in quant it ies specified by Engineer-in-charge.

VI ) Other Admixtures:
Engineer-in-charge may at his di scret ion, inst ruct cont ract or t o use any ot her admixt ure
in t he concret e.

I nspection of Structures:
I mmediat ely aft er st ripping t he for m wor k, all concret e shall be carefully inspect ed and
any def ect ive wor k or small defect s, eit her removed or made good bef ore concret e has
t horoughly hardened, as inst ruct ed by engineer-in-charge.

I n case of doubt regarding t he grade of concret e used or result s of cube st rengt h are
obser ved t o be l ower t han t he designed st rengt h as per specif icat ions at 28 days, compressive
st rengt h t est of concret e based on core t est , ult rasonic t est and / or load t est shall be carried out
by t he digit al Engineer-in-charge all at t he cost of t he cont ract or. I n case t hese t est s do not
sat isfy t he requirement s, t he Depart ment will be at libert y t o rej ect t he concret e, and t he
cont ract or, at hi s own cost , has t o dismant le and re-do t he same or carry out such remedial
measur es as appr oved by t he Depart ment .

Testing of Structures:

Optional Tests:
Engineer-in-charge, if he so desires, may order for t est s t o be carried out on cement ,
sand, coarse aggregat e, wat er et c. in accordance wit h t he relevant I ndian St andards.

Test s on Cement will be carried out by Depart ment and shall include ( i) Fi neness t est ( ii)
t est for nor mal consist ency, ( iii) t est for set t ing t ime (i v) t est for soundness ( v) t est f or
P -36

compressive st rengt h ( vi) t est for heat of hydrat ion ( by experiment and by calculat i ons) in
accordance wit h I S- 269.

Test s on sand shall include ( i) sieve t est ( ii) t est f or organic impurit ies ( iii) decant at ion
t est for det ermining clay and silt cont ent ( iv) specific gravit y t est ( v) t est for unit weight and bulk
age fact or ( vi) t est for sieve analysis and fineness modul us.

Test s on coar se aggr egat e shall include ( i) sieve analysis ( ii) specific gravit y and unit
weight of dry, loose and rodded aggregat e ( iii) soundness and alkali aggregat e react ivit y ( iv)
pet rographic exami nat ion ( v) delet erious mat erials and or gani c impurit ies ( vi) t est for aggregat e
crushing value.

The t est on aggregat e would normally be ordered t o be carried out only if Engineer-in-
charge feels t he mat erials are not in accordance wit h t he specif icat ions or if t he specif ied
concret e st rengt hs are not obt ained and shall be performed by cont ract or at an approved t est
laborat or y. Cont ract or shall have t o pay all t he charges of opt ional t est s. I f t he work cubes do
not gi ve t he st ipulat ed st rengt hs, Engineer-in-char ge reserves t he right t o ask Cont ract or t o
dismant le such port ions of t he work, which i n his opinion are unaccept able and re-do t he wor k t o
t he st andards st ipulat ed at cont ract or s cost .

The unit rat e f or concret e shall be all inclusive incl uding maki ng preliminary mix design
and t est cubes, works cubes, t est ing t hem as per specificat ions, sl ump t est s, opt ional t est s et c.
Complet e.

However, t he Depar t ment will t est t he cubes depart ment all y. The cont ract or will have t o
make arrangement s for t ransport at ion t o t he laborat ory and t est ing charges will be borne by t he
cont ract or.

The cont ract or should also conduct conclusi ve t est s such as ult rasonic pulse t est , core
t est et c. t o pr ove t he suit abilit y of concret e, in case cube t est s give unsat isfact or y result s. The
cost of t he conclusi ve t est should be borne by t he cont ract or.

Core test:
The point s fr om which cores are t o be t aken and t he number of cores required, shall be
at t he discret ion of t he whole of concret e concerned. I n no case, however, shall fewer t han t hree
cores be t est ed. Cores shall be prepared and t est ed as described in I S 516- 1959.

Concret e in t he member represent ed by a core t est shall be considered accept able if t he
average equivalent cube st rengt h of t he cores i s equal t o at least 80% of t he cube st rengt h of
t he grade of concret e specified f or t he corresponding age and no individual cor e has st rengt h
less t han 75%.

I n case t he core t est result s do not sat isfy t he requirement s as above or where such
t est s have not been done, load t est ( see 4: 11: 3) may be resort ed t o.

Load tests on parts of structure:
Load t est s shoul d be carried out as soon as possible aft er expiry of 28 days from t he
t ime of placing of concret e.

The st ruct ure should be subj ect ed t o a l oad equal t o full dead load of t he st ruct ure pl us
1.25 t imes t he imposed load period of 24 hour s and t hen t he imposed load shall be removed.

Note: Dead load includes weight of t he st ruct ural members plus weight of finishes and wall s or
part it ions, if any, as considered in t he design.

The deflect ion due t o i mposed load only shall be recorded. I f wit hin 24 hour s of r emoval
of t he imposed l oad, t he st ruct ure does not recover at least 75% of t he deflect ion under super
imposed load, t he t est may be r epeat ed aft er a lapse of 72 hours. I f t he recovery is less t han
80% t he st ruct ure shall be deemed t o be unaccept able.

P -37

I f t he maximum deflect ion in mm shown during 24 hours under load i s less t han 40L2/ D,
where L is t he ef fect ive span and D t he overall dept h of t he sect i on in mm, it is not necessary f or
recovery t o be measured and t he recover y provision above will not apply.

Ot her non-dest ruct ive t est met hods may be adopt ed, in which case t he accept ance
crit eria shall be agreed upon bet ween t he Engi neer-in-charge and t he Cont ract or and t he t est
shall be done under expert guidance.

Testing of Underground Water Tank / Septic Tank / Underground structures:

The t ank will be t est ed af t er t he complet ion according t o t he pr ocedure laid down here:

The middle compar t ment shall be filled f irst t o it s full height and t he leakage if any shall
be checked on it s out er surfaces if f ound, t he same shall be examined carefull y and defect s
rect ified / grout ed if necessar y. The drop in level exceeds 20mm and shows any leakage in t he
said walls, necessary st eps shall be t aken in consult at ion wit h t he Engineer-in-charge.

Af t er t his compart ment is t est ed t o t he sat isfact ion of t he Engineer-in-charge, all wat er
from middle compart ment shall be st epped int o side compart ment t o t he full height and checked
for wat er leakages fr om t he out er surf aces of t he t ank and inner surface of t he middle
compart ment . The drop in level of surface of wat er shall also be checked as st at ed and defect s
rect ified.

The ext ernal sur face of t he t ank shall be plast ered and cured as per t he specificat ions
and back filling shall be t aken up t hereaft er. The wat er from t he compart ment s shall t hen be
pumped out and t he inner surf ace of t he t ank in all compart ment s t hen checked and defect s
rect ified.

Af t er sat isfact ory complet ion of checks, int er nal plast er shall be t aken up as specified i n
t he specificat ions.

The cont ract or shall be responsi ble for carr ying out t he complet e t est , rect ifying t he
leakages if any. The cost of providing equipment s, labour f or carrying out t est s shall be borne
by t he cont ract or. The rat es quot ed f or concret ing it ems for const ruct ing underground wat er
t ank shall be i nclusive of t est ing of RCC t ank for wat er t ight ness as per above specificat ions.
Cont ract or shall make his own arrangement f or filling t he t ank. The cont ract or shall make his
own arrangement for wat er required for const ruct ion and labour et c. as per cont ract condit ions
at his own cost .

Unsatisfactory Tests:
Should t he result s of any t est prove unsat i sfact or y, or t he st ruct ure shown signs of
weakness, undue deflect ion or const ruct ion, cont ract or shall remove and rebuild t he member or
members involved t o carr y out such ot her remedial measures as may be required by Engineer-in-
charge. Cont ract or shall bear t he cost of so doing, unless t he failure of t he member or member s
t o fulfill t he t est condit ions is proved t o be solely due t o fault y design. The cost of load and t est s
shall be bor ne by cont ract or if t he t est s show unsat isfact or y result s; ot herwise such cost will be
borne by t he Depart ment .

Concrete in Alkali Soils and Alkaline Water:
Where concret e is liable t o at t ack from alkali salt s or alkali ne wat er, special cement s
cont aining low amount of t ri-calcium shall be used, if so specified on t he drawings. Such
concret e shall have minimum cement cont ent , for dif ferent exposes at t ached as gi ven in t able 19
and 20 in appendix A of I S 456- 2000. I f specified by Depart ment , addit ional pr ot ect ion shall be
obt ained by t he use of chemicall y resist ant st one f acing or a layer of plast er of Paris covered
wit h suit able fabric, such as j ut e t horoughl y impregnat ed wit h t ar.

Preparation Prior to Concrete Placement, Final I nspection & Approval:
Before t he concret e i s act ually placed in posit ion, t he inside of t he f orm work shall be
inspect ed t o see t hat t hey have been and oiled. Temporary openings shall be provided t o
P -38

facilit at e inspect ion, especially at bot t om of columns and wall f orms, t o per mit removal of saw
dust , wood shavings, bindi ng wire, rubbish, dirt et c. Opening shall be placed or holes dr illed so
t hat t hese mat er ials and wat er can be removed easily. Such openings/ holes shall be lat er
suit able plugged.

The various t raders shall be per mit t ed ample t ime t o inst all drainage and pl umbing lines,
floor and t rench drain, conduit s, hanger s, anchor s, insert s, sleeves, bolt s, frames and ot her
miscellaneous embedment t o be cast in t he concret e as indicat ed on t he drawing or as necessar y
for t he proper execut ion of t he work. All such embedment shall be correct ly posit i oned and
securely held in t he for ms t o prevent displacement during deposit ing and vibrat ing of concret e.

Slot s, openings, holes pocket s et c. shall be pr ovided in t he concret e wor k in t he posit ions
indicat ed in t he drawings or as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge.

Reinforcement and ot her it ems t o be cast in concret e shall have clear surfaces t hat will
not impair bond.

Prior t o concret e placement , all works shall be inspect ed and appr oved by Engineer-in-
charge, and if found unsat isfact ory, concr et e shall not be poured unt il all def ect s have been
corr ect ed at cont ract ors cost .

Approval by Engineer-in- charge of any and all mat erials and work as required herein
shall not relieve cont ract or for m his obligat ions t o produce fini shed concret e in accordance wit h
t he drawings and specif icat ions.

Rain or Wash Water:
No concret e shall be placed in wet weat her or on a wat er covered surface. Any concret e
t hat has been washed by heavy rain shall be ent irely removed, if t here is any sign of cement and
sand having been washed away from t he concret e mixt ure. To guard against damage whi ch may
be caused by rain, t he works shall be covered wit h t arpaulins immediat ely af t er t he concret e has
been placed and compact ed before leaving t he wor k unat t ended. Any wat er accumulat ing on t he
surf ace of t he newly placed concret e shall be removed by appr oved means and no furt her
concret e shall be placed t hereon unt il such wat er is removed. To avoid sumps shall be provided.

Bonding Mortar:
I mmediat ely bef ore concret e placement begins, prepared surf aces, except f or m work,
which will come in cont act wit h concret e t o be placed, shall be covered wit h a bonding mort ar of
same st rengt h of concret e.

Transportation:
All bucket s, cont ainers or conveyer s used f or t ransport ing concr et e shall be mort ar-t ight .
All means of conveyance shall be adopt ed t o deliver concret e of t he required consist ency and
plast icit y wit hout segregat ion or loss of slump what ever met hod of t ransport at ion is empl oyed.
Chut e shall not be used t o t ransport t he concret e wit hout t he writ t en permissi on of t he Engineer-
in-charge and concret e shall
not be re handled before placing.

Re-tempered or Contaminated Concrete:
Concret e must be placed in it s final posit i on before it becomes t oo st iff t o wor k. On no
account wat er shall be added aft er t he init ial mixing. Concret e which has become st iff or has
been cont aminat ed wit h foreign mat erials ad which has not been placed wit hi n half an hour of
mixing wat er wit h cement shall be rej ect ed.

Cleaning of Equipment:
All equipment s used for mixing, t ransport ing ad placing of concret e shall be maint ained
in clean condit ion. All pans, bucket s, hoppers, chut es, pipe lines and ot her equipment s shall be
t horoughly cleaned aft er each period of placement .
P -39


Procedure for placing of concrete:

1) Engineers approval of Equipment and Methods:

Before any concret e is placed, t he ent ir e placi ng programme, consist ing of equipment ,
layout proposed pr ocedures ad met hods shall be submit t ed t o Engineer-in-charge and no
concret e shall be of such size ad design t o ensur e a pract ically cont inuous flow of concret e
during deposit ing wit hout segregat ion of mat erials, considering t he size of t he j ob ad placement
locat ion.

2) Time I nterval between Mixing ad Placing :

Concret e shall be placed in fi nal posit ion before t he cement reaches it s init ial set and
concret e shall normall y be compact ed in it s final posit ion wit hi n t hirt y mi nut es o leaving t he
mixer d once compact ed it shall not be dist urbed.

3) Avoiding Segregation:

Concret e shall i n all t he cases be deposit ed as nearly a pract icable direct l y in it s final
posit ion ad shall not be re-handled or caused t o f low in a manner which will cause segregat ion,
loss of mat erials displacement of reinf orcement , shut t ering or embedded insert s or i mpair it s
st rengt h. For locat ions where direct placement is not possible, ad in narrow for ms, cont ract or
shall pr ovide suit able pr op ad Elephant Trunks t o confine t he movement of concret e. Special
care shall be t aken when concret e is dr opped fr om height , especially if reinf orcement is in t he
way, part icularly in columns and t hin walls.

4) Placing by Manual Labour:

Except when ot herwise appr oved by Engineer-in-charge, concret e shall be placed in t he
shut t ering by shovel s or ot her appr oved implement s and shall not be dropped from a height
mor e t han 1.0m or handle in a manner which will cause segregat ion.

5) Placing by Mechanical Equipment:

The following specificat ions shall apply when placing of concret e by sue of mechanical
equipment is specially called f or while invit ing bids or is warrant ed, considering t he nat ure of
wor k involved.

The cont rol of placi ng shall begin at t he mixer di scharge. Concr et e shall be discharged by
a vert ical drop int o t he middle of t he bucket of hopper and t his principle of a vert ical discharge
of concret e shall be adhered t o t hrough out all st ages of deli very unt il t he concret e comes t o rest
in it s final posit i on.

Type of buckets:

All concret e shall be conveyed f rom t he mixer t o t he place of final deposit in suit able
bucket s, dumpers, cont ainers which shall be leak t ight . All means of conveyance shall be
adopt ed f or deli vering concret e t o t he requir ed consist ency / Wor kabilit y d plast icit y wit hout
segregat ion.

Cent ral bot t om dump bucket s of a t ype t hat provides for posit ive regulat ion of t he
amount and rat e deposit ion of concret e in all dumping posit ion shall be employed.

Operation of Bucket:

I n placing concret e in large open areas, t he bucket shall be spot t ed direct ly over t he
posit ion designat ed and t hen lowered for dumping. The open bucket shall clear t he concret e
already in place and t he height of dr op shall not exceed 1.0m. The bucket shall be opened slowl y
t o avoid high vert ical bounce. Dumping of bucket s on t he swi ng or in any manner which result s
in separat ion of ingredient s or dist urbance of previousl y placed concret e will not be permit t ed.
P -40

Placement in restricted forms:

Concret e placed in rest rict ed for ms by borr ows, buggies, cars, short chut es or hand
shoveling shall be subj ect t o t he requirement f or vert ical deliver y of li mit ed height t o avoid
segregat ion and shall be deposit ed as nearl y a pract icable in it s final posit ion.

Chutting:

Where it is necessar y t o use t ransf er chut es, specific approval of Engineer-in-charge
must be obt ain dot t ype, lengt h, slopes, baffles, vert ical t erming of operat ions. These shall be so
arranged t hat almost cont inuous flow of concret e is obt ained at t he discharge ad wit hout
segregat ion. To allow for t he loss of mort ar against t he sides of t he chut es, t he f irst mixes shal l
have less coarse aggregat e.

During cleaning of chut es, t he wast e wat er shall be kept clear of t he f orms. The concret e
shall not be per mit t ed t o fall fr om t he end of t he chut es by more t han 1.0 m. chut es, when
approved for use, shall have sl opes not flat t er t han 1 vert ical t o 3 horizont al and not st eeper
t han 1 vert ical t o 2 horizont al, chut es shall be of met al or met al line d of rounded cross sect ion.
The slopes of all chut e sect ions shall be appr oximat ely same. The discharge end of t he chut es
shall be maint ained above t he surfaces of t he concret e in t he forms.

Placing by Pumping / Pneumatic Placers:
Concret e may be conveyed and placed by mechanically operat ed equipment s e.g. pumps
or pneumat ic placers, onl y wit h t he writ t en permission of Engineer-in-charge. The slums shall be
held of t he minimum, necessary f or conveying concr et e by t his met hod.

When pumping is adopt ed, before pumping of concret e is st art ed, t he pipelines shall be
lubricat ed wit h one or t wo bat ches of mort ar composed of one part cement and t wo part s sand.
The concret e mix shall be specially designed t o suit pumping. Care shall be t aken t o avoid
st oppages in work once pumping has st art ed.

When pneumat ic placer is used, t he manufact urer’s advice on layout of pipeline shall be
followed t o avid bl ockages ad excessive wear . Rest raint shall be provided at t he discharge box t o
cat er f or t he react ion at t he end.

Manufact urer’s advice shall be f oll owed regarding concret e qualit y and all ot her relat ed
mat t ers when pumping / pneumat ic placing equipment s are used.

Concrete in Layers:
Concret ing, once st art ed, shall be cont inuous unt il t he pour is complet ed. Concret e shall
be placed in successi ve horizont al layer s of unifor m t hickness ranging from 15cm t o 90cm. a
direct ed by Engineer- in- charge. These shall be placed as rapidly as pract icable t o pr event t he
format i on of cold j oint s or places of weakness bet ween each succeedi ng layers wit hin t he pour.
The t hickness of each layer shall be such t hat it can be deposit ed before t he previ ous layer has
st if fened. The bucket loads or ot her unit s of deposit , shall spot t ed progressively al ong t he face of
t he layer wit h such overlap a will facilit at e spreading t he layer t o unifor m dept h and t ext ure wit h
a minimum of shoveling st one int o mort ar rat er t han mort ar on t o st ones. Such a condit ion shall
be correct ed by redesign of mix or ot her means, as direct ed by Engineer-in-charge.

Bedding of layers:
The t op surf ace of each pour ad bedding places shall be approximat ely horizont al unless
ot her wise inst ruct ed.

Compaction:
Concret e shall be compact ed during placing, wit h approved vibrat ing equipment , unt il t he
concret e has been consolidat ed t o t he maximum pr act icable densit y, is free of pocket s of coarse
aggregat e ad fit s t ight ly agai nst all f orm surfaces, reinf orcement ad embedded fixt ures.
Part icular care shall be t aken t o ensure t hat all concret e placed against t he form faces and int o
corners of f orms or against hardened concret e at j oint s is free f r om voids or cavit ies. The use of
P -41

vibrat ors shall be consist ent wit h t he concret e mix ad caut ion is t o be exercised not t o over
vibrat e t he concr et e t o t he point of segregat ion.

Type of Vibrators:
Vibrat or shall conf orm t o I S specificat ions. Type of vibrat or s t o be used shall depend
upon t he st ruct ure where concret e is t o be placed. Shut t er vibrat ors, t o be effect ive, shall be
firmly secur ed t o t he f orm wor k which must be sufficient ly rigid t o t ransmit t he vibrat ions st rong
enough not t o be damaged by it . I mmer sion vibr at or shall have No load frequency amplit ude and
accelerat ion a as per I S 2505 depending on t he size of t he vibrat or . I mmersion vibrat or s in
suf ficient numbers and each of adequat e size shall be used t o pr operl y consolidat e all concret e.
Tapping or ext ernal vibrat ing of forms by hand t ools or immersion vibr at ors will not be
permit t ed.


Use of Vibrators:
The exact manner applicat ion d t he most suit able machines f or t he purpose must be
carefully considered ad operat ed by experienced men. I mmer sion vibrat ors shall be insert ed
vert ically at point s not more t han 450mm a part ad wit hdrawn when air bubbles ceases t o come
t o t he surface.

I mmersi on vibrat ors be used t o t ransport concret e i nside t he for ms. Part icular at t ent ion
shall be paid t o vibrat ion at t he t op of lift , e.g. in a column or wall.

Melding successive batches:
When placing concret e in layers, which are advanci ng horizont ally as t he wor k progress,
great care shall be exerci sed t o ensure adequat e vibrat ion, blending and melding of t he concret e
bet ween t he successive layers.

Penetration of Vibrations:
The immersion vibrat or shall penet rat e t he layer being placed and also penet rat e t he
layer below t he under layer is st ill plast ic t o ensure good bond and homogeneit y bet ween t he
t wo layer s ad prevent t he format ion of cold j oint s.

Vibrating against reinforcement:
Care shall be t aken t o prevent cont act of immer sion vi brat ors against reinforcement
st eel. I mmer sion vibrat ors shall not be allowed t o come in cont act wit h reinforcement st eel aft er
st art of init ial set .

They shall also not be allowed t o come in cont act wit h forms of finished surf aces.

Use of form attached Vibrators:

Form at t ached vibrat ors shall be used only wit h specific aut horizat ion of Engineer-i n-
charge.

Use of surface vibrators:

The use of surface vibrat ors will not be per mit t ed under normal condit ions. However, f or
t hin slabs, such as highways, runways and similar const ruct ion, surface vi brat ors shall be
specifically designed may be permit t ed, upon appr oval of Engineer-in-charge.

Stone Pockets and Mortar Pondages:

Format ion of st one pocket s or mort ar pondages in cor ners and against f aces of forms
shall not be permit t ed, should t hese occur, t hey shall be dug out , refor med and refilled t o a
suf ficient dept h and shape for t horough bounding as direct ed by Engineer-in-charge.



P -42

Placement I nterval:

Except when placing wit h slip f orms, each placement of concret e in mult iple lift work
shall be allowed t o set for at least 24 hours aft er t he final set of concret e and before t he st art of
a subsequent placement .

Special provision in placing:

When placing concret e in walls wit h openings, i n floors of int egral slab and beam
const ruct ion and ot her si milar condit ions, t he placing shall st op when t he concret e reaches t he
t op of t he opening in wall s or bot t om hori zont al sur face of t he slabs a t he case may be. Placing
shall be resumed bef ore t he concret e in place t akes init ial set , but not unt il it has had t ime t o
set t le as det ermined by Engineer-in- charge.

Placing Concrete through reinforcing steel:

While placing concret e t hrough reinf orcing st eel, care shall be t aken t o prevent
segregat ion of t he coarse aggregat e. Where t he congregat ion of st eel make placing diffi cult , it
may be necessar y t o t emporally move t he t op st eel aside t o get proper placement and rest ore
reinforcing st eel t o design posit ion.

Bleeding:

Bleeding or free wat er on t op of concret e being deposit ed int o t he for ms shall be caused
t o st op t he concret e pour ad t he condit ions causing t his defect correct ed bef ore any furt her
concret ing is resumed.

Construction Joint s and Keys:

Concret e shall be placed wit hout int errupt ion unt il complet i on of t he part of t he work
bet ween predet ermined const ruct ion j oint s, as specified t herein aft er. Time lapse bet ween t he
pouring of adj oining unit s shall be as specified in t he drawing or as direct ed by Engineer-in-
charge.

I f st opping of concret ing becomes unavoidable anywhere, a properl y f ormed const ruct ion
j oint shall be made where t he wor k is st opped. Joint s shall be eit her vert ical or horizont al, unless
shown ot herwi se in drawings. I n case of an inclined or cur ved member, t he j oint s shall be at
right angles t o t he axis of t he member. Vert ical j oint s in walls shall be kept t o a minimum.
Vert ical j oint s shall be f ormed against a st op board, horizont al j oi nt s shall be level and wherever
possible, arranged, so t hat t he j oint lines coincide wit h t he archit ect ur al feat ures of t he fi nished
wor k. Bat t ens shall be nailed t o t he for m t o ensure a horizont al line ad if direct ed, shall al so be
used t o f or m a grooved j oint . For t ank walls, si milar work j oint s shall be f ormed as per I S 3370.
Concret e t hat is in t he process of set t ing shall not be dist urbed or shaken by t raffic eit her on t he
concret e it self or upon t he shut t ering, hor izont al and vert ical const ruct ion j oint s and shear keys
shall be locat ed ad shall confor m in det ail t o t he requirement s of t he plans unless ot herwi se
direct ed by Engineer-in-charge. Where not described, t he j oint s shall be in accordance wit h t he
following:

Column Joint s:

I n a column, t he j oint shall be formed 75mm below t he lowest soffit of t he beams
includi ng haunches f any. I n flat slab const ruct ion t he j oint shall be 75mm below t he soffit of
column capit al. At least 2 hours shall elapse aft er deposit ing concret e in column, piers or walls,
before deposit ing in beams, girders or slabs support ed t hereon.

Beam and Slab j oints:

Concret e in a beam shall be placed t hr ough out wit hout a j oint but if t he provi si on of a
j oint is unavoidable, t he j oint shall be vert ical ad at t he cent er or wit hin t he middle t hird of t he
span unless ot herwise shown in drawings. Where a beam int ersect s a girder, t he j oi nt s in t he
girder shall be off set a dist ance equal t o t wice t he widt h of t he beam and addit ional
reinforcement provided for shear. The j oint s shall be vert ical t hroughout t he full t hi ckness of t he
P -43

concret e member. A j oint in a slab shall be vert ical and parallel t o t he principal reinf orcement
where it i s unavoidable at right angel s t o t he principle reinf orcement , t he j oint shall be vert ical
and at t he middle of span.

Joints in Liquid Retaining Structures:

Vert ical const ruct ion j oint s in wat ert ight const ruct ion will not be per mit t ed unless
indicat ed on t he drawings. Where a hori zont al const ruct ion j oint is required t o resist wat er
pressure, special care shall be t aken in all phases of it s const ruct ion t o ensur e maxi mum wat er
t ight ness.

Dowels:

Dowels f or concret e work, not likely t o be t aken up in t he near fut ure, shall be wrapped
in t ar paper and burlap.


Mass Foundations:

Mass f oundat i ons shall be poured in lift s not exceeding 1.5m in height unless, ot herwi se
indicat ed on t he drawings and appr oved by Engineer -in-charge.

Treatment of construction j oints on resuming Concreting:

Drier shall be used f or t he t op lift or horizont al pour s t o avoid a lait ance. All lait ance d
loose st ones shall be t hor oughly and carefull y removed by wire br ushi ng / hacki ng ad surface
washed.

Just bef ore concret ing is resumed, t he r oughened j oint surface shall be t horoughly
cleaned and loose mat t er removed and t hen t reat ed wit h a t hin layer of cement gr out of
proport ion specified by Engineer-in-charge ad worked well i nt o t he surf ace. The new concret e
shall be well wor ked specially agai nst t he prepared face bef ore t he grout mort ar set s. Special
care shall be t aken t o obt ain t horough compact ion ad t o avoi d segregat ion of t he concret e along
t he j oint plane.

Curing, Protecting, Repairing ad Finishing:

Curing:

All concr et e shall be cured by keeping it cont inuously damp f or t he period of t i me
required for complet e hydrat ion and hardening t o t ake place. Preference shall be gi ven t o t he
use of cont inuous sprays or ponded wat er, cont inuously sat urat ed covering of sacking, canvas,
hessain or ot her absorbent mat erials, or appr oved effect ive curing compounds applied wit h
spraying equipment capable of producing a smoot h, even t ext ured coat . Ext ra precaut ions shall
be exercised in curing concret e during cold ad hot weat her as out lined hereinaft er. The qualit y of
curing wat er shall be t he same as t hat used for mi xi ng concret e.

Curing with Water:

Fresh concret e shall be kept cont inuously wet f or a minimum period of 14 days fr om t he
dat e of placi ng of concret e, f ollowing a lapse of 12t o 24 hours af t er lying concret e. The curing of
horizont al surfaces exposed t o t he dr ying winds shall however begin immediat ely t he concret e
has hardened.

Wat er shall be applied t o unf ormed concret e surfaces wit hin 1 hour af t er concret e has
set . Wat er shall be applied t o formed surfaces immediat ely upon removal of for ms.

Continuous Spraying:

Curing shall be assured by use of an ample wat er supply under pr essure i n pipes, wit h al l
necessary appliances of hose sprinklers a spraying device. Cont inuous fine mist spraying or
sprinkling shall be used, unless ot herwise specified or approved by Engineer-in-charge.

P -44

Alternate curing Methods:

Whenever in t he j udgment of Engineer-in- charge, it may be necessar y t o omit t he
cont inuous spray met hod, covering of clear sand or ot her appr oved means such as wet gunny
bags, which will prevent loss of moist ure from t he concret e, during of aft er t he curing period, wil l
not be permit t ed.

Conver sing shall be kept cont inuousl y wet during t he curing period.

For curing of curing of concret e in pavement s, side- walks, fl oors, flat r oof s or ot her level
surf aces, t he ponding met hod of cut t ing is preferred. The met hod of cont aining t he ponded
wat er shall be appr oved by Engineer-in-charge. Special at t ent ion shall be given t o edges and
corners of t he slab t o ensure proper prot ect ion t o t hese areas. The ponded areas shall be
cont inuously filled wit h wat er during t he curing period.

Curing Compounds:

Surface coat ing t ype curing compound shall be used only on special per mission of
Engineer-in-charge.

Curing compounds shall be liquid t ype while pigment ed, conf or ming t o U.S. Bureau of
Reclamat ion specificat i on. No curing compound shal l be used on surface where fut ur e blending
wit h concret e, wat er or acid proof membrane or paint ing is specified.

Curing Equipment:

All equipment s and mat erials required f or curing shall be on hand ad ready f or use
before concret e is placed.

Protecting Fresh Concrete:

Fresh concr et e shall be prot ect ed from t he element s, from def acement sad damage due
t o const r uct ion operat ions by leaving f orms in place for ample period as specified lat er in t his
specificat ion. Newly placed concret e shall be prot ect ed by approved means such as t arpaulins
from rain, sun and winds. St eps as approved by Engineer-in-charge, shall also be t aken t o
prot ect immat ure concret e from damage by debr is, excessive loading, vibrat i ons, abrasion or
cont act wit h ot her mat erials et c. t hat may be war ned against and prevent ed f rom dist urbing
green concret e during it s set t ing period, if it i s necessar y may be warned against and prevent ed
form di st urbing green concret e during it s set t ing per iod, if it is necessar y t hat wor kmen ent er t he
area of freshly placed concret e, Engineer-in-charge may require t hat bridges be placed over t he
area.

Repair and Replacement of unsatisfactory Concrete:

I mmediat ely aft er t he shut t ering i s removed, t he surface of concret e shall be carefully
gone over and all defect ive areas called t o t he at t ent ion of Engineer-in-charge who may per mit
pat ching of t he defect i ve areas or else rej ect t he concret e unit eit her part ially or ent irely.
Rej ect ed concret e shall be removed and replaced by cont ract or at no addit ional expense t o t he
Depart ment . Holes left by form bolt s et c. shall be filled up and made good wit h mort ar
composed of one part of cement t o one and half par t s of sand passing t hr ough 2.36mm I S sieve
aft er removing any loose st ones adhering t o t he concret e Mort ar filling shall be st ruck of f flush at
t he face of t he concret e. Concret e surface shall be finished as described under t he part icular
it em of work.

Superf icial honey combed surfaces and rough pat ches shall be similarly made good
immediat ely af t er removal of shut t ering in t he presence of Engi neer- in- charge and superf icial
wat er ad air holes shall be f illed in. The mort ar shall be well wor ked int o t he surf ace wit h
wooden fl oat . Excess wat er shall be avoided. Unless inst ruct ed ot herwise by Engineer-in-charge,
t he surface of t he exposed concret e placed against shut t ering shall be rubbed down immediat ely
on removal for shut t ering t o remove fine or ot her irregularit ies, care being t aken t o avoi d
damaging t he surfaces. Surface irregularit ies shall be removed by grinding.

P -45

I f reinforcement is exposes or t he honey combing occurs at vulnerable posit i on e.g. ends
of beams or columns, it may be necessary t o cut out t he member complet ely or in part and
reconst ruct . The decision of Engineer-in-charge shall be final in t hi s regard. I f only pat ching is
necessary, t he defect i ve concret e shall be cut out t ill solid concret e is reached ( or t o a minimum
dept h of 25mm) , t he edges being cut perpendicular t o t he affect ed surface or wit h a small under
cut if possible, anchors, t ees or dowels shall be pr ovided in slot s whenever necessar y t o at t ach
t he newly concret e securely in place.

An area ext ending several cent imet ers beyond t he edges ad t he surfaces of t he prepared
voids shall be sat urat ed wit h wat er f or 24 hours immediat ely bef ore t he pat ching mat erial is
placed.

Use of Epoxy:

The use of epoxy f or bonding f resh concret e used for repairs will be permit t ed upon
writ t en approval of Engineer-in-charge. Epoxies shall be applied in st rict accordance wit h t he
inst ruct ion of t he manufact urer.

Method of repair:

Small size holes having surface dimensions about equal t o t he dept h of t he hole, holes
left aft er removal of f orm holt s, grout insert holes and slot s cut for r epair of cracks shall be
repaired as follows:

The hole t o be pat ched shall be roughened ad thoroughly soaked wit h clean wat er
unt il absorpt ion st ops.

A 5mm t hick layer of gr out of equal part s of cement and sand shall be well brushed int o
t he surface t o be pat ched f ollowed immediat ely by t he pat ching concret e which shall be well
consolidat ed wit h a wooden float and left slight ly proud of t he sur r ounding surface. The concret e
pat ch shall be built up in 10mm t hick layers. Aft er an hour more, depending upon weat her
condit ions, it shall be worked off fl ush wit h a wooden float d a smoot h f inish obt ained by wiping
wit h hessian. St eel t rowel shall not be used f or t his purpose. The mi x f or pat ching shall be of t he
same mat erials and i n t he same pr oport i ons as t hat used in t he concret e being repaired,
alt hough some r educt i on in t he maximum size of t he coar se aggregat es may be necessar y ad
t he mix shall be kept as dry as possible.

Mort ar f illing by air pressure ( gunit ing) shall be used for repair of areas t o large ad / or
t oo shallow f or pat chi ng wit h mort ar. Pat ched surfaces shall be given a final t reat ment t o mat ch
t he colour ad t ext ure of t he surr ounding concret e. Whit e cement shall be subst it ut ed for ordinary
cement , if so direct ed by Engi neer-in-charge, t o mat ch t he shade of t he pat ch wit h t he origi nal
concret e.

Curing of Patched Work:

The pat ched area shall be covered i mmediat el y wit h an appr oved non- st aining wat er
sat urat ed mat erial such s gunny bags, which shall be kept cont inuously wet ad pr ot ect ed against
sun ad wind f or a period of 24 hour s. Thereaf t er, t he pat ched area shall be kept wet
cont inuously by a fine spray of sprinkling wat er f or not less t han 10 days.

Approval by Engineer-in- charge:
All mat erials, producers and operat ions used in t he repair of concret e a also t he finished
repair wor k shall be subj ect t ot eh appr oval of Engineer-in-charge. All fillings shall t ight ly bonded
t o t he concret e and shall be sound, free fr om shrinkage cracks af t er t he fillings have been cured
ad dried.

Finishing:

This specificat ion is int ended t o cover t he t reat ment of concret e surfaces of all st ruct ures.
P -46


Finish for Formed surfaces:

The t ype of f inish f or f ormed concret e surf aces shall be as f ollows, unless ot herwise
specif ied by t he Engineer-in-charge.

For surf ace below grade, which will receive wat erproof ing t reat ment , t he concret e
shall be free of surf ace irregularit ies which would int erf ere wit h proper applicat ion of t he
wat er proof ing mat erials which is specified f or use.

Unless specified, surf aces which will be exposed when t he st ruct ure is in service shall
receive no special f inish, except repair of damaged or def ect ive concret e, removal of f ins
and abrupt irregularit ies, f illing of hole lef t by f orm t ies and rods ad clean up of loose or
adhering debris.

Surf aces which will be exposed t o t he weat her ad which would normally be leveled
shall be sloped f or drainage. Unless t he drawing specif y a horizont al surf ace or shows t he
slope required, t he t ops of narrow surf aces such as st aircase t reads, walls, curbs ad
parapet s shall be sloped across t he widt h approx. as 1 in 30, Broader surf ace such as
walkways, roads, parking areas ad plat f orms shall be sloped about 1 in 50. Surf aces t hat will
be covered by backf ill or concret e, sub f loors t o be covered wit h concret e t opping, t errazzo
or quarry t ile ad similar surf aces shall be smoot h, screened ad leveled t o produce even
surf aces. Surf ace irregularit ies shall not exceed 6mm. Surf aces which will not be covered by
backf ill, concret e or t ile t opping such a out side decks, f loors of galleried ad sumps, parapet s,
gut t ers, side walks, f loors and slabs shall be consolidat ed, screened d f loat ed.

Excess wat er and lait ance shall be removed bef ore f inal f inishing. Float ing may be
done wit h hand wit h hand or power t ools ad st art ed a soon as t he screeded surf ace has
at t ained a st if f ness t o permit f inishing operat ions ad t hese shall be t he minimum required t o
produce a surf ace unif orm in t ext ure ad f ree from screed marks or ot her imperf ect ions.
Joint s ad edges shall be t ooled as called f or on t he drawings or as f acet ed by Engineer-in-
charge.

Standard Finish for Exposed Concrete:

Exposed concret e shall mea any concret e ot her t han f loors or slabs exposed t o view
upon complet ion of t he j ob. Unless ot her wise specif ied on t he drawings, t he st andard f inish
f or exposed concret e shall be of smoot h f inish.

A smoot h f inish shall be obt ained wit h use of lined or plywood f orm having smoot hed
and even surf aces and edges. Panels and f orm linings shall be of unif orm size and be as
large as pract icable and inst alled with closed j oint s. Upon removal of f orms, t he j oint mar ks
shall be smoot hed of f and all blemished, proj ect ions et c. removed, leaving t he surf aces
reasonably smoot h ad unmarred.

I ntegral Cement concrete Finish:

When specif ied on t he drawings, an int egral cement concret e f inish of specif ied
t hickness f or f loors and slabs shall be applied eit her monolit hic or bonded, as specif ied in t he
drawings ad as per I S 2571. The surf ace shall be compact ed and t hen float ed wit h a
wooden f loat or power f loat ing machine. The surf ace shall be t est ed wit h a st raight edge a
any high and low spot s eliminat ed.

P -47

Float ing or t rowelling of t he f inish shall be permitt ed only af t er all surf ace wat er has
evaporat ed. Dr y cement or a mixt ure of dry cement and sand shall not be sprinkled direct ly
on t he surf ace of t he cement f inish t o absorb moist ure or t o st if f en t he mix.

Rubbed Finish:

A rubbed f inish shall be provided only on exposed concret e surf aces as specif ied on
t he drawings.

Upon removal of f orms, all f ins a do t here proj ect ions on t he surf aces shall be
caref ully removed, of f set s leveled and voids ad/ or damaged sect ions immediat ely sat urat ed
wit h wat er ad repaired by f illing wit h wat er and repaired by f illing wit h concret e or mort ar of
t he same composit ion as was used in t he surf aces. The surf aces shall t hen be t horoughly
wet t ed and rubbed wit h carborandum or ot her abrasive. Cement mort ar may be used in t he
rubbing, but t he finished surf aces shall not be brush coat ed wit h eit her cement or grout
af t er rubbing. The finished surf aces shall present a unif orm a smoot h appearance.

Protection:

All concret e shall be prot ect ed against damage unt il f inal accept ance by Engineer -in-
charge.

Foundation Bedding, Bonding and Jointing:

All surf aces upon or against which concret e will be placed shall be suit ably prepared
by t horoughly cleaning, washing and dewat ering a may be indicat ed in t he plans or as
Engineer-in-charge may direct t o meet t he various sit uat ions encount ered in t he work.

Sof t or spongy areas shall be cleaned out and back f illed wit h eit her a soil cement
mixt ure, lean concret e or clan sand fill compact ed t o minimum densit y of 90%. Modif ied
proct or, unless ot herwise ment ioned in schedule of quant it ies. Prior t o const ruct ion of f orm
work f or any it em where soil will not act as bot t om f orm, approval shall be obt ained from
Engineer-in-charge as t o t he suit abilit y of t he soil.

Preparation Rock Strata of Foundations:

To provide t ight bond wit h rock f oundat ions, t he rock surf ace shall be prepared ad
t he f ollowing general requirement s shall be observed.

Concret e shall not be deposit ed on large sloping rock surf ace shall be prepared and
t he f ollowing general requirement s shall be observed.

Concret e shall not be deposit ed on large sloping rock surf ace. Where required by
Engineer-in-charge or as indicat ed on t he plans, t he rock shall be cut t o f orm rough st eps or
benches t o provide roughness or a more suit able bearing surf ace.

Rock f oundat ion st rat um shall be prepared by picking, barring, wedging and similar
met hods which will leave t he rock in an ent irely sound ad unshat t ered condit ion.

Short ly bef ore concret e is placed, the rock surf ace shall be cleaned wit h high
pressure wat er ad air j et even t hough it may have been previously cleaned in t hat manner.

Prior t o placing concret e, t he rock surf ace shall be kept wet f or a period f or 2 t o 4
hours unless ot herwise direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge.

P -48

Bef ore placing concret e on rock surf aces, all wat er shall be removed f rom
expressions t o permit t hrough inspect ion and proper bonding of t he concret e t o t he r ock.

Preparation of Earth Strata of Foundations:

All eart h sur faces, upon which addit ional concr et e is t o be placed lat er, shall preferably
be done by scarif ying ad cleaning whil e t he concr et e is bet ween it s init ial ad final set . This
met hod shall be used wherever pract icable and shall consist of cut t ing t he surf ace wit h picks ad
st if f brooms and by use of an appr oved combinat ion of air and wat er j et as direct ed by Engineer-
in-charge. Great care shall be t aken in perf orming t his wor k t o avoid removal of t oo much mort ar
ad t he weakening of t he surface by loosening of aggregat e. When it i s not pract icable t o f oll ow
t he above met hod, it will be necessar y t o employ air t ools t o r emove lait ance ad roughen t he
surf ace.

The f inal required result shall be pit t ed surface from which all dirt , unsound concret e,
lait ance ad glazed mort ar have been removed.

Bonding Treatment Mortar:

Af t er rock or concret e surf aces upon which new concret e is t o be placed have been
scarified, cleaned ad wet t ed specified herei n, it shall receive a bonding t reat ment , i mmediat ely
before placement of t he concret e.

The bonding medium shall be a coat of cement sand mort ar. The mort ar shall have t he
same cement -sand pr oport i on t he concret e which shall be placed on it . The wat er cement rat io
shall be det ermined by placing condit ions ad approved by Engineer-in-charge.

Bonding mort ar shall be placed in sufficient quant it y t o complet ely cover t he surface
about 10mm t hick f or r ock surface and about 5mm t hi ck f or concret e surfaces. I t shall be
brushed or broomed over t he surface and wor ked t horoughl y int o all cracks, crevices and
depressions. Accumulat ions or puddles of mort ar shall not be allowed t o set t le in depressions ad
shall be brushed out a sat isfact ory degree as det ermined by Engineer-in- charge.

Mort ar shall be placed at such a rat e t hat it can be brushed over t he surface j ust in
advance of placement of concret e. Only as much area shall be covered wit h mort ar as can be
covered wit h concret e befor e init ial set in t he mort ar t akes place. The amount of mort ar t hat will
be per mit t ed t o be placed at any one t ime, or t he area which is t o cover, shall be in accordance
wit h Engineer-in-charge.

Cleaning and Bonding of formed Construction Joints:

Vert ical const ruct ion j oint s shall be cleaned as specif ied above or by ot her met hods
approved by Engineer-in-charge in placing concret e against f ormed const ruct ion j oint s, t he
surf aces of t he j oint s, where accessible, shall be coat ed t horoughly in t he specif ied bed-j oint
bonding mort ar immediat ely bef ore t hey are covered wit h concret e or by scrubbing wit h
wire brooms, dipped in t o t he f resh convert er. Where it is impract icable t o apply such a
mort ar coat ing, special precaut ions will be t aken t o ensure t hat t he new concret e is brought
int o int imat e cont act wit h t he surf ace of t he j oint by caref ully paddling ad spading wit h aid
of vibrat ors and suit able t ools.

Expansion ad Contraction:

Provision shall be made f or expansion a cont ract ion in concret e by use of special
t ype j oint s locat ed as shown in t he drawings. Const ruct ion j oint surf aces shall be t reat ed as
specif ied in t he specif icat ion, shown in t e drawings a direct ed by Engineer-in-charge.

P -49

Hot Weather Requirements:

All concret e work perf ormed in hot weat her shall be in accordance wit h I S 56, except
as herein modif ied. Admixt ures may be used only when approved by Engineer-in-charge.
Adequat e provision shall be made t o lower concret e t emperat ures by cool ingredient s,
eliminating excessive mixing, prevent ing exposure of mixers and conveyors t o direct sunlight
ad t he sue f or ref lect ive paint , on mixers et c. The t emperat ure of t he f reshly placed concret e
shall not be permit t ed t o exceed 300
o
C.

Considerat ion shall be given t o shading aggregate st ock piles from direct rays of t he
sun and spraying st ock piles in wat er, use of cold wat er available and burying, insulat ion,
shading d / or paint ing whit e t he pipe line sand wat er st orage t anks ad conveyances.

I n order t o reduce loss of mixing wat er, t he aggregat es, wooden f orms, sub grade,
adj acent concret e ad ot her moist ure absorbing surf aces, shall be well wet t ed prior t o
concret ing, placement ad f inishing shall be done as quickly as possible.

Ext ra precaut ions shall be t aken f or t he prot ect ion and curing of concret e.
Considerat ion shall be given t o cont inuous wat er curing and prot ect ion against high
t emperat ure and drying hot wind f or a period of at least 7 days immediat ely af t er concret e
has set and af t er which normal curing procedures may be resumed.

Placing concrete under Water:

Under al ordinary condit ions all f oundat ions shall be complet ely dewat ered ad
concret e placed in t he dry. However, when concret e placement under wat er is necessary, all
work shall conf orm t o I S 456 and procedure shall be as f ollows:

Method of placement:

Concret e shall be deposit ed under wat er by means of t remise or drop bot t om
bucket s of approved t ype.

Direction, I nspection and Approval:

All work requiring placement of concret e underwat er shall be designed, direct ed ad
inspect ed wit h regard t o t he local circumst ances ad purposes. All under wat er concret e shall
be placed according t o t he plans or specificat ions ad as direct ed and approved by Engineer -
in-charge.

4.31 Pre cast Concrete and Pre cast Reinforced concrete:

Pre cast concret e & pre cast reinf orced concret e shall comply wit h I S 456 and wit h
t he f ollowing requirement s:

General requirements:

Pre cast reinforced concret e unit s such as columns, fencing post s, door window frames,
lint els, chaj j as, copi ngs, st ills, shelves, slabs, louvers et c. shall be of grade of mix as specif ied
and cast in f orms or moulds. The f orms/ moulds shall be of fiber glass or of st eel sect i ons f or
bet t er finish. Pr ovision shall be made in t he f or ms and mould st ore accommodat e fixing devices
such as nibs, clips, hooks, bolt s and forming of not ches and holes, Pre cast concret e shall be cast
on suit able bed or plat for m wit h firm f oundat ion ad free from wind. The cont ract or may pre cast
t he unit s on a cement or st eel plat f or m which shall be adequat ely oiled provided t he surface
finish is of t he same st andard as obt ained in t he f orms. Each unit shall be cat in one operat ion.
P -50

Cont ract or shall be responsible for t he accuracy of t he level or shape of t he bed or plat for m. A
suit able serial number and t he dat e of cast ing shall be impressed or paint ed on each unit .

Concret e used f or pre cast ing t he unit s should be well pr oport ioned, mi xed, placed ad
t horoughly compact ed by vibr at ions or t amping t o give a dense concret e free from voids ad hone
combing.

Pre cast art icles shall have a dense surface finish showing no coarse aggregat e and shall
have no cracks or crevices likely t o assist in disi nt egr at ion of concret e or rust ing of st eel or ot her
defect s t hat would int erfere wit h t he pr oper placing of t he unit s. All angles of t he pre cast unit s
wit h t he except i on of t he angles result ing from t he splayed or chamf ered faces shall be t rue right
angles. The areas shall be clean and sharp except t hose specified or shown t o be rounded. The
wearing surface shall be t rue t ot eh lines. On being fract ured, t he int erior of t he unit s shoul d
present a clean homogenous appearance.

The longit udinal reinfor cement shall have a mi ni mum cover of 12mm or t wice t he
diamet er of t he main bar whichever is more, unless ot herwi se direct ed in respect of all it ems
except fencing post s or elect ric post s where t he minimum cover shall be 25mm.

Curing:

Af t er having been cast in t he mould or for m t he concret e shall be adequat ely pr ot ect ed
during set t ing in t he fir st st ages of hardening f rom shocks ad fr om har mful effect s of f r ost , sub
shine, drying windows d cold. The concret e shall be cured at least for 7 days from t he dat e of
cast ing.

The pre cast art icles shall be mat ured for 28 days before erect ion or being built in so t hat
t he concret e shall have sufficient st r engt h t o pr event damage built when fir st handled. Side
shut t ers shall not be st ruck in less t han 24 hours aft er deposit ing concret e ad no pre cast unit
shall be lift ed unt il t he concret e reaches st rengt h of at least t wice t he st ress t o which t he
concret e may be subj ect ed at t he t ime of lift ing.

Marking:

Pre cast unit s shall be clearly mar ked t o indicat e t he t op of member and it s locat ion and
orient at ion in t he st ruct ure.

Pre cast unit s shall be st ored, t ransport ed and placed in posit ion in such a manner t hat
t hey will not be over st r essed or damaged. The lift ing and removal of pre cast unit s shall be
undert aken wit hout causing shocks, vibrat ion or under bendi ng st ress or in t he unit s. Bef ore
lift ing and removal t akes place, cont ract or shall sat isfy Engineer-in-charge or his represent at ive
t hat t he met hods he proposes t o adopt for t hese operat ions will not overst ress or ot herwi se
affect seriously t he st rengt h of t he pre cast unit . The reinforced side of t he unit s shall be
dist inct ly marked.

Pre cast Cement Concrete Jali:

The j ail shall be of cement concret e 1: 2: 4 ( 1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 st one aggregat e
5mm nominal si ze) reinforced wit h suit able mild st eel wire/ rod unless ot her wise specified.

Fixing:

The Jali shall be set in posit i on t rue t o plumb and level before t he j oint s, sills and soffit s
of t he openings ar e plast ered. I t shall t hen be properly grout ed wit h cement mort ar 1: 3
( 1cement : 3 coarse sand ) and rechecked for levels. Finally t he j ambs, sills and soffit s shall be
plast ered embeddi ng t he j ail unifor ml y on all sides by connect or pins no all sides.

P -51

Measurements:

The Jali shall be measured f or it s gr oss superficial area. The lengt h and breadt h shall be
measur ed correct t o a cm. The t hickness shall not be less t han t hat specif ied.

Rate:

The rat e shall be inclusive of mat erials ad labour involved in all t he operat ions described
above except plast ering of j ambs, st ill ad sofit s, which will be paid f or under relevant it em of
plast ering.

Curing:

All pre cast wor k shall be pr ot ect ed f rom t he direct rays of t he sun f or at least 7 days
aft er cast ing ad during t hat period each unit s shall be kept const ant l y wat ered or preferably by
complet ely immersed in wat er if t he size of unit so permit s. Ot herwise curing pract ice as given in
clauses st at ed earlier shall be followed.

Slots, Opening etc.

Slot s, opening or holes pocket s et c. shall be pr ovided in t he concret e work in t he
posit ions indicat ed in t he dr awi ngs or as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge. Any deviat ion from
t he approved drawings shall be made good by cont ract or at his own expenses wit hout damaging
any ot her wor k. Sleeves, bolt s, insert s et c. shall also be provided in concret e wor k where so
specified.

Grouting:

Standard Grout:

Grout shall be pr ovided as specified in t he drawings:

The proport ions of grout shall be such as t o produce a flowable mi xt ure consist ent wit h
minimum wat er cont ent and shrinkage. The grout proport ions shall be li mit ed as follows:

Use Grout Thickness Mix. Propor t ions
W/ C Rat io
( Max.)
a. Fluid Mix Under 25mm One part Port land cement of
one part sand
0.44

b. General 25mm and over but
less t han 50mm
One part Port land cement of
t wo part sand
0.53
c. St iff mix 50mm and over One part Port land cement of
t hree part sand
0.53

Sand shall be such as t o produce a f lowable grout wit hout any t endency t o segregat e.
Sand, for general grout ing purposes, shall be graded wit hin t he following limit s:

Passing I .S. sieve 2.36mm - 95 t o 100%
Passing I .S. sieve 1.18mm - 65 t o 95%
Passing I .S. sieve 300 micr on above - 10 t o 30%
Passing I .S. Sieve 150 micr on above - 3 t o 10%

Sand f or fluid grout s shall have t he fine mat erial passing t he 300 and 150 micr on sieves
at t he upper limit s specified above.

Sand f or st iff grout s, shall meet t he usual grading specificat ions and concret e surface t o
be grout ed shall be t horoughl y roughened and cleaned of all foreign mat t er and lait ance.
P -52


Anchor bolt s, anchor bolt hole and bot t om of equipment and column base plat es shall be
cleaned of all oil , grease, dirt d loose mat erial. The use of hot , st rong, caust ic solut i on f or t his
purpose will be permit t ed.

Prior t o grout ing, t he hardened concret e sur faces t o be gr out ed shall be sat urat ed wit h
wat er.

Wat er in anchor bolt s holes shall be removed bef ore grout ing is st art ed.

Forms around base plat es shall be reasonably t ight ened t o prevent leakage of t he grout .

Adequat e clearance shall be provided bet ween f or ms and base plat e t o permit grout t o
be wor ked properly int o place.

Grout ing once st art ed shall be done quickly and cont inuously t o prevent segregat ion,
bleeding and breakdown of init ial set . Grout shall be wor ked f rom one side of one end t o t he
ot her t o prevent ent rapment of air. To dist ribut e t he gr out ad t o ensure more release from
ent rapped air, link chains can be used t o work t he gr out int o place.

Grout ing t hr ough holes in base plat e shall be by pressure grout ing.

Variat ions in grout mixes ad procedures shall be permit t ed if approved by t he Engineer-
in-charge.

Special Grout:

Special gr out where specified on t he drawi ng shall be provided in st rict accordance wit h
t he manufact urers inst ruct ions / specificat i ons on t he drawings.

I nspection:

All mat erials, workmanship and finished const ruct i on shall be subj ect t o t he cont inuous
inspect ion ad approval of Engineer-in-charge.

All rej ect ed mat erials supplied by cont ract or and all rej ect ed wor k or const ruct ion
performed by cont ract or, as is not in conf ormance wit h t he specificat ions ad drawings, shall
immediat ely be replaced at no addit ional expense t o t he Depart ment .

Approval of any preliminary mat erial or phase of wor k shall in no way relieve t he
cont ract or fr om t he responsibilit y of supplying concret e and/ or producing f inished concret e in
accordance wit h t he specificat ions and drawings.

All concret e shall be pr ot ect ed against damage unt il final accept ance by t he Depart ment
or it s represent at ives.

Clean up:

Upon t he complet ion of concret e wor k, all f or ms, equi pment s, const ruct ion t ools,
prot ect ive coverings ad may debri s result ing from t he work shall be removed from t he premises.

All debris, i.e. empt y cont ainers, scrap wood et c. shall be removed dump daily or as
direct ed by t he Engi neer-in-charge.

The finished concret e surfaces shall be left in a clean condit ion t ot eh sat isfact i on f or t he
Engineer-in-charge.

P -53

Plain Cement Concrete for General Work:

For plain cement concret e work, t he specificat ion f or mat erials viz., cement , sand, f ine
and coarse aggregat es and wat er shall be t he same as t hat specified in reinf or ced concret e work
specificat ion. But t he pr oport ion of mix will be nominal ad t he rat io of fine and coar se aggregat e
may be slight ly adj ust ed wit hin limit s, keeping t he t ot al value of aggregat es t o a given volumes
of cement const ant t o suit t he sieve anal ysis of bot h t he aggregat es. Cement shall on no account
be measured by volume, but it shall always be used direct ly from t he bags ( i.e. 50kg/ bag) . The
proport ion of cement , sand, aggregat e and wat er for concret e of pr oport i on 1: 5: 10,1: 4: 8, 1: 3: 6
& 1: 2: 4 by volume shall generally consist of quant it ies as given below :

Proport ion of
I ngredient s
Quant it y of mat erial used per bag of cement
Cement
Fine
aggregat e
( Sand)
Coarse
aggregat e
Tot al of fine
and coarse
aggregat es
Wat er
1: 5: 10 1 170 lit res 340 lit res 800 kgs 60 lit res
1: 4: 8 1 130 lit res 272 lit res 625kgs 54 lit res
1: 3: 6 1 102 lit res 204 lit res 480 kgs 31 lit res
1: 2: 4 1 68 lit res 136 lit res 350 kgs 32 lit res

The quant it y of wat er used shall be such as t o pr oduce concret e of consist ency required
by t he part icular class of work and shall be decided by t he use of a slump cone. Sufficient care
should be t aken t o see t hat no excess quant it y of wat er is used. The final proport ion of t he
aggregat e and quant it y of wat er shall be decided by t he Engineer-in-charge on t he basi s of t est
in each case.

The slump shall be specified for each class of work and shall be general be as foll ows:

Type of Concret e Max. slump ( in mm)
Mass concret e 50
Concret e below wat er proof ing t reat ment 50
Coping 25
Fl oor paving 50

All plain concret e should be pref erably mixed in a dr um t ype powder dri ven machine wit h
a loading hopper which will per mit t he accurat e measur e of various ingredient s. I f hand mi xing is
aut hor ized, it should be done on a wat er right plat form.

The mixing of each bat ch in t he concret e mi xer shall cont inue f or not less t han 1. 5
minut es aft er t he mat erials and wat er are in t he mixer. The volume i s mixed mat erials per bat ch
shall not exceed t he manuf act urers rat ed capacit y of t he mixer. The mixer shall rot at e at a
peripheral speed of about 60 met res per minut e.

Concret e shall be poured and consolidat ed in it s f inal posit ion wit hin half an hour of
mixing. The re-t empering of concret e which has part ially hardened, t hat is remixing wit h or
wit hout addit ional cement aggregat e or wat er shall not be per mit t ed. Concret e of mi x 1: 3: 6 and
1: 2: 4 will be required t o be vibrat ed if specified ad direct ed by t he Engineer. I n case of t he
t hickness of concret e is more t han 150mm, it may be vibrat ed as direct ed by t he Engi neer.

The concret e shall be cured f or 10 days in ordinary weat her ad 15 days in hot weat her.

Measurement s for t he work done shall be exact lengt h, breadt h ad dept h shown i n
figures on t he drawi ngs or as direct ed by t he Engineer ad aft er t he concret e is consolidat ed. NO
ext r a shall be paid for excess quant it y result ing from fault y wor kmanship.

P -54

Specific Requirements for concrete ad allied works:

The f ollowing specific requirement s shall be met wit hin addit ion t o t hose provided in
t he clause of specif icat ion f or concret e ad allied works:

General:

I f so specif ied in Schedule ' A' f or t he work, t he Depart ment shall supply wit h
specif icat ion f or "Concret e and Allied works" and t he cont ract or shall be solely responsible
f or supplying mixed concret e in accordance wit h t he specif icat ion f or concret e and allied
works ad also t his specif icat ion. The rat es f or t he reinf orced concret e work shall be based
on t he issue rat es of cement ad st eel as given in t he schedule "A".

Water:

Clean wat er in pipes under pressure shall be provided by t he cont ract or wit h all
necessary equipment f or giving a nozzle pressure of not less t han 2. 0 kg/ sq.cm f or t he
convenient ad ef f ect ive j et t ing of rock f oundat ions ad concret e surf aces, f or cooling
aggregat e required f or concret e, f or curing concret e ad ot her requirement s.

Fire protection System:

The cont ract or shall provide ad maint ain at all t imes in adequat e fire prot ect ion
syst em t o prot ect his equipment , mat erial ad const ruct ion. I n case of an emergency, t he
cont ract or shall permit t he Engineer-in-charge t o use t he syst em f or prot ect ing equipment ,
works et c. on t he proj ect .

Concrete:

The rat es f or all concret e work should be based as per specif icat ions ad t aking int o
considerat ion t he guidelines indicat ed in special inst ruct ion under relevant clause.

The placement I ntervals:

Each placement of concret e shall be allowed t o set f or a period of 48 hours and
longer when required bef ore t he st art of subsequent placement . A t ime gap bet ween t he
t wo adj oining pours in t he horizont al plane and the t wo adj acent pours in t he vert ical plan
shall be 7 days ad 3 days respect ively.

Finishing of Concrete:

General:

Unless ot herwise specif ied, concret e f inishes shall conf irm t o t he f ollowing
specif icat ion:

Finish F1, F2 and F3 shall describe f ormed surf ace.

Finish U1, U2 and U3 shall describe un-f ormed surf ace.

Of f set s or f ins caused by disposed or misplaced f orm sheat hing lining or f orm sect ions or by
def ect ive f orm lumber shall be ref erred t o as abrupt irregularit ies. All ot her irr egularit ies
shall be ref erred t o as gradual irregularit ies. Gradual irregularit ies shall be measured as
P -55

deviat ion f rom a place surf ace wit h a t emplat e 1.5 m long f or f ormed surf ace and 3 m long
f or unf ormed surf aces.

Formed surfaces:

Finish F1:

Shall apply t o all f ormed surf aces f or which finish F2, F3 or any ot her special f inish is
not specif ied and shall include filling up all f orm t ie holes.

Finish F2:

Shall apply t o all f ormed surf aces so shown on t he drawings or specif ied by t he
Engineer-in-charge. This shall include filling all f orm t ie-holes, repair of gradual irregularit ies
exceeding 6mm, removal of ridges ad abrupt irregularit ies by grinding.

Finish F3:

Shall apply t o all f ormed surfaces exposed t o view or wher e shown in t he drawing or
specified by t he Engineer-in-charge. Finish F3- shall include all measures specified f or fini sh F2
ad in addit ion, filling air holes wit h mort ar ad t reat ment of t he ent ire surface wit h sack rubbed
finish. I t shall also include clean up of loose d adhering debris. Where a sack rubbed finish is
specified, t he surfaces shall be prepared wit hin t wo days aft er removal of t he forms.

The surface shall be wet t ed ad allowed t o dr y slight ly bef ore mort ar is applied by sack
rubbing. The mort ar used shall consist of one par t cement t o one ad half part s by vol ume of fine
( minus n0. 16 mesh) sand. Onl y sufficient mixing wat er t o given t he mor t ar' s wor kable
consist ency shall be used. The mort ar shall t hen be rubbed over t he surface wit h a fine burlap
or linen cl ot h so as t o fill all t he surface voids. The mort ar rubbed in t he voids shall be allowed t o
st if fen and solidify aft er which t he whole surface shall be wiped clean so t hat t he surface
present s a unif orm appearance wit hout air hole, irregularit ies et c.

Curing of t he sur face shall be cont inued for a period of 10 ( t en) days.

Unformed Surfaces:

Finish U 1:

Shall apply t o all unf ormed surf aces f or which t he f inish U2, U3 or any ot her special
f inish is not specif ied and shall include screeding t he surf ace f or t he concret e t o t he required
slope and grade. Unless t he drawing specified a horizont al surf ace or shown t he sl ope
required, t he t ops of narrow surf aces such as st air, t reads, walls, curbs, and parapet s shall
be sloped approximat ely 10mm per 300mm widt h. Surf aces t o be covered by backf ill or
concert sub-f loors t o be covered wit h concret e t opping, t errazzo ad similar surf aces shall be
smoot h screened and leveled t o produce even surf ace, irregularit ies not exceeding.

Finish U2:

Shall apply t o all unf ormed surf aces as shown in t he drawing or specif ied by t he
Engineer-in-charge and shall include screeding ad applying a wood f loat f inish t o t he surf ace
of t he concret e t o t he required slopes and grade.

Repair of abrupt irregularit ies unless a roughened t ext ure is specif ied. Repair of
f radual irregularit ies exceeding 6mm.

Finish U3:

Shall apply t o unf ormed surf aces f or which a high degree of surf ace smoot hness is
required, where shown on t he drawing or specif ied by t he Engineer-in-charge. This shall
P -56

include screeding, float ing and applying a st eel t rowel f inish t o t he surf ace of t he concret e
t ot eh required slopes ad grade.

Repair of abrupt irregularit ies.

Repair of gradual irregularit ies exceeding 6mm, f inishing j oint s and edges of
concret e wit h edging t ools.

Mode of Measurement for concrete work:

General:

Concret e as act ually done shall be measured f or payment , subj ect t o t he f ollowing
t olerances, unless ot herwise st at ed hereinaf t er. Any work done ext ra over t he specif ied
dimensions shall not be measured f or payment .

a. Linear dimensions shall be measured in f ull cent imet ers except f or t he t hickness
of slab which shall be measured t ot eh nearest half cent imet er.
b. Areas shall be worked out t o t he nearest 0. 01 sqm.
c. Cubic cont ent s shall be worked out t he nearest 0. 001 cum.
d. The concret e shall be measured f or it s lengt h, breadt h and height / dept h limit ing
dimensions t o t hose specif ied on drawings or as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-
charge.

Note: The sizes of RCC members as assumed in t o est imat e are based on preliminary
drawings and are likely t o be changed. The cont ract or is not ent it led t o any ext ra claim due
t o such changes.

Deductions:

No deduct ion shall be made f or t he f ollowing:

a. Ends of dissimilar mat erials e.g. j oist s, beams, post s, girders, raf t ers, purlins,
t russes, corbels, st eps et c. up t o 500 sq.cm in cross sect ion.
b. Opening up t o 0. 1 sqm. ( 1000 sq.cm).
c. Volume occupied by reinf orcement .
d. Volume occupied by pipes, conduit s, sheat hing et c. not exceeding 25sq.cm. each
in cross sect ional area. Not hing ext ra shall be paid f or leaving ad f inishing such
cavit ies and holes.

Column Footing:

R.C.C. in f oundat ion and f oot ings shall be measured f or it s lengt h, breadt h and
dept hs limit ing dimensions t o t hose specif ied in drawing or as ordered in writing by t he
Engineer-in-charge. I n case of t apering port ions of column f oot ings, t he quant it ies shall be
calculat ed by Prismoidal Formula.

Column:

Column shall be measured f rom t op f oot ings t o t he plint h level and from plint h level
t o t he st ruct ural slab level ad t o t he subsequent st ruct ural slab levels. Measurement s f or
P -57

higher grade concret e in column at it s j unct ion wit h lower grade concret e beams shall be
rest rict ed t ot eh column sect ion support ing t he beam in quest ion.

Wall:
All walls shall be measured f rom t op of t he wall f oot ing t o t he plint h level ad f rom
plint h level t o t he t op of st ruct ural first f loor and t o subsequent f loors.

Beam and Lintel:

Beam shall be measured f rom f ace t o f ace of t he columns, walls, cross beams
including haunches if any. The dept h of t he beams shall be measured f rom t he t op of t he
slab t ot eh bot t om of t he beam except in t he case of invert ed beam where it shall be
measured f rom t op of slab t o t op beams. The beams and lint els wit h narrow widt h even
t hough act ing as f acia in elevat ion in some cases will be measured as beams and lint els
only.

I ) Slab:

The lengt h and breadt h of slab laid t o correct t hickness as shown in t he det ailed
drawing f or as ordered by t he Engineer-in-charge shall be measured bet ween beams, walls
ad columns.

I I ) Chaj jas, Facias, Fins ad Mullions:

a. Chaj j as shall be measured net f rom support ing f aces upt o t he edges of chaj j as
wit hout any f acia.
b. Facia shall be measured f ull excluding chaj j a t hickness.
c. End fins shall be measured f ull.
d. I nt ermediat e fins, mullions shall be measured bet ween chaj j s or ot her
support ing st ruct ural members.
e. Parapet s shall be measured f rom t op of slab / chaj j a.

I I I Staircase:

The concret e in all members of st aircase like waist slabs, st eps, cant ilever st eps,
st ringer beams et c. shall be measured f or t hei r lengt h, breadt h ad dept h, limit ing
dimensions t o t hose specif ied on drawings. No deduct ions shall be made f or embedded
plugs, pocket s.

Rates:

The rat e f or PCC / RCC shall include t he cost of all mat erials, labour, t ransport , t ools
ad plant s and all t he operat ions ment ioned hit hert o, including or excluding t he cost of f orm
work and / or reinf orcement as ment ion din t he schedule f or quant ities. The rat es also shall
include t he cost of t est ing mat erial, mix design; cube t est ad allied incident al expenses.

The reinf orcement st eel used in t he wor ks shall be measured and paid f or separat ely
under relevant it em.

s=c



P -58

7. FORM WORK

General:

The for m wor k shall consist of shor es, bracings, sides of beams and col umns, bot t om of
slabs et c, including t ies, anchor s, hangers, insert s et c. complet e which shall be properl y designed
and planned for t he wor k. The false work shall be so const ruct ed t hat up and down vert ical
adj ust ment can be made smoot hly. Wedges may be used at t he t op or bot t om of t imber shor es,
but not at bot h ends, t o facilit at e vert ical adj ust ment and dismant ling of f orm work.

Design of Form Work

The design and engineering of for m work as well as it s const ruct i on shall be t he
responsibilit y of Cont r act or. The drawings and calculat ions f or t he design of t he f orm work shall
be submit t ed well i n advance t o t he Engineer-in-charge for appr oval bef ore pr oceeding wit h
wor k, at no ext ra cost t o t he Depart ment . Engineer-in-charge' s appr oval shall not however,
relieve Cont ract or of t he f ull responsibilit y f or t he design and const ruct ion f or t he for m wor k. The
design shall t ake int o account all t he l oads vert ical as well as lat eral t hat t he f or ms will be
carr ying including li ve and vibrat ion loadings.

Tolerances:

Tolerances are specified permi ssible variat ion fr om lines, grade or di mensi ons given i n
drawings. No t olerances specified f or horizont al or vert ical buildi ngs lines or f oot ings. Unless
ot herwise specified, t he following t olerances will be permit t ed.

Tolerances for R.C. Buildings:

I ) Variation from the plumb:

a) I n t he line ad surfaces of columns, piers, walls and in but t resses: 5 mm per
2.5m, but not more t han 25 mm.

b) For exposed corner columns ad ot her conspicuous lines
I n any bay or 5 m, maximum : (+ ) 5 mm
I n 10 m or more: (+ ) 10mm

ii) Variat ion f rom t he level or f rom t he grades indicat ed on t he drawings.
a) I n slab sof f it s, ceilings, beam sof f it s and in arises.
b) I n 2. 5m ( + ) 5mm
I n any bay or 5m maximum (+ ) 8 mm
I n 10 or more (+ ) 15mm
c) For exposed lint els, sills, parapet s, horizont al grooves and conspicuous
lines

iii) Variat ion of t he linear building lines f rom est ablished posit ion in plan and
relat ed posit ion of columns, walls and part it ions.
I n any bay or 5m maximum (+ ) 10 mm
I n 10 or more (+ ) 20mm

iv) Variat ion in t he sizes ad locat i ons of sleeves, openings in walls and f loors
except in t he case of and f or anchor bolt s : (+ ) 5mm

v) Variat ion in cross sect i onal dimensions of columns and beams and in t he
t hickness of slabs and walls: (+ ) 10 mm/ (- ) 5mm

vi) Foot ing :
a) Variat ion in dimensions in plan (+ ) 50mm/ (- ) 5mm.V- Page 55 of 197
b) Misplacement or eccent ricit y: 2% of f oot ing wit hin t he direct ion of
misplacement but not more t han 50mm.
P -59

c) Reduct ion in t hickness ( -) 5% of specified t hickness subj ect t o maxi mum
of 50mm.

vii) Variat ion in st eps:
a) I n a flight of st airs
Rise ( + ) 3.0 mm
Tread ( + ) 5.0 mm
b) Consecut ive st eps
Rise ( + ) 1.5 mm
Tread ( + ) 3.0 mm

Tolerances in other concrete structure

a) Structures :

Variat ion of t he const ruct ed liner out line from est ablished posit i on in plan
I n 5 m … … … ( + ) 10mm
I n 10 m or more … ( + ) 15 mm
1) Vacat ion of dimensions t o individual st ruct ure feat ures from est ablished posit ion in plan
I n 20m or more … ( + ) 25 mm
I n buried const ruct ions … ( + ) 150 mm
2) Variat ion from pl umb, from specified bat t er or from curved surfaces of all st ruct ures.
I n 2.5m … … … ( + ) 10 mm
I n 5.0m … … … ( + ) 15 mm
I n 10.0mor more … ( + ) 25 mm
I n buried const ruct ions ( + ) Twice t he above limit s
3) Variat ion from level or grade indicat ed on drawings in slabs, beams, soffit s, horizont al
grooves.
I n 2.5m … … … ( + ) 5 mm
I n 7.5m … … … ( + ) 10 mm
I n buried const ruct ions ( + ) Twice t he above limit s
4) Var iat ion in cross-sect ional di mensions of col umns, beams, but t resses, pier s
of similar members ( + ) 10mm / ( -) 5mm

5) Variat ion in t he t hickness of slabs, walls, arch sect ions of similar member s ( + ) 10mm /
( -) 5mm

B) Footings for columns, piers, walls, buttresses and similar members :

I ) Variat ion of dimensions in plant ( + ) 50mm/ ( -) 10 mm
I I ) Misplacement of eccent ricit y: 2% of f oot ing wit hin t he direct ion of misplacement but
not more t han 50 mm
I I I ) Reduct ion in t hickness : 5% of specified t hickness subj ect t o maximum of 50mm.
Tolerances in ot her t ype of st ruct ures shall generally conf orm t o t hose gi ven in clause
2.4 of Recommended Pract ice for concret e for m wor k ( ACI 347)

Type of Form work :

Form wor k may be of t i mber, plywood, Acrow spans, Acr ow pipe ( or) Doka t ype
formwor k. For special f inishes, t he f or m wor k may be lined wit h pl ywood, st eel, sheet s, oil
t empered hard board et c. Sliding f orms and slip f orms may be used wit h t he appr oval of
Engineer-in-charge.

P -60

Form work requirements :

Forms shall confor m t o t he shapes, lines grades and dimensions including camber of t he
concret e as called for in t he drawings. Ample st uds, wat er braces, st raps, shores et c. shall be
used t o hold t he forms in proper posit ion wit hout any dist ort ion what soever unt il t he concret e
has set sufficient l y t o per mit removal f or f orms. Forms shall be st rong enough t o permit t he use
of immersi on vibrat or s. I n special cases, f or m vibrat ors may also be used. The shut t ering shall
be close boarded. Timber shall be well seasoned, free from sap, shakes, l oose knot s, wor m
holes, warps or ot her surface def ect s in cont act wit h concret e. Faces coming in cont act wit h
concret e shall be free from adhering grout , plast er, paint , proj ect ing nails, split s or ot her def ect s.
Joint s shall be suff icient ly t ight t o prevent loss of wat er ad fine mat erial fr om concret e.

Plywood shall be used f or exposed concret e surf aces, where called for. Sawn and
wrought t imber may be used f or unexposed sur faces. I nsi de faces of f orms f or concret e surfaces
which are t o be rubbed finished shall be planed t o remove irregularit ies or unevenness i n t he
face. Form wor k wit h lining will be per mit t ed.

All new and used f orm lumber shall be maint ained in a good condit ion wit h respect t o
shape, st rengt h, rigidit y, wat er t ight ness, smoot hness ad cleanli ness of surf aces. Form lumber
unsat isfact ory in any respect shall not be used ad if rej ect ed by Engineer-in- charge shall be
removed f orm t he sit e.

Shores support ing successive st ores shall be placed direct ly over t hose bel ow or be so
designed and placed t hat t he l oad will be t ransmit t ed direct ly by t hem. Trussed support s shall be
provided for st ores t hat cannot be secur ed on adequat e foundat ion.

Formwor k, during any st age of const ruct ion showing signs of dist ort ion or di st ort ed t o
such a degree t hat t he int ended concret e wor k will not conf orm t o t he exact cont our indicat ed
on t he drawings, shall be reposit ioned and st rengt hened. Poured concret e affect ed by t he fault y
formwor k, shall be ent irely removed and for mwor k correct ed prior t o placing new concret e.

Excessi ve const ruct ion camber t o compensat e for shrinkage set t lement et c. t hat may
impair t he st ruct ural st rengt h of members will not be permit t ed.

Forms shall be so designed and const ruct ed t hat t hey can be st riped in t he order
required and t heir removal do not damage t he concret e. Face for mwork shall pr ovide t rue
vert ical and horizont al j oint s shall be as dir ect ed by Engineer-in-charge.

Where exposed smoot h or r ubbed concret e finishes are r equired, t he f orms shall be
const ruct ed wit h special care so t hat t he desired concret e surfaces could be obt ained which
require minimum finish.

Bracings, Struts and Props:

Shut t ering shall be braced, st rut t ed, propped and so support ed t hat it shall not def or m
under weight and pressure of t he concret e and al so due t o t he movement of men and ot her
mat erials. Bamboos shall not be used as props or cross bracings. The shut t ering f or beams and
slabs shall be so erect ed t hat t he shut t ering on t he sides of beams and under t he soff it of slab
can be removed wit hout dist urbing t he beam bot t oms.

Re-proppi ng of beams shall not be done except when props have t o be reinst at ed t o t ake
care of const ruct i on loads ant icipat ed t o be in excess of t he design load. Vert ical props shall be
support ed on wedges or ot her measures shall be t aken whereby t he props can be gent ly lowered
vert ically while st riking t he shut t ering.

I f t he shut t ering for a column is erect ed for t he f ull height of t he column, one side shall
be left open and built upon sect ions as placing of concret e proceeds, or wi ndows may be left f or
P -61

pouring concr et e f r om t he sides t o li mit t he dr op of concret e t o 1.0 m or as direct ed by
Engineer-in-charge.

I nspection of Formwork :

Following point s shall be borne in mind while checking during erect ion of f orm work
and f ormwork got approved by t he Engineer-in-charge bef ore placing of reinf orcement bars:

a) Any member which is t o remain in posit ion aft er t he general dismant ling is
done, shoul d be clearly mar ked.
b) Mat erial used should be checked t o ensure t hat , wrong it ems/ rej ect s are
not used.
c) I f t here are any excavat ions nearby which may influence t he safet y of
for m wor ks, correct ive and st rengt heni ng act ion must be t aken.
d) ( i) The bearing soil must be sound and well prepared and t he sole plat es
shall bear well on t he gr ound.
( ii) Sole plat es shall be properl y seat ed on t heir bearing pads or sleeper s.
( iii) The bearing plat es of st eel props shall not be dist ort ed.
( iv) The st eel par t s on t he bearing members shall have adequat e bearing
areas.
e) Safet y measures t o prevent impact of t raffic, scour due t o wat er et c
should be t aken. Adequat e precaut ionar y measures shall be t aken t o
prevent accident al impact s et c.
f) Bracing, st rut s and t ies shall be inst alled along wit h t he pr ogress of f orm work t o
ensure st rengt h ad st abilit y of f or m wor k at int ermediat e st age. St eel sect ions
( especially deep sect ions) shall at adequat ely rest rained against t ilt ing, over t urning
and f or m work should be rest rained against horizont al loads. All t he securing
devices and bracing shall be t ight ened.
g) The st acked mat erials shall be placed as cat ered for, in t he design.
h) When adj ust able st eel props ar e used, t hey should :
( i) Be undamaged ad not visibl y bent
( ii) Have t he st eel pins provided by t he manuf act urers f or use
( iii) Be rest rained lat erally near each end.
( iv) Have means for cent ralizing beams placed in t he for k heads.
i) Screw adj ust ment of adj ust able props shall not be over ext ended.
j ) Double wedges shall be pr ovided for adj ust ment of t he form t o t he required posit ion
wherever any set t lement / elast ic short ening of props occurs. Wedges should be
used only at t he bot t om end of si ngle pr op. Wedges should not be t oo st eep and
one of t he pair should be t ight ened / clamped down aft er adj ust ment t o prevent
ot her shift ing.
k) No member shall be eccent ric upon vert ical member
l) The number of nut s and bolt s shall be adequat e
m) All provisional of t he desi gn ad / or drawings shall be complied wit h
n) Cant ilever support s shall be adequat e
o) Props shall be direct ly under one anot her in mult ist age const ruct ions as far
as possible.
p) Guy r opes or st ays shall be t ensioned properly.
P -62

q) There shall be adequat e provision for t he movement and operat ion of
vibrat ors an ot her const ruct i on plant and equipment .
r) Required camber shall be provided over long spans.
s) Support s shall be adequat e and in plumb wit hin t he specified t olerances.

Form Oil :

Use of f orm oil shall not be permit t ed on t he surf ace which require paint ing. I f t he
cont ract or desire t o use f orm oil on t he inside of f ormwor k of t he ot her concret e st ruct ures, a
non st aining mineral oil or ot her approved oil CEMOL-35 of Ms. Hindust an Pet roleum Co. Lt d may
be used, pr ovi ded it is applied bef ore placing reinfor cing st eel and embedded part s. All excess oil
on t he f or m surf aces and any oil on met al or ot her part s t o be bedded in t he concret e shall be
carefully removed. Bef ore t reat ment wit h oil, f orms shall be t horoughl y cleared of dried splat t er
of concret e from placement of previous lif t , wooden shavings and ot her unwant ed mat erials.

Chamfers and Fillers :

All corners and angles exposed in t he finished st ruct ure shall be formed wit h moldings t o
form chamfers or fillers on t he finished concret e. The st andar d dimensions of chamfer s ad filler s,
unless ot herwise specified, shall be 20 X 20 mm. Care shall be exercised t o ensure accurat e
mouldings. The diagonal face of t he mounding shall be planed or surfaced t o t he same t ext ure
as t he form s t o which it is at t ached.

Vertical Construction Joint Chamfers :

Vert ical const ruct i on j oint s on faces which will be exposed at t he complet ion of t he
complet ion of t he work shall be chamfered as above accept where not permit t ed by Engineer-in-
charge.

Wall Ties :

Wire t ies passing t hrough t he walls, shall not be allowed. Also t hrough bolt s shall not be
permit t ed.

For f ixing of for mwor k, alt ernat e arrangement s such as coil nut s shall be adopt ed at t he
cont ract or s cost .

Reuse of forms :

Bef ore reuse, all f orms shall be t horoughly scrapped, cleaned, nails removed, holes
t hat may leak suit ably plugged and j oint s examined and when necessary repaired and t he
inside ret reat ed t o prevent adhesion, t o t he sat isf act ion of Engineer-in-charge. Warped
lumber shall be resized.

Cont ract or shall equip himself wit h enough shut t ering t o complet e t he j ob in t he
st ipulat ed t ime.

Removal of forms :

Cont ract ors shall recor d on t he drawings or a special regist er, t he dat e upon which t he
concret e is placed in each part of t he wor k and ht dat e on which t he shut t ering is removed
t herefrom.

I n no circumst ances shall for ms be st ruck unt il t he concret e reaches a st rengt h of t he at
least t wice t he st ress due t o self weight and any const ruct ion erect ion l oading t o which t he
concret e may be subj ect ed at t he t ime of st riking f or m work.

P -63

I n normal circumst ances ( generally where t emperat ure are above 20
o
C ) forms may be
st ruck aft er expiry of t he following periods :

Sl.
No.
Type of f ormwork
Minimum Period Bef ore st riking
Formwork ( For OPC Cement )
a) Vert ical f ormwork t o columns, walls, beams 16 – 24h
b) Sof f it f ormwork t o slabs (Props t o be ref ixed
immediat ely af t er removal of f ormwor k)
3 days
c) Sof f it f ormwork t o beams (Props t o be
ref ixed immediat ely af t er removal of
f ormwor k)
7 days
d) Props t o slabs:
I ) Spanning upt o 4. 5 m
I I ) Spanning over 4. 5 m

7 days
14 days
e) Props t o beams and arches:
I ) Spanning upt o 6 m
I I ) Spanning over 6 m

14 days
21 days

St riking shall be done sl owl y wit h ut most care t o avoid damage t o arise ad proj ect ion a
wit hout shock or vibrat ion, by gent ly easing t he wedges. I f aft er removing t he f ormwor k, it is
found t hat t imber has been embedded in t he concret e, it shall be removed ad made good as
specified earlier.

Reinforced t emporar y opening shall be provided, as direct ed by Engineer-in-charge, t o
facilit at e removal of f ormwor k which ot herwise may be inaccessible.

Tie rods, clamps, for m bolt s et c. which must be ent irely removed from wall s or similar
st ruct ures shall be loosened not sooner t han 24 hours nor lat er t han 40 hour s aft er concret e has
been deposit ed.

Ties, except t hose required t o hold f orms in place, may be removed at t he same t ime.
Ties wit hdrawn from walls and grade beams shall be pulled t o war ds t he inside face. Cut t ing t ies
back f r om t he faces of walls and grade beams will not be permit t ed. Wor k damaged due t o
premat ure or careless removal of f orms shall be reconst ruct ed at cont ract ors cost .

Mode of measurement :

The form work measured shall be t he area of concr et e in cont act wit h concret e only.

I n case t he it em of concret ing are inclusi ve of cost of form work, it shall not be measured
separat ely.

All t emporary f or m work such as bulk heads, st op boards pr ovided at const r uct ion j oint s
which are not shown i n t he drawings shall not be measured.

No deduct ion shall be made for opening / obst ruct ions upt o an area 0. 1 sqm. and
not hing ext ra shall be paid f or f or ming such openings.

The rat e shall include t he cost of erect ing, cent ering, shut t ering mat erials, t ransport , de
shut t ering and removal of mat erials from sit e an labour required for all such operat ions et c.
s©c
P -64

8. STEEL REI NFORCEMENT

St eel reinforcement bars, if supplied or arranged by cont ract or, shall be eit her plain
round mild st eel bars grade as per I S 432 ( part -I ) or medium t ensile st eel bars as per I S 452
( part -I ) or hot rolled mild st eel ad medium t ensile st eel def or med bars as per I S 1139 or col d
t wist ed st eel bars and hot weld st rengt h def ormed bars as per I S 1786, as shown and specif ied
on t he drawings. Wire mesh or fabric shall be in accordance wit h I S 1566. Subst it ut ion of
reinforcement will not be permit t ed except upon writ t en approval from Engineer-in-charge.

Storage :

The reinforcement st eel shall not be kept in direct cont act wit h ground but st acked on
t op of an arrangement of t imber sleeper s or t he li ke. Reinf orcement st eel shall be wit h cement
wash bef ore st acking t o prevent scale and rust . Fabricat ed reinforcement shall be carefully st ock
t o pr event damage, dist ort ion, corrosion ad det eriorat ions.

Quality :

All st eel shall be grade I qualit y unless specifically permit t ed by t he Engineer-in-charge.
No r olled mat erial will e accept ed. I f demanded by t he Engineer-in-charge. Cont ract or shall
submit t he manufact ur ers t est cert ificat e f or st eel. Random t est s on st eel supplied by cont ract or
may be perf ormed by Depart ment as per r elevant I ndian St andards. All cost s incident al t o such
t est s shall be at cont ract ors expense. St eel not conf orming t o specif icat ions shall be rej ect ed. All
reinforcement shall be clean, free f rom gr ease, oil, paint , dirt loose mill, scale dust , bit umi nous
mat erials or any ot her subst ances t hat will dest roy or reduce t he bond. All rods shall be
t horoughly cleaned before being fabricat ed. Pit t ed and defect ive r ods shall not be used. All bars
shall be rigidl y held in posit ion before concr et ing. No welding of r ods t o obt ain cont inuit y shall be
allowed unless approved by t he Engineer-in-charge. I f welding is appr oved, t he wor k shall be
car ried as per 2751, according t o best modern pract ices ad as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge
in all cases of import ant connect ions, t est s shall be made t o prove t hat t he j oint s are of t he f ull
st rengt h of bars welded. Special specificat ions, as specified by t he Engineer-in-charge, shall be
adhered t o in t he welding of cold wor ked reinf orcing bars and bars ot her t han mild st eel.

Laps :

Laps ad spli ces f or reinf orcement shall be shown in t he drawings. Splices, in adj acent
bars shall be st aggered ad t he locat ions of all splices, except t hose pecified on t he drawing shall
be approved by t he Engineer-in-charge. The bars shall not be lapped unless t he lengt h required
exceeds t he maximum available lengt h of bars at sit e.

Bending :

All bars shall be accurat ely bent according t o t he si zes ad shapes shown on t he det ailed
wor king drawings/ bar bei ng schedules. They shall be bent gradually by machine or ot her
approved means.

Reinforcing bars shall not be st raight ened and rebent in a manner t hat will inj ur e t he
mat erials. Bars cont aini ng cracks or split s shall be r ej ect ed. They shall be bent cold, except bar s
of over 25mm in diamet er which may be bent hot if specifically appr oved by t he Engineer-in-
charge. Bars bent hot shall not be heat ed beyond cher ry red colour ( not exceeding 645
o
C ) and
aft er bending shall be allowed t o cool slowly wit hout quenchi ng. Bars incorrect ly bent shall be
used only of ht means used f or st raight ening and r ebinding be such as shall not , i n t he opinion
of t he Engineer-in-charge inj ure t he mat er ial. NO reinforcement bar shall be bent when i n
posit ion in t he wor k wit hout approval, whet her or not it is part ially embedded in hardened
concret e. Bars having links or bends ot her t han t hose required by design shall not be used.


P -65

Bending at Construction Joints :

Where reinf orcement bars are bent ai de at const r uct ion j oi nt s and aft erwards bent back
int o t heir original posit ion, care should be t aken t o ensure t hat no t ime t he radius of t he bend is
less t han 4 bar diamet ers for plain mild st eel or 6 bar diamet ers for def ormed bars. Care shall
also be t aken when bendi ng back bars t o ensur e t hat t he concret e around t he bar is not
damaged.

Fixing / Placing ad Tolerance on Placing :

Reinf orcement shall be accurat ely f ixed by ay approved means maint ain din t he
correct posit ion as shown in t he drawings by t he use of blocks, spacer and chairs as per I S
2502 t o prevent displacement during placing ad compact i on of concret e. Bar int ended t o be
in cont act at crossing point shall be securely bound t oget her at all such point s wit h number
16 gauge annealed sof t iron wire. The vert ical dist ances required bet ween successive layers
of bars in beams or similar members shall be maint ained by t he provision of mild st eel
spacer bars at such int ervals t hat t he main bars do not percept ibly sag bet ween adj acent
spacer bars.

Tolerance on placing of reinforcement :

Unless ot herwise specif ied by t he Engineer-in-charge, reinforcement shall be placed
wit hin t he following t olerances:

Tolerance in spacing

a) For effect ive dept h, 200 mm or less + 10 mm
b) For effect ive dept h, more t han 200 mm + 15 mm

Cover to Reinforcement :

The cover shall in no case be reduced by mor e t han one t hird of specified cover or 5mm
whichever is less. Unless indicat ed ot herwi se on t he drawings, clear concret e cover f or
reinforcement ( exclusive of plast er or ot her decorat ive finish shall be as f ollows) :

a) At each end of reinf orcing bar not less t han 25 mm, nor less t han t wice t he diamet er of
such bar.
b) For a longit udinal r einforcing bar not less t han 25 mm, nor more t han 40 mm, nor less
t han t he diamet er of such bar. I n t he case of column of maximum di mensions of 200mm
or under, whose reinf orcing bars do not exceed 12mm, a cover of 25mm may be used.
c) For longit udinal reinf or cing bar i n a bar, not less t han 25 mm nor less t han t he diamet er
of such bar and.
d) For t ensile, compressive, shear, or ot her reinforcement in a slab, not less t han 25mm,
nor less t han t he diamet er of such bar and.
e) For any ot her reinforcement not less t han 15mm, nor less t han t he diamet er of such bar.
f) I ncreased cover t hickness may be pr ovided when surf aces of concret e member s are
exposed t o t he act ion of harmful chemicals ( as in t he case of concret e in cont act wit h
eart h faces cont aminat ed wit h such chemicals) , acid, vapour, saline, railways) et c. and
such increase of cover may be bet ween 15mm and 50 mm beyond t he figures given in ( a
t o e) above as may be specif ied by t he Engineer-in-charge.
g) For reinf orced concret e member s, t ot ally immer sed in sea wat er t he cover shall be
40mm, more t han specified ( a t o e) above.
h) For reinforced concret e members, periodically immersed in sea wat er or subj ect t o sea
spray, t he cover of concret e shall be 50 mm more t han t hat specified ( a t o e) above.
P -66

i) For concret e of grade M25 and above, t he addit ional t hickness of cover specified in ( f) ,
( g) and ( h) above a my be reduced t o half. I n all such cases t he cover should not exceed
75mm.
j ) Prot ect ion t o reinf orcement in case of concret e exposed t o har mful surroundings may
also be gi ven by pr oviding a dense impermeable concret e wit h approved prot ect ive
coat ing as specified on t he drawings. I n such case, t he ext ra cover, ment ioned in ( h) and
( i) above, may be reduced by t he Engineer-in-charge, t o t hose shown on t he drawing.
k) The correct cover shall be maint ained by cement mort ar briquet t es or ot her approved
means. Reinf orcement for f oot ings, grade beams ad slabs on sub grade shall be
support ed on precise concret e bl ocks as approved by t he Engineer-in-charge. The use of
pebbles or st ones shall be per mit t ed.
l) The minimum clear di st ance bet ween r einf orcing bars shall be in accordance wit h I S 456
or as shown in drawings.

The Bars shall be kept in correction position by the following methods:
a) I n case of beam ad slab const ruct ion precast cover blocks in cement mort ar 1: 2 ( 1
cement : 2 coarse sand) about 4X4 cm sect ion and of t hickness equal t o t he specif ied
cover shall be placed bet ween t he bars and shut t ering, so as t o secure and maint ain t he
requisit e cover of concret e over reinforcement .
b) I n case of cant ilevered ad doubl y reinf orced beams or slabs, t he vert ical di st ance
bet ween t he horizont al bars shall be maint ained by int roducing chair s, spacer s or support
bars of st eel at 1. 0 met re or at short er spacing t o avoid saggi ng.
c) I n case of columns and walls, t he vert ical bars shall be kept in posit ion by means of
t imber t emplat es wit h slot s accurat ely cut in t heme or wit h block of cement mort ar 1: 2 (
1 cement : 2 coarse sand) of required size suit ably t ied t o t hey reinf orcement t o ensure
t hat t hey are in correct posit ion during concret ing,
d) I n case of ot her RCC st ruct ure such as arches, domes, shells, st orage t anks et c. a
combinat i on of cover blocks, spacer s and t emplat es shall be used as direct ed by
Engineer-in-charge.

I nspection :
Erect ed and secured reinforcement shall be inspect ed and approved by Engineer-in-
charge prior t o placement of concret e.

Mode of Measurement for reinforcement for R.C.C Works :
Reinforcement a det ailed in schedule of quant it ies shall be measured for payment lineally
as per ht cut t ing lengt h nearest t o a cent i met er shown in bar bending schedule submit t ed by t he
cont ract or and approved by t he Engineer-in- charge and weight calculat ed based on t he st andard
weight s as per I .S.S. per met er lengt h. No allowance shall be measured. The cost of st eel used
by t he cont ract or in t he reinforcement only upt o t he ext ent shown in t he drawings. As far as
possible, laps in bars shall be avoided. Any laps and hooks provided by t he cont ract or ot her t han
aut hor ized as per appr oved bar bending schedule will be consi dered t o have been provided by
t he cont ract or for his own convenience ad shall not be measur ed f or payment . Pins, chairs,
spacer s shall be pr ovided by t he cont ract or wherever required as per dr awi ng and bar bending
schedule and as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge and shall be measured for payment . Fan
hooks as required shall be pr ovided by t he cont ract or as per direct ion of Engineer-in-charge and
shall be measured for payment .

The rat e shall i nclude t he cost of all mat erials and labour required f or all above operat ion
includi ng t ransport , wast age, st raight ening, cut t ing, bending, binding and t he binding wire as
required.

sOc
P -67

9. STRUCTURAL STEEL

Scope of Work :
The work covered by t his specificat ion consist s of furnishing ad erect ing of st ruct ural
st eel complet e in st rict accordance wit h t his specificat ions ad t he applicable dr awi ngs.

Materials :
All st ruct ural st eel shall be of st andard sect ions as marked on t he drawings ad shall be
free of scale, blist ers, laminat ions, cracked edges ad defect s of any sort . I f t he st ruct ural st eel is
not supplied by t he Depart ment and t he Cont ract or is required t o bri ng such st eel, t he
Cont ract or shall furnish duplicat e copies of all mill or ders and / or also t he t est report received
from t he mills, t o sat isf y t he Engineer -in-char ge.

All st ruct ural st eel and elect rodes shall comply in all respect s wit h relevant I .S.S. f or
st ruct ural st eel.

Workmanship :
All workmanship shall be of first class qualit y in ever y respect t o get great est accuracy t o
ensure t hat all part s will f it t oget her properly on erect ion.

All ends shall be cut t rue t o planes. They must f it t he abut t ing surfaces closel y.

All st iffeners shall fit t ight ly at bot h ends.

All holes in plat es and sect ion bet ween 12mm and 20 mm t hick shall be punched t o such
diamet er t hat 3mm of met al is left all around t he hole t o be cleaned out t o correct si ze by
reamer.

The base connect ion shall be pr ovided as shown on drawings and t he great est accuracy
of workmanship shall be ensured t o pr ovide t he best connect ions.

Figured dimensi ons on t he drawings shall be t aken.

Erection and Marking :
Erect ion ad fabricat ion shall be according t o I S 800- 1984 sect ion –11. During erect ion,
t he work shall be securely braced and fast ened t emporarily t o pr ovide safet y f or all erect ion
st resses et c. No permanent welding shall be done unt il proper alignment has been obt ained.

Any part which do not fit accurat ely or which are not in accordance wit h t he drawings
and specificat i ons shall be liable t o rej ect ion and if rej ect ed, shall be at once be made good.

Engineer-in-charge shall have f ull libert y at all reasonable t imes t o ent er t he cont ract or s
premises for t he purpose of inspect ing t he wor k and no work shall be t aken down, paint ed r
dispat ched unt il it has been inspect ed and passed. The cont ract or shall suppl y free of charge all
labour ad t ools required f or t est ing of work.

Delivery at Site :
The cont ract or shall deli ver t he component part s of t he st eel work in an undamaged
st at e at t he sit e of t he wor ks and t he Engineer-in-charge shall be ent it led t o refuse accept ance
of any port ion which has been bent or ot herwise damaged bef ore act ual delivery on wor k.

Shop Drawing :
The shop dr awings of st ruct ural st eel based on cont ract drawings hall be submit t ed t o
t he Engineer-in-charge.
P -68


The necessary inf ormat ion f or f abricat ion, erect ion, paint ing of st ruct ure et c. must be
f urnished immediat ely af t er accept ance of t he leader.

Painting :

Paint ing should be st rict ly according t o I S. 1477-1971 (Part -I -Pret reat ment ) and I S
1477- 1971 (part -I I paint ing).

Paint ing should be carried out on dry surf aces f ree f rom dust , scale et c. The paint
shall be approved by t he Engineer-in-charge. Once coat of shop paint (red lead) shall be
applied on st eel, except where it is t o be encased in concret e or where surf aces are t o be
f ield welded.

Welding :

Welding shall be in accordance wit h I S. 816-1969,I S819- 1957, I S 1024- 1979,
I S1261-1959, I S 1323-1982 and I S 9595- 1980 as appropriat e. For welding of any part icular
t ype of j oint , welders shall give evidence of having sat isf act ory complet ed appropriat e t est
as described in ay of I S 817- 1966, I S 1393- 1961, I S 7307 (part -I ) –1974, I S 7310 (part -I )
1974 and I S 7318 (part -I ) 1974 as relevant .

Welding Consumables :

Covered elect rodes shall conf orm t o I S 814 (part -I ) – 1974 and I S814 (part -I I )- 1974
or I S 1395-1982 as appropriat e.

Filler rods and wires f or gas welding shall conf orm t o I S 1278-1972.
The bar wire elect rodes f or submerged are welding shall conf orm t I S 7280-1974.
The combinat ion of are and f lash shall sat isf y t he requirement s of I S 3613-1974.

The f iller rods ad bare elect rodes f or gas shielded met al, are welding shall conf orm
t o I S 6419- 1971 and I S 6560- 1972 as appropriat e .

Type of Welding :

Are welding (direct or alt ernat ing current ) or Oxyacet ylene welding may used. Field
welding may be used. Field welding shall be by D.C.

Size of Electrode Runs :

The maximum gauge of t he elect rodes f or welding any work and t he size of run shall
be based on t he f ollowing t ables :

Average t hickness of plat e or sect i on
Maximum gauge or diamet er of
elect rodes t o be used
Less t han 3/ 16" 10 S.W.G
3/ 16" and above but less t han 5/ 16" 8 S.W.G
5/ 16" and above but less t han 3/ 8" 6 S.W.G.
3/ 8" ad above but less t han 5/ 8" 4 S.W.G
5/ 8" and above but less t han 1" 5/ 16" dia
1" and above t hick sect ion 3/ 8" dia

P -69

Note : On any st raight weld t he f irst run shall not ordinarily be deposit ed wit h a larger
gauge elect rode t han No.8 S.W.G. For subsequent runs t he elect rode shall not be increased
by more t han t wo elect r ode size bet ween consecut ive runs.

Welding contractors:

The cont ract or shall ensure t hat each welding operat or employed on f abricat ion or
erect ion is an ef ficient and dependable welder, who has passed qualif ying t est s on t he t ype
of welds which will be called upon t o make, sample t est shall have t o be given by t he
cont ract or t o t he ent ire sat isf act ion of t he Engineer-in-charge.

Welding Procedure :

Welding should be done wit h t he st ruct ural st eel in f lat posit ion in a down hand
manner wherever possible. Adequat e st eps shall be t aken t o maint ain t he correct are lengt h,
rat e of t ravel, current and polarit y f or t he t ype of elect rode and nat ure of work. Welding
plant capacit y means of measuring t he current shall be available eit her as a part of t he
welding plant or by t he provision of a port able ammet er. I n checking t he welding current , a
t olerance of 10% or 30 amperes f rom t he specif ied value whichever is less shall be
permit t ed.
The welding procedure shall be such as t o ensure t hat t he weld met al ca be f ully and
sat isf act ory deposit ed t hrough t he lengt h ad t hickness of all j oint s so t hat dist ort ion and
shrinkage st resses are reduced t o t he minimum and t hickness of welds meet t he
requirement s of qualit y specif ied.

Workmanship :

Preparation of Fusion Faces :

Fusion f aces shall be cut by st aring machine or gas cut t ing and lat er dressed by
f illing or grinding so t hat t hey shall be f ree f rom irregularit ies such as would int erf ere wit h
t he deposit ion of t he specif ied size of weld t o cause t he def ect s. Fusion f aces ad t he
surrounding surf aces shall be f ree f rom heavy slag, oil paint or any subst ance which might
af f ect t he qualit y of t he weld or impede t he progress of welding. The welding f ace shall be
f ree of rust an shall have met al shine surf aces.

The part s t o be welded shall be brought int o as cl ose cont act as possible ad t he gap
due t o f ault y workmanship or incorrect f it up shall not exceed 1/ 16". I f separat ion of 1/ 16"
or more occurs locally, t he size of t he f illet weld shall be increased at such posit ion by an
amount of equal t o t he widt h of t he gap.

The part s t o be welded shall be maint ained t o t heir correct poison during welding.
They shall be securely held in posit ion by means of t ack welds, service bolt s, clamps or rings
bef ore commencing welding so as t o prevent and relat ive movement due t o dist ort ion, wind
or any ot her cause.

Step Back Method should be used to avoid Distortion :

The minimum leg lengt h of a f illet weld as deposit ed should not be less t han t he
specif ied size and t he t hroat t hickness as deposit ed should be not less t han t hat t abulat ed
below :

P -70

Throat Thickness of Fillet :

Angle bet ween
f usion f aces
60
o
– 90
o
91
o
– 100
o
101
o
– 106
o
107
o
– 113
o
114
o
– 120
o

Throat t hickness
in cms.
0. 70 0. 65 0. 60 0. 55 0. 50

I n no case should a concave weld be deposit ed wit hout t he specific approval of t he
Engineer-in-charge unless t he leg lengt h is increased above t he specif ied lengt h so t he
result ant t hroat t hickness is as great as would have been obt ained by t he deposit ion of a
f lat .

All welds shall be deposit ed in a pre-arranged order ad sequence t aking due account
of t he ef f ect s of dist ort ion ad shrinkage st resses.

Af t er making each run of welding, all slag shall be removed ad f inal run shall be
prot ect ed by clean boiled linseed oil t ill approved.

The weld met al, as deposit ed, shall be f ree f rom crack, slag, excessive porosit y,
cavit ies and ot her f ault s.

The weld met al shall be properly f used wit h t he parent met al wit hout overlapping or
serious undercut t ing at t he t oes of t he weld.

The surf aces of t he weld shall have a unif orm and consist ent cont our ad regular
appearance.

I n welds cont aining crack, porosit y or cavit ies in which t he weld met al t ends t o
overlap on t he parent met al wit hout proper f usion, t he def ect ive port ions of t he welds shall
be out cut and re-welded.

Where serious under cut t ing occurs, addit ional weld met al shall be deposit ed t o
make good reduct ion.

Mode of Measurement :

All st ruct ural st eel shall be measured on weight basis in met ric t ones or quint als or
kgs. as ment ioned in t he schedule of quant it ies. The lengt h or areas of various members
including gusset plat es shall be measured correct t o t wo places of decimals as t he net
weight worked out f rom t he st andard st eel t ables approved by I ndian St andard I nst it ut ion.
No separat e measurement s shall be t aken f or welding, rivet ing, bolt ing, f ield connect ions
et c. The rat e shall include cost at of all labour, mat erials, scaf f olding, t ransport and also cost
of welding, rivet ing ad bolt ing, field connect ions if any all t o complet e t he j ob as per
specif icat ions.

s=c






P -71

10. DAMP PROOF COURSE

Scope of work :

The work covered under t his specificat ions consist s supplying and laying plain
cement concret e or cement plast er 1: 3 as damp proof course wit h or wit hout wat erproof ing
admixt ure wit h t his specificat ion and applicable drawings.

Workmanship :

Surf ace t o receive damp proof course shall be cleaned and caref ully wiped t o remove
all dust , lait ance et c. and shall be approved by t he Engineer-in-charge Damp proof course
shown shall be cement concret e as per proport ion indicat ed in t he schedule or cement
plast er in t he rat io CM 1: 3. Approved wat er proof ing compound @ 2% by weight of cement
or as direct ed by t he manuf act urer shall be mixed in cement mort ar f or t his concret e or
plast er. The damp proof course shall be laid t o t he f ull widt h of t he walls and t he edges shall
be st raight , even and t ruly vert ical. Wooden f orms shall be used t o obt ain good edges. No
masonry wor k shall be commenced on f reshly laid damp proof course unless it is cured f or
48hours of it s laying by curing of damp proof course shall be cont inued along with t he
masonry work. Specificat ion f or cement , sand, aggregat e and wat er shall be as described
herein bef ore f or concret e works / cement plast er.

Mode of measurement :

The work shall be measured in sqm. area act ually laid limit ed t o sit es as shown in
drawing. The rat e shall include cost of all t he mat erials, labour et c. and scaf f olding (if any).

s=c
P -72

11. BRI CK WORK

Scope of work :

The work covered under t his specificat ion pert ains t o procurement of best qualit y
locally available bricks and workmanship of building walls of various t hickness. I n st rict
compliance wit h t he specif icat ions and applicable drawings.

Materials :

Brick shall be best qualit y locally available bricks and shall be got approved by t he
Engineer-in-charge bef ore incorporat ion in t he work.

The nominal size of bricks (F.P.S) shall be 22. 9 X 11. 4 X7cm ( 9" X 4 1/ 2 X 2 3/ 4" ).
Permissible t olerance on dimensions shall be + 3mm. in lengt h and + 1. 5 mm in widt h /
t hickness. The cont ract or shall get approved t he sample and source of bricks f rom Engineer-
in-charge bef ore procurement on large scale and shall maint ain t he same f or t he ent ire
work.

I n case t he size of bricks used in t he work f ound lesser t han t he specified one f or t he
whole lot :

Ext ra cement consumed due t o more number of j oint s and due t o additional
t hickness of plast er t han t he specif ied in t he t ender t o mat ch wit h adj oining columns and
beams, shall be t o cont ract or's account .

I f t he plast ering t o be done is more t han t he specif ied t hickness t o bring t he plast er
surf ace t o perf ect line, level ad plumb with adj oining columns, beams walls et c. , t he
cont ract or shall be responsible t o provide and f ix chicken wire mesh t o receive more
t hickness of plast er at his own cost and not hing ext ra will be paid on t his account .

I n case t he size of bricks used in t he work, f ound more t han t he permissible, t he
cont ract or shall chip out t he exposed edges of bricks upt o t he required level of wall t o
receive specif ied t hickness of plast er at no ext ra cost .

Bricks shall generally conf orm t o I S 1077- 1970. I n any case minimum crushing
st rengt h shall not be less t han 35 kg/ sq. cm and wat er absorpt ion shall not be more t han
25% by weight . The Engineer-in-charge shall have t he right t o rej ect bricks obt ained from
any f ield where t he soil have an appreciable quant it y of sulphat es and chlorides. The
specif icat ions f or cement , sand and wat er shall be same as described herein bef ore under
cement concret e. Bricks shall be t horoughly soaked in wat er bef ore using t ill t he bubles
ceases. No half or quart er brick shall be used except as closer. The closers shall be cut t o
required size and used near t he end of t he walls. The walls shall be raised t ruly t o plumb.
The t ype of bond t o be adopt ed shall be decided by t he Engineer-in-charge, but vert ical
j oint s shall be laid st aggered.

Workmanship :

Four courses of brick work wit h f our j oint s should not exceed by more t han 40mm
t he same bricks piled one over t he ot her wit hout mort ar.

Brick work shall not be raised more t han 10 courses a day unless ot herwise approved
by t he Engineer-in-charge. The brick work shall be kept wet f or at least 7 days. Brick work
P -73

shall be unif ormly raised around and no part shall be raised more t han 1. 0 met re above
anot her at any t ime.

All j oint s shall be t horoughly f lushed wit h mort ar of mix as specif ied in t he schedule
of quantit ies, at every courses. Care shall be t aken t o see t hat t he bricks are bedded
ef f ect ively and all j oint s complet ely f illed t o t he f ull depth.

The j oint s of brick work t o be plast ered shall be raked out t o a dept h not less t han
10mm as t he wor k proceeds. The surf ace of brick wor k shall be cleaned down and wiped
properly bef ore t he mort ar set s.

The adhesion bet ween t he brick masonry surf ace d t he concret e surf ace of columns,
beams, chaj j as, lint els et c. should be proper by ensuring that t he concret e surf ace coming in
cont act wit h brick masonry is backed / chipped / keyed, cleaned and cement slurry is
applied so t hat a proper bond is achieved bet ween t he t wo dissimilar mat erials. I t is
responsibilit y of t he cont ract ors t o ensure t hat t here will not be any cracks / f issure
anywhere in t he brick masonry.

I n case t he cracks appear subsequent ly in t hose areas, t hey should be made good by
cement grout ing or epoxy put t y grout ing/ poly sulphide compound grout ing or as per
st andard modern specif icat ions/ met hods wit h t he prior approval of t he Engineer-in-charge,
at t he cost of t he cont ract or.

All t he courses shall be laid t ruly horizont al and all vert ical j oint s shall be t ruly
vert ical. Specified mort ar of good and approved qualit y shall be used. Lime shall not be used
where reinf orcement is provided in brick wor k. The mort ar should complet ely cover t he bed
and sides of t he bricks. Proper care should be t aken t o obt ain unif orm mort ar j oint t hought
out t he const ruct ion. The walls should be raised unif ormly in proper, approved bond. I n
const ruct ion of t he wall, f irst of all t wo end corners are caref ully laid t o line and level ad
t hen it bet ween port ion is built , with a cord st ret ching along t he headers or st ret chers held
in posit ion at t he ends. This helps in keeping t he alignment of t he courses and marinat ing
t hem in level. Similarly all ot her courses are built . Care shall be t aken t o keep t he perpends
properly aligned wit hin f ollowing maximum permissible t olerances :

Deviat ion f rom vert ical wit hin a st orey shall not exceed 6mm per 3 m height
Deviat ion in vert icalit y in t ot al height of any wall for building more t han one st orey in height
shall not exceed 12. 5 mm.

Deviat ion f rom posit ion shown on plan of any brick work shall not exceed 12. 5 mm.
Relat ive displacement bet ween load bearing wall in adj acent st oreys in t he ended t o
be vert ical alignment shall not exceed 6mm.

A set of t ools comprising of wooden st raight edge, masonry spirit level, square, 1
met er rule line and plumb shall be kept on t he sit e of wor k f or ever y 3 masons f or proper
check during t he progress of work.

No brick work shall be carried on during f rost y weat her except wit h t he writ t en
permission of t he Engineer-in-charge who will give special direct ions as t o t he manner in
which t he work is t o be perf ormed. All brick work laid during t he day shall, in seasons liable
t o f rost , be properly covered up at night as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge. Should any
brick work be damaged by f rost , t he brick work shall, at t he discret ion of t he Engineer-in-
charge, be pulled down ad made good at t he cost of t he cont ract or.
P -74


Concret e surf aces of columns, beams, lint els, chaj j as et c. coming in cont act wit h
masonry wor k shall be properly chipped, washed ad given a t hick coat of cement slurry
bef ore st art of work. The rat e quot ed shall include wire brushing and cleaning brick work
covered wit h f ungus or delet erious mat erials.

Brick wor k shall be well wat ered / cured t hroughout t he day f or at least a week f rom
t he dat e of building and t he work shall be prot ect ed f rom sub and rain.

Mat erials ad workmanship f or a half brick or brick on edge part it ion wall shall be a
specif ied above.

The wall shall be st if f ened by providing with 2 nos. 6mm diamet er M.S. or as
specif ied in t he schedule as bot t om reinf orcement (only t he M. S. reinf orcement will be paid
separat ely under relevant it em).

The rat es f or brick wor k shall include t he cost of t he f ollowing :

Providing and f ixing necessary single or double scaf f olding and removing t he
same af t er t he work is complet ed.

Wat ering, curing, lif t ing of mat erial t o any height .

Raking out of j oint s t o receive plast er.

Forming slab sit t ings, cut t ing or leaving holes f or lugs of windows, doors, sills,
swit ch and plug boxes et c.

Making good all holes, chases et c. t o any dept h due t o conduit pipes, holdf ast s,
bolt s, swit ch and plug boxes et c.

Bedding and point ing precast lint els, sills et c. in or on walls.
For t he purpose of measurement s, t he t hickness of one brick wall ad over
shall be t aken in t erms of mult iples of half brick.

Mode of measurement :

For Brick work measured in Cubic Metres :

The cont ract rat e shall be f or a unit of one cubic met re of brick masonry as act ually
done.

For measurement purpose, t hickness of single brick wall shall be t aken as 215 mm.
irrespect ive of t hickness used. Brick walls of more t han one brick t hickness shall be
measured as per act ual t hickness const ruct ed.

All opening in brick work f or doors, windows and vent ilat ors shall be deduct ed t o get
t he net quant it y of act ual brick work done.

Opening or chases required f or P.H. or elect rical insert s less t han 0.1 sqm. and
bearing of precast concret e members shall not be deduct ed.

P -75

No ext ra payment shall be made f or any ext ra work involved in making t he above
openings or placement s.

For Brick work measured in square metre :

Half brick t hick masonry walls shall be measured in sqm. All openings in brick work
f or doors and windows and windows ad vent ilat or s shall be deduct ed t o get t he net quant it y
of act ual work done.

Openings of chases required f or P. H. or Elect ric insert s less t han 0.1 sqm. and
bearing of precast concret e members shall not be deduct ed. No ext ra payment shall be
made f or ext ra work involved in making t he above openings or placement s.

PRECAST CEMENT CONCRETE SOLI D BLOCK MASONRY :

Scope of work :

The work covered under t his specif icat ions pert ains t o procurement of best qualit y
locally available or locally manuf act ured precast cement concret e solid block and
workmanship in building walls of various t hickness sin st rict compliance wit h t he
specif icat ions and applicable drawings.

Material :

Precast cement concret e solid blocks shall be of best qualit y locally available
manuf act ured at sit e and should be approved by t he Engineer-in-charge bef ore
incorporat ion in t he work. The ingredient and t he cement concret e used shall confirm t o
relevant I S as st ipulat ed in specif icat ion f or cement concret e works herein bef ore.

Minimum crushing st rength of t he solid blocks shall be 40 t o 60kg/ sq.cm at 28t h day
af t er curing. The t ype of t he bond t o be adopt ed will be decided by t he Engineer -in-charge
but vert ical j oint s shall be st aggered. The size of t he blocks shall be 390 X 190 X 140 mm
and 390X190 X 100mm or as approved by Engineer-in-charge and t he proport ion used in
making t he blocks shall be 1: 11 ( I cement : 11 f ine and coarse aggregat es).

The blocks shall be cured well at least f or 14 days bef ore incorporat ion int o t he work.
The cement mort ar f or concret e blocks masonry shall be 1: 4 and j oint s shall not be more
t han 10mm t hick.

Workmanship and Mode of measurement :

The workmanship and mode of measurement shall be as st ipulat ed in t he
specif icat ion f or t hick work as applicable st at ed earlier ad concret e block masonry wit h
140mm t hick block shall be measured in sqm. nearest t o t wo place of decimals of a met re.
The rat e quot ed shall include cost of all mat erials, labour including f rame work in cast ing t he
blocks, curing, t ransport ing, handling, hoist ing the blocks t o proper level, curing masonry
et c. complet e.

sOc
P -76

12. STONE MASONRY

Scope of work :
The work covered under t his specificat ions consist s of supplying and erect ing st one
masonr y wall s wit h available best qualit y of st one in st rict compliance wit h t his specificat ions and
applicable drawings.

Random Rubble Masonry :

Material :

The rubble shall be of t he best qualit y t rap / granit e / ballast st ones obt ained f r om t he
approved quarry. The same of t he st one, t o be used shall be got appr oved from t he Engineer-in-
charge. All st ones shall , generall y be freshly quarried and shall be sound, dense, hard, free from
segregat ion, cracks, weat hered port ions and ot her st r uct ural def ect s t o requisit e sect ions ad
forms ad shall have f ully dressed beds and j oint s. At least 50% of t he st ones shall be 0.015 cum.
in cont ent when reckoned individually. The lengt h of st ones for st one masonr y shall not exceed
t hree t imes t he height not t he breadt h or base shall not be great er t han t hee f ourt h t he
t hickness of wall , or not less t han 15cm. t hee height of st one may be upt o 30 cm. st ones shall
be laid on t he nat ural beds and shall r un sufficient ly inside t he wall t hickness. No hollow space
shall be left out and int er spaces of st ones being fil led wit h mort ar ad st one chips, driven hard
ad not wit h mort ar only.

All mort ar t o be used shall be of t he t ype and proport ion ment ioned i n t he it em. Cement ,
sand and wat er t o be sued shall confor m t o t heir relevant specificat ions as described under
cement concret e.

The masonry shall be laid plumb, lines levels, cur ves, shapes as shown in drawings. All
required holes for passage o wat er or pipes are t o be embedded during const ruct ion as
specified.

All st ones shall be wet t ed bef ore laying in masonry. Concret e surfaces of columns,
beams, lint els, chaj j as et c. coming in cont act wit h masonr y shall be pr operly chipped, washed
and wet t ed bef ore st art of masonr y work. The concr et e slurry as t he masonry wor k progresses in
height . Clean chips and spawls carefully select ed t o fit in t he space shall be wedded int o t he
mor t ar. Joint s and beds wherever necessary t o avoid t hick beds or j oint s or mort ar. However,
proper shaping and dressing of st ones shall be done prior t o t heir laying in masonr y and
hammering shall not be resort ed t o oft en aft er t he st ones are laid in posit ion. The bond st ones
shall be used in every square met re area of masonr y wall ad shall ext end from fr ont t o back t o
t hin walls having widt h of 600 mm. and shall overlap by at least 150 mm. in walls having
t hickness more t han 600mm. when lid from bot h sides.

When t he work has t o be st art ed on t he old or t he one compet ed a long while ago or in
t he previous wor king seasons, care shall be t aken t o roughen and clean old surface sat isf act orily
wit hout dist urbing t he masonry bef ore laying t he new. I t shall be wet t ed before laying t he
bedding mort ar.

When pract icable, t he whole masonr y in any st ruct ur e shall be carried out upt o a unifor m
level t hroughout . But when breaks are unavoidable in car rying t he wor k cont inuously in unifor m
level, suf ficient ly long st eps shall be left . All j unct ion of walls shall be f ormed at t he t ime when
walls are being built . Cr oss walls should be caref ull y bonded in t o t he main walls. All masonry
built in cement mort ar shall be kept cont inuousl y wet for 14 days f rom t he dat e of laying. Should
t he mort ar perish i.e., becomes dr y, whit e or powder t hrough neglect of wat ering if t he masonry
shows hollow j oint s or non adher ence of mor t ar t o t he st ones or if t he wor k does not conf or m t o
drawings and specificat ions, t he wor k shall be pulled down ad rebuilt by t he cont ract or at his
own cost and risk. All masonry shall be t hor oughl y cleaned ad washed down on complet ion and
all st ains, adhering mort ar removed from t he surface and raking of j oint s car ried out as t he
P -77

scaff oldi ng is being lowered and removed. Holes lef t in masonr y f or support ing scaff olding shall
be f illed and made good bef ore point ing / plast ering.

Mode of measurement :

All st one masonr y shall be measured in cubic met res as act uall y done. All openings f or
widows, door s, lint els et c. shall be deduct ed t o get t he net quant it y of act ual wor k done.
Openings or chases required for P.H. and elect rical insert s less t han 0.1 sqm. and bearings of
precast concret e members shall not be deduct ed. The at e shall also include cost of corner
st ones, bond st one, scaffolding, labour, curing et c.

sOc
P -78

13. FLOORI NG

Scope of work :

The work covered under t his specificat ion consist s of pr oviding and laying at level s and
floor s, flooring of different t ypes, st rict ly in accor dance wit h t hese specificat ions and relevant
drawings.

Cement Concrete Flooring ( I ndian Patent Stone) :

Materials :

The specificat ions f or mat erials, grading, mixing and t he quant it y of wat er t o be added
shall generally conf orm t o t heir relevant specificat ions described under plain and reinforced
concret e. The maxi mum size of coarse aggregat e shall be 10mm. The f ine aggregat e shall
consist of properl y graded sand. Concret e shall be mixed pr eferably by machine, and hand
mixing shall be avoided as far as pract icable.

Preparation of Base :

The base concret e surface shall be t horoughl y chipped t o r emove lait ance, caked mort ar,
loose sand, dirt et c. cleaned wit h wire brush and washed clean and wat ered unt il no more wat er
is absorbed.

Where t he base concr et e has hardened so much t hat rougheni ng t he surface by wire
brushes is not possible, t he same shall be roughened by chi pping or hacking at cl ose int ervals.
The surface shall be soaked wit h wat er for at least 12 hours and surface wat er removed and
dried before laying t he t opping. Before layi ng t he concret e, cement slurry at 2.75 kg/ sqm. of
surf ace shall be applied before layi ng t he t opping. Bef ore laying t he concret e, cement slurr y at
2.75 kg. / sqm. of surf ace shall be applied for bet t er bond, / fl ush as per drawings. The edge of
each panel int o which t he f loor is di vided shall be support ed by wooden or met al st rips dul y oiled
t o prevent st icking. The panels shall be of unif or m size and, unless ot her wise specified, no
dimension of panel shall exceed 2 m. and t he area of a panel shall not be more t han 2 sqm.
However, t he exact size of panel shall be decided by t he Engineer-in-charge t o suit t he size of
t he room. The j oint s in t he fl oor finish shall ext end t hrough t he borders a skirt ing/ dado. The
border shall have mit red j oint s at t he corners of t he room.

Where aluminium di viding st rips are proposed t o be provi ded, t he same shall be fixed i n
cement mort ar 1: 2 @ 1200 mm. cent ers or as specif ied in t he schedule f or full dept h of t he
finished fl oor.

The dept h of dividing st rips shall be t he t hickness as pr oposed for t he finished floor in
t he it em. I n t he case of fl ush j oint s, alt ernat e panels only may be cast on same day. At least 48
hours shall elapse before t he concr et ing of adj acent bay is commenced.

Mixing :

The t opping concret e shall be of mi x of one part of cement , t wo par t s of sand and 4
part s of well graded st one chi ps of 10mm maximum si ze. t he ingredient s shall be t hor oughly
mixed wit h j ust sufficient wat er t o t he required plast icit y, having wat er cement rat io not mor e
t han 0.4

Laying :

The free wat er on t he surface of t he base shall be r emoved and a coat of cement slurry
t o t he consist ency of t hick cr eam shall be brushed on t he surface. On t his f resh grout ed base,
t he pr epared cement concret e shall be lai d immediat ely aft er mi xing. The concret e shall be
spread and leveled carefully. The concret e shall be compact ed and brought t o t he specif ied
levels by means of a heavy st raight edge rest ing on t he side f or ms and down ahead wit h a
P -79

sawing mot i on in combinat ion wit h a series of lift s and dr ops alt ernat ively wit h small lat eral
shift s, eit her mechanically or manually as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge.

While concret ing t he adj acent bays, care shall be t aken t o ensure t hat t he edges of t he
previousl y laid bays are not br oken by carelessness or hand t amping. I mmediat ely aft er laying
t he concret e, t he surface shall be inspect ed for high or low spot s and correct ion needed shall be
made up by adding or removing t he concret e and whole surface is again leveled. When t he layer
is made even, t he surface shall be complet ed by ramming or beat ing ad t hen screed t o a unifor m
line and level. Bef ore t he init ial set commences, t he surface shall be sprinkled direct ly or empt y
gunny bags spread over t he surf ace of t he concret e t o absorb excess wat er coming on t op due
t o float ing.

Finishing the surface :

Af t er t he concret e has been fully compact ed, it shal l be f inished by t oweling or float ing.
Finishing operat ions shall st art short ly aft er t he compact ion of concret e an shall be spread over a
period of one t o si x hours depending upon t he t emperat ure ad at mospheric condit ions. The
surf ace shall be t r owelled i nt ermit t ent ly at int er vals for several t imes so as t o produce a unif or m
and hard surface.

The sat isfact or y resist ance of floor t o wear depends largel y upon t he care wit h which
t roweliing is carr ied out . The obj ect of t rowelling is t o produce as hard and close knit a surface
as possible. The t ime int erval allowed bet ween successi ve t rowelling is ver y import ant .
I mmediat ely aft er layi ng only j ust sufficient t r owel ling shall be done t o gi ve a level surface.
Excessi ve t rowelli ng in t he earlier st ages shall be avoided as t hi s t ends t o work a layer rich i n
cement t o t he surf ace, some t i me. Aft er t he first t rowelling, t he durat ion depending upon t he
t emperat ure, at mospheric condit ions d t he rat e of set t ing of cement used, t he surface shall be
ret rowelled many t imes at int erval s t o close any pores in t he surf ace shall be ret rowelled many
t imes at int erval s t o close any pres in t he sur face, and t o bring t o sur face and scrap off any
excess wat er in concret e or lait ance ( it shall not be t rowelled back i nt o t he t opping) . The final
t rowellign shall be done well befor e t he concret e has become t oo hard but at such a t ime t hat
considerable pressure is r equired t o make any impression on t he surface.

Tr owelling of rich mi x of dr y cement . and fine aggregat e on t o t he surface shall not be
permit t ed. Trowel mar ks should not be seen on t he finished surf ace.

Where broom fini sh is specified, aft er t he concret e has been t horoughly compact ed, and
when most of t he surface wat er has disappeared, t he surf ace shall be given broom finish wit h an
approved t ype of brass or M.S. Fiber. The broom shall be pulled gent ly over t he surface fr om
edge t o edge in such a manner t hat corrugat ion shall be unif orm in widt h and dept h, t he dept h
shall be not mor e t han 1.5 mm. Brommi ng shall be done when t he concret e is in such ac
condit ion t hat t he surface will not be t orn or unduly roughened by t he operat ion. Coarse or l ong
brist les which cause ir regularit ies or deep corrugat i on shall be t imed out . Brooms which are worn
or ot her wise unsat isfact or y shall be discarded.

Af t er t he concret e in t he bays has set , t he j oint s of t he panels should be filled wit h
cement cream and neat ly float ed smoot h or j oint ed. Care should be t aken t hat j ust t he minimum
quant it y of cream for j oint is used a excess spilling over t he already fini shed surf ace shall be
removed when t he cream is st ill green.

I ncase of wide j oint s t he same shall be filled wit h pigment ed cement concret e ( 1: 2: 4)
using appr oved pigment ad t he j oint shall be f inished in perfect ly st raight line.

Steel Trowel Finish :

Areas where marblex t iles are proposed t o be used are required t o have base concret e
finished smoot h by st eel t rowel.

P -80

Curing :

The complet ed flooring shall be pr ot ect ed from sun, wind and rain f or t he first t wo days
and movement of persons over t he f loor is pr ohibit ed during t his period. The finished surface
shall be covered and cured cont inuousl y fr om t he next day aft er finishing, at least f or a period f or
7 days.

Bunding wit h murrum for cur ing is prohibit ed as it will leave permanent st ain on t he
finished fl oor.

Cure shall be done by spreading sand ad kept damp t hroughout t he curing peri od of
seven days minimum. The surface shall be prot ect ed from any damage t o it s what soever. The
surf ace shall t hen be allowed t o dry slowly. All corner s, j unct ions of floor wit h plast ered wall
surf ace shall be rounded of f when required at no ext ra cost .

Mode of measurement :

The rat e f or flooring and skirt ing shall be in square met re of t he area covered. The
lengt h and widt h of t he fl ooring shall be measured not bet ween t he f aces of skit ing or dado or
plast ered faces of walls which is t he proudest .

All openings in floor ing exceeding 0.1 sqm. in areas where f looring is not done shall be
deduct ed and net areas only shall be measured a paid f or. Flooring under dado, skirt ing or
plast er shall not be measured f or payment .

Not hing ext ra shall be paid for laying t he floor at different levels in t he same room.

The dimensions shall be measured upt o places of decimals of a met re and area wor ked
out upt o t wo places of deci mal of a square met er.


13.2 Terrazzo / Cement Tile Flooring, Skirting / Dado etc.

Mortars :

Cement Mortar :

This shall be prepared by mixing cement and sand in specified proport ions given i n
schedule of quant it ies, in a mixer, Hand mixing will not be allowed.

Proportioning :

The unit of measurement f or cement shall be a bag of cement weighi ng 50 kg. and t his
shall be t aken as 0.035 cum. Sand in specified pr oport ion shall be measured in boxes of suit able
size. I t shall be measured on t he basis of it s dr y volume. I ncase of damp sand, it s quant it y shall
be increased suit ably t o allow for bulkage which shal l be det ermined by t he met hod given in li me
mor t ar.

Mixing :

The mixing of mort ar shall be done at sit e of wor k in mechanical mixer. Hand mixing, if
permit t ed, shall be done as direct ed by t he Engineer -in-charge.

Mixing in Mechanical Mixer :

Cement and sand in t he specified proport ion shall be mixed dr y t hor oughly in mi xer.
Wat er shall t hen be added gradually and wet mixing cont inued for at least one minut e. Care shall
P -81

be t aken not t o add more wat er t han t hat shall bring t he mort ar t o t he consist ency of a st iff
past e.

Only t he quant it y of mort ar, which can be used wit hin 30 minut es of it s mixing shall be
prepared at a t ime.Mixer shall be cleaned wit h wat er each t ime, bef ore suspending t he work.

Hand Mixing :

The measured quant it y of sad shall be leveled on clean masonry plat for m and cement
bags empt ied on t op. I n hand mixi ng t he quant it y of cement shall be increased by 5% above t he
specified, wit h no ext ra cost t o t he Depart ment . The cement and sand shall be t hor oughly mixed
dry by being t urned over and over backwar ds and forwards several t ime t ill t he mix is of a
unifor m col our, The quant it y of dry mix which shall be used wit hin 30 minut es shall t hen be
mixed in t hor oughly wit h j ust sufficient quant it y of wat er t o bring t he mort ar t o t he consi st ency
of st iff past e. Mixing of mort ar on floor slabs or landings of st air case shall not be allowed.

General :

Mort ar Shall be used as soon as possible aft er mixing and bef ore it has begun t o set , and
in any case wit hin 30 minut es aft er t he wat er is added t o t he dr y mixt ure. Mort ar unused f or
mor e t han 30 mi nut es shall be rej ect ed and removed from t he sit e of work.

Materials :

The t errazzo / cement t iles f or flooring and skirt ing shall be hydraulically pressed under a
minimum pressure of 140 kg / sq.cm/ and shall conf orm t o I S 1237- 1959 in respect of
const it uent mat erials manuf act ure, shape, t olerances, wearing layer s, colour, appearance,
general qualit y of t iles, st rengt h, resist ance t o wear , wat er absorpt ion and ot her t est s. The t ile
shall be nominal size and t hickness as specified i n t he schedule f or fl ooring, skirt ing, dado wor k
et c. and shall be of approved Depart ment shall be at libert y t o inspect t he manufact ure of t iles
even at t he fact ory t o ascert ain whet her t he manufact ure is as per t he approved t iles for it s
qualit y of mat erials and manufact ure.

Tiles t o be used for skirt ing and dado shall be sampleshed before placing in posit ion.
Cont ract or shall submit samples f or flooring and skirt ing t ile for approval of t he Engineer-in-
charge. The Engineer-in-charge may direct new samples made wit h var ying proport ions, sizes d
col our of t errazzo chips against varying base bef ore conveying his decision about t he approved
samples. No claims will be ent ert ained for r ej ect ed samples. The cont ract or shall ensure t he
t errazzo f inish as per approved sample f or t he ent ire quant it y of t iles, by dr y mixi ng of t he
cement , marble chips, powder, whit e cement , pigment s et c. in t he same pr oport ions. For
wearing layer of all t iles, t he cont ract ors shall use t he cement from one consignment only t o
ensure unifor mit y in backgr ound colour / shade.

I f t here is a doubt t he qualit y of t he t iles, t hey shall be t est ed from each consignment as
specified in I S 1237- 1959 and cost of t est ing shall be borne by t he cont ract or. Sample t iles aft er
being appr oved shall be kept wit h t he Engineer-in-charge for ref erence t ill t he complet ion of t he
wor k. All t iles which are t o be incorporat ed in t he wor k shall st rict ly conf orm t o t he appr oved
samples.

The t iles shall be st ored i n r oom or under such cover as will prevent exposure t o
dampness, sun, rain, accident al inj ure or st aining. Tiles t o be incorporat ed in t he work shall be
immer sed in wat er for a mini mum period of 6 hours before use.

Bedding / Backing Coat :

I n case of f looring, t he mort ar bedding shall be cement mort ar of specified t hickness ad
mix.
P -82


Proport ion of cement and sand et c. shall be as specified in t he scheduled it em. I n case of
skit ing also backing coat shall be of cement mort ar of t hickness and mi x proport ion specified in
t he schedule it em. All mat erials t o be used in cement mort ar shall be got approved by t he
Engineer-in-charge bef ore incorporat ing in t he work.

Cleaning of Surface and laying of mortar bedding :

Before laying t he mort ar bedding t he concret e floor sur face shall be t horoughly hacked,
cleaned of all mort ar scales, concret e lumps et c. brushed, washed wit h wat er t o remove mud,
dirt et c. from t he surface and shall be t hor oughly wet t ed. Unit and unless t he surface is
approved by t he Engi neer- in- charge, t he f looring shall not be st art ed. A bedding of cement
mor t ar ( 1: 3of 20mm, t hickness or more if required t o make up t he level or grade) shall be laid
evenly and t o t he require slopes as direct ed. The t errazzo t iles and evenl y set in a t hick slurry of
cement applied t o t he sides and bot t om and over t he prepared base at t he rat e of 4. 4 kg / sqm.
The t iles shall t han be t amped down wit h wooden mallet unt il t hey are exact ly i n t rue plane and
line, wit h t he adj acent t iles. Care shall be t aken t o ensure t hat t he t iles are solidly bedded
wit hout voids and air pocket s. All t iles shall be ext ended upt o t he unplast ered surfaces of
masonr y wall s/ RCC columns/ RCC walls. The t ile shall be close j oint ed in mat ching cement slurry
ad t he cement slur r y oozing out t hought t he t hi n j oint s shall be immediat ely wiped clean. The
j oint s bet ween t he t iles shall not be great er t han 1.5mm and shall be kept in st raight lines or t o
suit t he required pat t ern. The j unct ion bet ween wall plast er and t ile wor k shall be fini shed neat ly
and wit hout any wavi ness. All t iles shall be laid as to have cont inuous lines from various rooms
t o t he passage. No change of li nes shall be per mit t ed at j unct ion bet ween r ooms and passage.
The j oint s shall be f ine and mace neat ly indist inguishable by gr out ing of t he j oins in cement
slurry mixed wit h suit able colouring pigment s t o mat ch wit h t he t iles. People should not be
allowed t o walk over t he freshly laid t iles.

Adj ust ment of levels in t hickness of mort ar bedding due t o different t ype of flooring if
any, shall be done by t he cont ract or wit hin a reasonable limit / dist ance as direct ed by t he
Engineer-in-charge wit hout any ext ra cost t ot eh Depart ment .

Curing, Polishing and Finishing:

The day aft er t he t iles are laid, all j oint s shall be cleaned of t he gray cement grout wit h a
wire bush or t rowel t o a dept h of 5mm, and all dust and loose mort ar removed and cleaned.
Joint s shall t hen be gr out ed wit h grey or whit e cement mixed wit h or wit hout pigment t o mat ch
t he shade of t he t opping of t he wearing layer of t he t iles.

The floor shall t hen be kept wet for a mi nimum period of 7 days. The surface shall
t hereaft er be ground evenly wit h machine f it t ed wit h coarse grade frit blocks ( no. 60) . Wat er
shall be used pr ofusel y wit h grinding. Aft er grinding, t he surface shall be t hor oughly washed,
remove all gri nding, mud cleaned and mopped, and t he j oint s opened out during gr inding shall
be grout ed once again wherever necessary wit h mat ching cement . The surface shall be gai n
cured. The second grinding shall t hen be carr ied out wit h machine fit t ed wit h f ine grade grit
blocks ( no.120) and shall be gr out ed again t he opened out j oint s wit h mat ching cement .

The final grinding wit h machine fit t ed wit h t he finest grade grit blocks ( no.320) , shall be
carr ied out t he day aft er t he second grinding descri bed in t he preceding para or bef ore handling
over t he floor as ordered by t he Engineer-in-charge.

For small areas or where circumst ances so required, hand polishing may be permit t ed in
lieu of machine polishing aft er laying, ent irely at t he discret ion of t he Engineer-in- charge. For
hand polishing, t he foll owing carborundum st one shall be used. The polishing shall be done in
such a manner t hat t here are no visi ble scrat ches on t he t errazzo t iles. if scrat ches are observed,
t he t iles shall be obser ved, t he t iles shall be removed and replaced by new t iles.
P -83


1
st
Grinding Coarse grade st one ( no.60)
2 nd Grinding Coarse Grade St one ( No.60)
Final Grinding Fine grade st one ( No. 120)

I n all ot her respect s, t he pr ocess shall be similar as for machine polishing. Aft er t he final
polish, oxat ic acid cryst als int o powder shall be dust ed over t he surface ( @ 2/ 3 I b per 100 sq.ft
or 32.5 gm. per sqm.) sprinkled wat er and rubbed hard wit h Namdah "bl ock ( pad of woolen
rags) .The foll owing day t he fl oor shall be wiped wit h a moist rag and dried wit h a soft clot h and
finished clean. I f any t ile is di st urbed or damaged, it shall be refit t ed or replaced, properly
j oint ed and polished. The finished f loor shall not sound hollow when t apped wit h a wooden
mallet .

Terrazzo / Cement Tile Skirting :

Terazzo t ile in skirt ing shall be of size as specif ied i n schedule of quant it ies or as dir ect ed
by t he Engi neer- in- charge, hydraulically pressed and shall be obt ained from t he same source as
for t he t errazzo / cement t iles for f looring. The design and shade of t he skirt ing t iles shall be
exact ly similar t o t hat of flooring t iles. The specificat ions f or mat erial and wor kmanship shall be
same as f or flooring except t hat t he skirt ing t ile shall be laid against a 12mm. t hick backing of
cement mort ar 1: 3 t o t he full hei ght of skirt ing, t hus all owi ng unif orm pr oj ect ion beyond t he
plast ered surf aces. I n case of dado, t he back of t iles shall be but t ered wit h a coat of grey
cement slurr y / past e and edges wit h grey or whit e cement slurry / past e as t he case may be,
wit h or wit hout pigment t o mat ch t he shade of t iles an set in t he backing / bedding mor t ar. Any
cut t ing of brick wor k, concret e et c. required due t o unevenness of brick. surface shall be carried
out at no ext ra cost t o t he Depart ment t o maint ain t his unifor m proj ect ion beyond t he plast ered
surf aces.

The skirt ing t iles shall be t rue in plane, line, level ad plumb or flooring t he li nes. The
col our of t he skirt ing t ile ad floor t ile shall mat ch. The undone port ion of plast er wor k left above
t he t errazzo t ile skirt ing work shall be fi nished r ound or as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge i n
t he mat ching plast er. The it em of plast ering shall be inclusive of t his plast er f inishing above t he
skirt ing t iles, required t o be done aft er laying of skirt ing t iles. No addit ional payment will be
admissible for t his ext ra operat ion.

Mode of measurement :

The lengt h and / or widt h of t he flooring / skirt ing / dado shall be measured net bet ween
t he f aces of skirt ing of dado or plast er faces of walls which is t he product s, and height of skirt ing
/ dado shall be measured from t he finished level of f loor. All openings exceeding 0.1 sqm. i n
area where t iling is not done shall be deduct ed and net areas only shall be measured and pai d
for. Flooring under dado, skirt ing or plast er shall not be measured f or payment . Not hing ext ra
shall be paid for use of cut t iles nor for laying t he floor at different levels in t he same room.

All dimensi ons shall be measured correct upt o 2 places of decimal of a met er and area so
wor ked out shall be correct upt o t wo places of deci mal of a sqm. for flooring, skiriging, dado et c.

Note : Wast age I t ile cut t ing t o get t he required di mension of rooms et c. as specified in drawing
or as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge shall have t o be t aken int o considerat ion by cont ract or
while quot ing t he rat e f or wor k t o be measured as above. No ext ra clai m on t hi s account will be
ent ert ained.





P -84

13.3 Kotah Stone Flooring / Skirting / Facia / Shelves

Materials :

Hand cut , machine cut f or exposed edges and machine poli shed kot ah st one shall be of
t he best qualit y and of t he specified t hickness, size and t he shade whi ch shall be got approved
by t he Engineer-in-charge. The size given in schedule of qualit ies are t ent at ive and can vary onl y
slight ly as per t he availabilit y in t he market . The t hi ckness of t he slab aft er it is dressed shall be
20,25,30 or 40 mm as specif ied in t he it em. Tolerance of + 2 mm shall be all all owed f or t he
t hickness. I n respect of lengt h & widt h, t olerance in lengt h and widt h shall be permissible upt o +
5mm f or hand cut slabs ad + 2 mm f or machine cut slabs. At it s t hinnest , no st one shall be
t hinner t han t he specified t hickness. The st one shall be hard, sound, durable, resi st ant t o wear,
rect angular or square in shape ad as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge. Unif ormit y of size shall
generally be maint ained f or t he st ones used in any one room. The st one shall be wit hout any
soft , venis, cracks or f laws and shall have unif orm col our. They shall have nat ural surface free
from broken flakes non t op and t he exposed surface shall be machine polished t o a smoot h,
even and t r ue plane and t he edges hand cut and dr essed t rue and square. The evenness of t he
surf ace of slabs and edges of t he slab shall not be marred by careless dressing or handling ad no
pat ching up shall be allowed f or t he slab. The edges shall e quit e st raight . The under face maybe
left as required or rough dr essed. Bef ore t aking up t he work, samples of st one slabs t be used
and t heir dressing and polishing shall be got appr oved by t he Engineer-in-charge and will keep
t hem in his office f or reference ad t he st one slabs t o be used shall conf orm t o t he approved
sample.

Bedding / Backing coat :

I n case of flooring as well as of skirt ing / dado, mort ar bedding shall be cement mort ar
of t hickness and mi x specified in t he schedule of it em.

Construction Details :

Cement mort ar as specified f or bedding shall be unif ormly mixed. The amount of wat er
added shall be t he minimum necessary t o gi ve j ust sufficient plast icit y for laying ad sat isfact ory
bedding. Care shall be t aken in preparing t he mort ar t o ensur e t hat t here are no hard lumps t hat
should int erfere wit h t he even bedding of t he st ones. Before spreading t he mort ar, t he sub-f loor
or base shall be cleaned of all dirt , set mort ar scum or lait ance ad of loose mat erials by hacking
ad brought t o original level s and t hen well wet t ed wit hout for ming pool of wat er on surfaces.

Fixing the stone slab / tile :

Before laying t he st one shall be t hor oughly wet t ed wit h clean wat er, neat cement grout
( 2.75kg/ sqm.) of honey like consist ency shall be spread on t he mort ar bed over as much areas
as could be covered wit h t he slabs wit hin half an hour. The specified t ype of st one shall be laid
on t he neat cement coat and shall be evenly and firmly bedded t o t he required level ad slope in
t he mort ar bed. Each st one shall be gent ly t apped wit h wooden mallet sil it is fir mly and pr operly
bedded.

There shall be no hollows left . I f t here is a hollow sound on gent ly t apping off t he slab,
such slab shall be removed a reset pr operl y. The j oint s shall be r out ed wit h mat chi ng cement
slurry. Approved pi gment shall be used in cement sl urry t o mat ch wit h shade of st one. Pigment
required t o mat ch t he shade of st one shall be supplied by t he cont ract or at no ext ra cost . The
st one adj oining t he wall shall go about 12mm ( about 1/ 2 ") under t he plast er , sort ing or dado f or
t he wall. All st one slabs, t iles shall be so laid as t o have cont inues lines from vari ous rooms t o
t he corridor s. No change of lines shall be permit t ed at j unct ion bet ween rooms ad corridors. Only
one piece machine cut , Kot ah st one shall be used for t reads and risers.

Curing :

The flooring shall be kept well wet t ed wit h damp ad or wat er f or seven days.
P -85


Polishing and cleaning :

When t he bedding d j oint s have complet ely set d at t ained required st rengt h, t he surface
shall be machine poli shed t o give smoot h, even ad t rue plane t o t he flooring. All flooring shall be
t horoughly seaned and handed over f ree from ay mort ar st ains et c.

Skirting and dado / Facia :

The qualit y and t ype of st one shall be same as ment ioned f or flooring except of t heir
weight and t hickness or backi ng coat which shall be as ment ioned in it em schedule. The backing
shall confor m t o t he specif icat ions for cement mort ar specif ied in it em of t er razzo t iles.
Cont ract or should t ake int o considerat ion t he fact t hat t ouching up of t he plast er at t he
j unct ioning skirt ing / dado is invariably done aft er t he skirt ing / dado/ facia wor k is complet ed and
quot e rat es accordi ngly. No ext ra for t his t ouchi ng up will be ent ert ained.

Fixing curing, polishing and cleaning shall be as specified herein before under cement /
t errazzo t ile skirt ing, poli shing may be done by hand, but a smoot h surface ad fine polishing shall
be obt ained.

Joint s shall be done in neat mat ching cement slur ry. The j unct ion of plast er and t he
upper edges of t he dado / skir t ing shall be f inished smoot hly as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-
charge wit hout any ext ra cost .

Mode of measurements :

Flooring, skirt ing and dado/ facia shall be same as t hat f or t errazzo cement t ile, flooring /
skirt ing / dado. Somet imes shall be paid on area basis in sqm. calculat ed t o t wo places of
decimal, where lengt h and breadt h shall be measur ed inclusive of bearing correct t o a cm. The
permissible t olerance in t he specified t hickness shall be ( + ) 2mm.

Note : Wast age in obt aining t he required machine cut , hand cut si zes as specified from t he
commercial sizes available in market shall have been t aken int o considerat ion by cont ract or shall
quot ing t he rat e for wor k t o be measured as above and no ext ra claim on t his account will be
ent ert ained.


13.4 Glazed / Unglazed / Vitrified tile Flooring, Dado / Skirting / Facia

Materials

Tiles :

The t iles shall be of approved make as specified and shall generall y conf or m t o relevant
St andards.

They shall be flat and t rue t o shape free f rom cracks, crazing spit s, chipped edges and
comes. The glazi ng shall be of unif orm shade.

The t iles shall be as specif ied i n t he schedule of quant it y or drawings. The lengt h of all
four sides shall be measured correct t o 0.1mm and average lengt h breadt h shall not var y more
t han + 0. 8 mm from specified di mensions. The variat ion of individual dimensions from average
value of lengt h/ breadt h shall nor exceed + 0.5 mm. Tolerance in t hickness shall be ( + ) 0.4mm.

The t hickness of t he t ile shall not be less t han as specified in t he it ems and shall conf orm
t o in all respect s. Samples of t iles shall be got appr oved by t he Engineer-in-charge bef ore use on
t he work.

P -86

Preparation of Surface and laying of vitrified Tiles :

Sub grade concret e or RCC slab or side brick wall / or plast ered sur faces on which t iles
are t o be laid shall be t horoughly hacked, cleaned of all mort ar scales, concret e lumps et c.
brushed, washed wit h wat er t o remove mud, dirt et c. f rom t he surface, wet t ed and mopped.

20/ 12 mm t hick plast er of CM 1.3 shall be applied d allowed t o harden minimum for 48
hours. The plast er shall be roughened wit h wire br ushes or by scrat ching diagonal lines 1.5mm
deep at 7.5 mm cent er bot h ways.

The back of t iles shall be but t ered wit h a coat of grey cement slurr y past e and edges
wit h whit e cement sl urry and set in t he bedding mort ar. The t iles shall be t apped and corr ect ed
t o proper planes ad lines. The t ile shall be but t j oint ed in pat t ern and j oint s shall be as fine a
possible. The t op of skirt ing / dado shall be t ruly horizont al ad j oint s t ruly vert ical. The j oi nt s shall
be point ed wit h cement at ions grout of mat ching colour of Bal/ Roff make.

Af t er a period of curing of 7 days minimum, t he t iles shall be cleaned and shall not sound
hollow when t apped.

The surface during laying shall be checked wit h a st raight edge2m. long. The surface of
skirt ing shall be kept flush wit h plast er wit h chipping of brick work / concret e wherever required.

Af t er t he t iles have been laid, surplus cement grout shall be cleaned off.

Mortar and Bedding :

Cement mort ar for bedding shall be of proport ion specified in it ems schedule ad shall
conf or m t o t he specificat ion f or mat erials, preparat ion et c. as specified under cement mort ar.
The amount of wat er added while preparing mort ar shall be t he minimum necessar y t o give
suf ficient plast icit y for laying.

Care shall be t aken in preparat ion of t he mort ar t o ensure t hat t here are no har d lumps
t hat would int erfere wit h even bedding of t he t iles. Before spreading t he mort ar bed t he base
shall be cleaned of all dirt , scum or lait ance and loose mat erials and well wet t ed wit hout forming
any pools of wat er on t he surface. The mort ar of specified proport ion and t hickness shall t hen be
even ad smoot hly spread over t he base by use of screed bat t ens t o proper level or slope.

Cement mort ar of t hickness and proport ion as specif ied in t he schedule for dado shall be
applied t o t he wall aft er preparing t he wall surface as specif ied under cement plast er 20mm t hick
and br ought t o correct line and plumb and t he surface left rough t o receive t he t iles.

Fixing of other ceramic tiles for flooring :

The t iles bef ore laying shall be soaked in wat er for at least 2 hours. The t iles shall be lai d
on t he bedding mort ar when it is st ill plast ic but has become sufficient ly st iff t o of fer a fair ly firm
cushion f or t he t iles. Tiles which are fixed on t he fl ooring adj oi ning t he wall shall be so arranged
t hat t he surface on t he r ound edge t iles shall correspond t o t he skirt ing or dado. Neat cement
mor t ar gr out 1: 2, using fine sand ( t able I I I , zone I V ad as per I S 383) of honey like consi st ency
shall be spread over t he bedding mort ar j ust t o cover as much area as can be t iled wit hin half an
hour. The edges of t he t iles shall be smeared wit h neat whit e cement sl urry and fi xed in t his
grout one aft er t he ot her, each t ile being well pressed and gent ly t apped wit h a wooden mallet
t ill it is pr operly bedded and i n level wit h t he adj oining t iles. There shall be no hollows in bed or
j oint s. The j oint s, shall be kept as close as possible and in st raight line. The j oint s bet ween t iles
shall not exceed 1.00 mm, in widt h. The j oi nt shall be grout ed wit h whit e cement slurry. Aft er
fixing t he t iles, finally in an even place or slope, t he f looring shall be covered wit h wet sand an
allowed undist urbed for 14 days.

P -87

Fixing tiles for Dado and Skirting / Facia :

The dado wor k, shall be done only aft er fixing t he t iles/ slabs on t he floor , t he approved
glazed t iles before laying shall be soaked in wat er for at least 2 hors. Tiles shall be f ixed when t he
cushioning mort ar is t ill plast ic and bef ore it get s very st if f. The back of t he t ile shall be covered
wit h t his layer of cement mort ar 1: 3 using fine sand ( t able I I I , zone I V, I S383- 1963) , and t he
edge of t he t ile smeared wit h neat whit e cement slurr y. The t ile shall t hen be pressed in t he
mor t ar and gent ly t apped against t he wall wit h a wooden mallet . The fixing shall be done from
bot t om of wall upwards wit hout any hollows i n t he bed of j oint s. Each t ile shall be as close as
possible t o one adj oini ng. The t iles shall be j oint ed t iles shall be arranged out in cushioning
mor t ar so t hat all t iles faces are in one vert ical plane. The j oint s bet ween t he t ile shall not
exceed 1.00mm in widt h and t hey shall be unif orm.

While fixing t iles in dado work, care shall be t aken t o break t he j oint s vert ically. The t op
of t he dado, shall be t ouched up neat l y wit h t he rest of t he plast er above I f doors, windows or
ot her openi ngs are locat ed wit hin t he dado area, t he comers, sills, j ambs et c. shall be provide
wit h t rue right angles wit hout any specials. The cont ract or will not be ent it led t o any ext ra claims
on t his account for cut t ing of t iles if required.

Cleaning :

Af t er t he t iles have been laid in a room or t he day f ixing work is complet ed, t he surplus
cement gr out t hat may have come out of t he j oint s shall be cleaned off before it set s. Aft er t he
complet e curing, t he dado or skirt ing over shall be washed t horoughly clean, I n t he case of
flooring, once t he floor has set , t he fl oor shall be carefully washed clean ad dried. When dry, t he
floor shall be covered wit h oil free dr y saw dust . I t shall be removed only af t er complet i on of t he
const ruct ion wor k and j ust before t he floor is used.

Pointing and Finishing :

The j oint s shall be cleaned off wit h wire br ush t o a dept h of 3mm and all dust and l oose
mor t ar removed. Joint s shall t hen be flush point ed wit h whit e cement and floor kept wet for 7
days ad t hen cleaned. Finished f loor shall not sound hollow when t apped wit h a wooden mallet .

Mode of measurement :

Dado / f looring / skirt ing shall be measured in sqm cor rect t o t wo places of decimal.
Lengt h and breadt h shall be measured correct t o 1 cm bet ween t he exposed surfaces of skirt ing
or dado. No deduct ions shall be made nor ext ra paid for any opening- of area upt o 0.- 1 sqm The
rat e shall include all t he cost of labour and mat erial involved.

s+c
P -88

14. WOOD WORK - FRAMES, SHUTTERS AND PANELLI NG

Wood work :

All t imber ment ioned in t he it em in schedule of quant it ies shall be f rom t he heart of a
sound t ree of nat ure growt h ent irely f ree from sap wood. I t shall be unif or m in t ext ure, st raight
in fibre and shall be well and properly seasoned. I t shall be f ree from large, l oose dead or clust er
knot s, wedges, inj uries, open shakes, borer holes, rot , decay, discolorat ion, soft or spongy spot ,
hollow pocket s, pit h or cent er bore and all ot her def ect s or any ot her damages or har mf ul nat ure
which will affect t he st rengt h, durabilit y, appear ance and it s usef ulness f or t he purpose f or which
it is required. Only properl y seasoned t imber shall be used.

The samples of species t o be used shall be submit t ed by t he cont ract or t o t he Engineer-
in-charge bef ore commencement of t he work. The cont ract or shall produce cash voucher s and
cert ificat e from st andard kiln seasoning plant as a proof for having been kiln seasoned by t hem,
failing which it would not be accept ed as kiln seasoned. Seasoning of t i mber shall be j udged
from it s moi st ure cont ent as laid down in I . S. 287- 1960. The seasoni ng of t imber shall conf or m
t o I S 1141- 1993. Scant ling of all t ype of t imber shall be st raight . Warped scant ling shall not be
used. Before use in wor ks, t he scant ling shall be kept in covered and well vent ilat ed place and
shall be got approved.

The wor kmanship shall be of best qualit y. All wrought t imber is t o be sawn, planed,
drilled or ot herwise machi ne wor ked t o t he correct sizes and shall be as indicat ed in drawing or
as specified. All j oinery work shall f it t ruly and wit hout wedging or filing. Wood work in frame
wor k shall be wr ought . All frame j oint s shall be put t oget her wit h whit e lead and pinned wit h
hard wood pins securing wit h corrosion resist ant st ar shaped met al pi ns as appr oved by t he
Engineer-in-charge. I f af t er fixing in posit i on, any shrinking or subst andard mat erials or bad
wor kmanship is det ect ed, t he cont ract or shall, f ort hwit h remove t hem and replace t he same at
his own cost , all as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge.

I ndi vidual members shall be of cont inuous lengt h. The finished size and sect ions shall be
as per drawing or as specif ied. The heads and post s of frames shall be t hrough t ennoned int o
t he mort ises t o t he full widt hs as shown in t he drawing. All necessar y mort ising, t ennoing,
grooving mat ching, t ongui ng, housing rebat e and ot her necessar y wor ks f or correct j oint ing shal l
be carr ied out , in t he best wor kmanship like manner. Joint s not specificall y indicat ed shall be
recogni zed f or m of approved j oint s for each posit i on. All part s of wood wor k rest ing on or set i n
masonr y or concret e shall be well paint ed wit h t wo coat of bit uminous paint or solignum as
direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge, pri or t o i nst allat ions. All nails, screws, hold fast s, f ast s,
plat es, plugs, pins required for wood wor k j oiner y and fixing work, shall be pr ovi ded by t he
cont ract or, at his own cost . All mat erials shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge before using it
in wor ks. Paint ing of door frames shall be carried out as per specificat ions f or paint ing for wood
wor k.

All t he embedded t imber shall be given t wo coat s of hot t ar or solignum bef ore erect ion.
This is incident al t o t he it em and shall not be measur ed for payment .

Teak Wood Glazed Shutters :

The beading required for glazing shall be of t he best t eak wood and shall be fixed as per
t he design shown in relevant drawing. Any moldings, car vings shown shall be worked out from
t he t eak wood member of bigger size.

Glazing :

Glazing shall be generally wit h plai n sheet glass of approved make wit h t hickness as
ment ioned in t he schedule of quant it ies. The det ailed specif icat ions for glazing given hereaft er
shall be f ollowed generally.

P -89

Flush Door Shutters:

Solid core flush door shut t ers shall be of 5 pl y const r uct ion and approved make generally
conf or ming t o t he I .S. specificat i on 2202- 1991 ( specificat ion f or wooden f lush door shut t er –
solid core t ype) . The finished t hickness of t he shut t er shall be as ment ioned in t he schedule of
it ems.

Face Veneers :

Commercial f ace veneer s used in f lush door shut t er shall conf or m t o t he r equirement s
laid down in I S 303- 1989 specif icat i ons for plywood for general purposes ( revised) int erior grade.

Decorat ive face veneer s used in flush door shut t ers shall be of grad-I and shall conf orm
t o t he requirement s of decorat ive veneer ed decorat ive plywood int erior grade. Thickness of
veneer s shall not exceed 1mm.

Adhesives :

Phenol formal dehyde synt het ic resin ( liquid t ype adhesives) conf orming t o I S848-1974
specificat ions f or synt het ic resins shall be one piece of size not less t han 25mm wide and dept h
equal t o t he t hickness of core. I n case of double leaf shut t ers, t he meet ing st iles st ill have lipping
of not less t han 35mm deep.

Workmanship and Finish :

All t he f aces of t he door shut t er shall be at right angles. The shut t er shall be free from
t wist and warp in it s plane. Bot h faces of t he door shut t ers shall be sanded t o a smoot h even
t ext ure. The wor kmanship and finish of t he face panels shall be in conformit y wit h t hose
specified in I .S. 303-1989 specificat ions for pl ywood for general purpose ( revised) f or
commercial t ype and I S 1659- 1990 specificat ion f or block boards for decorat ive t ype.

Depart ment shall be at libert y t o inspect t he manuf act ure of shut t ers in t he fact ory f or it s
qualit y of mat erials and wor kmanship and all facilit ies shall be ext ended f or such inspect ion. Cost
of visit s will be bor ne by t he cont ract or.

Tests :

Test s shall be conduct ed, if required by t he Depart ment at cont ract ors cost and
accept ance crit eria shall be as per I S 2202.

Tolerance :

Tolerance on nomi nal widt h and height shall be ( + ) 3mm. Tolerance on nomi nal
t hickness shall be ( + ) 1.5mm. The t hickness of t he indi vidual shut t er shall be unif orm
t hroughout .

Miscellaneous :

Wherever ment ioned in t he Schedule of quant it ies, vision panel s, Venet ians, plast ic
laminat es, push slat s et c. shall be provided in t he flush door s.

The visi on panels shall be of size ment ion dint eh drawing and shall be pr ovi ded wit h
t eak wood li pping alround t he glass. The glass shall be 4mm t hick or as specified of best qualit y
( M/ s Triveni, I .A.G. Shree Vallat h or equivalent approved) f ree from defect s.

Teak wood Venet ians or louvers shall generally conf orm t o relevant specif icat ions of
t imber. Necessar y grooves and rebat e in f rames shall be provided as per drawing.

P -90

Formica or approved equivalent plast ic laminat e of required design, required shade ad
col our shall be provided ad fixed on fl ush door t o t he required size on any side of t he shut t er as
shown in drawing. I t shall be fixed wit h Fevicol or any ot her appr oved adhesive. Fixing shall be
done in such a way t he t here shall not be any air gap, warpage or undulat ions on t he surface.
Finished surface of f or mica shall be cleaned wit h wax polish.

The shut t ers shall be paint ed on commercial f acing side wit h t wo coat s of synt het ic / flat
oil paint of approved shade ad make over an appr oved coat of primer. The decorat ive veneer
side of t he shut t er shall be melamine polished wit h t wo or more coat s as specified in Schedule of
Quant it ies so as t o render a sat isfact ory sur face.

The flush doors shall be single leaf or double leaf t ype as ment ioned in t he schedule of
quant it ies. I n case of double leaf shut t ers, t he meet ing of t he st iles shall be rebat ed 20mm. and
shall be eit her splayed door square t ype and t he T.W. lipping ar ound t he meet ing shall not be les
t han 35mm deep. The meet ing st iles shall be in single piece.

Sufficient care shall be t aken t o pr event any damage and loss of shape during handling,
t ransport ing, st acking, fi xing et c. The door shut t ers shall be handled wit h ut most care t o prevent
any sur face damage, warping et c.

Mode of measurement :
The wor k covered under t he respect i ve it ems in schedule and t he above specificat ions
shall be measured as f ollows:

The cubic cont ent s for wood wor k shall be measured for t he finished size, limit ing t o
t hose shown in t he drawi ngs or ordered by t he Engineer-in-charge. The cross sect ional
dimensions shall be measured equivalent t o nearest encl osi ng rect angle ( least rect angle /
square) f or wr ought and planed sizes. The cubical met re. The frames embedded below fini shed
floor shall not be measured.

The square met re areas for shut t ers shall be measured for t he exposed surfaces of
shut t er bet ween frames fr om inside or out side whichever is more. The linear dimensions shall be
measur ed upt o t wo places of decimals of a met er. The area f or payment shall be worked out
corr ect upt o t wo places of decimals of a square met er . The rat e for shut t ers shall include :

- Cost of supply assembly and erect ing in posit ion.
- Cost of polishing, paint ing, supplying wood preservat ive, screws, nails,
holdfast et c.
- Cost of labour f or maki ng adj ust ment s in frames, if required, shut t ers and
also f or fixing required fit t ings and fixt ures.

I n case of flush doors, t he rat e f or individual it em ment i oned i n t he schedule of
quant it ies shall include cot of shut t ers, labour for provision of glass f or vision panel, plast ic
laminat e sheet push plat e, t eak wood louver s et c. t ransport ing charges and labour for fixing of
fixt ures and fast eni ng except fixing of door closers and paint ing and polishing as specified.

s©c





P -91

19. ALUMI NI UM WI NDOWS, VENTI LATORS, COMPOSI TE UNI T ETC

Scope of work :

The scope of work in t he t ender it em includes f abricat ion supply and inst allation of
anodized mat t f inished aluminium windows, vent ilat ors, composit e unit s, glazing et c. st rict ly
in accordance wit h t hese specif icat ions and relevant det ailed approved shop drawings.

General :

The cont ract or shall submit six copies of shop drawings covering all t ypes. Det ails of
work as generally shown in Archit ect ural drawing and envisaged under t hese specif icat ions
bef ore manuf act ure. The drawing shall show all dimensions, det ails of const ruct ion,
inst allat ion, f ixt ures and relat ion t o adj oining and relat ed work. No f abricat ion work shall be
undert aken prior t o t he approval of t he shop drawings f rom t he Engineer-in-charge. The
t enderer shall intimat e at t he t ime of t endering, the t ypes of sect ions he proposes t o use on
t he wor ks.

Materials :

The aluminium alloy used in t he manuf act ure f or ext ruded window sect ion shall
correspond t o I S 733- 1966 ( or any f urt her revision t hereof ). Ext ruded sect ions shall
conf orm t o I S designat ion HE9-WP and Hollow sect ions shall conf orm t o I S Designat ion
HV9-WP. The frame work, st iles, mullions, beadings, t ransoms, hinges, pegst ays, handles
et c. shall be st ruct urally suit able t o wit hst and all t he load, t he members have t o sust ain.
Cont ersunk screws, nut s, bolt s, washers, rivet s and ot her miscellaneous f ast ening devices
shall be of approved cadmium plat ed or st ainless st eel as specif ied in t he approved
drawings.

Fabrication :

The f rames shall be manuf act ured square and flat . The corners of t he f rames shall
be f abricat ed t o t rue right angles. All t he fixed, sliding, openable frames shall be const ruct ed
f rom sect ions which have been cut t o lengt h, mit red and mechanically j oint ed or welded at
t he corners. Where hollow sect ions are used wit h welded j oint s, argon are welding or f lash
but t welding shall be employed (Gas welding or brazing not t o be done). Sub-dividing bars
of unit s shall be t ennoned an rivet ed int o t he f rames. Wat er bar in aluminium sect ion shall
be provided. The dimensions shown in t he drawings are overall height s and widt hs t o t he
out side of f rames of aluminium windows. The side hung shut t ers shall have proj ect ed
f rict ion t ype hinges of aluminium alloy. Concealed proj ect ed hinges having st ruct ural st abilit y
and of good qualit y will also be considered only af t er t he inspect ion of t he sample submit t ed
by t he t enderer. The necessary pegst ays, handles, windows f ast eners et c. shall be of
aluminium. The handle shall be mount ed on a handle plat e rivet ed t o t he opening frame.
The pegst ays shall be 300mm. long or as required complet e wit h peg and locking bracket
and shall have holes f or keeping t he shut t ers open in t hree dif f erent posit ions. No f ield
f abricat ion of f rames is permit t ed. The complet e f abricat ed assembly shall be anodized in
approved sat in f inish wit h minimum f ilm t hickness of 0. 015 mm. f or t he ent ire surf ace. A
t hick layer of clear t ransparent lacquer based on met hacrylat e or cellulose but yrat e shall be
applied on t he f inished sect ions f or t he aluminium windows et c. by t he supplier t o prot ect
t he surf ace f rom wet cement , lime, dirt , dust et c. during t he inst allat ion. This lacquer
coat ing shall be removed af t er inst allat ion is complet e, if approved by t he Engineer-in-
charge and all sect ions of t he windows shall be prot ect ed by t he Engineer-in-charge and all
sect ions of t he windows shall be prot ect ed by P.V.C. f ilm covering.


P -92


Hardware :

All cut out s, recesses, mort ising or milling and operat ion required f or f ixing t he
hardware shall be accurat ely made reinf orced wit h packing plat e as required t o ensure
adequat e st rengt h of t he connect ion. All t he hardware, accessories shall be of best approved
t ype and of anodized finish same as f or t he f rame and ot her sect ions. All hardware shall be
f ree from def ect s which may af f ect t he appearance and serviceabilit y. All hardware shall be
f ixed af t er obt aining t he prior approval of t he Engineer-in-charge. Approved samples of
hardware shall be kept in t he cust ody of Engineer-in-charge.

Fixing :

The window frames shall be accurat ely fixed in t he brick masonry or R.C. C. work.
The fixing of t he f rame shall be done wit h cadmium plat ed brass count er sunk screws driven
on t he t eak wood rough grounds i f required or f ixed t ot eh walls wit h holdf ast s. All
aluminium windows shall be f ixed in posit ion as per I S 1081- 1960 ( or any revision t hereof ):
Code of pract ice f or f ixing and glazing of aluminium windows. All j oint s bet ween met al and
masonry / rough ground wooden f rame shall be f ully caulked and mast ic or polysulphide
compound in order t o ensure wat er t ight j oint s. Joint s shall be neat ly paint ed wit h mat ching
cement an excess mat erials shall be removed. Hardware shall be f ixed in workman like
manner all as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge.

Samples :

The sample of dif f erent windows shall be submit t ed t o t he Engineer-in-charge f or
approval.

Glazing :

The glazing shall be of I ndian make plain sheet / f rost ed f igured glass of special
select ed qualit y and size as ment ioned in it em descript ion and drawings shall be of M/ s
Triveni / Saint Gobain / I .A.G./ Modi make The specif icat ions specified herein bef ore shall
hold good as f ar as applicable Glazing will be paid on square met re basis.

Mode of measurement :

Payment will be made on t he basis of weight of f abricat ed anodized aluminium
f rames/ members/ f ixt ures along wit h all fit t ings act ually inst alled in posit ion wit hout any
ext ra allowance f or wast age.

Guarantee :

All mat erials and workmanship in above work shall be guarant eed f or a period of one
year (unless ot herwise specif ied) from t he dat e of handling over. Unqualif ied perf ormance
guarant ee f or smoot h operat ions of t he windows, doors, wall spans and precaut ionary
measures against leakages et c. shall be f urnished by t he cont ract or on st amped paper. I f so
specif ied, in schedule of quant it ies. Any def ect found during t he guarant ee period shall be
replaced / made good t o t he original condit ions/ posit ions ent irely at t he cost of t he
cont ract or.

Testing:

All windows shall be t est ed f or wat er t ight ness. Any leakage f ound during t est ing
shall be rect if ied by t he cont ract or wit hout ext ra charge.

sOc
P -93

20. M.S. GRI LLS/ RAI LI NG

General :
The cont ract or shall submit 6 copies of shop drawings shall show all dimension, det ails of
const ruct ion, inst allat ion relat ing t ot eh adj oining work.

Materials :
All st ruct ural st eel shall confor m t o I S 226- 1963 sect ions f or grills and shall be free from
loose mill scales, rust s, pit t ing or any ot her defect s affect ing it s st rengt h and dur abilit y.

Fabrication :
The grills shall be f abricat ed t o t he design and pat t ern shown in t he drawings. All j oint s
shall be made in best workman li ke manner wit h slot t ing and welding as required t o t he specif ied
size and shape. The edge of t he M.S. flat s shall be suit ably mit red before welding t o get t he
desir ed shape. The j oint s shall be f illed t o remove excess st ay aft er welding screws, nut s,
washer s, bolt s, r ivet s and any ot her miscellaneous fast enings devices shall be of st eel and shal l
be provi ded by t he cont r act or.

Manufact ured M.S. Gr ills t hen be fixed in bet ween t he post s, balust ers, M.S. frame work
et c. t o correct alignment . Any undulat i ons, bends et c. f ound shall be rect ified by t he cont ract or
at his own cost . The complet e assembly of rill / railing so f ixed shall be firm and t her e shall not
be any lat eral movement s.

Samples :
Samples of grill and railings shall be submit t ed for appr oval of t he Engineer-in-charge
and t o be got approved bef ore t aking up f or mass f abricat ion.

I nstallation:
The approved grills shall be fixed in posit ion where specified and shown in drawings
includi ng in masonry walls, t eakwood frames, hand railings et c. Any damages t o walls, frames
et c. caused during f ixing t he grills shall be made good by gr out ing wit h cement mort ar/ packing
/ repairing properly at t he cont ract ors cost .

Painting :
Paint ing shall be done as per t he specif icat ion specif ied under paint ing.

Mode of measurement :
Act ual area of M.S. grill manufact ured and fixed in posit ion shall only be measured i n
square met re for payment . All measur ement s shall be t aken t o t wo places of deci mal of a met re
and area shall be calculat ed t o second place of decimals of a square met re. The rat e is t o include
t he cost of all mat erials, labour, t ransport ing, fabricat ing, inst alling, scaff ol ding if necessar y,
grout ing et c. complet e.

Finishing / Painting/ Polishing for railing :
Teak wood hand rail shall be polished wit h wax polish / French polish / melamine wit h
t wo or more coat s over one coat of wood/ primer or paint ed wit h t wo coat s of synt het ic enamel
paint / flat oil paint of approved make and shade over one coat of approved primer. M.S. grills,
balust ers, et c. also t o be paint ed as per specificat ions specif ied under Paint ing/ Poli shing.

Mode of measurements ( hand rails) :
Hand railing shall be measured f or payment in runni ng met re. The lengt hs shall be
measur ed along t he t op cent er line of t he hand rail and shall be measured bet ween ends of
balust ers, newels, post s as t he case may be upt o t wo places of decimals of a met re. Rat es shall
include fabricat ion, leaving suit able pocket s, gr out ing t he same, providi ng an fixi ng suit able t eak
wood plugs, fixi ng, all labour, mat erials, t ransport , paint ing/ poli shing, finishing and scaff oldi ng if
necessary.
s=c
P -94

22. CEMENT PLASTERI NG FOR WALLS AND CEI LI NGS & SAND FACE PLASTERS

Scope of work:

The wor k covered under t hese specificat ion consist s of suppl ying all mat erial f or
rendering all t ypes of plast er / point ing f inishes st rict ly in accordance wit h t hese specificat ions,
applicable drawings et c.

General :

Cement , sand and wat er required f or t he wor k shall conf orm t o specificat ions laid down
herein before under sect ion cement concr et e ( plain and reinfor ced), except t hat sand f or
finishing coat shall generally conf orm t o I S 1542-1960. t he plast ering works shall generally
conf or m t o I S 1661- 1987( pt .I I I ) Code of pract ice f or cement plast er finish on wall s and ceilings) .
All general precaut ions as specified in I .S. 1661-1987 ( pt .I I I ) clause 8, shall be t aken and
preparat ion of t he backgr ound shall be done as laid down in I S 1661 clause 12 and I S 2402-
2963 shall be generally f ollowed f or sand faced plast er wor k. Scaff olding required f or facilit y of
wor king shall be pr ovided by t he cont ract or at his own cost . This may be double or single
according t o t he requirement and shall be appr oved by t he Engi neer-in-charge st age scaffolding
shall be erect ed when ceiling plast ering i s done. The cont ract or shall be responsible f or accident s
if any, t ake place. The cont ract or shall co- operat e wi t h t he ot her agencies f or fi xing swit ch boxes
at specified locat i ons so t hat t he boxes are fixed properly in line wit h finished plast er sur face. All
finishing in and around t hese boxes as also ar ound t he conduit boxes in ceiling shall be done by
plast ering cont ract or wit hout any ext ra cost t o t he Depart ment . The deci sion of t he Engineer-in-
charge in t his regard shall be final and binding on t he cont ract or.

Preparation of Surface :

The surface t o be plast ered shall first be t horoughly cleaned of all muck and cleaned
down. All j oint s shall be racked t o in case of brick wor k / st one masonry and closel y hacked in
case of concret e as t he wor k proceeds. The surface t o be plast ered shall be well wet t ed f or a
minimum period of 6 hour s bef ore commencing t o wor k. The mort ar for all plast er wor k shall be
cement mort ar of mix as specified in t he schedule of quant it ies.

Af t er erect ion of scaffolding and bef ore commencement of plast ering wor k, t op most
j unct ions / j oint s / sides wit h beam / column shall be t hor oughly packed wit h cement mort ar t o
prevent cracks.

Before commencement of plast ering operat ion, t he cont ract or shall ensure t hat all t he
service pipes, elect rical conduit s, boxes, swit ch boxes et c. have been inst alled in posit ion by
ot her agencies and t he plast ering surface is duly approved by t he Engineer-in-charge. I n order t o
enable ot her ser vice cont ract ors t o fix t he elect rical conduit boxes, EDB's, pipes, out let s et c. in
proper level and line wit h ref erence t ot eh finished surface of t he plast er. Thiyyas and Tapanis
i.e. finished plast er pat ches shall be given by t he main civil cont ract or on wall s, ceiling at regular
int ervals well in advance of his plast er wor k at no ext ra cost t o t he Depart ment . The ent ire work
of preparat ion of surface before plast ering shall t hus be co- ordinat ed by t he main civil cont ract or
wit h all ot her agencies wor king at sit e.

Just before act ual plast ering work is t aken up in hand, all t he ceilings and walls et c. shal l
be mar ked wit h plast er but t ons indicat ing t he t hickness of plast er r equired and which shall be in
t rue line, level and plumb. The cont ract or shall get t hese marks appr oved by t he Engineer-in-
charge bef ore st art ing t he plast ering wor k. The cont ract or shall al so be responsible t o render t he
final surface t rue t o line, level and pl umb et c.

All building operat ions like const ruct ion of walls, concret ing et c. shall have been
complet ed bef ore plast ering is t aken up. The plast ering operat ion should be t aken up only aft er
t he service pipes et c. t hat are t o embedded in t he wall or ceili ng are complet ed and suit ably
prot ect ed against cr ossion by ot her agencies and okayed by t he Engineer-in-charge. Damage if
P -95

caused t o any of t he exist ing fit t ings, fixt ur es, including doors and windows et c. during t he
plast ering operat ion shall be made good
by t he cont ract or at his own cost .

I f t he surface which is t o be plast ered eit her int ernally or ext ernall y i s out of plumb and
not in lien and level and if t he plast er ing t o be done is more t han specif ied t hickness t o bring t he
plast ered surface t o perf ect lien and levels in such specific cases, chicken wire mesh is t o be
provided by t he on cont ract or at his own cost and t he plast er should be done t o required lien an
level wit h no ext ra cost what soever.

The finished plast ered surface shall be free from cracks, fissures, crevices, hair cracks,
blist ering, local swellings and flaking. The f inished surface shall be t rue t o line, level, plumb and
plain and durable. The adhesion of t he mort ar wit h t he background surface is of prime
import ance as t his affect s durabilit y of plast er. Preparat ion of surface which has t o t ake
plast ering work t he surf ace should be got approved by t he Engineer-in-charge.

I n order t o avoid t he f ormat i on of deep and side cracks an f or dispersion f or cracks at
t he j unct ions bet ween concret e surfaces and brick masonr y works, caut ionary measures such as
fast ening and lapping of chicken mesh over t he j unct ion areas should be carried out over which
t he plast ering wor k has t o be t aken up as required by t he Engineer-in-charge.

The minut e gap bet ween window / door frames wit h cills and j ambs should be f illed up /
caulked by plast er of Paris / epoxy put t y / silicon sealant s, Rubber based sealant s ( brand name
TECHMAT / TECHCOAT) by caulking guns or by approved met hods as inst ruct ed / appr oved by
Engineer-in-charge.

Groves :

The grooves shall be of requir ed dimensi ons. The same shall be made t o t urn wherever
necessary. The finish, inside, shall be of t he same finish as t hat of t he plast er. The lines of t he
grooves shall be well defined and r ounded. The grooves are t o be provided in plast ering in
int ernal and ext ernal surf aces shall be included in t he rat es wherever ment i oned in t he schedule
of quant it ies.

Mix Proportion :

The mort ar for plast ering shall be of proport ion as specif ied in t he it em schedule. The
mixes specified in t he schedule are volumet ric.

Mixing :

Cement and fine aggregat es shall be mixed dr y i n t he required pr oport ions t o obt ain a
unifor m colour. Wat er shall t hen be added t og et t he required consist ency for t he plast er.

Mixing shall be done mechanically. However, manual mi xing will be allowed only in
except ional circumst ances at t he discret ion of t he Engineer-in-charge. Manual mixing, where
adopt ed, shall be carried out on a clean wat er t ight plat form. Aft er wat er is added during mixing,
t he mix shall be held back and fort h for 10 t o 15 minut es.

I n machine mi xing, t he mixer shall run at least placing all t he ingredient s in t he drum.
Only so much quant it y of mort ar which can be used wit hin half an hour aft er t he addit ion of
wat er shall be prepar ed at a t ime. Any mort ar for plast er which i s set or par t ially set shall be
rej ect ed and shall be removed for t he wit h from t he sit e.

10mm Plaster :

The plast er shall be laid wit h somewhat more t han 10mm, t hickness and pressed and
leveled wit h wooden r uler t o a f inished t hickens of 10mm. St raight edges shall be fr eely used t o
P -96

ensure a perf ect ly even surface. All exposed angles and j unct ions of walls, doors, windows,
beams, slabs et c. shall be carefully finished so as t o furnish a neat and even surf ace.

15mm Plaster:

The proport ions of sand and cement shall be as specified an shall cover all irregularit ies,
undulat i ons, depressions due t o chasi ng et c. in t he surface o be plast ered. The mort ar shall be
applied slight l y more t han 15mm t hick and pressed and leveled wit h wooden ruler or st raight
edge t o finished t hickness of 15mm. St raight edges shall be f reely used t o ensure a perf ect ly
even surface. The finished surface shall be t rue and even and present unifor m t ext ure
t hroughout and all j oining marks shall be eliminat ed. All corners, edges and angles shall be made
perfect ly t o line, place and plumb. All exposed angles and j unct ion of walls, door s, windows,
beams, slabs et c. shall be carefully finished so as t o furnish a neat and even surf ace.

Plast ering it ems amongst all ot her t hings as described in various it ems also include:

1) Preparat ion of surf ace t o receive t he plast er, provi ding cement plast er of he specif ied
average t hickness and proport ions wit h specified number of coat s.
2) All labour, mat erials, scaff olding, use of t ools and equipment t o complet e t he plast ering
wor k as per specificat ions.
3) Curing for 10 days.
4) Cleaning t he surf ace of doors, windows, floors or any ot her surfaces where plast ering
might have splashed.
5) Finishing t he port ion of plast er left above t he t errazzo, Plain cement t iles, ironit e or any
t ype of skirt ing wor k t o be finished rounded or as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge, in
a separ at e operat ion aft er laying of f loor t iles skirt ing.

Sand Faced Cement Plaster :

General :

Mat erials and preparat ion of surfaces and scaff olding et c. f or sand faced plast er
wherever applicable shall conf or m t o specif icat i on laid down herein before under sect i on cement
plast ering and t he foll owi ng specificat i ons are also t o be complied wit h.

Preparation of Surface :

The surface t o be plast ered shall first be t hor oughly cleaned down. All j oint s shall have
been raked out in case of brick work/ st one masonry as t he wor k proceeds. Concret e surface
shall also be clearly hacked and wire brushed if not already done before plast ering is t aken up.
The surface t o be plast ered shall be well wet t ed for a minimum peri od of 6 hours bef ore
commencing t he wor k. The mort ar f or all plast er wor k shall be cement sand mort ar of mix as
specified in t he schedule of quant it ies.

Double scaff oldi ngs required for facilit y of const ruct ion shall be pr ovided by t he
const ruct ion at his own expenses wherever direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge, Scaff olding shal l
be erect ed wit h pipes or bellies or bamboos of adequat e st rengt h so as t o be saf e f or all t he
dead, live and impact loads li kely t o sust ain by it during const ruct ion operat ions. The cont ract or
shall t ake all measures t o ensure t he safet y of t he wor k and wor kmen. Any inst r uct ion of t he
Engineer-in-charge in t his respect shall also be complied wit h. The cont ract or shall be ent ir ely
responsible f or any damage t o Gover nment propert y or inj ury t o persons, result ing from fault y
scaff oldi ng, defect ive ladders and mat erials or ot herwise arising out of his def ault in t his respect .
Proper scaff olding shall be pr ovided t o allow easy approach f or wor kmen and supervisor y st aff t o
every part of t he wor k Ballies, Bamboos et c. for scaffolding shall not be t ied t o t he windows,
doors, mullions, vent ilat ors et c. Any damage done t o t he windows, doors, et c. shall be made
good by t he cont ract or t o t he original condit ions at his own cost . For bet t er safet y, st eel pipe
scaff oldi ng is pref erred.
P -97


Workmanship :

The surface t o be plast ered shall first be dubbed out wit h cement mort ar t o cover al l
irr gulat it ies and faces upt o pr oudest part . The dubbing coat which shall be of pr oport ion as
specified in schedule and a 12mm t hick ( 1/ 2") layer shall t hen be applied/ scored and keys shall
be formed on t he surface by t horoughly combing it wit h heavy horizont al lines about 12mm
( 1/ 2") apart and about 3mm ( 1/ 8") deep when mort ar has j ust set .

The cement mort ar for sand faced plast er shall have washed and appr oved sand wit h
slight ly larger pr oport ions of coarse mat erials, but not exceeding 3mm. The pr oport ion of cement
t o sand shall be as specified in t he schedule. The wat er is gradually added t o make t he mixt ure
homogenous. The t hickness of f inishi ng coat excluding key shall be 8mm ( about 5/ 16") . Aft er
applicat ion t he surface should be f inished wit h a wooden float lined wit h a wooden float lined
wit h cork closely pricked on wit h a wet sponge t apped gent ly t o bring sand part icles int o
prominence.

The chaj j as and any ot her horizont al por t ions shall be cleaned and set mort ar t hat might
have been fallen at t he t ime of plast ering at higher elevat ion, before plast ering t he same i s t aken
up. Vat as shall be done simult aneously wit h chaj j a plast er.

Mode of Measurement :

Area of plast ering will be measured net and shall be paid for. The measurement of lengt h
of wall plast ering shall be t aken bet ween wall s or part it ions ( dimensions bef ore plast ering shal l
be t aken) for t he lengt h and from t op of t he floor or skirt ing or dado as t he case may be t o t he
under side of ceiling f or t he height . All openings more t han 0.1 sqm. shall be deduct ed and all
j ambs, so fit s, sill s of t hese openings if done, will be measured t o arrive t o t he net area f or
payment . No opening less t han 0.1 sqm. shall be deduct ed and no j ambs et c. f or such openings
shall be measured f or payment . The rat e hall include t he cot of finished all t he edges, corner s,
cost of all mat erials, labour, scaff ol ding, t ransport , curing et c.

The rat e shall include t he cost of fini shing all t he edges, corner s, cost of all mat erials,
labour, t ransport , scaff olding, curing et c. and grooves if so specified in t he it em of schedule of
quant it ies.

The rat e for plast ering should incl ude t he cost of wor k t owards t he following it ems f or
co- ordinat ion wit h elect rical it em:
· Neat ly plast ering around DB's j unct ion boxes, M.S. boxes et c. should be done and made
mat ching wit h t he wall finish aft er inst allat ion of elect rical equipment s.
· All BD's service boxes, covers et c. should be cover ed by a plast ic cl ot h of ot her suit able
covering mat erial such t hat wat er or mat erials should not splash t he same during brick
wor k and plast ering work. This is t o be done in such a way t hat elect rical equipment s as
well as paint ed surfaces are not spoiled.
 For f ixing M.S. boxes, DB' s et c. Thiya should be given such t hat t he required face of t he
M.S. box, DB covers et c. in line wit h final finished plast ered surface.
· The rat e for t he it em shall also include roundi ng up of cor ner and angles making sharp
corners and angles finishing ar ound ceiling rose and elect rical fit t ings et c. fixed by ot her
agencies, f inishi ng of t op of dado and skirt ing ( zad finishing) , j unct ions of roof and wall or
beam wit h t he finish as specified in t he it em. Plast ering of brick and concret e cornice and
copi ngs and plast ering in rest r ict ed areas if any shall not be measured separat ely.
Archit ect ural bands and narrow widt hs of plast er over st ruct ural as well as non-st ruct ural
and t he line when prepare dint eh same t hickness of plast er shall not be measured
separat ely and shall be covered by respect ive plast er it ems.
s+c
P -98

24. PAI NTI NG

Scope of work :

The wor k covered under t hese specificat ions consi st of furnishing t he various t ypes of
paint s and also t he workmanship for t hese it ems, i n st rict compliance wit h t hese specificat ions,
which are given in det ail hereinaf t er wit h t he it em of schedule of quant it ies.

Materials :

Paint s, oils varnishes et c. of appr oved brand and manufact ure shall be used. Ready
mixed paint s as recovered from t he manufact urer wit hout any admi xt ure shall be used.

I f f or any reason, t hinning is necessary in case of ready mixed pai nt , t he brand of t hinner
recommended by t he manufact urer or as inst ruct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge shall be used.
Approved pai nt s, oil s or varni shes shall be br ought t o t he sit e of wor k by t he cont ract or in t heir
original cont ainer s in sealed condit ion. The mat erial s shall be br ought in at a t ime in adequat e
quant it ies t o suffice f or t he whole wor k or at least a fort night s work. The mat erials shall be kept
in t he j oint cust ody of t he cont ract or and t he Engineer-in-charge. The empt ies shall not be
removed fr om t he sit e f or work, t ill t he relevant it em of wor k has been complet ed and
permission obt ained from t he Engineer-in- charge.

The cont ract or shall associat e t he chemist of pai nt manufact urers bef ore commencement
of work, during and aft er t he complet i on of wor k who shall cert ify t he suit abilit y of t he surface t o
receive paint ing and t he paint before use et c.

Commencing Work :
Scaffolding :

Wherever scaff ol ding is necessar y, it shall be erect ed on double support s t ies t oget her by
horizont al pieces, over which scaff olding planks shall be fixed. No bellies, bamboos or planks
shall rest on or t ouch t he surface which is being paint ed.

Were ladder s are used, pieces of old gunny bags shall be t ies on t heir t ops t o avoid
damage or scrat ches t o wall s.

For paint ing of t he ceiling, pr oper st age scaff olding shall be erect ed.

Paint ing shall not be st art ed unt il and unless t he Engineer-in-charge has inspect ed t he
it ems of work t o be paint ed, sat isfied himself about t heir proper qualit y and given his appr oval t o
commence t he paint ing wor k.

Paint ing, except t he priming coat , shall generally be t aken in hand aft er all ot her builder s
wor k, pract ically f inished.

The rooms should be t horoughly swept out ent ire building cleaned up at least one day in
advance of t he paint wor k being st art ed.

Preparation of Surface :

The surface shall be t horoughly cleaned. All dirt , rust , scales, smoke and grease shall be
t horoughly removed before paint ing is st art ed. Minor pat ches if any in plast ered / form finished
surf aces shall be repaired and fini shed i n line and level in C.M/ 1: 1 and cracks and crevices shall
be f illed wit h appr oved filler, by t he cont ract or at no ext ra cost t o t he Depart ment . The prepared
surf ace shall have recei ved t he approval of t he Engineer-in-charge aft er inspect ion, bef ore
paint ing is commenced.

P -99

Application :

Before pouring int o smaller cont ainer s f or use, t he paint shall be st irred t hor oughly in it s
cont ainer s. When applying also, t he paint shall be cont inuousl y st irred in t he smaller cont ainer s
so t hat consist ency is kept unifor m.

The ext ernal surfaces of t he buildi ngs under reference includi ng he R.C.C. Jalli, fins and
t he panels above and t he panel s above and below t he window et c. shall be finished in different
col ours of appr oved shade. The cont ract or will make suit able samples at sit e f or Depart ment s
approval before t aking up t he work in hand and t hey will be allowed t o proceed wit h t he work
onl y aft er get t ing Depart ment s approval for t he same.

The paint ing shall be laid on evenly and smoot hly by means of crossing and laying off,
t he lat er in t he direct ion of t he grain in case of wood. The cr ossing and laying off consi st s of
covering t he area wit h paint , brushing t he surface hard for t he f irst t ime and t hen brushing
alt ernat ely in opposit e dir ect ions t wo or t hree t ime and t hen f inally brushing light ly i n direct ion at
right angles t o t he same. I n t hi s pr ocess, no brush marks shall be left aft er t he laying off is
finished. The full pr ocess of cr ossing and laying will const it ut e one coat .

Where so st ipulat ed, t he paint ing shall be done wit h spraying. Spray machine used may
be ( a) a high pressure ( small air apert ure) t ype or ( b) a low pressure ( large air gap) t ype,
depending on t he nat ure and locat ion of wor k t o be carried out . Skilled and experienced
wor kmen shall be empl oyed for t his class of work. Paint s used shall be brought t o t he requisit e
consist ency by adding a suit able t hinner. Spraying should be done only when dry condit ion
prevails.

Each coat shall be allowed t o dr y cut t horoughly and rubbed smoot h before t he next coat
is applied. This should be facilit at ed by t horough vent ilat ion.

Each coat except he last coat , shall be t ight ly r ubbed down wit h sand paper or f ine
pumice st one and cleaned of dust before t he next coat is laid.

No left over paint shall be put back int o t he st ock t ins. When not in use, cont ainers shall
be kept properly closed.

The f inal paint ed surface shall present a unif orm appearance and no st reaks, bli st ers,
hair mar ks fr om t he brush or cloggi ng of paint puddles in t he corner s of panel s, angles of
mol dings et c. shall be left on t he work.

I n case of cement based paint s / primers, t he absor bent surfaces shall be evenl y damped
so as t o gi ve even suct i on. I n any weat her, freshly paint ed surf aces shall be kept damp f or
at least t wo days.

I n paint ing door s and windows, t he put t y around t he glass panes must also be paint ed,
but care must be t aken t o see t hat no paint st ains et c. are lef t on t he glass. Tops of shut t ers and
surf aces in similar hidden l ocat ions shall not be left out while paint ing. Prospect covers of
elect rical swit ch boxes have t o be paint ed from inside by removing t hem. Care shall be t aken
while removing t hem in posit ion aft er paint ing wit h respect ive approved paint s. I n paint ing st eel
wor k, special care shall be t aken while paint ing over bolt s, nut s, rivet s, overlaps et c.

The addit ional specificat ions f or primer and ot her coat s of paint s shall be as in
accordance t o t he det ailed specificat ions under t he respect ive headings.

Any damage caused during paint ing wor k t o t he exist ing works / surf aces shall be made
good by t he cont ract or at his own cost .
P -100

Brushes and Containers :

Af t er work, t he brushes shall be complet ely cleaned off paint and linseed oil by rinsing
wit h t urpent ine. A brush i n which paint has dried up is ruined and shall be kept at a place free
from dust . When t he paint has been used, t he cont ainers shall be washed wit h t urpent ine and
wiped dry wit h soft clean clot h, so t hat t hey are clean and can be used again.

Measurement :

Paint ing, unless ot her wise st at ed shall be measured by area in square met re. Lengt h and
breadt h shall be measured correct upt o t wo places of decimal of a met re.

No deduct ion shall be made for opening not exceeding 0. 05 sqm. and no addit ion shall
be made f or paint ing t o t he beading, mouldi ng edges, j ambs, sof fit s, sils, archit raves et c. of such
openi ngs.

I n measuring paint ing, varnishing, oili ng et c. of j oiner y and st eel wor k et c. t he co-
efficient as in t he following t able shall be used t o obt ain t he areas payable. The co- efficient shall
b applied t o t he areas measured flat and not girt hed in all cases.

I n case of paint ing of door shut t er wit h push plat es in plast ic lami nat e, deduct ion will be
made for area of such laminat ions.

Precautions :

All furnit ure, light ings, fixt ure, sanit ary, fit t ings, glazing, floor s et c. shall be prot ect ed by
covering and st ains, smears, splashing, if any shall be removed and any damage done shall be
made good by t he cont ract or at his cost .

Rates :

Rat es shall include cost of all labour and mat erials involved on all t he operat ions
described above and in t he part icular specif icat ions given under t he several it ems.

24.2 Painting, Priming coat on Wood, I ron of Plastered Surfaces

Primer

The primer for wood work, iron wor k or plast ered surface shall be as specified i n t he
descript ion of t he it em.

Primer for wood work / I ron & St eel / Plast ered / Aluminium surf aces shall be as
specified bel ow:

Sl.No. Surfaces Primer t o be used
a) Wood wor k ( hard and soft wood) Pink conf orming t o I S 3536 – 1966
b) Resinous wood and ply wood Aluminium Primer
c) I ron & St eel, alumini um and
galvanized st eel Work :
Zinc chr omat e pr imer conf ormi ng t o I S
104-1962
d) Plast ered surfaces, cement brick
wor k, Asbest os surf aces for oil bound
dist emper and paint
Cement primer

The primer shall be ready mi xed primer of approved band and manufact ure.
P -101

Preparation of Surface

Wood work :

The wood work t o be paint ed shall be dry and free f rom moist ure.

The surface shall be t horoughl y cleaned. All unevenness shall be rubbed down smoot h
wit h sand paper and shall be well dust ed. Knot s, if any, shall be covered wit h preparat ion of red
lead made by grinding red lead in wat er and mixing wit h st r ong glue sized and used hot .
Appropriat e filler mat erial wit h same shade as pai nt shall be used where so desired by t he
Engineer-in-charge.

The surface t reat ed for knot t ing shall be dr y bef ore paint ing is applied. Aft er t he pr iming
coat is applied, t he holes and indent at ion on t he surface shall be st opped wit h glaziers put t y or
wood put t y ( for specificat ions f or glazi ers put t y and wood put t y – refer as ment ioned herein
before) . St oppi ng shall not be done bef ore t he priming coat is applied as t he wood will absorb
t he oil in t he st oppi ng and t he lat t er is t herefore liable t o crack.

I ron and Steel Work :

All rust and scales shall be removed by scrapping or by brushing wit h st eel wire brushes.
Hard skin of oxide for med on t he surface of wrought iron during r olling which becomes loose by
rust ing, shall be removed.

All dust and dir t shall be t horoughly wiped away f rom t he surface.

I f t he surface is wet , it shall be dried before priming coat is undert aken.

Plastered Surface :

The surface shall ordinaril y not be paint ed unt il it has dried complet el y. Trial pat ches of
primer shall be laid at int ervals and where dr ying is sat isfact ory, paint ing shall be t aken in had.
Before primer is applied, holes and undulat ions, shall be filled up wit h plast er of Paris / put t y and
rubbed smoot h.

Application :

The pr imer shall be applied wit h br ushes, worked well int o t he surf ace and spread even
and smoot h. The paint ing shall be done by crossing and laying of f as described herein before.

Other details :

The specif icat ions f or Paint ing (General) shall hold good so f ar it is applicable.

24.3. Painting with superior quality and Flat Oil ready mixed paints on
new Surface

Paint :

Ready mixed paint s shall be of appr oved brand and manufact ur e and of t he required
shades. They shall confor m in all respect s t ot eh relevant I S specificat ions.

Preparation of Surface

Wood work :

The surf ace shall be cleaned and all unevenness removed as in para 32. 10.2 (a).
Knot s if visible shall be covered wit h a preparat ion of red lead. Holes and indent at ions on
P -102

t he surf ace shall be filled in wit h glaziers put t y or wood put t y and rubbed smoot h bef ore
paint ing is done. The surf ace should be t horoughly dry bef ore paint ing.

I ron and Steel work :

The primer coat shall have dried up complet ely bef ore paint ing is st art ed. Rust and
scaling shall be caref ully removed by scraping or by brushing wit h st eel wire brushes. All
dust and dirt shall be caref ully and t horoughly wiped away.

Plastered Surfaces :

The priming coat shall have dried up complet ely bef ore paint ing is st art ed. All dust or
dirt t hat has set t led on t he priming coat shall be t horoughly wiped bef ore paint ing is st art ed.

Application :

The specif icat ions ment ioned herein bef ore shall hold good as f ar as applicable.

The number of coat s t o be applied will be as st ipulat ed in t he it em. The paint ed
surf ace shall present a unif orm appearance and glossy / semiglossy f inish, f ree f rom st reaks,
blist ers et c.

Other Details :

The specif icat ions f or painting (general ) specified herein bef ore shall hold good in so
f ar as t hey are applicable.


24.4. Painting with synthetic enamel / Semi glossy Paint on new work

Paint :

Synt het ic enamel / semi glossy paint of approved brand and manuf act ure and
required shade shall be used f or t he t op coat and an under coat of shade t o mat ch t he t op
coat as recommended by t he manuf act urer shall be used. The paint shall be conf orming t o
I S : 1932- 1964.

Preparation of Surface :

This shall be as per paint ing wit h superior qualit y ready mixed paint as ment ioned
herein bef ore.

Application :

The number of coat s including t he under coat shall be as st ipulat ed in t he it em.

Under Coat :

The coat of t he specif ied paint of shade suit ed t o t he shade of t he t op coat shall be
applied and allowed t o dry over night . I t shall be rubbed next day wit h t he f inest grade of
wet abrasive paper t o ensure a smoot h and even surf ace f ree f rom brush marks and all
loose part icles shall be dust ed of f . All t he cracks, crevices, roughness et c. will be f illed wit h
approved put t y as per manuf act urers recommendat ions.

Top coat :
Finishing coat s of specif ied paint of t he desired colour and shade shall be applied
af t er t he under coat is t horoughly dried. Addit ional f inishing coat s shall be applied if f ound
necessary t o ensure a proper and unif orm semi glossy surf ace.
P -103

Other Details :

The specificat ions f or "Paint ing (General)" ment ioned herein bef ore shall hold good
as f ar as t hey are applicable.

24.5. Painting with Acrylic Emulsion/ Plastic Emulsion Paint

This shall be polyvinyl based Acrylic / plast ic emulsion paint of approved manuf act ure
of t he required shade conf orming t o I S 5411- 1969.

Primer :

The primer t o be sued f or t he paint ing wit h acrylic emulsion on cement concret e
surf aces, plast ered surf aces, A.C. sheet s, t imber and met al surf aces, if necessary shall be of
approved base and as per recommendat ions of he manuf act urers.

Putty :

Plast er f iller t o be used f or filling up (put t ing) uneven surf aces, small cracks and
holes et c. shall be of approved compound and as per recommendat ions of t he
manuf act urers. No oil based put t y shall be used. The put t y shoul d be made from a mixt ure
of whit ing and plast ic emulsion paint or as per manuf act urers recommendat ions.

Finishing coats:

All t he f inishing coat s shall be of mat t f inish or any ot her f inish as required by t he
Engineer-in-charge. The number of f inishing coat s shall be as specif ied in t he it em.

Mode of measurement:

All t he measurement s f or payment shall be t aken on net surface area act ually paint ed,
unless ot herwise specified. Deduct ion will be made form t he areas f or fixt ures, f rills, vent ilat ion,
out let s, elect rical boxes and such obst ruct i ons not paint ed, if t hey are indivi dually more t han
0.05 sqm.

Acrylic emulsion pai nt is required t o be provided on plast ered and concret e surf aces in
port ions of t he building. The Depart ment shall reserve t he opt ion t o delet e or increase quant it ies
in full or part from t he scope of cont ract during progress of wor k.

All wood surfaces are t o be point ed wit h semi glossy synt het ic enamel paint wit h an
approved primer.

All shades and colour s of pai nt s shall be subj ect ed t o r eview and prior approval of
Engineer-in-charge shall be t aken before t he applicat ion.

White Washing with lime

Preparation of surface :

Bef ore new work is whit e washed, t he surf ace shall be t horoughly brushed free from
mort ar dropping and f oreign mat t er.

I n t he case of old work, all loose pieces and scales shall be scrape of f and holes in
plast er as well as pat ches of less t han o. 5 sqm. area each shall be f illed up wit h mort ar of
t he same mix. Where so specif ically ordered by t he Engineer-in-charge, the ent ire surf ace of
P -104

old whit e wash shall be t horoughly removed by scrapping and t his shall be paid f or
separat ely.

Preparation of lime wash :

The wash shall be prepared from fresh lime st one whit e li me. The lime shall be
t horoughly slaked on t he spot , mixed and st irred wit h suf ficient wat er t o make a t hin cream. This
shall be allowed t o st and f or a period of 24 hours and t hen shall be screened t hrough a clean
coarse cl ot h. 40 gm. of gum dissolved in hot wat er or Fevi col DDL Binder which shall be added
t o each 10 cubic decimet er of t he cream. The approximat e quant it y of wat er t o be added in
maki ng t he cream will be 5 lit res of wat er t o one kg. of lime.

I ndigo ( Robin Blue) upt o 3 gm per kg. of lime dissol ved in wat er, shall t hen be added
and wash st irred well. Wat er shall t hen be added at t he rat e of about 5 lit res per kg. of lime t o
produce a milky solut i on.

The lime shall be t est ed in a chemical laborat ory and t est cert ificat e submit t ed, t o
conf or m t he qualit y of lime wit h regard t o it s physical and chemical pr opert ies. The cost of
t est ing lime shall be borne by t he cont ract or.

White washing:

The whit e wash shall be applied wit h brushes or by spray in t he specified number of
coat s. The operat ion f or each coat in t he case of brush applicat i on shall consist of a st roke of t he
brush gi ven from t he t op downwards, anot her from t he bot t om upwards over t he first st rike, and
similarly one st roke horizont ally from t he right and anot her from t he left before it dries.

Each coat shall be allowed t o dr y bef ore t he next one is applied. Furt her reach coat shall
be inspect ed and approved by t he Engineer-in-char ge before t he subsequent coat is applied. No
port ion of t he surface shall be left out init ially t o be pat ched up lat er on.

For new wor k, t hree or more coat s shall be applied t ill t he sur face present a smoot h and
unifor m finish t hrough which t he plast er does not show. The finished dr y surface shall not show
any sign of cracking and peeling nor shall it come of f readily on t he hand when rubbed.

For old wor k, aft er t he surface has been prepared as described hereinbef ore, a coat of
whit e wash shall be applied over t he pat ches and repairs. Then a single coat or t wo or more
coat s of whit e wash as st ipulat ed in t he descript ion of t he it em shall be applied over t he ent ire
surf ace. The whit e washed surface shoul d present a unif or m finish t hr ough which t he plast er
pat ched do not appear. The washing on ceiling shoul d be done prior t o t hat on walls.

Protective measures :

Door s, windows, floor s, art icles of f urnit ure et c. and such ot her part s of t he buil ding act
t o be whit e washed shall be prot ect ed fr om being splashed upon. Splashing and droppings, if
any, shall be removed by t he cont ract or at hi s own cot and t he surfaces cleaned. Damages, if
any t o paint ed surfaces, f urnit ur e or fit t ings and fixt ures et c. shall be recoverable from t he
cont ract or.

Measurements :


All measurement s for payment shall be t aken on net surf ace areas act ually whit e
washed, unless ot her wise specified. Deduct ions will be made from t he areas f or fixt ures, grills,
vent ilat ion, out let s, elect rical boxes and such obst ruct ion not paint ed if t hey are indivi dually more
t han 0.05 sqm. Lengt h and br eadt h shall be t aken correct upt o t wo places of decimal of a met re
and areas so wor ked out shall be correct upt o t wo places of decimals of a square met re.

P -105

Corrugat ed sur faces shall be measured flat as f ixed and t he area so measured shall be
increased by t he percent ages t o allow for t he girt hed area :

Corrugat ed asbest os cement sheet s : 20%
Semi-corrugat ed asbest os cement sheet s : 10%
The number of coat s of each t reat ment shall be st at ed. The it em shall include removing
nails, making good holes, cracks, pat ches et c. not exceeding 0.05 sqm. each wit h mat erials
similar in composit ion t o t he surface t o be prepared.

Rate :

The rat e shall include t he cost of all mat erials and labour involved in all t he operat ions
described above.

Colour Washing :

I n t he case of colour washing, mi neral colours, not affect ed by lime, shall be added t o
whit e wash wit h proper glue. No col our wash shall be done unt il a sample of t he colour wash t o
t he required t int or shade has been got appr oved fr om t he Engi neer-in-charge. The colour shall
be of even t int or shade over t he whole surface. I t is pat chy or ot her wise, badly applied, it shall
be redone by t he cont r act or, at no ext ra cost t o t he Depart ment .

For new work, t he primi ng coat shall be of whit e wash lime or wit h whit ing as specif ied
in t he descript ion of t he it em. Two or t hree coat s, shall t hen be applied as specified on t he ent ir e
surf ace t ill it represent s a smoot h and unif orm fi nish. Each coat aft er applying shall be got
approved f rom t he Engi neer -in-charge.

The finish dry surface shall not be powder y and shall not readily come of f on t he hand
when rubbed. Ot her specificat ions as det ailed f or Whit ewashing wit h lime shall be applicable.
I ndigo ( Neel) shall however, not be added.

Distempering

a) Distemper:

Dry dist emper ( I S 427 – 1965) of appr oved brand and manufact ure, col our and required
shade shall be used. The dist emper shall be st irred slowl y in clean wat er using 0. 6 lit re of wat er
per kg. Of dist emper or as specified by t he manufact urers. War m wat er shall preferably be used.
I t shall be allowed t o st and for at least 30 minut es before use. The mixt ure shall be invariably
well st irred before and during use t o mai nt ain an even consist ency.

b) Preparation of Surface :

This shall be as f or paint ing wor k ment ioned herein before in so far as it is applicable.

c) Application :

I n case of new wor k, t he t reat ment shall consist of priming coat followed by t he
applicat ion of t wo or more coat s of di st emper t ill t he surface shows an even colour.

Priming coat:

• Priming coat of whit ing shall be applied over t he prepar ed surface. The whit ing ( ground
whit e chal k) shall be di ssolved in sufficient quant it y of warm wat er and t hor oughly st irred t o
form a t h9icn sl urry which shall t hen be screened t hrough a clean coar se cl ot h. Two kg. of
gum and 0.4 kg. of copper sulphat e dissolved separat ely in hot wat er shall be added f or
every cum. of t he slurry which shall t hen be dilut ed wit h wat er t o t he consist ency of milk so
P -106

as t o make a wash ready f or used. No whit e washi ng coat shall be used as a pri ming coat f or
dist empering.

• The applicat ion of each coat as ment ioned in t he specificat ions f or paint ing ( General ) herein
befor e, shall hold good, as far as it is applicable.

24.6. Oil Emulsion ( oil bound ) Distempering / Acrylic Distemper

a) . Oil bound distemper :

( I S 428- 1969) of approved brand and manufact ure, colour and required shade shall be
used. The primer where used as on new wor k shall be cement primer or dist emper primer as
specified in t he it em. These shall be of t he same manufact ure as dist emper. The dist emper shall
be dilut ed wit h wat er or any ot her prescribed t hinner in a manner recommended by
manufact ure. Only s qualit y of dist emper required f or days work shall be prepared.

b) Preparation of surfaces :

The surface shall be prepared as described herein before f or paint ing wor k in so far as it
is applicable and appr oved put t y / filler shall be applied t o t he ent ire area t o get uniform and
smoot h surface bef ore applicat ion of primer.

Application :

The cement primer or dist emper primer shall be appl ied by br ushing and not by spraying.
Hurried priming work shall be avoided, part icularly on absorbent surfaces. New plast er pat ches in
old wor k bef ore applying oil bound dist emper primer. The surfaces shall be f inished as unif or mly
as possible leaving no brush mar ks, priming coat shall be allowed t o dr y for at least 48 hours
before oil bound is t emper is applied. Before applyi ng dist emper, t he surface shall be light l y sand
prepared t o make it smoot h f or receiving, t he oil bound di st emper, t aking care not t o rub out t he
priming coat . A t ime int erval of at least 24 hours shall be allowed bet ween consecut ive coat s t o
permit t he proper drying of t he preceding coat . Two or more coat s of dist emper as are found
necessary shall be applied over t he priming coat t o obt ain an even shade.

Other details :

The specif icat ions f or "Paint ing (General)" ment ioned herein bef ore shall hold good
as f ar as it is applicable.

24.7 Water Proofing Cement based paint

a) Material :

Cement based paint (I S 5410- 1969) of approved manuf act ure, qualit y, shade and
colour only shall be used.

b) Preparation of surfaces :

The surface shall be t horoughly cleaned off all mort ar dropping, dirt , dust , algae, gr ease
and ot her foreign mat t er by brushing and washing t he surfaces. The surface shall be t hor oughly
wet t ed wit h clean wat er bef ore t he wat er proof cement paint i s applied. The prepared surfaces
shall be got approved bef ore paint ing is commenced.

The wat er proof cement paint shall be mixed i n such quant it ies as can be used up wit h i n
an hour of it s mixing as ot her wise t he mi xt ure will set and t hicken, affect ing f low and finish.

Wat er proof cement paint shall be mi xed wit h i n t wo st ages. The first st age shal l
comprise of 2 part s of wat er pr oof cement paint and one part of wat er st irred t horoughly and
allowed t o st and f or 5 minut es. Care shall be t aken t o add t he wat er proof cement paint
gradually t o t he wat er and not vice versa. The second st age shall comprise of adding furt her one
P -107

part of wat er t o t he mix and st irring t hor oughly t o obt ain liquid of wor kable and unif or m
consist ency. I n all cases t he manuf act urer s inst ruct ion shall be followed met iculously.

c) Application :

The solut ion shall be applied on t he clean and wet t ed surface wit h brushes spraying
machine. The solut ion shall be kept well st irred dur ing t he peri od of applicat ion. To avoid direct
heat of t he sun during paint ing, t he cement based paint shall be applied on t he surfaces already
t reat ed wit h whit e wash, dr y or oil dist emper, var nishes, paint s et c. it shall not be applied on
gypsum, wood and met al surf aces.

d) Other details :

The specificat ions f or paint ing ( general) ment ioned herein bef ore shall hold good as f ar
as t hey ar e applicable.

e) Mode of measurement for dry distemper, oil bound distemper and water
proof cement Paint:

All measurement for payment shall be t aken on net surface area act ually paint unless
ot herwise specified and no co-eff icient shall be applied for wor king t o areas. Deduct ion will be
made from areas for opening / obst ruct ions not paint ed, if t hey are individuall y more t han 0.05
sq. m. Lengt h and breadt h shall be t aken correct upt o t wo places of decimal of a met er and areas
shall be worked out correct upt o t wo places of deci mal of a square met er.

Corrugat ed sur faces shall be measured flat as f ixed and t he area so measured shall be
increased by t he following percent age t o all ow t he girt hed area a) Corrugat e asbest os cement
sheet s – 20% b) Semi corrugat ed asbest os cement sheet s – 10%. The number of coat s of each
t reat ment shall be st at ed in t he schedule of quant it ies. The whole surf ace shall be applied wit h
approved put t y / filler t o get uniform and smoot h sur face at no ext ra cost t ot eh Depart ment .

Rates :

The rat e shall include cost of all mat erials and labor involved in all t he operat ion
described above.

24.8. Bees Waxing of Polishing with Readymade Wax Polish ( New Work) :
Materials :

The polishing shall be done with bees waxing prepared locally or wit h ready made
wax polish of approved brand and manuf act ure, as st ipulat ed int eh description of it em.

Where bees waxing is t o be prepared locally, t he f ollowing specif icat ions f or t he
same shall apply :

Pure bees wax f ree from paraff in or st earing adult erant s shall be sued. I t s specific
gravit y shall be 0.965 t o 0.969 and melt ing point shall be 63 0 C. The polish shall be prepared
from a mixt ure of bees wax, li nseed oil, t urpent ine and varni sh in t he rat io of 2: 1.5: 1: 05 by
weight .

The bees wax and boiled linseed oil shall be heat ed over a slow fir. When t he wax is
complet ely dissolved, t he mi xt ure shall be cooled t ill it is j ust warm and t urpent ine and var nish
added t o it in t he required proport ions and t he ent ire mixt ure shall be well st irr ed.

24.9 Preparation of Surface :

Preparat ion of surf ace will be as ment ioned herein under para 32. 20. 2 wit h t he
except ion t hat knot t ing, holes and cracks shall be st epped wit h a mixt ure of f ine saw dust
P -108

f ormed of ht wood being t reat ed, beat en, beat en up wit h suf f icient bees wax t o enhance
cohesion.

Application :

The polish shall be applied evenl y wit h a clean soft pad of cot t on clot h in such way t hat
t he surface is complet ely and fully covered. The sur face is t hen rubbed cont inuousl y for half an
hour.

When t he surface is quit e dry, a second coat shall be applied in t he same manner and
rubbed cont inuously for one hour or unt il t he surf ace is dry.

The final coat shall t hen be applied and rubbed f or t wo hour s ( more if necessar y) unt il
t he surface has assumed a unif or m gloss and is dr y showing no sign f st ickiness.

The final polish depends largel y on t he amount of rubbing which should be cont inuous
and wit h unif or m pressure wit h frequent changes in t he direct ion.

Other details :

The specificat ions for paint ing ( general) as ment ioned herein bef ore shall hold good as
far as t hey are applicable.

French Spirit Polishing ( On new wor k wit h a coat of wood filler) :

Polish :

Pure shellac var ying fr om pale orange t o lemon yellow colour, f ree from resin or dirt shall
be dissol ved in met hylat ed spirit at t he rat e of 140 gm. Of shellac t o 1 lit re of spirit . Suit able
pigment shall be added t o get t he required shade.

Preparation of surface :

The surface shall be cleaned. All unevenness shall be rubbed down smoot h wit h sand
paper and well dust ed off. Knot s if visible shall be cover ed wit h a preparat ion t o red lead and
glue size laid on while hot . Holes and indent at ions on t he surface shall be st opped wit h glaziers
put t y. The surface shall t hen be given a coat of wood filler made by mixing whit ing ( ground
chalk) in met hylat ed spirit The surface shall again be rubbed down perfect ly smoot h wit h glass
paper and wiped clean.

Application :

The number of coat s of polish t o be applied shall be as described in t he it em.
A pad of wooden clot h covered by fine cl ot h shall be used t o apply t he polish. The and shall be
moi st ened wit h t he polish and rubbed hard on t he wood, i n a series of overlappi ng circles
applying t he mixt ur e spari ngly but unif ormly over t he ent ire area t o gi ve an even level surface. A
t race of linseed oil on t he face of t he pad facilit at es t his operat ion. The surface shall be allowed
t o dry and t he remaini ng coat s applied in t he same way. To fi nish off , t he pad shall be covered
wit h a fresh piece of clean fine cot t on clot h, slight l y damped wit h met hylat ed spirit and rubbed
light ly and quickly wit h circular mot ions. The finished surface shall have a unif orm t ext ure and
high gloss.

Measurement, Rate and other details :

These shall be as f or paint ing (general) ment ioned herein bef ore as f ar as t hey are
applicable.

24.10. Resin based Thermo Plastic Paint ( Decorative and Protective Finish) :
Materials :

Resin based t her mo plast ic pai nt such as Sandt ex Mat t or ot her equivalent appr oved
manufact ure, col our and shade shall onl y be used.
P -109

Preparation of Surface and General :

The specificat ions f or paint ing (General) described herein before shall hold good as far as
t hey are applicable.

Protective Coatings :

On surfaces such as ferr ous met als, brass, copper and phosper bronze, a pr ot ect ive
coat ing of suit able bit uminous compound or chomat ed redoxide should be given. New wood
should be t reat ed wit h a leafing grade alumi nium primer or a wat er based acr ylic emulsion
primer .

The surfaces wit h algae growt h t horoughly cleaned down t o remove as much growt h as
possible and ef fect ive solut ion of st abilized house hold bleach ( calcium hypochloride) of
approved qualit y wit h approximat e 35% chlorine cont ent @ 2 kgs. per 50 lit res ( or as per
manufact urers recommendat ions) should be used t o t reat t he surfaces.

On chal ky or friable surfaces aft er removing t he loose mat erials by st iff brushing or
scraping t he surface should be t reat ed wit h one coat of advanced solvent based mat erials such
as snowsol st abilizing solut ion or ot her appr oved equivalent wit h whit e spirit .

Application :

The ready mix Sandt ex Mat t or ot her equivalent approved resin based t here plast ic paint
shall be applied on clean and wet t ed surfaces by means of brushes or roller. The solut ion shall
be kept well st irred during t he period of applicat ion. To avoid direct heat of t he sun, t he paint
shall be applied on t he side in shade.

On rough and t ext ured, one under coat of cement based pai nt such as snocem or ot her
equivalent shall be applied bef ore applicat ion of undilut ed sandt ex Mat t finish coat . I n case of
applicat ion of t wo coat s of sandt ex mat t at normal t emperat ures, t he first one shall be dilut ed by
addit ion of 25% wat er and t he second coat direct . I n ext remely hot environs, t he second coat
shall be dilut ed @ 2.5 lit res of wat er t o 20 lit res of paint or as direct ed.

Paint ing wit h resi n based t her mo plast ic shall be car ried out generally as per
manufact urers specificat ions.

Other details :

The specificat ion f or paint ing ( general) ment ioned herein before shall hold good as far as
t hey are applicable.

Snowsol st abilized solut ion shall not be applied over bit umen. Snowsol st abilized solut ion
t reat ed surfaces shall be lef t unpaint ed for more t han 2 ( t wo) days. Gypsum based mat erials
shall not be used for f illing of ext er ior cracks while preparat ion of surfaces.

Mode of measurement :

The paint ing unless ot her wise ment ioned shall be measured by area in sqm. upt o t wo
places of decimal. Lengt h and breadt h shall be measured correct upt o t wo places of decimal of a
met er. Deduct ion will be made from t he areas of fi xt ures, grills, vent ilat ion, out let s individually
mor e t han 0.05 sqm.

The it em shall include removing nail s, making good holes, cracks, pat ches et c. not
exceeding 0.1 sqm each wit h mat erials similar in composit ion t o t he surface t o be prepared.

Rate :

The rat e shall include t he cost of all mat erials and labour involved in all t he operat ions
described above.

P -110

24.11 Consumption of paint for different Painting items:

Sl.No Brief descript ion of paint ing wor k
Consumpt i on per
10 sqm. of net area
1. Oil Bound Distemper on plastered surfaces:
1. Cement primer ( one coat ) 0. 91 Lit re
2. Two finishing coat s 1. 60 Kgs.
3. Three finishing coat s 2. 4 Kgs.
2. Flat oil paint to plastered surfaces:
1. Cement primer ( one coat ) 0. 91 Lit re
2. Cement primer ( t wo coat s) 1. 82 Lit res
3. Two finish coat s 1. 72 Lit res
3. Acrylic Emulsion paint
1. Cement primer ( one coat ) 0. 91 Lit re
2. Cement primer ( t wo coat s) 0.87 Lit re
3. Two finish coat s 1. 30 Lit res
4. Cement Paint ( old surface)
1. Two coat s on sand faced plast ered surface 4. 10 Kgs.
2. Two coat s on rough cast plast ered 7. 70 Kgs.
5. Cement paint ( old surface)
1. Two coat s on sand faced plast ered surface 4. 50 Kgs.
2. Two coat s on rough cast plast ered surf ace 8. 50 Kgs.
6. Enamel paint to wood / steel
1. Wood primer ( one coat ) 0.90 Lit re
2. St eel primer ( one coat ) 0.75 Lit re
3. Two finishing coat s on wood 1. 40 Lit res
4. Two finishing coat s on st eel 1. 35 Lit res
7. Flat oil paint to wood / steel work
1. Wood primer ( one coat ) 0.90 Lit re
2. St eel primer ( one coat ) 0.75 Lit re
3. Two finishing coat s on wood 1. 70 Lit res
4. Two finishing coat s on st eel 1. 75 Lit res
8. External painting with flat oil paint
1. Cement primer ( one coat ) 1. 00 Lit re
2. Two finishing coat s 1. 74 Lit res
9. Repainting old painted surface
1. Two coat s of emulsi on paint 0. 86 Lit re
2. Two coat s of flat oil paint 1. 59 Lit res
3. Two coat s of enamel paint 1. 35 Lit res


P -111


25. FLASE CEI LI NG WI TH GYPBOARD AND G.I . FRAMEWORK

Scope of work :

The work envi saged under t hese specificat ions refer t o suppl ying and fixing in
posit ion false ceili ng at any floor, any locat ion and at any height .

a) Providing and f ixing suspended G. I . frame work
b) Providing and f ixing one layer of 12.5 mm gypboard over t his frame work.
c) Joint ing t he board flush, applying t wo coat s of pri mer suit able for gypboard and t wo
coat s of acr ylic emulat ion mat t finish paint of appr oved shade and make.
d) Making necessary cut out for light fit t ing, A.C. grills diffusers and ot her necessit ies. The
wor k shall include horizont al, vert ical and inclined surf aces depending upon t he various
requirement s.

Material

G.I . Frame work :

The syst em consi st s of G.I . frame wor k suspended for m t he soffit of t he RCC ceiling. The
following G.I . component s shall be used for grid wor k ( or) as specified in t he drawing.

1. Ceiling sect ion of 80X26X0. 5 mm
2. Perimet er channel of 20X27X20X0.5mm
3. I nt ermediat e channels of 15X45X0.9mm
4. Ceiling angel of 25X10X0.55mm
5. Connect ing clips of 2.64 mm dia.
6. Soff it cleat 22X37mm
7. Anchor fast eners 6 mm

All t he G.I . component s shall be of st andard approved make.

The G.I . grid work syst em shall be suspended from t he soff it of RCC ceiling using anchor
fast eners of 6mm of approved t ype and make and connect ed t o siff it cleat s and ceiling angle by
means of necessar y nut s, bolt s and washers et c.

Gyp Board

Gyp Board of plain series 12.5 mm manufact ured by I ndia gypsum shall be used. The
Gyp board shall confor ms t o I S 2095. The longit udinal edge of t he Gyp board shall be of t apered
/ square edges, so as t o have flush j oint s while fixing.
Handling and t ransport ing of Gyp board shall be done carefully and as recommended by
t he manufact ure's. The board should always be kept in a dry an d covered place shelt ered from
rain and t o avoid dampness from flow, t hey should be suppor t ed on wooden bat t ens which
should not be more t han 45cm apart on a flat surface. The mat erial shall be st acked in piles of
smaller height s and should not be st acked on edges. Gyp board whi ch have def ormed due t o
poor st acking shoul d not be used.

Cut t ing of board should be made in faced side of t he board by means of ret ract able knif e
or by using a normal saw and t he edges of t he boar ds shall be planned using proper files.

Finishing materials:

All j oint ing compounds, paper t apes, primer and paint s shall be wit h mat erials
manuf act ured / recommended by I ndia Gypsum.
P -112


I nsulation :

Perimet er channel s are leveled at t he required posit ion of t he f inished ceiling li ne and
fixed t o t he wall at 610 mm cent er wit h t he screws and nylong plugs. The remaining G.I . grid
component are inst alled t o f orm a regular grid suspended from t he sof fit of RCC slab using sof fit
cleat s ceiling angle and anchor f ast eners as specified. Ext ra frame for various cut out s of different
shapes, light f it t ings, AC grills, diffusers, smoke det ect ors and ot her necessit ies have t o be
provided frame work has t o be made wit h perimet er channel of specified size and shall be
suit ably support ed. The line and level of t he grid work has t o be checked f or perf ect ion and prior
clear ance of t he grid work has t o be checked for perfect ion and prior clearance of t he grid work
has t o be obt ained from t he Engineer-in-charge before t he placement of Gyp board.

The Gyp board are f ixed wit h bound edges at right angles t o ceiling sect ion wit h all j oint s
st aggered. All j oint s of Gyp board has t o be fi xed on ceiling sect ion. The Gyp boards are
screwed t o t he ceili ng sect ion and perimet er channels wit h Gyp board dry wall screws wit h j oint s
st aggered. Spot t ing of screws and j oint ing are t hen carried out according t o I ndia Gypsum
recommendat ions t o give a flush and smoot h j oint .

Necessar y door openings of hinged t ype of suit able sizes has t o be pr ovided wit h a
suit able frame wor k f or cont r ol val ves and f or access above false ceili ng / AC duct boxing at not
ext r a cost . Joint s at hor izont al, vert ical and inclined surfaces shall be suit ably st rengt hened wit h
addit ional G.I . frame work as required.

Finally t he boards are j oint ed and finished so as t o have a fl ush look which i ncludes fling
and finish gin t he t apered and square edges of t he board wit h a j oi nt ing compound, paper t ape
and t wo coat s of primer suit able f or gyp board ( all as per recommended pract ices of I ndian
Gypsum) . Then, t he finished Gyp board has t o be paint ed wit h 2 coat s of acr ylic emulsion mat t
finish paint of appr oved col or and make.

The rat e shall includes providing all mat erials, er ect ing, suspending, G.I . grid wor k,
j oint ing t he boar ds, pr oviding r equired cut out s and open able doors and paint ing including
providing necessar y f it t ings and fixt ures et c. complet e as per t he specificat ions and all ot her
act ivit ies relat ed t o t he complet ion of t he above j ob.

Det ails of A.C. grills, diffusers, recessed t ype elect rical fit t ings t o be erect ed in false
ceiling will be as per specificat ions and as shown in drawings.

The quant it ies indicat ed are approximat e and is li kely t o var y depending upon t he sit e
condit ions. Samples of light fit t ings are available wit h Engineer.

The scope of wor ks includes fixing wit h screws, fi xt ures et c. t he recessed elect rical light
fit t ings in t he grid wor k of f alse ceiling/ boxing, Marine plywood ( 6mm t hick) / special G.I .
sect ions, if required, shall also be provided at no ext ra cost . The rat e quot ed shall include all t he
above ment ioned act ivit ies relat ed t o t he complet ion of t he above j ob.

Mode of measurement:

Measurement s will be made on flat plan area basis in Sq.m calculat ed t o 3 places of
decimal. Lengt h and breadt h shall be measured cor rect ed t o a cm. No deduct i on shall be made
for cut out s made f or A.C. grills, diffusers, elect rical f it t ings, smoke det ect ors et c.

s=c
P -113


26. WATERPROOFI NG


26.1 Water proofing plaster in toilet area

General :

The guarant ee f or wat er proof ing t reat ment in prescribed prof orma must be given by
t he specialized agency which shall be given by t he specialized agency which shall be
count ersigned by t he cont ract or in t oken of his over all responsibilit y. The guarant ee f or
wat erproof ing t reat ment in t he prescribed prof orma shall also cover horizont al expansion
j oint and vert ical expansion j oint .

Water proofing plaster in Toilet area :

The f ollowing specificat ion shall be f ollowed unless ot herwise st at ed in schedule of
quant it ies. This shall be 20mm t hick cement plast er 1: 3 including an under coat not
exceeding 13mm t hick, f or walls upt o slab level and furt her above f inish floor level upt o 600
mm high and f or f loor t he t hickness of cement plast er shall be 25mm. Approved wat er
proof ing compound like CI CO No.1 or ot her approved equivalent shall be added @ 3% by
weight of cement in cement mort ar or as per manuf act urers specif icat ions in bot h t he coat s.
The workmanship and mat erial shall be same as describe din plast er work in general. All
exposed surf aces shall be f inished smoot h wit h a coat of neat cement as direct ed.

Brick bat Coba Water Proofing on Terrace :

Materials :

The aggregat e f or brick bat coba shall be broken f rom good and t hor oughly well
burnt bricks. These shall be approved by t he Engineer-in-charge bef ore use.

Brick bat coba shall be in Cement Mort ar 1: 2

Laying :

The concret e surf ace shall be t horoughly rubbed, cleanced of all set mort ar, all dirt
and dust and slight ly wet t ed. The brick aggregate shall be soaked in wat er bef ore mixing
wit h lime. The brick bat coba shall be laid in an even layer and t o t he required t hickness and
slope so as t o f orm ridge, hip or valley line as may be necessar y and as indicat ed in t he
drawing or as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge. The compact ion shall be st art ed
immediat ely kept wet by sprinkling wat er observing t he f ollowing precautions :

a) Brick bat coba shall not be rammed wit h heavy iron rammers as brick aggregat es are
likely and rapidly wit h wooden beat ers t o get t he required compact ion and t o obt ain
complet e int egration of brick bat s and lime.
b) Whit e beat ing, fresh f ract ure may t ake place which may cause absorpt ion of wat er
f rom t he mort ar. Addit ional wat er may be sprinkled wit h beat ing in such causes as
considered necessary by t he Engineer-in-charge. The beat ing work shall cont inue f or
at least 7 days.
c) The average t hickness of coba shall be as specif ied in t he it ems and t he t op of t he
coba shall be given slope or made level and edges t aken int o t he brick masonry
parapet or rounded of f at j unct ions (vat as) as shown in the drawing and as direct ed
by t he Engineer-in-charge.
P -114


Mode of measurement :

The lengt h and breadt h of t he surf ace area shall be measured t o t wo places of
decimals of a met re f rom t he f inished surf ace of wall and parapet and cubic cont ent s t o be
worked out wit h average t hickness of coba provided. Vat as shall not be measured
separat ely. Rat ed shall include cost of preparat ion of surf ace, cost of mat erials, labour,
making vat as et c.

China Mosaic Water Proofing

General :

This t ype of wat er proof ing shall consist of set t ing in t hick cement slurry select ed
colour / whit e glazed t ile broken pieces of approved make and size over cement mort ar
( 1: 3) 20mm. t hick bedding t o t he required slope an level, over brick bat coba and f inishing
wit h neat cement and cleaning t o t he required degree of f ineness and evenness.

The dif f erent mat erials and workmanship shall conf orm t o t he relevant I S.
Specif icat ions and shall be got approved bef ore incorporat ing in t he work.

The surf ace of brick bat coba shall be t horoughly cleaned of dust , dirt and loose
part icles removed and adequat ely wat ered. Thick coat of cement slurry of t he honey like
consist ency shall be sprayed on t he base bef ore cement mort ar screening of specif ied
t hinness is laid.

Laying :

Over t he prepared surf ace of brick bat coba, a layer of cement mort ar 1: 3, 20 mm
t hick screed mixed wit h approved wat er proof ing compound by weight of cement shall be
laid and cement slurry of consist ency of honey shall be spread over it using cement at a rat e
of not less t han 0. 01 cum per 10 sqm. while t he bed is f resh, broken pieces of 6mm t hick
select ed whit e / colour glazed t iles not less t han 25mm and not more t han 50mm in any
direct ion shall be set closel y by hand at random. The glazed t ile pieces shall be soaked din
wat er bef ore set t ing in posit ion. The glazed surf aces shall be kept exposed and pressed wit h
wooden mallet . Over t he glazed t ile pieces a neat cement slurry using cement not less t han
0. 01 cum. per 10 sqm. shall be spread and t he surf ace brushed in and light ly rolled wit h
wooden roller, t aking care t hat no air pocket is lef t bet ween brick bat coba and china mosaic
f looring.

The t op surf aces shall be cleaned wit h saw dust an cot t on wast e. Finally t he surf ace
shall be cleaned wit h weak acid solut ion t o remove cement marks over t he whit e glazed t ile
pieces. The f inished work shall be cured f or at least 7 days. Care shall be t aken t o see t hat
cement s in j oint s does not get dissolved due t o acid washing. At corners and j unct ions wit h
parapet , t he wat er proof ing coarse shall be rounded of f in t he f orm of vat a wit h cement
mort ar bedding as per drawing and shall be included in t he quot ed rat e.

Mode of measurement :

The lengt h and breadt h shall be measured t o t wo places of decimal of a met er,
alongside t he surf ace including vat a curves et c. and area worked out in square met re. Vat as
shall not be measured separat ely. The rain wat er out let s shall be finished as direct ed and no
deduct ion shall be made f or t he same (area upt o 0. 02 sqm. ) while arriving at t he net area
f or payment .

P -115

26.4 Cement based Water Proofing of W.C. and Baths Areas

General :

The wat er proof ing t reat ment f or t he Bat h and W.C. shall be essent ially of cement
based wat er proof ing treat ment wit h admixt ure of propriet ary wat er proof ing compound
similar t o M/ s I ndia Wat er Proof ing Companys t reat ment or any ot her equivalent approved
cement based wat er proof ing t reat ment . The wat erproof ing t reat ment shall consist of
providing cement slurry mixed wit h propriet ary wat er proof ing compound af t er preparat ion
of surf aces, providing wat er proof ing t reat ment et c.

Preparation of Surface :

The surf ace t o receive wat er proof ing t reat ment shall be t horoughly cleaned, of
scales, lait ance, set mort ar et c. f or receiving wat er proof ing t reat ment , and necessary
preparat ion of t he surf ace f or providing wat er proof ing t reat ment shall be done by t he
cont act or. I f any honey combs are observed in beams and slab of Bat h and W.C. t he same
shall be grout ed wit h cement slurry mixed wit h wat er proof ing compound and t he cracks
and crevices, f illed with inj ect ion met hod.

Sequence of Treatment :

All cut t ing an chasing in t he f loor and walls f or plumbing work shall be done by t he
plumbing agency. Wat er proof ing agency shall t hen provide CETROOF or equivalent
approved cement based wat er proof ing compound according t o t he plast er t reat ment mixed
wit h t he wat er proof ing compound according t o t he recommended specif icat ions of t he
wat er proof ing agency. Wat erproof cement plast er 1: 3 of 225mm t hick f or f loor and sides of
walls upt o slab level and about 20mm t hick f or walls, above f inished f loor level upt o 600mm
high.

The plumping agency shall t hen lay and f ix t he pipes, W.D. pans, t raps et c. wit hout
dist urbing t he wat er proof ing t reat ment . However, t he j oint s of wat er supply and wast e
connect ions including holes drilled f or clamps shall be t reat ed by wat er proof ing agency.

Wat erproof ing agency shall t hen f ill in t he depression in t he f loor wit h t heir
"CETROOF" or equivalent approved wat erproof brick bat coba wit h t he admixt ure of wat er
proof ing compound according t o wat erproof ing agency' s specif icat ion and process which
should be furnished in writ ing t o t he Engineer-in-charge f or ef f ect ive supervision of
complet eness of t he process while execut ing t he works.

Finishing :

The surf ace of t he exposed plast er shall be f inished smoot h wit h neat cement . The
plast er surf ace where t iling is t o be provided as well as brick bat coba f illing where f looring
t o be provided, shall be f inished t o proper line, level, plane and plumb t o receive t he
f loor/ dado f inish. Curing of t he wat erproof ing t reat ment shall be carried out f or 14 days.

Testing and Guarantee:

The cont ract or shall t est t he surf ace where wat erproof ing t reat ment is provided f or
t he bone dry condit ion by f illing wit h wat er inside t he depressed plast ered port ion. No wet
pat ches or leaks shall appear on t he surrounding plast ered walls or at t he underside of t he
slabs. The t est ing shall be carried out t o t he ent ire sat isf act ion of t he Engineer-in-charge.
The cont ract or shall f urnish guarant ee in t he prof orma f or t he wat erproof ing t reat ment f or
maint aining t he under side of t he wat erproof ed surf ace in bone dry condit ion f or a period of
minimum t en years. During t his period, cont ract or shall at t end t o all leakages, def ect s et c.
P -116

if not iced, f ree f or cost , st art ing his work of checking up and rect if icat ion wit hin a weeks
t ime f rom t he dat e of receipt of inf ormat ion about such leakages et c. by him.

The cont ract or shall submit t he guarant ee bond appropriat e st amp paper and as per
t he enclosed prof orma.

Mode of measurement :

1. Wat erproof plast er shall be comput ed by t aking t he length and breadt h of t he area
act ually plast ered correct ed upt o t wo decimal places of a met re. NO deduct ion shall
be made f or W.C. pans, pipes et c. in t he measurement .
2. The f illing wit h wat erproof brick bat coba shall be comput ed by not ing t he levels and
dimensions of t he f illed up depression bef ore and af t er t he filling, upt o t wo decimal
places of a met re and also no deduct ions shall be made f or W.C. pans, pipes et c.

26.5 Cement Based Waterproofing of roof terraces

General :

The wat erproof ing t reat ment shall be essent ially a cement based wat erproof ing
t reat ment similar t o t hat of M/ s I ndian Wat erproof ing Companys CETROOF or any ot her
approved wat erproof ing t reat ment . The wat erproof ing t reat ment shall consist of providing
cement slurry mixed wit h wat erproof ing compound, at desired proport ions including
grout ing t he cracks and crevices wit h cement slurry mixed wit h wat erproof ing compound,
laying brick bat s over cement mort ar bedding t o t he required slopes f or roof drainage, filling
and grout ing t he j oint s wit h cement mort ar, f inishing t he surf ace smoot h/ chequered wit h
cement plast er mixed wit h wat erproof ing compound et c. as direct ed.

Preparation of Surfaces :

All t he rubbish, debris and ot her mat erials lef t over by ot her agencies will be got
removed by t he Depart ment t hrough ot her agencies. Af t er removal of t his rubbish, debris
et c. t he surf ace t o receive t he wat erproof ing treat ment s shall be t horoughly cleaned wit h
wire brushed including removing of scales and lait ance, set mort ar et c. by t he wat erproof ing
cont act ors. I f any honey combing including cracks and crevices are observed at coloumn
j unct ions / and elsewhere, t he same shall be grout ed wit h cement slurry mixed wit h
approved wat er proof ing compound.

Treatment :

The wat erproof ing t reat ment shall be generally as per manuf act urers own
specif icat ions, met hod and procedure. A t ypical cross sect ion of t he wat erproof ing t reat ment
shall generally consist of t he f ollowing:

1. Applying cement slurry mixed wit h wat erproof ing compound f or t he ent ire surf ace t o
be t reat ed.
2. Laying of broken brick bat of required t hickness over cement mort ar bedding t o give
proper roof drainage, j oint s grout ed wit h cement mort ar wit h wat erproof ing
compound.
3. Laying of j oint less cement based wat erproof ing cement mort ar layer of average
t hickness as specif ied in t he it em.
4. Final rendering t o give a smoot h f inish of cement colour wit h f alse lines at 300 X 300
mm or nearer convenient dimensions. Tenderer shall give complet e det ails of
P -117

wat erproof ing t reat ment proposed by him, in writ ing viz. det ails including roof f ill
mat erials, wat erproof ing compound, minimum and maximum t hickness et c. f or
ef f ect ive supervision of t he depart ment al Engineers, while t he work is execut ed at
sit e.
The cont ract or shall ensure t hat suf f icient slope f or ef f ect ive roof drainage is provided
wit hin t he average t hickness of wat erproof ing t reat ment proposed by t he cont ract or. I ncase
t he average specif ied t hickness of t reat ment exceeds, t he f act shall be specifically brought
t o t he not ice of t he Engineer-in-charge, bef ore adopt ing t o ext ra t hickness.

The rain wat er down t ake pipes if any, shall be f ixed by t he ot her agency prior t o
commencement of wat erproof ing operat ion. Curing of t he f inished surf ace by ponding shall
be done f or 7 days at least .

Testing and Guarantee :

The cont ract or shall t est t he surf ace f or t he bone dry condit ion by ponding wat er
over roof f or minimum seven days period t o t he ent ire sat isf act ion of t he Engineer-in-
charge. Alt ernat ely, t he curing of t he f inished surf ace done by ponding of wat er on t he
ent ire surf ace f or seven days, can also be used f or t est ing wat er t ight ness. Af t er a period of
t wo mont hs, once again t he roof should be ponded wit h wat er t o check it s ef f iciency of
wat erproof ing t reat ment against leakage. The cont ract or shall furnish guarant ee in t he
prof orma specified f or t he wat erproof ing t reat ment provided by t hem f or maint aing t he
underside of t he roof in bone dry condit ion f or a minimum period of t en years.

During t his period, t he cont ract or shall be liable t o at t end all t he leakages, def ect s
et c. if not iced, f ree of cost , st art ing his work of checking and rect ificat ion wit hin a weeks
t ime f rom t he dat e of receipt of int imat ion of such leakages et c. by him.

26.6. I nternal Waterproofing for Overhead Water/ Lift Pit/ Underground
Sump or Tanks

General :

The wat erproof ing t reat ment f or overhead wat er t anks shall be essent ially a cement
based wat erproof ing t reat ment similar t o t hat of M/ s I ndia Wat er Proof ing Company,
consist ing of providing wat er proof cement plast er af t er preparing t he surf ace, f illing t he
cracks and crevices by means of inj ect ion and surf ace met hod, using propriet ary
wat erproof ing compound as per t heir own specificat ions and as per recommended
proport ions et c. and t est ing of wat er t ight ness of t he wat er proof ing t reat ment and
f urnishing guarant ee as specif ied.

Preparation of surfaces
The surf ace t o receive t he wat erproof ing t reat ment shall be t horoughly cleaned of
scales, lait ance, set mort ar et c. The surf ace shall be roughened wit h close hacking t o
provide adequat e key f or t he wat erproof ing t reat ment . All honey combs in concret e surf ace
shall be caref ully hacked and loose mat erials removed and all pocket s plugged suit ably well
bef ore commencing wat erproof ing t reat ment .

Treatment :

Bef ore any work of wat erproof ing is t aken in hand, all t he surf ace preparat ion
ment ioned above shall be got approved f rom The Engineer-in-charge. All plumbing work will
be got complet ed by t he Depart ment bef ore commencing t he t reat ment .

P -118

The t reat ment shall t hen be commenced wit h inj ect ion int o RCC members wherever
required by cement slurry mixed wit h wat erproof ing compound of appropriat e consist ency t o
f ill up all cracks and crevices if any. A layer of wat erproof ing mix recommended by t he
specializat ion agency wit h admixt ure of approved manuf act ure wat erproof ing compound,
shall t hen be laid over f loor f rom inside and will be cont inued along the sides and part it ion
walls t o t heir f ull height . The t hickness of t his t reat ment on t he f loor shall not be less t han
50mm. and t hat on walls not less t han 20mm. The ent ire surf ace shall be f inished smoot h
wit h st eel t rowel in cement colour. The plast ered surf aces shall be kept cont inuously wt
immediat ely af t er 24 hours so as t o cure it properly f or at least seven days.

Testing :

The t ank will t hereaf t er be got f illed int o t he f ull height immediat ely by t he
Depart ment and wat er st ored f or a minimum period of seven days so as t o observe any
leakages / def ect s f or necessar y compliance by t he wat erproof ing cont ract or.

I n t he case of t anks whose ext ernal f aces are exposed, t he requirement s of t he t est
shall be deemed t o be sat isf ied if t he ext ernal f aces shown no sign of leakage and remain
apparent ly dry over t he period of observat ion of seven days af t er allowing a seven days
period f or absorpt ion af t er f illing t he t ank f or f ull height . I f t he st ruct ure does not sat isf y t he
condit ions of t est , t he period of t est may be ext ended f or a furt her period of seven days and
if specified l imit is t hen reached, t he st ruct ure may be considered a sat isf act ory. Suit able
remedial measurers shall be t aken by t he cont ract or at his own cost t ill t he t est as specif ied
above is carried out sat isf act orily.

I n t he case of t anks whose ext ernal f aces are exposed or can be lef t exposed prior t o
t est ing all leakages, wet pat ches and t he like, shall be marked out on t he out side of walls
during t est . The t ank shall t hen be dewat ered and t he def ect s made good by grout ing,
wat erproof ing, plast ering et c. as necessary t o t he ent ire sat isf act ion of t he Engineer-in-
charge, at no ext ra cost t ot eh Depart ment . The t ank shall again be t est ed f or leakage af t er
rect if icat ion. The work shall not be accept ed unless t he wat er t ight ness is est ablished.

Back f illing in case of underground sump and wat erproof ing t he roof where specif ied,
shall be carried out af t er t est ing and rect ificat ion of def ect s. The complet ion cert if icat e shall
not be given unless t he t est f or wat er t ight ness as described above is carried out t o t he
ent ire sat isf act ion of t he Engineer-in-charge. Af t er a period of t wo mont h af t er t he t ank is
lef t dry, once again t he t ank should be f illed wit h wat er t o check t he ef f iciency of t he
wat erproof ing treat ment done. I f t here is any leakage or wet pat ches, t he same shall be
rect if ied, wit h no ext ra cost , by t he cont act or.

Mode of measurement:

Measurement f or payment of wat erproof ing t reat ment shall be as per act ual area
covered by wat erproof ing t reat ment including of f set , overlapping, vat a, haunch et c. as
provided at sit e. The lengt h and breadt h of t he surf ace act ually t reat ed wit h wat erproof ing
t reat ment shall be measured upt o t wo places of decimal or a met re. No deduct ion shall be
made f or inlet , out let , scour connect ion, by out t he same shall be f inished as required. The
rat e quot ed shall include all the cost of mat erials, labour, t ransport at ion, t est ing of wat er
t ank f or wat er t ight ness, furnishing necessary guarant ee f or wat erproof ing so provided, all
as det ailed above.

s·c
P -119

28. RUBBER / PVC WATER STOPS

General :

The corrugat ed Rubber / PVC wat er st ops wit h cent er bulb of specified widt h, shall
be of approved manuf act ure and shall sat isf y all t he normal t est s such as t ensile st rengt h,
elongat ion et c.

Sample :

A sample of Rubber / PVC wat er st ops shall be got approved f rom t he Engineer-in-
charge bef ore procurement of bulk quantit y.

Placing in Position :

The eat er st ops shall be provided in available maximum lengt h and as f ar as
possible, j oint ing shall be avoided. All t he j oint s when unavoidable, shall be field j oint ed f or
wat er t ight ness as per manuf act urers specificat ions.

The eat er st ops shall be posit ioned wit h suit able t emporary support s so as t o render
adequat e rigidit y t o t he wat er st ops while concret ing. The exposed surf aces of wat er st ops
revealed af t er f irst concret ing shall be cleaned t hor oughly of all t he droppings, mort ar
splashing, timber scant lings st icking et c. bef ore t he next pour of concret e is t aken up in
hand. Any damaged caused t o wat er st ops shall be made good by t he cont ract or at his own
cost .

Mode of measurement :

The mode of measurement s shall be in running met er, of wat er st op act ually laid
wit hout any allowance f or t aps, wast age et c. measured correct t o one cent imet er.

Rat e shall include supply, t ransport , fixing, welding, support ing arrangement s,
cleaning et c. all as described above.

s+c
P -120

34. ROAD AND PAVEMENTS

Scope of work :

The wor k cont emplat ed under t hese specificat ion refers t o Eart h Wor k in excavat i on.
Forming Embankment s, soling W.B.M. Bit uminous Macadam. Wearing course / sealing coat et c.
for road an pavement wor ks.

Approximat e quant it ies of mat erials t o be used in t he work are list ed below for reference :

i) Soling st one :
a) For 230 mm t hick consolidat ed t hickness 2.65 cum / 10sqm.
b) For 150 mm t hick consolidat ed t hickness 1.725 cum / 10 sqm.
ii) St one aggregat e 50mm nomi nal size f or 75mm t hick consolidat ed
WBM: 0.975cum/ 10 sqm.
iii) Murrum for 75mm t hick consolidat ed WBM : 0.305 cum/ 10 sqm.
iv) Bit uminous macadam f or premix carpet s f or 38mm consolidat ed t hickness : 11
sqm / mt .
v) Seal coat ( Bit uminous concr et e f or wearing cour se) for 12mm consolidat ed
t hickness : 33 sqm/ mt .

Earth work in excavation :

The specificat ions f or "Excavat ion, Fill and Back fill" under chapt er-I , specified herein
before shall hold good as far as t hey ar e applicable.

Forming embankment :

The work shall include preliminaries of clearing sit e, set t ing out and preparing t he gr ound
and t hereaft er forming embankment for t he rods, pat hs et c. wit h approved mat erials available
form excavat i ons under t his cont ract ( excavat ion paid separat ely under respect ive it ems) or
elsewhere, spreading in layer s, wat ering and compact ing t o t he required densit y and lines,
curves, grades, camber and cross sect ion and dimensions shown in t he plan or as direct ed by
t he Engineer-in-charge. When t he embankment is t o be laid on hill sides or slopes, t he exi st ing
slopes are t o be ploughed deepl y. I f t he cr oss sl opes are st eeper t hat 1 on 3, st eps wit h reverse
slope shall be cut int o t he slopes t o give proper hol d and seat ing t o t he bank as direct ed by t he
Engineer-in-charge. The t ope 15cm. of soil shall be scarified and wat ered if direct ed and
compact ed t o t he same densit y as specified f or t he embankment bef ore any mat erial is laid f or
t he embankment wor k.

Only t he appr oved excavat ed eart h shall be placed in t he embankment s in successive
horizont al layers not exceeding 200mm. ext ending t o t he full widt h of t he embankment incl uding
t he sl opes at t he level of t he part icular layer and 30 cm. more on bot h sides t o all ow compact ion
of t he full specified sect ion. The ext ra loose st uff at t he edges shall be t rimmed lat er aft er
complet ion of t he bank work wit hout ext ra cost leaving t he correct sect ion full y compact ed.

Keeping t he widt h of t he bank i nit ially less and widening it lat er by dumping l oose eart h
on t he slope shall not be permit t ed as t he addit ional widt h and sl opes will remain loose and
uncompact ed. Similar procedure t o ext end t he embankment by dumpi ng t he mat erial
longit udinally shall also not be allowed. Each layer of t he embankment shall be wat ered, leveled
and compact ed as specified hereinaft er, before t he succeeding layer s are placed. The surface of
t he embankment shall at all t imes during const ruct ion, be maint ained in such a manner so as t o
prevent ponding. Wat er t o be used shall be free f rom all har mful element s which may cause
efflorescence et c. and approved by t he Engineer-in-charge.

I f t he mat erial for embankment cont ains moist ur e less t han t he opt imum moist ure, wat er
shall be added in t he 100mm layers of t he embankment t o bri ng moist ure unif ormly upt o
P -121

requirement . I f t he excavat ed mat erial cont ain mor e t han required moist ure, it shall be allowed
t o dry unt il t he moist ure is reduced t o required moist ures, it shall be allowed t o dr y unt il t he
moi st ure is r educed t o required t o t he appr opriat e amount by exposure, embankment wor k shall
be suspended t ill suit able condit ions prevail at no ext ra claim / compensat ion.

When loose layer is leveled manually or mechani cally and moist ened or dried t o a
unifor m moist ure cont ent suit able f or maximum compact ion, it shall be compact ed by 8 t o 10
t one power roller or sheep foot rollers or heavy hauling or dozing equipment t o give t he specif ied
90% of t he proct or densit y. I t on t est ing, t he densit y is f ound t o be less t han 90% of t he proct or
densit y, t he cont ract or shall do addit ional compact i on necessary t o get t he specified densit y aft er
adding wat er if required. if t he densit y cannot be i mproved by such reasonable eff ort s, t he work
may be accept ed as subst andard work by t he Engi neer-in-charge, if he t hinks it is not harmf ul
for t he purpose and paid for at a reduced rat e. Test shall be made t o det ermine t he maximum
densit y of t he mat erial t o be used by t he proct or met hod before st art ing t he wor k. Densit y t est
shall be carried out for t he embankment wor k during t he progress of t he wor k. One set of t hree
core samples for ever y 1000 sqm. ( about 1000 sq.yd) area of each layer of embankment work
shall be t aken and t est ed. The average densit y shall not be less t han 90% of t he proct or densit y,
obt ained in t he laborat ory.

Arrangement for obt aining t he samples and t r anspor t ing t he same t o laborat or y, shall be
made by t he cont ract or at his own cost .

Embankment not accessible t o rollers, such as t hose adj oining bridges, cul vert s and
ot her wor ks shall be carried out independent ly of t he main embankment s and shall have t he
layers placed i n 150mm t o 200mm height and each layer shall be moist ened and t horoughly
compact ed wit h mechanical or manual t amper. Bef ore placing t he next layer, t he surface of t he
under layer shall be moist ened and scar ified so as t o provide a sat isfact or y bond wit h t he next
layer.

The embankment shall be finished and dressed smoot h and even in confor mit y wit h t he
alignment levels and cross sect ions and dimensions shown on t he drawing. On cur ves sect ion
shall be pr ovided wit h super elevat ion and increased widt h as shown i n t o plans as direct ed by
t he Engineer-in-charge.

Joining of old and new embankment s shall be done by st eppi ng in an overall slope of
about 1 t o 5.

The cont ract or shall be responsible f or maint aining t he embankment work in sat isfact ory
condit ions at his own cost t ill finally accept ed includi ng making good any damage.

Measurement and Rate :

The cont ract rat e shall be pre cubic met re of t he fi nished embankment . Measurement s
shall nor mally be t aken by t aking cross sect ions at suit able int erval s. The measurement s of t he
sect ion shall be limit ed t o t he ment ions shown on t he drawing or t hose ordered by t he Engineer-
in-charge in writ ing. The sect ional area shall be wor ked out correct up t o t wo places of decimal
of square met re and t he quant it y worked out t o t wo places of decimal t o cubic met re on lines
similar t o t hose specified for eart h wor k hereinbef or e.

Sub Grade :

Preparation of sub-grade :

The surface of t he format ion for a widt h of sub-base, which shall be as per drawing shal l
first be cut t o and dept h equal t ot eh combi ne dept h of sub-base and surface cour ses below t he
proposed finished level ( due all owance bei ng made f or consolidat ion) . I t shall t hen be cleaned of
all foreign subst ances. Any rut s or sof t yi elding pat ches t hat appear due t o impr oper drainage
P -122

condit ions, t raf fic hauling or fr om any ot her cause, shall be correct ed and t he subgrade dressed
off parallel t o finished pr ofile.

Consolidation :

The sub-grade shall be consolidat ed wit h a power road roller of 8 t o 12 t onnes. The
roller shall run over t he sub gr ade t ill t he soil is evenly and densely consolidat ed and behaves as
an elast ic mass ( t he roller shall pass a minimum of 5 r uns on t he sub grade) . All undulat ions i n
t he surface t hat develop due t o rolli ng shall be made good wit h f resh mat erial or quarry spoil s as
t he case may be and t he sub grade is re-rolled.

Surface Regularity :

The finished surface shall be unifor m and confor m t o t he lines, grades and t ypical cross
sect ions shown i n t he drawings. When t est ed wit h t he t emplat e and st raight edge, t he var iat ion
shall be wit hin t he t olerances specified in t he t able below:

Permissible Tolerances or Surface Regularit y :

Longit udinal Pr ofile Cr oss Profile
Maximum Per missible undulat ion when
measur ed wit h a 3 met re st raight edge.
Maximum per missible variat ion fr om specified
profile when measured wit h a camber t emplat es
24 mm 15mm

Where t he surface irregularit y of t he subgrade falls out side t he specif ied t olerances, t he
cont ract or shall be liable t o rect ify t hese wit h fresh mat erial or quarry spoils as t he case may be
and t he sub-grade rerolled t o t he sat isfact i on of t he Engineer-in-charge.

Measurement and Rate :

The lengt h and widt h shall be measured correct t o a cm. The area shall be wor ked out in
square met re, correct t o t wo places of decimal. The rat e shall include t he cost of mat erials and
labor required for all t he operat ions ment ioned above, unless specified ot herwi se.

Sub- bases :

Water Bound Macadam sub- base wit stone aggregate :

St one aggregat e of size 90mm t o 45mm shall be used. Thi s consist s of clean cr ushed
coarse aggr egat e mechanically int erlocked by rolling using power road roller of 8 t o 10 t ones and
voids t hereof file widt h screeni ng and bli nding mat er ials wit h t he assist ance of wat er, laid on a
prepared sub-grade / sub-base.

Specifications for laying :

Quantities of materials :

Quant it ies of coarse aggregat e, screening and blinding mat erial required t o be st acked
for 100 mm appr oxi mat e compact ed t hickness of WBM sub base course f or 10 sqm. shall be as
per t able given below :

Coarse Aggregat e St one Screenings
Classificat ion
Size Range Net Qt y.
Grading / Classifi-
cat ion and si ze
Net Qt y.

Blinding
Mat erial
Grading – I 90mm
t o
45mm
1.2 cum t o
1.28 cum
Type A 13. 2 mm 0.27 cum
t o
0.30 cum
0.08 cum t o
0.10 cum.

Not e : Net Quant it y = Loose Quant it y measure din st ack minus 7.5%.

P -123

Preparation of Foundation :

I n t he case of an exi st ing un surfaced road, where new mat erials is t o be laid, t he
surf ace shall be scarified and reshaped t o t he required grade, camber and shape as necessary.
Weak places shall be st rengt hened, corrugat ions removed and depression and pot holes made
good wit h suit able mat erials, before spreading t he aggregat e f or WBM.

Spreading Aggregate :

The coarse aggregat e shall be spread unif ormly and evenly upon t he prepared base in
required quant it ies wit h a t wist ing mot ion t o avoid segregat ion. I n no case shall t hese be
dumped in heaps direct ly on t he area where t hese are t o be laid not shall be spread unif or mly t o
proper profile by using t emplat es placed across t he used t o spread t he aggregat e unif orml y. The
level along t he longit udinal direct ion upon which t he met al shall be laid shall be first obt ained at
sit e t o t he sat isfact ion of Engi neer- in- charge and t hese shall be adhered t o.

The surface of t he aggregat e spread shall be carefully t rued up and all high or l ow
remedied by removing or adding aggregat e as may be required.

The WBM sub-base shall be normall y const ruct ed in layers of 115 mm compact ed
t hickness. No segregat ion of large or fi ne part icles shall be all owed and t he coarse aggregat e as
spread shall be of unif orm gradat ion wit h no pocket s of fine mat erial.

The coarse aggregat e shall nor mally not be spread in lengt hs exceeding t hree days
average work ahead of t he rolling and blending of t o proceeding sect ion.

Rolling :

I mmediat ely f ollowing t he spreading of t he coarse aggregat e, it shall be compact ed t o
t he full widt h by rolling wit h wit her a t hree wheel power roller of 8 t o 10 t onnes capacit y or an
equivalent vibrat ory roller. I nit ially, light rolli ng is t o be done which shall be discont inued when
t he aggregat e is part ially compact ed wit h suff icient void space in t hem t o permit applicat ion of
screenings.

The rolling shall begi n f r om t he edges wit h t he roller running f orward and backward and
adding t he screenings si mult aneousl y unt il t he edges have been fir mly compact ed. The r oller
shall t hen progress gr aduall y f rom t he edges t o t he cent er parallel t o t he cent er line of t he road
and overlapping unifor ml y each preceding rear wheel t rack by one half widt h an shall cont inue
unt il t he road met al is t hor oughl y keyed wit h no creeping of met al ahead of t he roller, Only slight
sprinkling of wat er my be done during r olling, if requir ed. On super elevat ed cur ves, t he r olling
shall pr oceed from t he lower edge and pr ogr ess gr adually cont inuing t owards t he upper edge of
t he pavement .

Rolling shall not be done when t he sub-grade i s soft or yielding or when t he r olling
causes a wave like mot i on in t he sub-grade. When rolling develops irregularit ies t hat exceed
12mm when t est ed wit h a t hree met re st raight edge t he irregular surf ace shall be loosened and
t he aggregat e added t o or removed fr om it as required and t he area rolled unt il it gives a
unifor m surface confor ming t o t he desired cr oss-sect ion an grade. The surface shall also be
checked t ransversel y by t emplat e for camber and any irregularit ies correct ed in t he manner
described above. I n no case shall t he use of screening t o make up depressi ons be per mit t ed.

Application of screenings :

Af t er t he coarse aggregat e has been light ly r olled t o t he required t rue surface,
screenings. Dr y rolling shall be cont inued while t he screenings are being spread so t hat t he
j arring effect of t he roller causes t hen t o set t le int o t he voids of t he coar se aggregat es. The
screenings shall not be dumped i n piles on t he coarse aggregat e but shall be spread unif or mly i n
successi ve t hen layer s eit her by t he spreading mot ion of t he hand, shovels or a mechanical
spreader.
P -124


The screenings shall be applied at a slow rat e ( in t hree or more applicat ions) so as t o
ensure filling of all voids. Rolling and booming shall cont inue wit h t he spreading of t he
screenings. Eit her mechanical brooms or hand br ooms or bot h may be used. I n no case shall t he
screenings be applied, so fast and t hick as t o f or m cakes, ridges on t he surface making t he
fit t ing of voids difficult , or t o prevent t he difficult , or t o prevent t he direct bearing of t he roller on
t he coarse aggregat es. The spreading r olling and br ooming of screenings shall be perfor med on
sect ions which can be complet ed wit hin one day's operat ion and shall cont inue unt il no more
screenings can be f orced int o t he voids of t he coar se aggregat e. Damp and wet screenings shall
not be used any circumst ances.

Sprinkling and Grouting :

Af t er spreading t he screening and r olling, t he surf ace shall be copi ously sprinkled wit h
wat er, swept and r olled. Hand brooms shall be used t o weep t he wet screening i nt o t he voids
and t o di st r ibut e t hen evenl y. The sprinkling, sweeping and r olling operat ions shall be cont inued
and addit ional screenings applied where necessar y unt il a gr out has been for med of screenings
and wat er t hat will fill all voids and f orm a wave of grout has been f ormed of screenings and
wat er t hat will f ill all voids and f orm a wave of fr ont ahead of t he wheels of t he roller. The
quant it y of wat er t o be used duri ng t he const ruct ion shall not be excessive so as t o cause
damage t o t he sub-base or sub-gr ade.

Application of Blinding Material :

Af t er t he applicat ion of screenings and r olling, a suit able blinding mat erial shall be
applied at a unif orm and slow rat e in t wo or more successive t hin layers. Aft er each applicat ion
of blinding mat erials, t he surface shall be copiously sprinkled wit h wat er and t he result ing slurry
swept i n wit h hand br ooms or mechanical br ooms or bot h so as t o fill t he voids pr operl y. The
surf ace shall t hen be r olled by a 8- 10 t onne roller, wat er being applied t o t he wheels in order t o
wash down t he blindi ng mat erials t hat may get st uck t o t he wheels. The spreading of blinding
mat erial, sprinkling of wat er, sweeping wit h br ooms and rolling shall cont inue unt il t he slur ry
t hat is formed well, af t er filling t he voids for m a wave ahead of wheels of t he moving roller.

Setting and Drying :

Af t er final compact ion of t he course, t he road shall be allowed t o cure overnight . Next
mor ning defect i ve spit s shall be filled wit h screenings or blinding mat erial, light ly sprinkled wit h
wat er, if necessar y and rolled. No t raffic shall be allowed t ill t he macadam set s.

Surface Evenness :

The surface evenness of complet ed W.B.M. sub-base in t he longit udinal and t ransverse
direct ion shall be as specif ied in t he t able given below:

Size of coarse
aggregat e
Longit udi nal prof ile Cross prof ile
45- 90 mm

when per missible undulat ion when
measured wit h a 3 M st raight edge
Max. permissible undulat i on when
measured wit h a camber t emplat e
15 mm 12 mm

The longit udi nal profile shall be checked wit h a 3 m long st raight edge at t he middle of
each t raffic lane along a line parallel t o t he cent er line of t he road. The t ransver se prof ile shall be
checked wit h a series of t hree camber boards at int ervals of 10m.

Rectification of Defective Construction :

Where t he surface irregularit y of t he WBM sub-base cour se exceeds t he t olerances
specified in t he t able given above or where t he course is ot herwi se defect ive due t o sub-gr ade
soil mixi ng wit h t he aggregat es, t he layer t o it s full t hickness shall be scarif ied over t he affect ed
P -125

area, reshaped wit h added mat erial or removed and replaced wit h f resh mat erial as applicable,
and recompact ed. The area t reat ed in t he af oresaid manner shall not be less t han 10 sqm. I n no
cases shall depressions be filled up wit h screenings and blinding mat erial.

Measurements and Rate :

The lengt h and breadt h shall be t aken t o t he near est cent imet er and t hickness t o t he
nearest half cent imet er. The consolidat ed cubical cont ent s shall be calculat ed in cubic met res
corr ect t o t wo places of decimals. The rat e shall include t he cost of all labour and mat erials
invol ved in all t he operat ions described above.

Rubble Soling :

Rubble soling f or road work includi ng foot pat hs, culvert s side drains et c. shall be carried
out as specified herei nbef ore under chapt er , 3, par a 3.3 for Rubble st one soling, as far as t hey
are applicable, wit h t he following addit i ons :

Subgrade f or soling shall be prepared by cleaning of all foreign subst ances including rank
veget at ion, if any. Any rut s or sof t yielding places t hat appear due t o improper drainage
condit ions, t raff ic, hauling or fr om any ot her cause shall be dressed off parallel t o t he fini shed
profile and t he same shall be appr oved by t he Engineer-in-charge before laying of soling. Soling
shall be laid in regular lines and st aggered j oint s. The st ones shall be laid as cl osely as possible
and packed well. The st ones shall be so laid as t o have t heir bases and t he largest area rest ing
on t he subgrade and in cont act wit h each ot her.

Soling shall be laid t o proper gradient and camber which shall be checked fr equent l y t o
ensure accuracy. Rolling shall t hen be carried out by a 8 t o 10 t onne power roller and soling
consolidat ed properly shall be light ly sprinkled during rolling, if ordered by t he Engineer-in-
charge.

The surface t hus prepared shall first be passed by t he Engineer-in-charge, aft er which t o
mm t o 50mm t hick layer of select ed hard murrum available fr om excavat ion shall be spread over
t he soling as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge and rolled again such t hat t he hard murrum
get s int o t he int erst ices. I t shall, however, be ensured t hat a t hin layer of murrum / grit shall
remain on t he finished surface of soling.

The area of soling act uall y done of specified consolidat ed t hickness li mit ing t o t he
dimensions as per drawing shall be measured in square met re upt o t wo deci mal places.

a) Damages to the Department's Property :

Any damage t o t he Dept t ' s propert y due t o negligence of t he cont ract or while execut ing
t he work shall be made good t o t he original condit ion at his own cost .

b) Mode of Measurement :

The ar eas of wat er bound macadam road surfaces of required t hickness act ually
complet ed as per above specificat i ons limit ing t o t he areas as per drawing shall be measured i n
square met re upt o t wo places of decimal for payment .

The it em incl udes laying, Spreading, wat ering, consolidat ion, bli nding et c. but excl uding
t he cost of 50mm size I .R.C. met al and graded mur ram which will be paid under relevant it em.
However murrum obt ained from excavat ion wor k under t his cont ract and used as blinding
mat erial as above on inst ruct ions/ approval of ht Engineer-in-charge shall not be paid.

sc
P -126


35 FENCI NG WORK WI TH BARBED WI RE, CHAI N LI NK ETC.

The work shall generally be carried out as per t hese specificat ions, relevant drawings and
as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge.

M.S. Posts and Struts :

All t he M.S. post s / st r ut s shall be free from rust , scale, cracks, t wist s and ot her defect s
and shall be f abricat ed t o t he required shape and size out of t he specif ied sect i ons. The post s
and st rut s shall be conf ormi ng t o relevant specifi cat ions st ipulat ed hereinbef ore under relevant
sect ions. All t he post s an st rut s shall be of sizes and lengt hs as specif ied i n t he t ender schedule.
The exposed surfaces of t he post s and st rut s shall be paint ed wit h t wo coat s of approved pri mer.

R.C.C Posts and Struts :

All t he post s and st rut s shall be of st andard size as specified in schedule. These shall be
coast ed on suit able places/ plat for ms in cement concret e 1: 2: 4 ( 1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4
graded st one aggregat e 12.5 mm. nominal size) as per relevant specificat ions st ipulat ed
hereinbefore. The reinforcement shall be pr ovided as hereinbef ore under relevant sect ions. To
post s and st rut s shall be free from honeycombing, cr acks and ot her defect s.

Af t er cast ing, t he post s / st rut s shall be left at t he same place and cured f or a minimum
period of 7 days. Aft er 7 days curing t he same shall be shift ed t o a leveled gr ound and st acked
for furt her cur ing for 14 days. Aft er 21 days of curing only, t he post s/ st rut s shall be t ransport ed
t o wor k sit e wit hout any damage, f or fixing in posit ion.

Spacing of the Posts and Struts :

The spaci ng of post s shall be 3 m. cent er t o cent er unless ot her wise specified or as
direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge, t o suit t he dimensions of t he area t o be fenced. E very 10t h
post s, last but one end post s, corner post s, and post s where t he level of fencing changes in
st eps and end post when t he fenci ng changes it s direct ion shall be st rut t ed on bot h dies or as
direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charges. End post s where barbed wire fencing is discont inued shall
be st rut t ed on one side only.

Fixing of M.S. / R.C.C. Posts and Struts :

Pit s of size 45 X 45 X 45 cm. deep or sizes ment i oned in t he drawings, shall first be
excavat ed cent rally in t he direct ion of pr oposed fencing wor k, t rue t o line and level t o r eceive
t he post s. I n case of st rut s, t he pit s shall be so excavat ed, as t o receive mi nimum 15cm.
concret e cover at any point of t he st rut s t o suit it s inclinat ion or as shown in t he drawing.

The pit s shall be filled wit h a layer of 15cm. t hick cement concret e of specified mi x. The
post s and st rut s shall t hen be placed in t he pit s, t he post s pr oj ect ing t o t he specified height
above ground level, t rue t o line, plumb and posit ion, by pr oviding adequat e support s
t emporarily, and cement concret e of specified mi x, shall t hen be filled in so t hat t he post s are
embedded in cement concret e blocks of specified sizes. The concret e in foundat ion shall be
wat ered for at least 7 days t o ensure proper curing.

Barbed Wire :

The barbed wire shall be of M.S. or G.I . as specified and it shall generally conf or m t o I .S.
278-1978.

P -127

The base met al of t he line and point wire shall be of good commercial qualit y mild st eel.
The line and point wire shall be circular in sect ion, free from scales and ot her defect s and shall
be unifor ml y galvanized if specified.

The line wire shall be in cont inuous lengt hs and shall generally be free from signs of
welds. I t shall be able t o wit hst and wrapping and unwrapping 8 t urns round it s diamet er.

The barbed wire shall consist of t wo splices per reel. The barbed wire shall be formed by
t wist ing t wo lines wires one cont aining t he barbs.

The barbed wire and it s weight shall be as given in t he t able below:

Type
Nominal diamet er of wire
Nominal dist ance
bet ween t wo
barbs in mm
Mass of complet e
barbed wire ( in
gm./ m)
Line wire ( in
mm)
Point wire ( in
mm)
1. 2.50 ( 12G) 2. 50 ( 12G) 75 146 ( 136-155)
2. 2.50 2. 50 150 114( 108- 120)
3. 2.50 2. 00 ( 14 G) 75 117( 108- 125)
4. 2.50 2. 00 150 96( 89- 103)
5. 2.24 ( 13G) 2. 00 75 102( 97- 106)
6. 2.24 2. 00 150 82( 78- 85)

The barbs shall carry f our point s and shall be f ormed by t wist ing t ow point wires, each
t wo t urns, t ight ly round one li ne wire, making alt oget her 4 ( four) complet e t urns. The barbs shall
be so finished t hat t he four point s are set and locked at right angles t o each ot her.

The barbs shall have a lengt h of not less t han 13mm and not more t han 18mm. The
point s shall be sharp and well point ed. Barbed spacing shall be as gi ven i n t he above t able.
Wherever r equired f or ever y 50 reels or part t hereof, samples of t he barbed wir e and t he
individual line wires shall be put t o t ensile t est and in case of failure t o confor m t o t ensil e
propert ies given below, t wo addit ional t est s of each kind shall be made on t he samples cut from
ot her reels.

Tensile Proper t ies :

Size of lien wire
Nominal dia
( in mm)
Breaking load of line wire
Min. breaking load of
complet e barbed wire
( in Kg.)
Min.
( in Kg.)
Max.
( in Kg.)
2. 50 ( 12G) 216 302 444
2. 24 ( 13G) 128 179 263

On t he result s of t hese addit i onal t est s, t he whole or port ion of t he barbed wire shall be
accept ed or discarded as t he case may be.

Fixing of Barbed Wire :

The barbed wire shall be st ret ched and fixed in number of rows and t wo diagonals as
specified. The bot t om row shall be 140mm above ground and t he rest at 125 mm or at given
P -128

spacing as per drawing. The diagonals shall be st ret ched bet ween adj acent post s from t op wire
of one post t o t he bot t om wire of t he 2nd post . The diagonal wires will be i nt erwoven wit h
horizont al wires by fixing t he odd r ows of wires, t hen t he diagonal cross wires and last ly t he
even rows of wires. The j oint ing of t he barbed wire in bet ween t he post s shall not be permit t ed.

Necessar y holes shoul d be t apped in t he post s and t he barbed wire shall be fixed i n
posit ion by means of "U" clamps or bolt s and nut s as specified in drawings. I n case of fi xing wit h
"U" clamps, t he legs of t he "U" clamps passing t hr ough t he 10mm dia hole i n t he RCC post t o
hold barbed wire shall be t urned up and down t o get an overlap of 25mm on t he face of RCC
post . Turn buckles and st raining bolt s shall be used at t he end post s if specified.

Mode of Measurement :

The work shall be measured in running met re lengt h of fencing correct t o a cent imet er
for t he f inished wor k, f rom cent er t o cent er of t he post s.

The rat e shall include t he cost of labor and mat erial involved in all t he operat ions
described above including t he cost of barbed wire, t urn buckle, st raining bolt s, bolt s and t he nut s
/ U clamps including excavat ion and foundat ion concret e or as specified in it em descript ion f or
t he work.

Chain Link :

The chain link shall be of approved manufact ure and of correct size, gauge et c. I t shall
be of M.S. or G.I . as specified of approved manuf act ure and of required size, gauge et c. The
base mat erials of t he wire shall be of good commercial qualit y mild st eel. The wire shall be
circular in sect ion, free f rom rust , scale, cut s, welds and t oget her defect s and shall be unif or mly
galvanized if specified.

Fixing of the Chain Link Fencing to MS or RCC post:

The chain link of specified height of fencing shall be fixed first t o t he end post wit h
necessary G.I . appr oved t ype U clamps t hreaded t bot h t he ends and G.I . nut , bolt s, washers
et c. and wit h 6 mm dia full height M.S. / G.I . anchor bar. Aft er fixing t he chain link at t he end
post , it shall be st ret ched t ight ly and f ixed t o next post one aft er t he ot her by t he above
ment ioned clamps and bars et c. leaving 50 mm clearance from t he ground and 20mm clearance
in t he case of concret e coping at bot t om t o avoid rust ing. The point at t he change in level of t he
fencing. t op/ bot t om, necessary links shall be adj ust ed suit ably as per t he manuf act urers
specificat ion or as direct ed by t he Engineer-in-charge. The ent ire link fence shall be paint ed wit h
t wo coat s of synt het ic enamel paint of approved make and shade over a coat of approved pri mer
or as specified in t he it em / drawing.

Measurement :

The work shall be measured in running met re lengt h of fencing correct t o a cent imet er
for t he f inished wor k from cent re t o cent er of t he post s.

The rat e shall include t he cost of labor and mat erial involved in all t he operat ion
described above including t he cost of barbed wire, t urn buckle, st raining bolt s and bolt s and t he
nut s / U clamps, 6mm dia M.S. / GI anchor bar et c. including excavat ion and foundat i on concret e
or as specified in it em descript ion f or t he wor k.

sOc
P -129

36 DRAI NAGE WORK WI TH NP 2 CLASS R.C.C. HUME PI PES

RCC Spun Pipes :

The pipes shall be RCC spun pipes NP2 class, conf orming t o I S 458-1971 and shall
be approved by t he Engineer-in-charge f or soundness bef ore incorporat ion t he work.

Laying RCC spun pipes :

The work consist of providing, laying, j oint ing and t est ing RCC spun pipe st orm wat er
drain of required diamet er as ment ioned in t he schedule t o discharge st orm wat er t o t he
main nallh as shown in t he drawing.

Af t er t he cement concret e cradle has been laid properly, if specified or as direct ed by
he Engineer-in-charge, t he pipes shall be lowered gradually int o t he t renches over t he
concret e cradle or bed. Necessary wor king space / gap f or collars shall be made at every
j oint . Laying of pipe shall proceed upgrade of a slope. The collars shall be slipped on bef ore
t he next pipe is laid.

The pipe drain shall rest on t he bed at every point t hrough it s lengt h. To ensure t his
t he space bet ween t he underside of t he pipe on t he invert of t he cradle shall be caref ully
grout ed solid wit h cement slurry consist ing of one part of cement t o one part of clean
washed sand in such a manner t hat no void is left . I t shall be ensured t hat t he load of t he
pipes and t he super imposed load of t he eart h filling is evenly dist ribut ed on t he cradle or
bed.

The cont ract or shall t ake precaut ions t o see t hat no dirt , eart h or ot her f oreign
mat t er is allowed on t he surf ace of t he cradle or bed of t he pipe rest ing t hereon, all t o t he
f ull sat isf act ion of t he Engineer-in-charge. Af t er the alignment and grading of t he pipes is
checked by t he aut horized represent at ive of t he Depart ment , t he grout ing shall be done
wit h specified st iff mix of cement mort ar.

The cradle of concret e shall be allowed t o set at least f or t hee days bef ore any pipe is
placed on it and t he cont ract or shall t ake due care in set t ing t he pipe in t he cradle so t hat
no damage is occurred t o t he cradle. I f any damage t o t he cradle occurs, it shall be rect ified
t o t he sat isf act ion of Engineer-in-charge and in any part icular case where damage t o t he
cradle is beyond repair in t he opinion of t he Engineer-in-charge, t he cont ract or shall cut out
t he damaged sect ion of t he cradle and redo t he same at his own expenses t ot eh complet e
sat isf act ion of t he Engineer-in-charge.

No pipe shall be laid or placed t ill t he alignment of t he pipe drain and it s levels and
gradient have been carefully checked and f ound correct / approved by t he Engineer-in-
charge.

Joints :

The j oint s f or t he pipes shall be made by loose collars and t he connect ing space shall
be as minimum as possible. The collars shall be specif ically roughened inside t o provide a
bet t er grip.

The t wo adj acent pipes will be so designed and manuf act ured t hat when but t ed
t oget her concent rically, a dowel is lef t bet ween t he t wo ends. I n t his dowel, cement mort ar
P -130

of ( 1: 1) proport ion or mix, as specif ied in t he schedule be f il led and t hen bet ween t he ends
a past e of cement mort ar of t he same proport ions will be placed. The space remaining
bet ween t he pipe ends and t he collar being t hen caulked with cement mort ar of (1: 1) or
ot her specif ied proport ion so t hat an even space appears all round t he ext ernal diamet er of
t he pipes. All t he j oint s shall be finished of f smoot h at an angle of 45 0 wit h t he longit udinal
axis of t he pipe on eit her side of t he collars.

The int erior of t he pipe drains shall be cleaned of f all dirt , cement mort ar and
superfluous mat erials and j oint s shall be cured f or at least 7 days.

Testing of RCC spun pipes :

Af t er suf f icient int erval has been allowed f or t he j oint s t o set , t he pipe drains will be
t est ed under a wat er head of at least 1. 2m and in no case under a head great er t han 1.8m
of wat er above t he t op of t he pipes. I n addit ion, the pipe drains shall be examined f or leaks
of land / sun soil wat er making it s way t hrough t he j oint s. The cont ract or shall make t he
pipe drains wat er t ight against t he ent rance of land/ sub soil wat er f rom out side and also
against t he leakages of wat er f rom t he inside of t he pipe drains at t he t est heads specif ied
above t o t he f ull sat isf act ion of t he pipes, in order t o det ect any leakage easily. The cost of
t est ing of t he pipe drain shall be borne by t he cont ract or and is deemed t o be included in
t he rat es quot ed by t he cont ract or.

Engineer-in-charge may order concret e t o be increased or diminished :

The Engineer-in-charge may increase or decrease t he concret e on t he pipe drains as
t o t he quant it y and qualit y t o omit t he same ent irely according t o t he nat ure of t he ground
t hat may be revealed when t he st orm wat er drain t renches are excavat ed.

Back filling / filling trenches :

Filling in t renches f or pipes and drains shall be commenced as soon as t he j oint s of
pipes and drains have been t est ed and passed. Where t he t renches are excavat ed in soil,
t he f illing shall be done wit h eart h on t he sides and t op of pipes in layers not exceeding 20
cm. wat ered, rammed and consolidat ed t aking care t hat no damage is caused t o t he pipe
below. I n case of excavat ion of t renches in rock, t he f illing upt o a dept h of 30 cm. above t he
crown of pipe or barrel shall be done wit h f ine mat erial such as eart h, murrum or pulverized
decomposed rock according t o t he availabilit y at sit e. The remaining filling shall be done
wit h rock f illing or boulders of size not exceeding 15cm. mixed wit h f ine mat erial as available
t o f ill up t he voids, wat ered, rammed and consolidat ed in layers not exceeding 30cm.

Mode of measurement :

The lengt h of pipes shall be measured in running met re nearest t o a cent imet er
along t he cent er lien of t he pipes over all fit t ings such as collars, bends, j unctions et c,
Fit t ings / specials shall not be measured separat ely.

The rat e shall include t he cost of mat erials an labor including j oint ing, grout ing,
cut t ing of pipes t o t he required lengt hs, wast ages et c. involved in all t he operations
described above.

Excavat ion back f illing, short ing and t imbering in t renches and cement concret ing
wherever required shall be measured separat ely under relevant it ems of work.

s·c
P -131

37. THEORETI CAL, STANDARD REQUI REMENT OF CEMENT FOR VARI OUS I TEMS
OF WORK FOR GUI DANCE OF CONTRACTOR.

Sl.
No.
Brief descript ion of it em Unit
Qt y. of
cement in
bags
1 Cement Concret e 1: 5: 10 Cum 2.60
2 Cement Concret e 1: 4: 8 Cum 3.40
3 Cement Concret e 1: 3: 6 Cum. 4.40 *
4 Cement Concret e 1: 2: 4 Cum 6.40 *
5 Reinforced Cement Concr et e 1: 2: 4 Cum. 6.40 *
6 Reinforced Cement Concr et e: 1: 1 1/ 2 : 3 Cum. 8.00 *
7 Reinforced Cement Concr et e 1: 1: 2 Cum. 12.20 *
Note : For cont rolled concret e it ems like M-10, M-15, M-20, M-25 et c. t he Consumpt ion of
cement will have t o be assessed by t he Engineer-in- charge on t he basis of design mi xes
approved for indi vidual wor k.
8 Brick Masonry in C.M. 1: 4 Cum. 1. 90
9 Brick Masonry in C.M. 1: 6 Cum. 1. 25
10 Half brick masonr y in C.M. 1: 4 wit h RCC 1: 2: 4 st iffeners Sqm. 0. 27
11 Half brick masonr y in 1: 4 Sqm. 1. 21
12 a. R.R. Masonry in C.M. 1: 6 Cum. 1. 65
b. C.R. Masonry in C.M. 1: 6 Cum. 1. 56
13 I PS Floor ing ( C.C. 1: 2: 4, Finished smoot h)
a. 30 mm t hick Sqm. 0. 23
b. 40 mm t hick ( smoot h / broom fini sh) Sqm. 0. 30
c. 50 mm t hick Sqm. 0. 36
( + ) 20 mm t hick skirt ing / dado in cm. 1: 3 Sqm. 0. 30
14 Hardonat e flooring – 50 mm t hick ( C.C. 1: 2: 4, finished smoot h) Sqm. 0. 41

15 Kot a St one :
a. Flooring ( wit h lime mort ar bedding poi nt ed wit h mat ching
cement slurr y)
Sqm. 0. 13
b. Skirt ing wit h 20mm t hick C.M. 1: 3 backing Sqm. 0. 27
c. Coping Sqm. 0. 13
16 Terrazzo Tile :
a. Flooring ( wit h lime mort ar bedding and point ed wit h cement
slurry)
Sqm. 0. 18
b. Skirt ing wit h 20 mm t hick C.M. 1: 3 Sqm. 0. 28
c. Treads, hydraulically pressed wit h C.M. 1: 3 bedding Sqm 0. 37
d. Treads in one piece Sqm. 0. 28
e. Risers, hydraulically pressed wit h C.M. 1: 3 backing Sqm. 0. 28
P -132

f. Risers in one piece Sqm. 0. 23
17 Cast in sit u t errazzo :
a. Flooring 40 mm t hick ( 28 mm C.C. 1: 2: 4 + 12mm wi t h marble
chips & powder)
Sqm. 0. 26
b. Skirt ing, 20mm t hick ( 12mm C.M. 1: 3 + 8 mm marbl e chips
wit h cement & marble powder)
Sqm. 0. 25
18 Whit e glazed t ile flooring and dado over 20mm C.M. 1: 3
bedding
Sqm. 0. 31
19 Cement t ile :
a. Flooring ( Lime mort ar bedding) Sqm. 0. 18
b. Skirt ing wit h 20 mm t hick C.M. 1: 3 Sqm. 0. 28
20 Plast er skirt ing, 20 mm t hick in C.M. 1: 3 Sqm. 0. 30
21 Cuddapah st one kit chen plat form over 20mm t hick C.M. 1: 4 Sqm 0. 30
22 Cuddapah st one window sill over 20mm t hick C.M. 1: 4 Sqm. 0. 27
23 Fixing hold fast s in cement concret e 1: 3: 6 of si ze 300 X 100 X
150mm f or door & windows
100
nos.
2. 20
24 Cement plast er in C.M. 1: 4 / 1: 5 wit h neeru finish
A. Cement mort ar 1: 4
a. 12 mm t hick Sqm. 0. 11
b. 15 mm t hick Sqm. 0. 13
c. 20 mm t hick Sqm. 0. 17
B. Cement mort ar 1: 5
a. 12 mm t hick Sqm. 0. 09
b. 15 mm t hick Sqm. 0. 11
c. 20 mm t hick Sqm. 0. 14
25 Cement plast er in C.M. 1: 4 in t wo coat s wit h neat
cement punning
a. 12 mm t hick 10 mm + 5 mm ( for ceiling) Sqm. 0. 18
b. 15 mm t hick 15 mm + 5 mm ( for int ernal wall s) Sqm. 0. 22
26 Cement plast er in C.M. 1: 4, 20 mm t hick r ough finish ( for
ext ernal brick / concret e surf aces
Sqm. 0. 17
27 Sand f aced plast er, 20 mm t hick ( 12 mm C.M. 1: 4 + 8mm C.M.
1: 3)
Sqm. 0. 21
28 Rough cast plast er, 25mm t hick ( 12 mm C.M. 1: 4 + 13mm
C.M. 1: 3)
Sqm. 0. 27

( + ) ( + ) 10 mm wide & 18 mm t hick plain or moulded cement
mort ar band in CM 1: 4
100
RM
0. 152

29 Cement plast er in C.M. 1: 3 wit h wat er proofing
compound finished smoot h wit h neat cement
a. 12 mm t hick Sqm. 0. 19
P -133

b. 20 mm t hick Sqm. 0. 27
30 Cement point ing in C.M. 1: 3
a. Ruled point ing (groove point ing) Sqm. 0. 02
b. Raised & cut point ing Sqm. 0. 04
31 Cement based wat erproofing wor ks ( M/ s I ndia wat er-pr oofing
or equivalent :

a. Terrace t ype average 115mm t hick Sqm. 0. 45
b. Basement t ype ( Box t ype) 0. 70
c. Basement t ype ( surface) Sqm. 0. 60
d. I n sunken f loor of t oilet s, chaj j as, parapet s Sqm. 0. 30
e. Brickbat coba in t oilet s, ext ra in roof t errace Cum. 3. 00
f. O.H. wat er t anks Sqm. 0. 50
g. Expansion j oint s RM 0. 50
32 Damp proof course in CC 1: 2: 4
a. 25 mm t hick Sqm. 0. 16
b. 38 mm t hick Sqm. 0. 24
33 Laying R.C.C. spun pipes in C.M. 1: 1 / 1: 2
A. 100 mm dia 10 m 0. 10
B. 150 mm dia 10 m 0. 12
C. 250 mm dia 10 m 0. 18
D. 300 mm dia 10 m 0. 22
E. 450 mm dia 10 m 0. 48
F. 600 mm dia 10 m 0. 64
34 Cement mort ar 1: 4 screed
a. 20 mm t hick Sqm.
b. 50 mm dia Sqm.
35 Chain link fencing / barbed wire fencing C.C. 1: 3: 4 pocket s of
45 X 450 X 600 mm

a. Angle iron post s m 0. 21
b. Cement concret e 1: 2: 4 post s m 0. 37
36 Kerb st one in CC 1: 3: 6 of size 125 X 375 mm m 0. 21
37 Shahabad st one paving, point ed in C.M. 1: 3 15 X 10 mm
groove
Sqm. 0. 02
38 Point ing & grout ing st one pit ching in CM 1: 3 Sqm. 0. 14

sOc

P -2 SECTION V - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1 General:
The detailed specifications given hereinafter are for the items of works described in the schedule of quantities attached herein, and shall be guidance for proper execution of work to the required standards. It may also be noted that the specifications are of generalized nature and these shall be read in conjunction with the description of item in schedule of quantities and drawings. The work also includes all minor details of construction which are obviously and fairly intended and which may not have been referred to in these documents but are essential for the entire occupation in accordance with standard Engineering practice. Unless specifically otherwise mentioned, all the applicable codes and standards published by the Indian Standard Institution and all other standards which may be published by them before the date of receipt of tenders, shall govern in all respects of design, workmanship, quality and properties of materials and methods of testing, methods of measurements etc. Wherever any reference to any Indian Standard Specifications occurs in the documents relating to this contract, the same shall be inclusive of all amendments issued thereto or revision thereof, if any, up to the date of receipt of tenders. In case there is no I.S.I. specification for the particular work, such work shall be carried out in accordance with the instructions in all respects, and requirements of the Engineer-in-Charge. The work shall be carried out in a manner complying in all respects with the requirements of relevant bye-laws of the Municipal Committee/Municipal Corporation/Development Authority / Improvement Trust under the jurisdiction of which the work is to be executed or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and, unless otherwise mentioned, nothing extra shall be paid on this account. Samples of various materials, fittings, etc. proposed to be incorporated in eh work shall be submitted by the contractor for approval of the Engineer-in-charge before order for bulk supply in placed. The contractor shall take instructions from the Engineer-in-charge regarding collection and stacking of materials in any place. No excavated earth or building materials shall be stacked on areas where buildings, roads, services, compound wails etc. are to be constructed. The contractor shall maintain in perfect condition all works executed till the completion of the entire work allotted to him. Where phased delivery is contemplated, this provision shall apply to each phase. The contractor shall give a performance test of the entire installation(s) as per standard specifications before the work is finally accepted and nothing extra whatsoever shall be payable to the contractor for the test. The contractor shall clear the site thoroughly of all scaffolding materials and rubbish etc. left out of his work and dress the site around the building to the satisfaction of the Engineer-incharge before the work is considered as complete. The Director, Engineering Services Group (OR) Additional Chief Engineer, Civil Engineering Division shall be the sole deciding authority as to the meaning, interpretations and implications for various provisions of the specifications and his decision in writing shall be final and binding on all concerned. In case any difference or discrepancy between the specifications and the description in the schedule of quantities, the schedule of quantities all take precedence. In case of any difference or discrepancy between specifications and drawing, the specifications shall take precedence. Read 'Department' as 'CED/ESG/IGCAR

P -3
2. LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS: Following are the various Indian Standards, relevant to the Civil Engineering work: (Latest Revision to be referred.) No 1 Indian Standard Subject Carriage of materials 4082-1977 Recommendations on stacking & storage of construction materials at site. Earth Work: 1200 (Pt. I) -1992 Method of measurement of Earth work safety code for Blasting 4081-1986 and related drilling Operations. 6313 (pt. II)-1981 Anti-termite measures in buildings (Part II - Pre-constructional chemical treatment). Mortar : 196-1966 Atmospheric conditions for testing 269-1989 Ordinary, rapid hardening and low heat Portland cement 383-1970 Coarse and fine aggregates from natural sources for Concrete 455-1989 Portland blast furnace slag cement 650-1991 Standard sand for testing of cement 712-1984 Building Lines 1489-1991 Portland Pozzolana cement 1514-1990 Methods of sampling & Test for quick lime and Hydrated lime 1542-1992 Sand for plastering 1727-1967 Methods of tests for pozzolanic materials 2250-1981 Code of practice for preparation and use of masonry Mortar 2386 pt. I-1977 Particle size and shape 2386 Pt.II_1977 Estimation of deleterious materials and organic impurities 2386 pt. III-1977 Specific gravity, density, voids, absorption and bulking 2686-1977 Cinder as fine aggregate for use of lime concrete 3025-1987 Methods of sampling and test (physical and chemical) water used in industry 3068-1986 Broken brick (burnt clay) coarse aggregate for use in lime concrete (II-R) 3182-1986 Broken brick(burnt clay) fine aggregate for use in lime mortar 3812-1981 Fly ash 3812pt.I Fly ash for use as pozzolana 3812pt.II Fly ash for use as admixture for concrete 3812pt III Fly ash for use as fine aggregate for mortar and concrete 4031-1988 Methods of physical tests for hydraulic cement 4032-1985 Method of chemical analysis of hydraulic cement 4098-1983 Lime pozzolana mixture 6932(pt.I to X) Methods of test for building lime 6932 (pt.I)-1973 Determination of insoluble residue, loss of ignition, insoluble matter, silicon-dioxide, ferric and aluminum oxide, calcium oxide and magnesium oxide. 6932 (pt.II)-1973 Determination of carbon dioxide content 6932(pt.III)-1973 Determination of residue on slaking of quick lime 6932 (pt.IV) Determination of fineness of hydrated lime 1973 6932 (ptV)-1973 Determination of un hydrated oxide 6932(pt.VI)-1973 Determination of volume yield of quick lime 6932 (ptVII)-1973 Determination of compressive and transverse strength

2

3

X)-1973 Concrete work: 383-1970 456-2000 515-1959 516-1959 1198-1959 1200(pt. medium tensile steel and high yield strength steel deformed bars for concrete reinforcement Methods of sampling ad analysis of concrete Methods of measurement of cement concrete work Method of measurement of form work Code of practice for priestesses concrete Hard drawn steel wire fabric for concrete reinforcements Specifications for cold twisted steel bars for concrete reinforcement Specifications for plain hard draw steel wire for pre-stressed concrete Cold twisted steel bars for concrete reinforcement Specifications for high tensile steel bars used in pre-stressed concrete Code of practice for construction of reinforced concrete shell roof. voids. density.P -4 6932(pt.II)-1977 2386(pt.I)-1977 2386(pt.II) 9103-1979 RCC Work: 432-1982 432(pt. 5.II)-1974 1322-1982 1661-1987(pt. .V)-1982 1343-1980 1566-1985 1780-1961 1785-1983 1786-1985 2080-1980 2204-1962 2210-1962 Determination of workability Determination of soundness Determination of popping and pitting of hydrated lime Coarse and fine aggregates from natural sources for Concrete Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete Specifications for natural and manufactured aggregate for use in mass concrete Method of test for strength of concrete Method of sampling and analysis of concrete Methods of measurements of cement concrete work Bitumen felts for water proofing and damp proofing Code of practice for application of cement lime plaster finishes Methods of test for aggregate for concrete Test for particle size and shape Test for estimation of deleterious materials and organic impurities.Page 6 of 197 Criteria for the design of steel structure and folded plates.III) 7861-1975(pt.II)-1974 1200(pt.VIII)-1973 6932 (pt. absorption an bulking Mechanical properties Specification for integral water proofing compounds Specification for cinder aggregate for use in lime concrete Fly ash Fly ash for use as pozzolana for concrete Fly ash for use as admixture for concrete Fly ash for use as fine aggregate for mortar and concrete Hot weather concreting Cold weather concreting Admixture for concrete Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and hard drawn steel wire for concrete reinforcement Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete Code of practice for general construction of plain an reinforced concrete for dams and other massive structure Methods of test for strength of concrete Hot rolled mild steel.III) 2386-1977 2386(pt.IV)-1977 2645-1975 2686-1977 3812-1981 3812(pt.II) 3812(pt.V.IX)-1973 6932(pt.I) 7861-1981(pt.III)-1977 238686(pt. Test for specific gravity.I) 3812(pt. 4.I)-1982 456-1978 457-1957 516-1959 1139-1966 1199-1959 1200(pt.

Dressing of natural building stones Method of measurement of stone masonry.III)-1976 2116-1980 2212-1962 2250-1981 3102-1971 3495(pt. immersion type Specification for screen board concrete vibrators Specification for concrete vibrating tables Specification for pan vibrators Specification for form vibrators for concrete Specification for portable swing weight batchers for concrete (single and double bucket type) Specification for steel scaffolding.I &II) 4990-1981 6 Equipments: 460-1985 1791-1985 2430-1986 2585-1968 2806-1964 2514-1963 3366-1965 4656-1968 2722-1964 2750-1964 Brick work: 1077-1986 1200(pt. transverse and shear strengths of natural building stones Methods for determination of specific gravity and porosity of natural building stones Methods of test for water absorption of natural building stones Methods of test for absorption of natural building stones Methods of test for weathering of natural building stones Methods of test for durability of natural building stones. Common burnt clay building bricks Method of measurements of brick work Sand for masonry mortars Code of practice for brick work Code of practice for preparation & use of masonry Mortar Classification of burnt clay solid bricks Method of test for clay building work Method for sampling for sampling of clay building bricks Methods for determination of compressive.I)-1974 1122-1974 1123-1975 1124-1974 1125-1974 1126-1974 1129-1972 1200(pt.I to IV)-1976 5454-1978 Stone Work: 1121-(pt.I)-1979 2911(pt. 7 8 .P -5 2502-1963 2751-1979 2911-1979 2911(pt.IV)-1976 Code of practice for bending and fixing of bars for concrete reinforcement Code of practice for welding of mild steel bars used for reinforced concrete construction Code of practice for design and construction of pile Foundations Load bearing concrete piles Under reamed pile foundations Criteria for design and construction of precise concrete trusses Code of practice for concrete structures for storage of liquids Code of practice for measurement for Civil Engineering works. Code of practice for design and installation of joints in buildings Code of practice for use of immersion vibrators for consolidating concrete Code of practice for composite construction Code of practice for steel tubular scaffolding (I: Definition / Material: II: Safety Regulations) Specifications for plywood for concrete shuttering work 10262 Code of practice for design mix Specification for test sieves Specification for batch type concrete missed Specification for roller pan mixer Specification for concrete vibrators.III)-1980 3201-1988 3370(part I to IV)-1965 3385-1986 3414-1968 3588-1987 3935-1966 4014-1967(pt.

-II)-1994 1019-1974 1141-1993 1200 1200(pt.II)-1992 1805-1973 4101(pt.XIV)-1984 1200(pt. rail-tail type Double acting spring hinges Steel counter sunk head wire nails Drawer locks.I)-1991 1003(pt. cup board locks and box locks Synthetic resin adhesive for plywood (phenolic and amino plastic) Synthetic resin adhesive for construction work Specifications for animal glue for general wood working purposes Timer paneled and glazed shutters Door shutters Window and ventilator shutters Rim latches Code of practice for seasoning of timer Method of measurement and Building of Civil Engineering Works Glazing Wood work and joinery Bitumen felts for water proofing and damp proofing Veneered decorative plywood Steel Butt hinges Oxidized copper finished Wire cloth for general purposes Rules for grading of out size of timer Fiber hard board Block boards Floor door stoppers 9 10 .I)-1967 Marble work: 1122-1974 1124-1974 1130-1969 Wood work: 204-1991/92 205-1992 206-1992 207-1964 208-1987 281-1991 287-1973 303-1989 362-1991 363-1993 364-1993 401-1982 451-1973 452-1973 453-1993 723-1972 729-1979 848-1974 851-1978 852-1994 1003 1003(pt.P -6 1597-1967 1597(pt. Plywood for general purpose Parliament hinges Hasps and staples Fanlight catch Code of practice for preservation of timber Technical supply condition for wood screws Door springs.XXI)-1973 1322-1993 1328-1982 1341-1992 1378-1987 1568-1970 1629-1960 1658-1977 1659-1990 1823-1980 Code of practice for construction of rubble stone masonry Code of practice for construction of masonry Code of practice for construction of Ashlar masonry Glossary of items relating to stone quarrying and Dressing Stone facing Methods for determination of specific gravity and porosity of natural building stones Methods of test for water absorption of natural building stones Marble (blocks. slabs and tiles) Tower bolts (Part 1-1991:ferrous metals : part –II-1992:non ferrous metals) Non-ferrous metal butt hinges Tee and strap hinges Gate and shutter hooks and eyes Door handles Mild steel sliding door bolts for use with padlocks Recommendation for maximum permissible moisture contents of timer used for different purposes.I)-1992 1597(pt.

II)-1983 2209-1976 2380-1981 2681-1993 2835-1987 3087-1985 3097-1980 3400 3400(pt. For welding products other than sheets 11 .I)-1991 2202(pt.P -7 1868-1982 1911-1967 2191-1983 2191(pt.II)-1980 3400(pt. gold size Structural steel (standard quality) Specification for galvanized steel sheets (plain and corrugated) Galvanized steel barbed wire for fencing Code of practice for use of structural steel in General building construction. Code of practice for use of steel tube in general building construction Scheme of symbols for welding Covered electrodes for metal are welding of structural steel.IX)-1978 3564-1986 3618-1966 3813-1987 3818-1992 3847-1992 4020-1967 4021-1983 4827-1983 4948-1974 4992-1975 5187-1972 5523-1983 5930-1970 6318-1971 6607-1972 6760-1972 7196-1974 7197-1974 7534-1985 Steel Work: 63-1978 198-1978 226-1975 277-1985 278-1978 800-1984 806-1968 813-1986 814-1991 814(pt. Welded steel wire fabric for general use Door handles for mortise locks (vertical type) Flush bolts Method of testing anodic coating on aluminum and its alloys Mortise latch (vertical types) Plastic window stays and fasteners Rebated mortise locks (vertical type) Slotted countersunk head wood screws Hold fasts Double action floor springs (without oil check for heavy doors) Mild steel bolts with holders for padlocks Whiting for paints Varnish.I)-1974 Anodic coating on Aluminum Schedule of unit weights of building materials Wooden flush door shutter (cellular and hollow core type) Plywood face panels Particle board face panels for wooden flush door shutters Wooden flush door shutters (solid core type) Plywood face panels for wooden flush door shutters Particle board face panels for wooden flush door shutters Mortise locks (vertical type) Method of test for wood particle board and boards from lignocelluloses materials Non-ferrous metal sliding door bolts for use with pad locks Flat transparent sheet glass (3rd revision) Wood particle boards (medium density) for general purpose Veneered particle boards (1st Revision) Method of test for vulcanized rubbers Hardness Accelerated aging Relative density and density Door closers (hydraulically regulated) Phosphate treatment of iron and steel of protection against corrosion “C” hooks for use with swivels Continuous (piano) hinges Mortise night latches Methods of tests for wooden flush doors (type tests) Timber door. windows and ventilator frames Electroplated coating of nickel and chromium on copper and copper alloys.IV)-1987 3400(pt.I)-1983 2191(pt.II)-1983 2202 2202(pt.

windows and ventilators) Hot rolled steel river bars (up to 40mm diameters) for structural purposes Steel tubes for structural purposes Recommended practice for radiographic examination of fusion welded joints in steel plates Method of measurements of steel work and iron works Hexagon bolts.II)-1980 3400(pt. Code of practice for training and testing of metal are welders Code of practice for safety and healthy requirements in electric and gas welding and cutting operation. strip. windows & ventilations Grey iron casting Sheet linoleum Glazed earthen-ware tiles Rubber flooring materials for general purpose Methods for determination of specific Gravity and porosity of natural building stones Method of test for water absorption of natural building stones Marble (blocks.P -8 814(pt.XI)-1977 1237-1980 1443-1972 1661-1972 2078-1979 2114-1984 2571-1970 3400 3400(pt.II)-1974 815-1974 817-1966 818-1968 1038-1983 1081-1960 1148-1982 1161-1979 1182-1983 1200-1974 1363-1984 1599-1985 1608-1972 1821-1987 1852-1985 1894-1972 1977-1975 2062-1984 4351-1976 4736-1986 6248-1979 7452-1990 Flooring : 210-1978 653-1992 777-1988 809-1992 1122-1974 1124-1974 1130-1969 1197-1970 1198-1982 1200(pt. Steel doors. wire and tube Method for tensile testing of steel products Dimensions for clearance holes for metric bolts Rolling and cutting tolerance for hot rolled steel products Method for tensile testing of steel tunes Structural steel (ordinary quality) Structural steel (fusion welding quality) Steel door frames Hot-dip zinc coatings on steel tubes Metal rolling shutters and rolling grills Hot rolled steel sections for doors.X)-1977 3462-1986 For welding sheets Classification and coding of covered electrodes for metal are welding of mild steel and low alloy high tensile steel. slabs and tiles) Code of practice for laying of rubber floors Code of practice for laying and maintenance of linoleum floors Method of measurements of paving and floor finished Cement concrete flooring tiles Code of practice for laying and finishing of Cement concrete flooring tiles Code of practice for application of cement and cement lime plaster finishes Method of tensile testing of gray cast iron Code of practice for laying in situ terrazzo floor finish Code of practice for laying in situ cement concrete flooring Method of test of vulcanized rubbers Hardness Compression set at constant strain Flexible PVC flooring 12 . windows and ventilators Code of practice for fixing and glazing of metal (steel and aluminum) door. nuts and lock nuts (dia 6 to 39mm) and black hexagon screws (dia 6 to 24 mm) Method for bend test for steel products other than sheet.

X)-1973 1202-1978 1203-1978 1205-1978 1208-1978 1209-1978 1211-1978 1212-1978 1216-1978 1322-1993 1346-1976 1609-1991 1626-1994 1834-1984 1838-(pt. brushing. raw and refinery Linseed oil. white lead for priming an general purposes Specification for ready mixed paint. gutters and fittings (spigot and socket types) Specification for hot applied sealing compounds for joints in concrete Preformed filler for expansion joints in concrete non-extruding and resilient type (bitumen impregnated fiber) Code of practice for flat roof finish mud phuska Method of testing uniformity of coating on zinc coated articles Code of practice for laying of corrugated asbestos cement sheet Fiber insulation boards Magnetite for chemical industry Specifications for glass fiber base coal tar pitch & Bitumen felts Bonded mineral wool Linseed oil. boiled. Zinc chrome priming Enamel.I)-1983 2115-1980 2633-1986 3007-(pt.I-1964 3348-1965 3607-1979 7193-1994 8183-1993 Finishing : 75-1973 77-1976 102-1962 103-1962 104-1979 133-1993 Code of practice for laying of flexible PVC sheet & tiles flooring Code of practice for laying hardwood parquet and wood block floors Paving Bitumen Galvanized Steel sheets (plain and corrugated Concrete pipes (with an without reinforcement) Un reinforced corrugated and semi corrugated Asbestos cement sheets Salt glazed stone ware pipes and fittings Industrial Bitumen Method of sampling & analysis of concrete Method of measurements of roof covering (including cladding) Method of measurements of ceiling and lining Determination of specific gravity for testing Tar and Bitumen Determination of penetration for testing Tar and Bitumen Determination of Ductility for testing Tar and Bitumen Determination of flash point and fire point for Testing tar and bitumen Determination of water content for testing Tar and bitumen Determination of loss on heating for testing Tar and bitumen Determination of solubility in carbon disulphide for testing Tar and bitumen Bitumen felts for water proofing and damp proofing Code of practice for waterproofing of roof with Bitumen felts Code of proactive for laying damp proof treatment using bitumen felts Asbestos cement building pipes. brushing.P -9 8318-1969 5389-1969 13 Roofing : 73-1992 277-1992 458-1988 459-1992 651-1992 702-1988 1199-1959 1200(pt.IX)-1973 1200(pt. red. for paints Ready mixed paint. interior (a) under coating (b) finished colour as required 14 . lead for priming and general purposes Ready mixed paint. brushing.

colour as required 5411(pt..XVIII)-1974 Method of measurements of demolition and dismantling Safety Codes: 818-1968 Safety and healthy requirements in Electric and gas welding and cutting operations 3698-(pt. in dual container 2547-1976 Gypsum building plaster 2932-1994 Enamel synthetic. 345-1952 Wood filler.XV)-1987 Method of measurements of painting. Transparent.II)-1966 Safety code for ladders 3764-1966 Safety code for Excavation works 4081-1986 Safety code for blasting and related drilling operation 4130-1976 Safety code for demolition of building 5916-1970 Safety code for construction involving use of hot bituminous materials 6922-1973 Structure subject to underground blasts code of practice for safety and design for 7293-1974 Working with construction machinery safety code  15 16 . under coating exterior. interior. matt or egg-shell flat. brushing. B and C. colour as required 524-1983 Varnish. polishing & varnishing 2095-1982 Gypsum plaster boards 2096-1992 Asbestos cement flat sheets 2339-1963 Aluminum paint for general purposes.XII)-1976 Method of measurements of plastering and pointing 1200(pt. finishing exterior and general purposes 533-1973 Gum spirit of turpentine (oil of turpentine) 712-1984 Specification for building limes 1200(pt. liquid 347-1975 Varnish shellac for general purpose 348-1968 French polish 419-1967 Putty for use of window frames 427-1965 Distemper. exterior.I)-1987 Safety code for scaffolds 3696(pt. air drying for general purpose 217-1988 Cut back bitumen 218-1983 Creosole and anthracene oil for use as wood preservatives 290-1961 Coal tar black paint 337-1975 Varnish. natural resin 339-1952 Varnish under coating. dry. Exterior (a) Under coating (b) Finishing 5410-1992 Cement paint. exterior (a) Under coating (b) Finishing 2933-1975 Enamel. finishing exterior. as required 158-1981 Ready mixed paint. brushing. finishing interior 338-1952 Varnish. synthetic 525-1968 Varnish. synthetic resin 340-1978 Varnish mixing 341-1973 Black Japan. bituminous. type A.P -10 137-1965 Ready mixed paint. water an heat resting for general purposes 168-1993 Read mixed paint. finishing. to Indian Standard colour.I)-1974 Plastic emulsion paint for interior use 6278-1971 Code of practice for white washing & colour washing Demolition and Dismantling: 1200(pt. black lead free acid alkali.XIII)-1987 Method of measurements of white washing 1200(pt. colour as required 428-1969 Distemper. oil emulation.

The ground levels shall be taken at 5 to 15 metres intervals in uniformly sloping ground and at closer distance where local mounds. Roots and Vegetation clearance: The roots of trees if any shall be removed to a minimum depth of 60 cm below ground level or a minimum of 30 cm below formation level whichever is lower and the hollows filled up with earth leveled and rammed. stacking the useful materials as directed within the lead specified. slopes and camber etc. pits and over areas. shall be supplied by the Contractor at his own cost. to enable him to take existing level for the purpose of measurements. bushes and rubbish removed up to a distance of 150 metres outside the periphery of the area under clearance. lines. refilling around the foundation and into the plinth with selected useful excavated earth and disposing off the surplus earth / materials within specified lead and finishing the surface to proper levels. Necessary profiles with pegs. such as water lines. Any material obtained from the site will be the property of the Government of India and the useful materials as decided by the Engineer-in-charge will be conveyed and properly stacked as directed within the lead specified. or any other permanent benchmark approved by the Engineer-in-charge. This work is deemed to be included in the earthwork items and no separate payment will be admissible for the work. For this purpose. levels.S. shrubs. which shall be signed by the Contractor and the Engineer-in-charge. before the earthwork is actually started. The Contractor shall perform excavation in all types of soils. grades and curves as shown in the drawing or lesser widths.5m in width or 10sqm. These benchmarks shall be connected with G. all complete. Filling and Backfilling Scope of Work The scope for work covered under this specifications pertain to excavation of foundations. Checking of such alignment by the Department will not absolve the contractor from his responsibility to execute the work strictly in accordance with the drawings. The contractor shall supply labour and materials for setting out and making profiles and Burjis for the work at his own cost and the same shall be maintained during the excavation work. The item in the schedule of quantities shall specify the excavation in trenches or over areas.P -11 3. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to set out center lines correctly with reference to the drawings and install substantial reference marks. The Department will show grid co-ordinate or other reference points. electric cables etc. in foundation. Excavations. loose stones. murrum. grass. dewatering and shoring if necessary. on plan shall be described as excavation in foundation trenches.T. Setting out and making profiles: Masonry or concrete pillars will be erected at suitable points in the area to serve as benchmarks for the execution of the work. boulders etc. . The ground levels shall be recorded in field books and plotted on plans. bamboos and strings or Burjis shall be made to show the correct formation levels before the work is started. grades and levels as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and per items in the schedule of quantities. pits. Excavation: The contractor shall notify the Engineer-in-charge before starting excavation and before the ground is disturbed. This work is deemed to be included in the earthwork item rate and no separate payment will be admissible. levels. Site Clearance: Before the earth work is started the area coming under cutting and filling shall be cleared of all obstruction. protections of existing underground utilities of any. The labour required for taking levels. over areas and in trenches to widths. or undulations are met with. soft and hard rock. the excavation for any depth in trenches for foundation not exceeding 1. as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. trenches. correct to dimensions given in the drawing including shoring. in all sorts of soil. lines. soft and hard rock. rank vegetation.

P -12

Excavation exceeding 1.5m in width as well as 10sqm. on plan (excluding trenches for pipes, cables etc.) and exceeding 30cm in depth shall be described as excavation over areas. Excavation exceeding 1.5m in width as well as 10sqm. on plan but not exceeding 30cm. in depth shall be described as surface Excavation. Classification of Earth work: The earthwork shall be classified under the following main categories and measured separately for each category. All types of soil, murrum, boulders, Soft rock, Hard rock. All types of Soils, Murrum, Boulders: This includes earth, murrum, top deposits of agricultural soil, reclaimed soil, clay, sand or any combination thereof ad soft and hard murrum, shingle etc. which is loose enough to be removed with spadies, shovel and pick axes. Boulders not more than 0.03 cum. in volume found during the course of excavation shall also fall under this classification. Excavation in Soft Rock: This shall include all materials which are rock or hard conglomerate, all decomposed weathered rock, highly fissured rock, old masonry, boulders bigger than 0.03 cum, in volume but not bigger than 0.5 cum. and other varieties of soft rock which can be removed only with pick axes, crow bars, wedges and hammers with some difficulty. The mere fact that the contractor resorts to blasting and / or wedging and chiseling of reasons of his own, shall not mean the rock is classifiable as hard rock. Excavation in Hard Rock : This includes all rock other than soft rock mentioned in para above 1.5.1 (b) viz. soft rock, occurring in masses, boulders having approximate volume more than 0.5 cum. plain or reinforced cement concrete, which can best be removed by chiseling and wedging where blasting cannot be permitted owing to any restriction at site. Excavation In Hard Rock by Chiseling and Wedging: Where blasting is not permitted and if the Engineer-in-charge so desires, the excavation shall be done by chiseling and wedging or any other agreed method. Note: All the excavated hard rock obtained shall be stacked properly and neatly within the specified lead by the contractor as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Excavation: The excavation under all classifications in areas in trenches or in pits shall be carried out systematically. Cutting shall be done from top to bottom and not under pining or under cutting will be allowed. The bottom and sides of excavation shall be dressed to proper level, slopes, steps, camber etc. by removing high spots and ramming thoroughly as directed by the Engineerin-charge. All the excavation shall be carried out strictly to the dimensions given in the drawing. The width shall generally be of the width of mudmat concrete and depth as shown in drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, according to availability of the desired bearing capacity of soil below. Any excavation if taken below the specified depths and levels, the contractor shall at his own cost fill up such over cut to the specified level with cement concrete 1:4:8 in case of excavation in all types of soils an with cement concrete 1:2:4 in case of excavation soft and hard rock.

P -13
After the excavation is completed, the contractor shall notify the Engineer-in-charge to that effect and no further work shall be taken up until the Engineer-in-charge has approved the depth and dimensions an also the nature of foundation materials, levels and measurements shall also be recorded prior to taking up any further work. Shoring: Unless separately provided for in the schedule of quantities, the quoted rate for excavation shall include excavation of slopes to prevent falling in soil by providing and / or fixing, maintaining and removing of shorting, bracing etc. The contractor would be responsible for the design of shoring for proper retaining of sides of trenches, pits etc. with due consideration to the traffic, superimposed loads etc. shoring shall be of sufficient strength to resist the pressure and ensure safety from slips and to prevent damage to work and property and injury to persons. It shall be removed as directed after items for which It is required are completed should the slips occur, the slipped materials shall be removed and slope dressed to a modified stable slope. Removal of the slipped earth will not be measured for payment. Dewatering: Unless specifically provided for as a separate item in the schedule of quantities, rate shall also include bailing or pumping out all water which may accumulate in the excavation during the progress of further works such as mud mat concrete, R.C. footings, shuttering etc. either due to seepage, springs, rain or any other cause and diverting surface flow by bunds or other means. Care shall be taken to ensure that the water discharged sufficiently away from the foundations t keep it free from nuisance to other works in the neighborhood. Disposal of Excavated Materials: Antiquities: Any finds of archeological interest such as relics of antiquity, coins, fossils or other articles of value shall be delivered to the Engineer-in-charge and shall be the property of the Government. Useful Materials: Any material obtained from the excavation which in the opinion of the Engineer-incharge is useful, shall be stacked separately in regular stacks as directed by the Engineer-incharge and shall be the property of the Government. No material excavated from foundation trenches of whatever kind they may be are to be placed even temporarily nearer than about 3m from the outer edge of excavation. Discretion of the Engineer-in-charge in such cases is final. All materials excavated will remain the property of the Department. Rate for excavation includes sorting out of the useful materials and stacking them separately as directed within the specific lead. Material suitable and useful for backfilling or there use shall be stacked in convenient place but not in such a way as to obstruct free movement of materials, workers and vehicles or encroach on the area required for constructional purposes. It shall be used to the extent required to completely backfill the structure to original ground level or other elevation shown on the plan or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Materials not useful in anyway shall be disposed off, leveled and compacted as directed by the Engineer-in-charge within a specified lead. The site shall be left clan of all debris and leveled on completion. Backfilling in sides of Foundations, Plinth, Under Floor etc: The backfilling shall be done after the concrete or masonry has fully set and shall be done in such a way as not to cause under-thrust on any part of the structure. Where suitable excavated material is to be used for backfilling, it shall be brought from the place where it was temporarily deposited and shall be used in backfilling. The scope of work for backfilling/ filling in foundation, plinth, under floors etc. shall include filling for all the buildings covered under the

P -14
contract. Surplus earth available from one building, if required, shall be used for backfilling / filling for other buildings also within the specified lead mentioned in the item. All timber shoring and form work left in the trenches, pits, floors etc. shall be removed after their necessity ceases and trash of any sort shall be cleared out from the excavation. All the space between foundation masonry or concrete and the sides of excavation shall be backfilled to the original surface with approved materials in layers not exceeding 150mm, in thickness, watered and well consolidated by means of rammers to at least 90% of the consolidation. Areas inaccessible to mechanical equipment such as areas adjacent to walls and columns etc. shall be tamped by hand rammer or by hand held power rammers to the required density. The backfill shall be uniform in character and free from large lumps, stones. shingle or boulder not larger than 75mm. in any direction, salt, clods, organic or other foreign materials which might rot. The backfilling in plinth and under floor shall be well consolidated by means of mechanical or hand operated rammers as specified to achieve the required density. Test to establish proper consolidation as required will be carried out by the Department at rates specified. Two tests per 50 sqm. will be taken to ascertain the proper consolidation. The cost of tests carried out will be recovered from the contractor’s bill. Filling in Plinth and Under Floors: After the available suitable excavated materials are exhausted as backfilling, the contractor shall notify the Engineer-in-charge of the fact and levels taken jointly with Engineerin-charge. The earth, murrum, sand, gravel etc. or such materials suitable for filling proposed to be filled under floors and so mentioned in t he item of schedule of quantities shall then be brought to site from approved locations and sources. Earth Filling: The earth, soft murrum etc. so brought shall be filled up in layers of 15 cm depth, each layer being well watered and consolidated by approved hand or mechanical tampers or other suitable means to achieve the required density. Gravel or sand filling: Gravel if required to be filled under floors, shall be single washed gravel of approved quality and of size varying from 12mm t0 20mm. it shall be uniformly blind with approved type of soil and / or sand to obtain full compaction. Gravel shall be filled in specified thickness and shall be well watered and rammed entirely to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. If sand is required to be filled under floors, it shall be clean, medium grained and free from impurities. The filled in sand shall be kept flooded with water for 24hrs. to ensure maximum consolidation shall be done by the contractor at his own cost. The surface shall then be well dressed and got approved from Engineer-in-charge before any other work is taken over the fill. Lead and Lift: Lead: The lead for disposal / deposition of excavated materials shall be as specified in the respective item of work. For the purpose of measurements of lead, the area to be excavated or filled or area on which excavated material is to be deposited/ disposed off shall be divided in suitable blocks and for each of the block, the distance between center lines shall be taken as the leads which shall be measured by the shortest straight line route on the plan and not the actual route adopted. Lift: Lift shall be measured from ground level. Excavation up to 1.5m depth below ground level and depositing excavated material on the ground shall be included in the item of earthwork for various kinds of soil. Extra lift shall be measured in unit of 1.5m or part thereof. Obvious lift shall only be measured that is lifts inherent in the lead due to ground slope shall not be measured, except for lead up to 250m. All excavation shall be measured in successive stages of 1.5m

Where direct measurements of rock excavation are not possible. sump septic tank etc. decided upon by the contractor. The rate quoted for excavation shall be deemed to have been included the cost of stacking of excavated materials. watering. picking of selected stacked materials. columns. compaction to the required proctor density etc. shoring. Therefore no extra payment will be made for any excavation done other than the required quantity as per the plan dimension indicated in the drawings. labour. before commencement of the work and after completion of the work and the quantity of work done shall be computed based on these levels. The rate shall also be inclusive of cost of all tools. consolidating.P -15 stating the commencing level. Excavation for side slopes will not be paid for. mentioning the average depth of excavation. shall be measured net. volume of rock can be calculated on the basis of length. The net volume shall be worked out by reducing it by 40% taking the voids into consideration as 40%. breadth.1 (c). royalty. shall be measured as surface excavation on square meter basis. plants. dewatering at various stages. Payment for filling and consolidation inside the trenches. The dimensions for the purpose of payment shall be reckoned on the horizontal area of the excavations for the purpose of payment shall be reckoned on the horizontal area of the excavation at the base for foundations of the walls. shall be paid for separately as per the rates in schedule of quantities which includes cost of such materials/ excavation. with selected materials brought by the contractor other than the excavated material. trenches etc.  . levels of site shall be jointly taken and recorded by the Engineer-incharge or his representatives and the contractor. Measurements for excavation over areas shall be determined by levels or by "Dead men" or both at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge. Excavation in areas having depths less than 30 cms. conveying it to the place of final backfill. The volume of earth work shall be computed based on "Simpson's formula ' or any other approved method at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge. Similarly to arrive at net quantity to be paid in the case of soil. to complete all the operations specified. materials etc. conveying within the specified lead. for items of excavation is deemed to include the necessary additional quantity of excavation involved beyond the plan dimensions of the work which may be necessary to be carried out for carrying out the work in an engineering made. and depth of stacks made at site as mentioned in para 1. dressing etc. its conveyance within the specified lead. pits. Reasonable working space beyond concrete dimension required for waterproofing and shuttering where considered necessary in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge will be allowed in execution and considered for payment for underground water tank. reduction at 20% of corresponding stack / truck measurements shall be made. sides of foundations. Actual quantity of consolidated filling shall be measured and paid in cubic meters up to two places of decimal.5. explosives. This shall not apply to cases where no lift is involved as in hill side cutting. plinth etc. rafts or other foundations. The rate for excavation shall include carting and disposing and leveling the excavated materials within the specified lead. The rate quoted in cum. If however the Engineer-in-charge decided on measurement by levels. footings. The backfilling and consolidation in sides of foundation and in plinth with excavated material will not be paid for separately. Mode of Measurements: All excavation in areas having depth more than 30cm. multiplied by the mean depth from the surface of ground determined by levels.

The pre constructional soil treatment is required to be applied during the construction stages of the sub-structure up to plinth level. preliminary moistening will be required to fill capillary spaces in soil in order to prevent the loss of emulsion through piping or excessive percolations. at junction of walls and floor. Unless otherwise stipulated. logs or roots from the building site. Site preparation: In order to ensure uniform distribution of the chemical emulsion and to assist penetration. Scope: The scope of pre constructional anti-termite treatment covers the soil treatment with approved chemicals in water emulsion in foundation trenches for columns. in stages as detailed in this specifications and drawings. If this is not done supplementary treatments should be made to complete the barrier. The purpose of anti-termite treatment is to provide the building with a chemical barrier against the sub-terrain termites. plinth beams. the dosage adopted and the thoroughness of application. the surface of the soil should be scarified to a depth of 75mm at least. the water shall be pumped out before application of chemical emulsion and it should be applied only when the soil is absorbent. c) If the soil to be treated is sandy or porous. It is therefore imperative that the works of anti-termite treatment should be got executed through specialized agencies only. ANTITERMITE TREATMENT: General: Pre constructional anti-termite treatment is a process in which soil treatment is applied to a building in early stages of its construction. timber off-cuts and other building debris from the area to be treated. The chemical solutions or emulsions are required to be dispersed uniformly in the soil and to the required strength so as to form an effective chemical barrier which is lethal and repellent to termites. The specialized agency should be preferably a member of the Indian pest control Association and shall have sufficient experience of carrying out similar works of magnitude envisaged in this tender. f) All sub-floor leveling and grading should be completed. termite to be dealt with and the environmental conditions. plinth filling. working at site. soils. borrowed fill must be free from organic debris and shall be well compacted. in expansion joints etc. stumps. leveling pegs. Chemical to be used: The effectiveness of chemical depends upon the choice of the chemical. calls for thorough knowledge of the chemicals. e) On clays and other heavy soils where penetration is likely to be slow and on sloping sites. where run-off of the treating solution is likely to occur. the anti-termite treatment will be carried out as per IS 6313 (part II) 1981 and / or as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.P -16 4. b) Remove all concrete form work if left anywhere. . d) In the event of water logging of foundation. the following site preparation shall be carried out: a) Remove all trees. All cutting trenches and excavations should be completed with backfilling in place. The contractor has to be watchful of the various stages of sub-structure works and arrange to carry out the soil treatment in time after proper coordination with Department and other contractors if any. in order to give effective treatment and lasting protection to the property undergoing treatment. Anti-termite treatment being a specialized job.

e. Mode and Rate of Application: The chemical emulsion as stated above will be applied uniformly by sprayers at the prescribed rates as detailed below in all the sages of the treatment. of vertical surface of substructure on each side.5 (I.S. after approval from the Engineer-incharge shall be used uniformly over the area to be treated. columns pits. In case of framed structure. the treatment shall be at 5 litres/sqm. Treatment in Foundation Trenches: In case of normal wall load bearing structures. Chlordance 20 EC emulsifable concentrates 1. The soil shall be tamped back into place after this operation.C. This treatment shall be supplemented by treating through the .6439 – 19781-R) II. THIODAN 35 EC emulsifable concentrates 0. or surface area of the bottom and sides to a height of at least 300mm. If filled earth has been well rammed and the surface does not allow the emulsion to seep through. wall trenches and basement. of the vertical wall / column surfaces so as to soak the soil right up to the bottom. of the surface area before sub-base to floor is laid. of the vertical and at 5 litres / sqm. beams and R.0 (I. basement walls shall be treated at 7. From this depth the backfill around the columns.1 above is in progress. 7. Treatment for Expansion Joints: The soil beneath the expansion joins shall receive special attention when the treatment under 2. treatment shall be done by rodding the earth at 150mm centers close to wall surface and spraying the chemical with the above dose i.5. After the foundation work.2682-1984 II-R) III. After the earth filling is done.5 (Endosulphan) IV.5 litres (or at recommended quantity per sqm. shall be made at all the junctions of wall / column with floor (before laying sub-grade) and rod holes made in the channel up to the finished ground level at 150mm apart and the iron rod moved backward and forward to break the earth and chemical emulsion poured along the channel at 7.C. Treatment at Junction of Walls and floors: Special care shall be taken to establish continuity of the vertical chemical barrier on the inner wall surfaces from the finished ground level (or from level where the treatment had stopped) up to the level of the filled earth surface.5 litres/sqm. To achieve this a small channel 30 X 30 mm. Treatment on Top Surfaces on Plinth Filling: The top surface of the filled earth within plinth walls shall be treated with chemical emulsion at the rate of 5 litres/sqm. the treatment shall start at a depth of 500mm below ground level. Chlorpyriphos 20 EC emulsifiable concentrates 1.S.0 (I.5 litres/sqm.S. Heptachlor 20 EC emulsifable concentrates 0. for the horizontal surface at the bottom in the trenches / pits. the sides shall be treated at 7. 8944-1974) The contractor should produce voucher(s) for the chemical purchased and should get verified the sealed container(s) of the specified chemical from the Engineer-in-charge before preparing the emulsion / use for t he treatment.5 litres / sqm. holes up to 50 to 75mm deep at 150 mm centers both ways shall be made with crow bars on the surface to facilitate saturation of the soil with the emulsion.P -17 Soil treatment: One of the following chemicals in water emulsion. % of concentration of Chemical Chemical by weight in the Kerosene emulsion I.

without any extra cost to the Department during the guarantee period.  . starting that in case of reappearance of termites within the building area due to defective materials or workmanship or due to any other reasons. inhaled as vapours or spray mist or swallowed. once again. If by chance. The concentrates are oil solutions and present a fire hazard owing to the use of petroleum solvents. Guarantee : The contractor has to furnish the guarantee for 10 (ten) years from the date of completion of work. These chemicals can have an adverse effect upon health when absorbed through the skin. The containers should be clearly labeled and should be stored carefully out of the reach of children and pets animal. 3. Care should be taken in the application of chemicals / soil toxicants to see that they are not allowed to contaminate wells or springs and other sources of drinking water.P -18 expansion joint after sub-grade has been laid at the rate of 2 litres per metre length of expansion joint. Precautions during Treatment: 1. If chemicals splash into the eyes they shall be flushed with plenty of water and immediate medical attention should be sought. labour and all tools. Mode of measurement: The payment will be made on the basis of plinth area measurements at ground floor only for all the stages of treatment in sqm. Particular care should be taken to prevent skin contact with concentrates. treated soil barriers are disturbed. The treatment should not be carried out when it is raining or when the soil is wet with rain or sub-soil water. Rate includes the cost of materials. 2. sprayers required for complete operation. Each part of the area shall receive the prescribed dosage of chemical emulsion. the treated soil barrier shall not be disturbed. Flames should not be allowed during mixing. correct to two places of decimals. the contractor will carry out the necessary post constructional treatment to keep the entire area free from termite. Precautions for Health Hazards and Safety Measures: All the chemicals mentioned above are poisonous and hazardous to health. clothing should be removed at once and the skin washed with soap and water. Once formed. Utmost care shall be taken to see that the chemical barrier is complete and continuous. In the event of severe contamination. Workers should wear clean clothing and should wash thoroughly with soap and water especially before eating. Persons handling or using these chemicals should be warned of these dangers and advised that absorption through the skin is the most likely source of accidental poisoning. Prolonged exposure to dilute emulsions should also be avoided. They should be kept securely locked. plants. They should be cautioned to observe carefully all the safety precautions particularly when handling these chemicals in the from of concentrates. These chemicals are usually brought to the site in the form of emulsifable concentrates. immediate steps shall be taken to restore the continuity and completeness of the barrier system.

The stones shall be of full height and shall be laid so as to have their bases of the largest area resting on the sub-grade. all materials and labour. The surfaces shall then be watered and consolidated with mechanical or sufficiently heavy wooden tampers and log-rammers as approved by the Engineer. After packing the stones properly in position. Mode of Measurement: The quoted rate shall be per square metre of the soling of specified thickness. the interstices between them shall be carefully filled with quarry spoils or stone chips of larger size possible to obtain a bard. Preparation of Surface: The bed on which rubble soling is to be laid shall be cleared of all loose materials. the Engineer-in-charge to give the required slope or level and dense sub-base and the surface shall present clean look. watering. Excess murrum if any over the surfaces shall be removed. durable free from defects and of required size and shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The rate shall include all the materials labour. Adequate care shall be taken by the contractor while laying and compacting the rubble soling to see that concrete surfaces in contact with soling are not damaged. Cable or pipe trenches if shown in the drawing and as required by the Engineer-in-charge shall be got done before the soling is started. hand packed. consolidation etc. the stone shall be set as closely as possible and well packed and firmly set. HARD CORE / SOLING UNDER FLOORS / FOUNDATIONS: Scope of work: The work covered under this specification includes all type of soling work either by bricks or by rubble stones laid under floors / foundations. The stone shall be hard.  . transport etc.P -19 5. The rate shall also include the cost of preparation of surface. the murrum shall be supplied by the contractor at his own cost from the selected area. The linear dimension shall be measured up to two places of decimals of a metre and are worked out correct to the two places of decimals of a square metre. leveled. Plan areas of soling work actually done limiting to the dimensions as per drawings shall be measured for payment. Spreading of loose spoils or stone chips is prohibited. Soling shall be laid in one layer of 230mm or 150mm depth or specified thickness of soling with a tolerance of 25mm. After compaction. compact surface. Workmanship: Over the prepared surface. and no extra payment shall be made for work done at different levels. complete as per specification mentioned below and applicable drawings. watered ad compacted and got approved by the Engineer-in-charge before laying rubble soling. The entire surface shall be examined for any protrusions and the same shall be knocked off by a hammer and all interstices shall be filled with approved murrum. Unless other wise specified. all complete. Rubble Stone Soling: The rubble stone shall be of best variety of black trap / granite / basalt or other approved-variety of stone available locally.

Such an inspection shall be arranged by the contractor and the Engineer-in-charge's approval shall be obtained prior to starting the concrete work. shall conform to the applicable portions of these specifications. Cement : Unless otherwise specified or called for by the Engineer-in-charge. Damaged or reclaimed or partly set cement will not be permitted to be used and shall be removed from the site. ice and admixtures if specially called for as per drawings or schedule of quantities. curing. Incase the cement is required to be arranged by the Contractor. contamination and minimize caking and false set. The use of bulk cement will be permitted only with the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. to carry out the reinforce concrete work In foundation and plinth as per equivalent nominal mix against the specified design mix concrete as per IS Codes.S. he / they may be allowed by the Engineer-in-charge till the designed mix is obtained. if so desired by the contractor. This also covers the transportation of concrete from the mixer to the place of final deposit and the placing. Joint account of cement consumed at site for every day for items of work carried shall be maintained by the Contractor for verification to ensure effective control on quality of cement used in the work. mixing and testing of concrete and also requirements in regard to the quality. REINFORCED CONCRETE AND ALLIED WORKS: Scope: This specification covers the general requirements for concrete jobs. However. Changing of brands or type of cement within the same structure will not be permitted. proportioning. storage of ingredients. the Contractor will have to make his own arrangement for the storage of adequate quantity of cement. A certified report attesting to the conformity of the cement to IS specifications by the cement manufactures chemist shall be furnished to the Engineer-in-charge.P -20 6. consolidation. all other specification for design mix shall govern for nominal mix also and nothing extra shall be paid for use of extra cement on this account whether the cement is supplied by the Department or procured by the contractor. where reinforced or otherwise. specifications of reputed brands like ACC / Ultratech / Zuari / Coramendel or any other brands as approved by the Engineer-in-charge from time to time shall be procured and used on the work. Ordinary Portland cement (OPC) 43 grade manufactured as per I. Cement Concrete (Plain and Reinforced): The quality of materials and method and control of manufacture and transportation of all concrete work in respect of mix. natural coarse aggregate. if demanded. batching. handling. the layout and operation of procurement and storage of materials. repairing ad finishing of concrete. Materials for Standard Concrete: The ingredients to be used in the manufacture of standard concrete shall consist solely of a standard type Portland cement. clean sand. using on-site production facilities including requirements in regard to the quantity. The storage bins and storage arrangements shall be such that there is no . After award of the work. clean water. protecting. the concrete batching and mixing equipments and the quality control system. well away from the outer walls and insulated from the floor to avoid contact with moisture from ground and so arranged as to provide ready access. The Engineer-in-charge shall have the right to inspect the sources of materials. Cement bags shall be stored in a dry enclosed shed (storage under tarpaulins will not be permitted). Cement in bulk may be stored in bins or silos which will provide complete protection from dampness. cement shall be ordinary Portland cement in 50 kg bags.

The aggregate must be of specified quality not only at the time of receiving at site but also at the time of loading into mixer. Rakers shall be used for lifting the coarse aggregate from bins or stock piles. Each layer shall cover the entire area of the stock pile before succeeding layers are started. All fine and coarse aggregates proposed for use in the work shall be subject to the Engineer-in-charge's approval and after specific materials have been accepted. Storage of aggregates: All coarse and fine aggregates shall be stacked separately in stock pile in the material yard near the work site in bins properly constructed to avoid inter mixing of different aggregates. strong. except as noted above. then irrespective of its origin and / or manufacturers test certificate. The storage arrangement shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Rejected materials after remixing may be accepted. sieve. if subsequent tests demonstrate conformity with required gradation. Cement held in store for a period of 90 (ninety) days or longer shall be retested before use in work. well in advance of the schedule placing of concrete. Sample shall be taken for each lot and sent to Standard Approved Material Testing Laboratory for physical and chemical analysis.S. sieve. Aggregates: "Aggregate" in general designates both fine and coarse inert materials used in the manufacture of concrete. and until the results of such tests are found satisfactory. Aggregates that have become segregated shall be rejected. The grading of aggregates shall be such as to produce a dense concrete of and shall be based on the "mix design" and preliminary test on concrete specified hereinafter. such cement shall be tested immediately at a National Test Laboratory / Departmental Laboratory or such approved laboratory. Not more than 12 bags shall be stacked in any tier. crushed stone and gravel from a source known to produce satisfactory aggregate for concrete and shall be chemically inert. Coarse aggregate shall be piled in layers not exceeding 1. consists of natural sand. Contractor shall establish cement/concrete/soil testing laboratories at site of work with qualified person to handle the laboratory.75 mm I.00 meters in height to prevent conning or segregation. curable against weathering. "Fine Aggregate" is aggregate most of which passes through 4. The cost of testing shall be borne by the Contractor. hard. Should at any time the Engineer-in-charge have reasons to consider that any cement is defective. Sampling and Testing: Sampling of the aggregates for mix design and determination of suitability shall be taken under the supervision of the Engineer-in-charge and delivered to the laboratory. Aggregate shall. in determining suitability of the proposed aggregate.S. Every consignment of cement procured shall accompany test certificate from the company indicating lot No etc. it shall not be used in any work. "Coarse Aggregate" is aggregate most of which is retained on 4. .75 mm I. of limited porosity and free from deleterious materials that may cause corrosion to the reinforcement or may impair the strength and / or durability of concrete.P -21 dead storage. Contamination with foreign materials and earth during storage and while heaping the materials shall be avoided. the source of supply of such materials shall not be changed without prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge. Record of tests which have been made on proposed aggregates and on concrete made from this source of aggregates shall be furnished to the Engineer-in-charge in advance of the work or use. Consignments in cement shall be stored as received and shall be consumed in the order of their delivery.

loam.00 GRADATION: Unless otherwise directed or approved.00 -1. alkali. strong and durable and shall be free from dust.6 (saturated surface dry basis) shall not be used without special permission of the Engineer-in-charge. hard.00 1.75mm 2. Sand with silt content more than 3 percent will not be permitted to be used unless same is washed and silt content is brought within 3% by weight.18mm 600 micron 300 micron 150 micron Grading Zone-I 100 90-100 60-95 30-70 15-34 5-20 0-10 Percentage Grading Zone-II 100 90-100 75-100 55-90 35-59 8-30 0-10 passing for Grading Zone-III 100 90-100 85-100 75-100 60-79 8-30 0-10 Grading Zone-IV 100 95-100 95-100 90-100 80-100 20-65 0-15 Where the grading falls outside the limits of any particular grading zone of sieves. I II III IV V Substances Material finer than 75 micron IS Sieve Shale Coal and Lignite Clay lumps Total of all above substances including items (I) to (IV) for uncrushed sand and items (III) and (IV) for crushed sand Percent by weight Uncrushed Crushed 3. delivered to the mixer shall not exceed the following: Sl. vegetable substances.36mm 1. organic matter mica. No. Foreign Material Limitations: The percentages of deleterious substances in sand.00 1. Fine aggregates conforming to Grading zone IV shall not be used unless mix designs and preliminary tests have shown its suitability for producing concrete of specified strength and workability.00 5. to remove all objectionable foreign matter while separating the sand grains to the required size fractions. and for other than light weight concrete shall consist of natural or crushed sand conforming to IS 383.00 15.00 1. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate except as noted above.00 1. Screening and Washing: Sand shall be prepared for use by such screening or washing or both as necessary. salt or other deleterious substances which can be injurious to the setting qualities / strength / durability of concrete. adherent coating.00 2. This tolerance shall not be applied to percentage passing the 600 micron (IS) sieve or to percentage passing any other sieve size on the coarser limit of grading zone I or the finer limit of grading zone IV.P -22 Specific Gravity: Aggregates having a specific gravity below 2. the grading of sand shall be within the limit indicated hereunder:- IS Sieve designation 10mm 4. clay. . sharp. other than 600 micron (IS) sieve by not more than 5% it shall be regarded as falling within that grading zone. The sand shall be clean.

clinkers. 2. and shall be clean and free from elongated. flaky or laminated pieces. as determined by IS 2386. a previously dried sample shall not have gained more than 10% or it’s over dry weight in air. flaky and laminated pieces. For heavily reinforced concrete members. The coarse aggregate and fine aggregate shall be tested from time to time as required by the Engineer-in-charge to ascertain its suitability for use in construction and the charges for testing aggregate shall be born by the contractor as specified herein after.75mm 2.5mm 100 85-100 100 100 0-30 85-100 100 95-100 100 0.20 0. the nominal maximum size of the aggregate shall be 5mm. Percentages retained on the following IS sieve sizes (4. Coarse Aggregate: Coarse aggregate for concrete except as noted above and for other than light weight concrete shall conform to IS 383. . adhering coatings.36mm Percentage passing for single sized aggregates 63mm 40mm Percentage passing for graded aggregates of nominal size 20mm 16mm 12. less than the minimum clear distance between the reinforcing main bars of 5mm less than minimum cover to the reinforcement whichever is smaller.P -23 Fineness Modulus: The sand shall have a fineness modulus of not less than 2. alkali. mica.2 the fineness modulus is determined by adding the cumulative. The grading shall be within the following limits: IS Sieve designation 75mm 63mm 37. if so demanded by Engineer-in-charge.5mm 19mm 16mm 11. but in no case greater that 1/4 of the minimum thickness of the member.20 85-100 100 30-70 95-100 100 100 85-100 100 90-100 85-100 100 90-100 0. 600 micron. sag.5 0. Screening and Washing: Crushed rock shall be screened and / or washed for the removal of dirt or dust coating.2 or more than 3.5mm 4.5 0-5 0-10 0-20 0-20 0-5 0-10 0-10 0-10 0-5 0-5 - The pieces shall be angular in shape and shall have granular or crystalline surfaces.75 mm. shall be only in such quantities that will not in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge.18mm. 300 micron and 150 micron) and dividing the sum by 100. After 24 hours immersion in water. affect adversely the strength and / or durability of concrete the maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be the maximum size specified above. Plums above 160mm and up to any reasonable size can be used in plain mass concrete work of large dimensions up to a maximum limit of 20% by volume of concrete when specifically approved by Engineer-in-charge. coal residue.5 0. Grading: Coarse aggregates shall be either in single or graded in both the cases. mica and shale.5mm 10mm 40mm 20mm 16mm 12. clay lumps.30 0-45 85-100 10-35 25-55 30-70 40-85 0. Friable.36 mm. If present. provided tat the concrete can be placed without difficulty so as to surround all reinforcement thoroughly and fill the corners of form. organic matter or other deleterious matter.2mm 9. 1. The amount of fine particles occurring in the free state or as loose adherent shall not exceed 1% when determined by laboratory sedimentation tests as per IS 2386. This shall consist of natural or crushed stone and gravel.

00 1.10% (1000mg/litre) for reinforced concrete work 0.00 1.02% (200 mg/litre) 0.00 3. No.20% (2000mg/litre) . The initial setting time of test block made with the appropriate test cement and the water proposed to be used shall not be less than 30 minutes and shall not differ by more than (+) 30 minutes form the initial setting time of control test block prepared with the appropriate test cement and distilled water. I II III IV V Substances Material finer than 75 micron IS Sieve Coal and Lignite Clay lumps Soft fragments Total of all the above substances Percent by weight Uncrushed Crushed 3. Average 28 days compressive strength of at least three 150mm concrete cubes prepared with water proposed to be used shall not be less than 90% of the average strength of three similar concrete cubes prepared with distilled water. it should not require more than 10ml of 0. Sl.05% (500mg/litre) 0.00 1. it should not require more than 2ml of 0. using methyl orange as an indicator. The sample shall be stored in a clean container previously rinsed out with similar water.00 5. Where water can be shown to contain an excess of acid. using phenolphthalein as an indicator.P -24 Foreign Material Limitations: The percentages of deleterious substances in the coarse aggregate delivered to the mixer shall not exceed the following. Engineer-in-charge may refuse to permit its use. the following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values. due account being paid to seasonal variation.1 normal NaOH. sugar or salt.00 5. As a guide. potable waters are generally satisfactory for mixing and curing concrete. The details of test shall be as given in IS 3025.00 Water: Water used for both mixing and curing shall be free from injurious amount of deleterious materials. The samples shall not receive any treatment before testing other than that envisaged in the regular supply of water proposed for use in concrete. Limits of alkalinity: To neutralize 200ml sample of water. Limits of acidity: To neutralize 200ml sample of water. The details of test shall be as given in IS 3025. The test blocks shall be prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of IS 4031. In case of doubt. the suitability of water for making concrete shall be ascertained by the compressive strength and initial setting time test specified in IS 456.30% (3000mg/litre) 0. alkali.20% (2000mg/litre) for plain concrete work & 0. Percentage of solids shall not exceed the following: Organic Inorganic Sulphates (as SO4) Alkali chlorides (As cl) Suspended matter 2.00 3.00 1. The sample of water taken for testing shall be typical of the water proposed to be used for concreting.1 normal HCL.

P -25 Design Mix Concrete: All reinforced concrete in the works shall be "Design Mix Concrete" as defined in I. Mix Design: This is to investigate the grading of aggregates. All "Design Mix Concrete" work to be carried out under these specifications shall be in grades designated as per table below: Grades of Concrete: Grade Designation M M M M M M M 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Specified Characteristic compressive strength at 28 days(N/mm2) 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Note 1 : The characteristic strength is defined as the strength for material below which not more than 5% of the test results are expected to fall. cubes at 28 days. Department of Scientific and Industrial Research U. The mix shall be designed to produce the grade of concrete having the required workability and characteristic strength not less than appropriate values given in the table above.K. In the absence of such data. workability and the quantity of cement required to give works cubes of the characteristic strength specified. shape and other characteristics may produce concretes of different compressive strength for the same free water cement ratio. Selection of Water Cement Ratio: Since different cements and aggregates of different maximum size. letter M refers to the mix and the number to the specified characteristic compressive strength of 15cm. the relationship between strength and free water cement ratio should preferably be established for the materials actually to be used. Other relevant items to be used with design of mix should strictly conform to the relevant clauses and appendices of IS 10262 – 1982. 456-2000. Note 2: In the designation of a concrete mix. . 10262-1982. Adjustment of aggregate proportions due to moisture present in the aggregate shall be made. 1 of IS. Page 8 using the curve corresponding to the 28 days cement strength to be used for the purpose. surface texture. Alternately. water cement ratio. Mix proportioning shall be carried out according to the ACI standard designation ACI-613 or Design of concrete mixes – Road research Note No. The proportion of the mix shall be determined by weight. 10262page 7. 4. the preliminary free water ratio (by mass) corresponding to the target average strength may be selected from the relationship in Fig2-IS 10262-1982.S. or I.S. grading. the preliminary free water cement ration (by mass) corresponding to the target strength of 28 days may be selected from the relationship shown in Fig.

D: Grade of concrete M M M M M M M M M M M 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 S.4.5 3.8 page no.3 7. over wet mixes shall always be avoided.5 4.4 7. Suggested Values of S.0 2. than depending on the degree of quality control expected to be exercised at the site. should be checked against the limiting water cement ratio for the requirement of durability and the lower of the two values should be adopted.7 8. for different degree of control in N/mm2 Very good 2. When results of sufficient number of tests (at least 30) are not available. durability and surface finish.3 5.8 Good 2.6 5.6 4.1) of IS 10262-1982 for neat illustration.3 6.8 .7 6. aggregates and water necessary to produce the concrete of the required consistency to give such specified strength. 16 of IS 10262-1982 for an example illustrating the mix design of M-20.3 5. Standard Deviation: Standard deviation of concrete of each grade shall be determi9ned separately as stated below.4 page 12.0 6.0 5. The contractor may refer Appendix C. The materials and proportions used in making the tests to be carried out either at site or under laboratory.6 6.6 8.4 6.8 Fair 3.P -26 The calculated mix proportions shall be checked by means of trial batches. While designing mix proportions. It will be contractors sole responsibility to establish the concrete mix designs for different grades of concrete specified in the work consistent with the workability required for nature of work and also taking into consideration the assumed standard deviation which will be expected at site or by establishing the standard deviation based on 30 test results at site for each grade of concrete so as to produce concrete of required strength.0 7.6 6. as the object of these test is to determine the proportions of cement.D. Whenever there is a change either in required strength of concrete of water cement ratio or workability or the source of aggregates and / or cement. The contractor should refer to the item no.7 7.6 7.5 5.3 3.0 8. fresh tests shall be carried out to determine the revised proportion of the mix to suit the altered conditions. While fixing the value for water cement ratio for Design Mix assistance may be derived from the standard graph showing the relationship between the 28 days compressive strength of concrete mixes with different water cement ratios and the 7 days compressive strength of cement tested in accordance with IS 269. conditions shall be similar in all respects to those to be actually employed in the works.4 8.3 4.0 7.0 6. The free water cement ratio selected as above. the value of standard deviation given in the following table may be adopted for guidance. clause 3. and the Appendix D (clause no.3 7.3 6.

capable of controlling the weights within one percent of the desired value. controlled water. weigh batching of all materials. water content controlled by inspection of mix and occasional supervision and tests. weigh batching of cement. frequent supervision. periodic check of workability and strength. aggregates supplied in single size. Proportioning. regular workability an strength tests and field laboratory facilities. as early as possible. weigh batching of all materials. Proper storage of cement volume. Carefully stored cement and periodic tests. batching of all aggregate allowing for bulking of sand. control of water added. intermittent supervision an experienced workers. Standard deviation to be brought up to date: The calculation of the standard deviation shall be brought up to date after every change of mix design and at least once a month. The standard deviation of concrete of a given grade shall be calculated using the following formula from the results of individual tests of concrete of that grade obtained as specified for test strength of sample Estimated standard deviation S = 2/n-1 Where .P -27 Control expected for this work is "Very Good" and the contractor shall deploy weigh batcher if required to attaint the required control Degree of Quality Control Expected under different site conditions: Degree of Control Very Good Conditions of Productions Fresh cement from single source and regular test. Attempts should be made to obtain the 30 test results. when a mix is used for the first time. equipments or technical control).Deviation of the individual test strength from the average strength of a sample and n Number of sample test results When significant changes are made in the production of concrete (for example changes in the materials used. Determination of Standard Deviation: Concrete of each grade shall be analyzed separately to determine its standard deviation. Good Fair Standard Deviation based on Test results: Number of test results: The total number of test results required to constitute and acceptable record for calculation of standard deviation shall be not less than 30. the standard deviation value shall be separately calculated for such batches of concrete. fine and coarse aggregates shall be maintained during subsequent concrete batching by means of weight batchers conforming to IS 2722. mix design. Consistency. Except where it can be shown to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge that supply of properly graded aggregate of uniform . These proportions of cement. Batching and Mixing of Concrete: Proportioning: Aggregate: The proportions which shall be decided by conducting preliminary tests shall be by weight. occasional grading and moisture test. graded aggregate supplied.

Every facility should be provided to the Engineer-in-charge for sampling and inspection of stored cement at site of work. The different sizes shall be stacked in separate stock piles. in addition to those already stipulated in the specifications: Plain concrete Reinforced cement concrete Exposure Example Minimum cement content in Kg/cu.40 Note: The minimum cement content is based on 20mm aggregate.P -28 quality can be maintained over the period of work.60 300 0. Concrete continuously under water. specified surface finish. Concrete surfaces sheltered from severe rain or freezing while wet. Concrete surface sheltered from saturated salt air in coastal area. alternate wetting and drying or occasional freezing whilst wet or severe condensation. the grading of aggregate shall be controlled by obtaining the coarse aggregate in different sizes and blending them in the right proportions. it should be reduced by 30kg/cum and for 10mm aggregate. The water added to the mix shall be such as . Cement: The cement shall be measured by weight. and satisfactory workability.45 280 0. Maximum Minimum Maximum water cement water cement content in cement ratio Kg/cu. consistent with strength stipulated for each class of concrete. required to ensure durability under specified conditions of exposure as per IS 456-2000. Specific Requirement of Cement for Concrete: The following minimum cement content. to ensure maintaining of grading in accordance with samples used in preliminary mix design. Concrete completely immersed in sea water. Concrete exposed to coastal environment.45 340 0. The materials shall be stock piled well in advance of use. except those situated in coastal area.m. For 40mm aggregate. The grading of coarse and fine aggregates shall be checked as frequently as possible.60 300 0.45 260 0. Water: Only such quantity of water shall be added to the cement and aggregate in the concrete mix as to ensure dense concrete. ratio Mild Moderate Severe Very Severe Extreme Concrete surfaces protected against weather or aggressive conditions. Concrete in contact or buried under non-aggressive soil / ground water. it should be increased by 40kg/cu. corrosive fumes or severe freezing conditions whilst wet.50 250 0. Concrete surfaces exposed to sea water spray. Concrete exposed to condensation and rain.m. as determined by the Engineer-in-charge. Surface of members in tidal zone.50 320 0. shall be met with. 220 0.55 240 0.m.40 360 0. Concrete surfaces exposed to severe rain. Concrete in contact with or buried under aggressive sub soil / ground water. Members in direct contact with liquid / solid aggressive chemicals.

slump test. Concreting of heavily reinforced sections without vibration aggregate. Concreting of lightly reinforced sections without vibration.80 compacting factor 10-15 seconds vee-bee time or 0. compacting factor tests etc. After the amount of water required is determined. Value of workability 3 20-10 seconds vee-bee time 0.77-0. shall be conducted from time to time to ensure the maintenance of such consistency. suitable adjustments in the weights of aggregates shall also be made.g.92 compacting factor or 25-75mm slump for 20mm aggregate.92-compacting factor • or 75-125mm slump for 20mm Batching and mixing of concrete: The material and proportions of concrete materials as established by the preliminary tests for the mix design shall be rigidly followed for all concrete on the project and shall not be changed except when specifically permitted by Engineer-in-charge. Concreting of lightly reinforced sections with vibration.P -29 not to cause segregation of materials or the collection of excessive free water on the surface on the concrete.85 compacting factor 5-2 seconds vee-bee time or 0.80-0. heavily reinforced section with vibration. Contractor shall determine the water content of the aggregate as frequently as directed by the Engineer-in-charge as the work progresses and as specified in IS 2386 part III and the amount of mixing water added at the mixer shall be adjusted as directed by the Engineer-in-charge so as to maintain the specified W/C ratio. Workability of concrete: Degree of workability 2 Very low Low Medium • • • • • • • Placing Condition 1 Concreting of shallow sections with vibration. To allow for the variation in their moisture content. the consistency of mix shall be maintained throughout the progress of the corresponding parts of the work and approved tests e. . High • Above 0. Proportioning by water-cement ratio: The W/C ratio specified for use by the Engineer-in-charge shall be maintained. Definition of water cement ratio: The water cement (W/C) ratio is defined as the weight of water in mix (including the surface moisture of the aggregates) divided by the weight of the cement in the mix. Consistency and slump: Concrete shall be of a consistency and workability suitable for the conditions of the job. The following tabulation gives a range of workability which shall generally be used for various types of construction unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer-in-charge. Water cement ratio: The actual water cement ratio to be adopted shall be determined in each instance by contractor and approved by the Engineer-in-charge.85-0. in accordance with IS 1199.

from test carried out in particular job over a reasonably long period. The volume of the mixed material shall not exceed the manufacturers rated mixer capacity. capacity and of sensitivity of 1gm I. 2 nos. The accuracy of weigh batches shall be periodically checked. Fine and coarse aggregates shall be weighed separately unless otherwise stated. for a minimum period of two minutes after all the materials and water are in the drum. the 28 days compressive strength specified shall alone be the criterion for acceptance of rejection of the concrete. size Slump cone complete with tamping rod Lab. 1 no. If however. The following equipment with operator shall be made available at Engineers request (all must be in serviceable condition): 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Cast iron cube moulds 15cm. cured and tested at 28 in accordance with IS 516-1959. Sampling and Strength Test of Concrete: Samples from fresh concrete shall be taken as per IS 1199-1959 and cubes shall be made. 1 no. shall be provided by contractor at no extra cost. 1 set Set 1 no. Volume batching will be permitted only at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge. option tests on beams for modulus of rupture at (+) 2 hours or at 7 days or compressive strength tests at 7 days may be carried out in addition to 28 days compressive strength test. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged in one operation before the raw materials for the succeeding batches are fed into the drum. They shall be set up in level on a firm base and the hopper shall be loaded evenly. The needle shall be adjusted to zero when the hopper is empty.S. In all cases. Electric over with thermostat upto 120oC Pycenometer Calibrated glass jar 1 litre capacity Glass flasks and metal containers Concrete cube testing machine 24 nos. The test should be made while the mixer is running. Balance to weigh upto 5kg with sensitivity of 10gm Laboratory balance of 2kg. For this purpose. Each batch shall be mixed until the concrete is uniform in colour. All incidental charges / cost shall be borne by the contractor. As required 1 no Testing Charges: Different tests required to be carried out for concrete works including the mix design. when starting a job.P -30 Concrete shall be produced only by weigh batching the ingredients. cube tested as per the above specifications shall be got done by the con tractor at his own cost in one of the approved laboratories. all concrete shall be mixed in mechanically operated batch mixers complying with IS 1791 and of approved make with suitable provision for correctly controlling the water delivered to the drum. To 0. if Engineer-in-charge so desires.(min) 2 sets 1 no. The choice of laboratory shall rest with Department. The mixer and weigh batcher shall be maintained in a clean serviceable condition. In order to get a relatively quicker idea of the quality of concrete. it has been established to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge that a suitable ratio between 28 days compressive strength and modulus . The batch shall be charged into the mixer so that some water will enter the drum in advance of cement and aggregate. the values given in table below may be taken for general guidance in the case of concrete made with ordinary cement. All water shall be in the drum by the end of the firs 15 seconds of the specified mixing time. Sampling and Testing Concrete in the field: Facilities required for sampling materials and concrete in the field.4 litr. sieves for coarse and fine aggregates A set of measures from 5ltrs. Concrete shall be of strength stipulated. The quantity of water actually entering the drum shall be checked with the reading of the gauge or valve setting.

the sampling should be spread over the entire period of concreting and cover all fixing units.1.0 20.7 1. Frequency: The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be in accordance with following: Quantity of concrete Number of samples In the work (in cum) 1-5 1 6-15 2 16-30 3 31-50 4 51 and above 4 plus one additional for each additional 50 cum.2 1. at 7 days N/mm2 7.5 27.2 3.5 At 7 days N/mm2 1.2. provided the expected strength values at the specified early stage are consistently met.0 Modulus of rupture by beam test minimum At 72 (+) 2 hours N/mm2 . The specimen shall be tested as described in IS 516-1959.0 23. The individual variation should not be more than (+) 15 percent of the average.4 Frequency of Sampling: Sampling procedure: A random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure that each concrete batch shall have reasonable chance of being tested i.e.9 .P -31 rupture t 72 (+) 2 hours or 7 days may accepted the Engineer-in-charge may suitably relax the frequency of 28 days compressive strength.4 2.0 10. Test Strength of Samples: The test strength of the samples shall be the average of the strength of three specimens. Test Specimen: Three test specimens shall be made from each sample for testing at 28 days. or part thereof At least one sample shall be taken from each shift.1 2. Additional cubes may also be required for testing cubes cured by accelerated methods as described in IS 9013-1978.7 2.3 2.7 3.0 13. Optional Tests Requirement of Concrete: Grade of Concrete M M M M M M M 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Compressive strength on 15cm cubes min.5 17. Additional cubes may be required for various purposes such as to determine the strength of concrete at 7 days or at the time of striking the form work or to determine the duration of curing or to check the testing error.5 1.0 3.1 2. .

the concrete complies with the specified flexural strength.2) Flexural Strength When both the following conditions are met. the structural adequacy of the parts affected shall be investigated (see 17) and any consequential action as needed shall be taken.6) Concrete is liable to be rejected if it is porous or honey-combed.3). Where the mean rate of sampling is not specified the maximum quality of concrete that four consecutive test results represent shall be limited to 60m3.2). (16. b) Any individual test result complies with the appropriate limits in column 3 of Table 11.3) Quantity of concrete represented by Strength Test Results The quantity of concrete represented by a group of four consecutive test results shall include the batches from which the first and last samples were taken together with all intervening batches.1) Compressive Strength The concrete shall be deemed to comply with the strength requirements when both the following condition are met: a) The mean strength determined from any group of four consecutive test results compiles with the appropriate limits in column 2 of Table 11. (16.4) If the concrete is deemed not to comply pursuant to (16. (16. b) The strength determined from any test result is not less than the specified characteristic strength less 0.P -32 Consistency: Slump test shall be carried out as demanded by the Engineer-in-charge and invariably from the same batch of concrete from which the test cubes are made. Slump tests shall be done immediately after sampling. a) The mean strength determined from any group of four consecutive test results exceeds the specified characteristic strength by atleast 0. the hardened concrete may be accepted after carrying out suitable remedial measures to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.3 N/mm2. (16. . For the individual test result requirements given in column 2 of Table (11) or in item (b) of (16. its placing has been interrupted without providing a proper construction joint.3 N/mm2.5) Concrete of each grade shall be assessed separately. the reinforcement has been displaced beyond the tolerances specified. (16. However. Standard Deviation: Vide clause 6 of this specification. Acceptance Criteria: (16. or construction tolerances have not been met. only the particular batch from which the sample was taken shall be at risk.

.6.2.6 In case the core test results do not satisfy the requirements of (17. all concrete shall be carefully inspected and any defective work or small defects either removed or made good before concrete has thoroughly hardened. records.1 Load tests should be carried out as soon as possible after expiry of 28 days from the time of placing of concrete.1) Tests should be made on reinforcement and the constituent materials of concrete in accordance with the relevant standards.3. (17. load test (17. b) there are clear instructions on inspection standards. Load Tests for Flexural Member 17. shall fewer than three cores be tested. and e) there is a system to verify that the quality is satisfactory in individual parts of the structure.4. use should be made f suitable quality assurance schemes. workmanship and construction.1 The points from which cores are to be taken and the number of cores required shall be at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge and shall be representative of the whole of concrete concerned. Concrete in the member represented by a core test shall be considered acceptable if the average equivalent cube strength of the cores is equal to atleast 85 percent of the cube strength of the grade of concrete specified for the corresponding age and no individual core has a strength less than 75 percent.4) and / or load test (see 17.2) Care should be taken to see that: a) design and detail are capable of being executed to a suitable standard.2) Immediately after stripping the formwork. especially the critical ones. (17.6) may be resorted to. Where applicable. however. 17.5 17. 17. d) elements critical to workmanship. structural performance.1. (17. Cores shall be prepared and tested as described in IS:516. c) there are clear instructions on permissible deviations.P -33 (17) Inspection and Testing of Structures (17.4.4. durability and appearance are identified. with due allowance for dimensional tolerances.3) or where such tests have note been note.1) Inspection To ensure that the construction complies with the design an inspection procedure should be set up covering materials. In no case.6) may be carried out.1. (17.3) Testing In case of doubt regarding the grade of concrete used.4.4) Core Test 17. (17. compressive strength tests of concrete on the basis of (17. 17. either due to poor workmanship or based on results of cube strength tests.

and D. If within 24h of removal of the imposed load the structure does not recover atleast 75 percent of the deflection under superimposed load. The accuracy of these methods.6. it is not necessary for the recovery to be measured and the recovery provisions of 17. Any of these methods may be adopted. If the recover is less than 80 percent.3 The deflection due to imposed load only shall be recorded.1 If the maximum deflection in mm. the values gives in Table 8 may be assumed and attempt should be made to obtain results of 30 samples as early as possible to establish the value of standard deviation. in part. the overall depth of the section in mm.25 times the imposed load for a period of 24 hours and then the imposed load shall be removed. where l is the effective span in m.7 Members other than flexural members should be preferably investigated by analysis. the test may be repeated after a lapse of 72h. if any. in which case the acceptance criteria shall be agreed upon prior to testing. . the designed concrete mix shall be corrected accordingly.5 N/mm2) or fck + 4 N/mm2.6. 17. or can supplement the data obtained from a limited number of cores.8 Non-destructive Test Non-destructive tests are used to obtain estimation of the properties of concrete in the structure. as considered in the design.825 x established standard deviation (rounded off to nearest 0. These methods are based on measuring a concrete property that bears some relationship to strength. pullout and maturity. Note – Dead load includes self weight of the structural members plus weight of finishes and wall or partitions. Admixtures: General: Admixture may be used in concrete only with the approval of engineer-in-charge based upon evidence that. probe penetration.3. Non-destructive tests provide alternatives to core tests for estimating the strength of concrete in a structure.5 N/mm2) or fck + 3 N/mm2. is determined by the degree of correlation between strength and the physical quality measured by the nondestructive tests. 17. Members Other Than Flexural Members 17.6.3 shall not apply. The methods adopted include ultrasonic pulse velocity [see IS:13311 (Part I)] and rebound hammer [see IS:13311 (Part 2)]. the structure shall be deemed to be unacceptable. Specified Grade (1) M15 M20 Mean of the Group of 4 Non-Overlapping Consecutive Test results in N/mm2 (2) > fck + 0.6.P -34 17. whichever is greater Individual Test Results in N/mm2 (3) > fck-3 N/mm2 > fck-4 N/mm2 Note – In the absence of established value of standard deviation. 17.2 The structure should be subjected to a load equal to full dead load of the structure plus 1. with the passage of time neither the compressive strength nor its durability reduced. shown during 24 h under load is less than 40l2/D. When admixtures are used.825 x established standard deviation (rounded off to nearest 0. whichever is greater > fck + 0.

in accordance with the relevant Indian Standards. Testing of Structures: Optional Tests: Engineer-in-charge. water etc. coarse aggregate. IV) Water Reducing Admixtures: Where specified and approved by Engineer-in-charge. In case these tests do not satisfy the requirements. In case of doubt regarding the grade of concrete used or results of cube strength are observed to be lower than the designed strength as per specifications at 28 days. (iii) test for setting time (iv) test for soundness (v) test for . at his own cost. has to dismantle and re-do the same or carry out such remedial measures as approved by the Department.P -35 Admixtures shall be used as per manufacturer’s instructions and in the manner and with the control specified by Engineer-in-charge. ultrasonic test and / or load test shall be carried out by the digital Engineer-in-charge all at the cost of the contractor. as instructed by engineer-in-charge. II) Air Entraining Agents: Where specified and approved by Engineer-in-charge. sand. such as in mass concrete works. Air Entraining admixtures for concrete. compressive strength test of concrete based on core test. water reducing lignosulfonate mixture shall be added in quantities specified by Engineer-in-charge. VI) Other Admixtures: Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion.5 percent of the weight of cement in each batch of concrete. I) Calcium Chloride: Calcium chloride shall not be used for accelerating set of the cement for any concrete containing reinforcement or embedded steel parts.260. neutralized vinsol resin or any other approved air entraining agent may be used to produce the specified amount of air in the concrete mix and these agents shall conform to the requirements of ASTM standard 6. The method of measuring air content shall be as per IS 1199. No extra payment will be made. all concrete shall be carefully inspected and any defective work or small defects. and the contractor. Inspection of Structures: Immediately after stripping the form work. Tests on Cement will be carried out by Department and shall include (i) Fineness test (ii) test for normal consistency. The recommended total air content of the concrete is 4% (+) 1%. V) Water Proofing Agents: Where specified and approved by Engineer-in-charge. instruct contractor to use any other admixture in the concrete. either removed or made good before concrete has thoroughly hardened. When calcium chloride is permitted to be used. III) Retarding Admixtures: Where specified an approved by Engineer-in-charge. The admixtures shall be added in the form of a solution. may order for tests to be carried out on cement. if he so desires. the Department will be at liberty to reject the concrete. it shall be dissolved in water and added to the mixing water in an amount not to exceed 1. retarding agents shall be added to the concrete mix in quantities specified by Engineer-in-charge. rate quoted for concrete should include cost and labour for admixture. chloride and sulphate free water proofing agents shall be added in quantities specified by Engineer-in-charge.

If the work cubes do not give the stipulated strengths. In no case. however. The contractor will have to make arrangements for transportation to the laboratory and testing charges will be borne by the contractor. works cubes. The unit rate for concrete shall be all inclusive including making preliminary mix design and test cubes. Contractor shall have to pay all the charges of optional tests. the Department will test the cubes departmentally. Core test: The points from which cores are to be taken and the number of cores required. the structure does not recover at least 75% of the deflection under super imposed load. . which in his opinion are unacceptable and re-do the work to the standards stipulated at contractors cost. Tests on coarse aggregate shall include (i) sieve analysis (ii) specific gravity and unit weight of dry. The contractor should also conduct conclusive tests such as ultrasonic pulse test. The deflection due to imposed load only shall be recorded. shall fewer than three cores be tested. Concrete in the member represented by a core test shall be considered acceptable if the average equivalent cube strength of the cores is equal to at least 80% of the cube strength of the grade of concrete specified for the corresponding age and no individual core has strength less than 75%. If the recovery is less than 80% the structure shall be deemed to be unacceptable. testing them as per specifications. Engineer-in-charge reserves the right to ask Contractor to dismantle such portions of the work. in case cube tests give unsatisfactory results. to prove the suitability of concrete. Load tests on parts of structure: Load tests should be carried out as soon as possible after expiry of 28 days from the time of placing of concrete.25 times the imposed load period of 24 hours and then the imposed load shall be removed. if any. If within 24 hours of removal of the imposed load. slump tests. optional tests etc. The test on aggregate would normally be ordered to be carried out only if Engineer-incharge feels the materials are not in accordance with the specifications or if the specified concrete strengths are not obtained and shall be performed by contractor at an approved test laboratory. the test may be repeated after a lapse of 72 hours. The cost of the conclusive test should be borne by the contractor.P -36 compressive strength (vi) test for heat of hydration (by experiment and by calculations) in accordance with IS-269. as considered in the design. Cores shall be prepared and tested as described in IS 516-1959. Complete. loose and rodded aggregate (iii) soundness and alkali aggregate reactivity (iv) petrographic examination (v) deleterious materials and organic impurities (vi) test for aggregate crushing value. Tests on sand shall include (i) sieve test (ii) test for organic impurities (iii) decantation test for determining clay and silt content (iv)specific gravity test (v) test for unit weight and bulk age factor (vi) test for sieve analysis and fineness modulus. Note: Dead load includes weight of the structural members plus weight of finishes and walls or partitions. The structure should be subjected to a load equal to full dead load of the structure plus 1. core test etc. However. load test (see 4:11:3) may be resorted to. In case the core test results do not satisfy the requirements as above or where such tests have not been done. shall be at the discretion of the whole of concrete concerned.

P -37
If the maximum deflection in mm shown during 24 hours under load is less than 40L2/D, where L is the effective span and D the overall depth of the section in mm, it is not necessary for recovery to be measured and the recovery provision above will not apply. Other non-destructive test methods may be adopted, in which case the acceptance criteria shall be agreed upon between the Engineer-in-charge and the Contractor and the test shall be done under expert guidance. Testing of Underground Water Tank / Septic Tank / Underground structures: The tank will be tested after the completion according to the procedure laid down here: The middle compartment shall be filled first to its full height and the leakage if any shall be checked on its outer surfaces if found, the same shall be examined carefully and defects rectified / grouted if necessary. The drop in level exceeds 20mm and shows any leakage in the said walls, necessary steps shall be taken in consultation with the Engineer-in-charge. After this compartment is tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge, all water from middle compartment shall be stepped into side compartment to the full height and checked for water leakages from the outer surfaces of the tank and inner surface of the middle compartment. The drop in level of surface of water shall also be checked as stated and defects rectified. The external surface of the tank shall be plastered and cured as per the specifications and back filling shall be taken up thereafter. The water from the compartments shall then be pumped out and the inner surface of the tank in all compartments then checked and defects rectified. After satisfactory completion of checks, internal plaster shall be taken up as specified in the specifications. The contractor shall be responsible for carrying out the complete test, rectifying the leakages if any. The cost of providing equipments, labour for carrying out tests shall be borne by the contractor. The rates quoted for concreting items for constructing underground water tank shall be inclusive of testing of RCC tank for water tightness as per above specifications. Contractor shall make his own arrangement for filling the tank. The contractor shall make his own arrangement for water required for construction and labour etc. as per contract conditions at his own cost. Unsatisfactory Tests: Should the results of any test prove unsatisfactory, or the structure shown signs of weakness, undue deflection or construction, contractor shall remove and rebuild the member or members involved to carry out such other remedial measures as may be required by Engineer-incharge. Contractor shall bear the cost of so doing, unless the failure of the member or members to fulfill the test conditions is proved to be solely due to faulty design. The cost of load and tests shall be borne by contractor if the tests show unsatisfactory results; otherwise such cost will be borne by the Department. Concrete in Alkali Soils and Alkaline Water: Where concrete is liable to attack from alkali salts or alkaline water, special cements containing low amount of tri-calcium shall be used, if so specified on the drawings. Such concrete shall have minimum cement content, for different exposes attached as given in table 19 and 20 in appendix A of IS 456-2000. If specified by Department, additional protection shall be obtained by the use of chemically resistant stone facing or a layer of plaster of Paris covered with suitable fabric, such as jute thoroughly impregnated with tar. Preparation Prior to Concrete Placement, Final Inspection & Approval: Before the concrete is actually placed in position, the inside of the form work shall be inspected to see that they have been and oiled. Temporary openings shall be provided to

P -38
facilitate inspection, especially at bottom of columns and wall forms, to permit removal of saw dust, wood shavings, binding wire, rubbish, dirt etc. Opening shall be placed or holes drilled so that these materials and water can be removed easily. Such openings/ holes shall be later suitable plugged. The various traders shall be permitted ample time to install drainage and plumbing lines, floor and trench drain, conduits, hangers, anchors, inserts, sleeves, bolts, frames and other miscellaneous embedment to be cast in the concrete as indicated on the drawing or as necessary for the proper execution of the work. All such embedment shall be correctly positioned and securely held in the forms to prevent displacement during depositing and vibrating of concrete. Slots, openings, holes pockets etc. shall be provided in the concrete work in the positions indicated in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Reinforcement and other items to be cast in concrete shall have clear surfaces that will not impair bond. Prior to concrete placement, all works shall be inspected and approved by Engineer-incharge, and if found unsatisfactory, concrete shall not be poured until all defects have been corrected at contractors cost. Approval by Engineer-in-charge of any and all materials and work as required herein shall not relieve contractor form his obligations to produce finished concrete in accordance with the drawings and specifications. Rain or Wash Water: No concrete shall be placed in wet weather or on a water covered surface. Any concrete that has been washed by heavy rain shall be entirely removed, if there is any sign of cement and sand having been washed away from the concrete mixture. To guard against damage which may be caused by rain, the works shall be covered with tarpaulins immediately after the concrete has been placed and compacted before leaving the work unattended. Any water accumulating on the surface of the newly placed concrete shall be removed by approved means and no further concrete shall be placed thereon until such water is removed. To avoid sumps shall be provided. Bonding Mortar: Immediately before concrete placement begins, prepared surfaces, except form work, which will come in contact with concrete to be placed, shall be covered with a bonding mortar of same strength of concrete. Transportation: All buckets, containers or conveyers used for transporting concrete shall be mortar-tight. All means of conveyance shall be adopted to deliver concrete of the required consistency and plasticity without segregation or loss of slump whatever method of transportation is employed. Chute shall not be used to transport the concrete without the written permission of the Engineerin-charge and concrete shall not be re handled before placing. Re-tempered or Contaminated Concrete: Concrete must be placed in its final position before it becomes too stiff to work. On no account water shall be added after the initial mixing. Concrete which has become stiff or has been contaminated with foreign materials ad which has not been placed within half an hour of mixing water with cement shall be rejected. Cleaning of Equipment: All equipments used for mixing, transporting ad placing of concrete shall be maintained in clean condition. All pans, buckets, hoppers, chutes, pipe lines and other equipments shall be thoroughly cleaned after each period of placement.

P -39

Procedure for placing of concrete: 1) Engineers approval of Equipment and Methods: Before any concrete is placed, the entire placing programme, consisting of equipment, layout proposed procedures ad methods shall be submitted to Engineer-in-charge and no concrete shall be of such size ad design to ensure a practically continuous flow of concrete during depositing without segregation of materials, considering the size of the job ad placement location. 2) Time Interval between Mixing ad Placing : Concrete shall be placed in final position before the cement reaches its initial set and concrete shall normally be compacted in its final position within thirty minutes o leaving the mixer d once compacted it shall not be disturbed. 3) Avoiding Segregation: Concrete shall in all the cases be deposited as nearly a practicable directly in its final position ad shall not be re-handled or caused to flow in a manner which will cause segregation, loss of materials displacement of reinforcement, shuttering or embedded inserts or impair its strength. For locations where direct placement is not possible, ad in narrow forms, contractor shall provide suitable prop ad Elephant Trunks to confine the movement of concrete. Special care shall be taken when concrete is dropped from height, especially if reinforcement is in the way, particularly in columns and thin walls. 4) Placing by Manual Labour: Except when otherwise approved by Engineer-in-charge, concrete shall be placed in the shuttering by shovels or other approved implements and shall not be dropped from a height more than 1.0m or handle in a manner which will cause segregation. 5) Placing by Mechanical Equipment: The following specifications shall apply when placing of concrete by sue of mechanical equipment is specially called for while inviting bids or is warranted, considering the nature of work involved. The control of placing shall begin at the mixer discharge. Concrete shall be discharged by a vertical drop into the middle of the bucket of hopper and this principle of a vertical discharge of concrete shall be adhered to through out all stages of delivery until the concrete comes to rest in its final position. Type of buckets: All concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit in suitable buckets, dumpers, containers which shall be leak tight. All means of conveyance shall be adopted for delivering concrete to the required consistency / Workability d plasticity without segregation. Central bottom dump buckets of a type that provides for positive regulation of the amount and rate deposition of concrete in all dumping position shall be employed. Operation of Bucket: In placing concrete in large open areas, the bucket shall be spotted directly over the position designated and then lowered for dumping. The open bucket shall clear the concrete already in place and the height of drop shall not exceed 1.0m. The bucket shall be opened slowly to avoid high vertical bounce. Dumping of buckets on the swing or in any manner which results in separation of ingredients or disturbance of previously placed concrete will not be permitted.

pumps or pneumatic placers. The concrete shall not be permitted to fall from the end of the chutes by more than 1. once started. Such a condition shall be corrected by redesign of mix or other means. shall spotted progressively along the face of the layer with such overlap a will facilitate spreading the layer to uniform depth and texture with a minimum of shoveling stone into mortar rater than mortar on to stones. short chutes or hand shoveling shall be subject to the requirement for vertical delivery of limited height to avoid segregation and shall be deposited as nearly a practicable in its final position. the manufacturer’s advice on layout of pipeline shall be followed to avid blockages ad excessive wear. necessary for conveying concrete by this method. Particular care shall be taken to ensure that all concrete placed against the form faces and into corners of forms or against hardened concrete at joints is free from voids or cavities.0 m. baffles. Bedding of layers: The top surface of each pour ad bedding places shall be approximately horizontal unless other wise instructed. until the concrete has been consolidated to the maximum practicable density. The use of . These shall be placed as rapidly as practicable to prevent the formation of cold joints or places of weakness between each succeeding layers within the pour. the pipelines shall be lubricated with one or two batches of mortar composed of one part cement and two parts sand. chutes shall be of metal or metal line d of rounded cross section. When pneumatic placer is used. These shall be so obtained at the discharge ad without sides of the chutes. The slums shall be held of the minimum. when approved for use.g. Concrete in Layers: Concreting. Chutting: Where it is necessary to use transfer chutes. Compaction: Concrete shall be compacted during placing. the waste water shall be kept clear of the forms. shall have slopes not flatter than 1 vertical to 3 horizontal and not steeper than 1 vertical to 2 horizontal. specific approval of Engineer-in-charge terming of operations. chutes. When pumping is adopted. Manufacturer’s advice shall be followed regarding concrete quality and all other related matters when pumping / pneumatic placing equipments are used. To allow for the loss of mortar against the have less coarse aggregate. Care shall be taken to avoid stoppages in work once pumping has started. must be obtain dot type. The discharge end of the chutes shall be maintained above the surfaces of the concrete in the forms. Placing by Pumping / Pneumatic Placers: Concrete may be conveyed and placed by mechanically operated equipments e. The slopes of all chute sections shall be approximately same. is free of pockets of coarse aggregate ad fits tightly against all form surfaces. The bucket loads or other units of deposit. Restraint shall be provided at the discharge box to cater for the reaction at the end. the first mixes shall During cleaning of chutes. with approved vibrating equipment. only with the written permission of Engineer-in-charge. vertical arranged that almost continuous flow of concrete is segregation. shall be continuous until the pour is completed. as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The thickness of each layer shall be such that it can be deposited before the previous layer has stiffened. The concrete mix shall be specially designed to suit pumping. slopes. length. a directed by Engineer-in-charge. Concrete shall be placed in successive horizontal layers of uniform thickness ranging from 15cm to 90cm. before pumping of concrete is started.P -40 Placement in restricted forms: Concrete placed in restricted forms by borrows. cars. reinforcement ad embedded fixtures. buggies.

Particular attention shall be paid to vibration at the top of lift. Shutter vibrators. Use of Vibrators: The exact manner application d the most suitable machines for the purpose must be carefully considered ad operated by experienced men. runways and similar construction. However. great care shall be exercised to ensure adequate vibration. Type of Vibrators: Vibrator shall conform to IS specifications. they shall be dug out. Type of vibrators to be used shall depend upon the structure where concrete is to be placed. such as highways. Immersion vibrators shall be inserted vertically at points not more than 450mm a part ad withdrawn when air bubbles ceases to come to the surface.P -41 vibrators shall be consistent with the concrete mix ad caution is to be exercised not to over vibrate the concrete to the point of segregation. Tapping or external vibrating of forms by hand tools or immersion vibrators will not be permitted. . surface vibrators shall be specifically designed may be permitted.g. Use of form attached Vibrators: Form attached vibrators shall be used only with specific authorization of Engineer-incharge. Use of surface vibrators: The use of surface vibrators will not be permitted under normal conditions. Immersion vibrator shall have No load frequency amplitude and acceleration a as per IS 2505 depending on the size of the vibrator. Stone Pockets and Mortar Pondages: Formation of stone pockets or mortar pondages in corners and against faces of forms shall not be permitted. shall be firmly secured to the form work which must be sufficiently rigid to transmit the vibrations strong enough not to be damaged by it. in a column or wall. Vibrating against reinforcement: Care shall be taken to prevent contact of immersion vibrators against reinforcement steel. should these occur. e. which are advancing horizontally as the work progress. Melding successive batches: When placing concrete in layers. for thin slabs. They shall also not be allowed to come in contact with forms of finished surfaces. blending and melding of the concrete between the successive layers. upon approval of Engineer-in-charge. Immersion vibrators in sufficient numbers and each of adequate size shall be used to properly consolidate all concrete. reformed and refilled to a sufficient depth and shape for thorough bounding as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Immersion vibrators be used to transport concrete inside the forms. Penetration of Vibrations: The immersion vibrator shall penetrate the layer being placed and also penetrate the layer below the under layer is still plastic to ensure good bond and homogeneity between the two layers ad prevent the formation of cold joints. to be effective. Immersion vibrators shall not be allowed to come in contact with reinforcement steel after start of initial set.

similar work joints shall be formed as per IS 3370. the placing shall stop when the concrete reaches the top of the opening in walls or bottom horizontal surface of the slabs a the case may be. Construction Joints and Keys: Concrete shall be placed without interruption until completion of the part of the work between predetermined construction joints. as specified therein after. Where the congregation of steel make placing difficult. Where not described. Joints shall be either vertical or horizontal. In case of an inclined or curved member. the joints shall be at right angles to the axis of the member. Vertical joints shall be formed against a stop board. The joints shall be vertical throughout the full thickness of the . horizontal joints shall be level and wherever possible. Bleeding: Bleeding or free water on top of concrete being deposited into the forms shall be caused to stop the concrete pour ad the conditions causing this defect corrected before any further concreting is resumed. Concrete that is in the process of setting shall not be disturbed or shaken by traffic either on the concrete itself or upon the shuttering. Where a beam intersects a girder. shall also be used to form a grooved joint. Placing shall be resumed before the concrete in place takes initial set. the joint shall be formed 75mm below the lowest soffit of the beams including haunches f any. Placing Concrete through reinforcing steel: While placing concrete through reinforcing steel. care shall be taken to prevent segregation of the coarse aggregate. If stopping of concreting becomes unavoidable anywhere. horizontal and vertical construction joints and shear keys shall be located ad shall conform in detail to the requirements of the plans unless otherwise directed by Engineer-in-charge. but not until it has had time to settle as determined by Engineer-in-charge. the joint shall be vertical ad at the center or within the middle third of the span unless otherwise shown in drawings. Beam and Slab joints: Concrete in a beam shall be placed through out without a joint but if the provision of a joint is unavoidable.P -42 Placement Interval: Except when placing with slip forms. In flat slab construction the joint shall be 75mm below the soffit of column capital. before depositing in beams. in floors of integral slab and beam construction and other similar conditions. At least 2 hours shall elapse after depositing concrete in column. For tank walls. unless shown otherwise in drawings. arranged. piers or walls. the joints in the girder shall be offset a distance equal to twice the width of the beam and additional reinforcement provided for shear. the joints shall be in accordance with the following: Column Joints: In a column. a properly formed construction joint shall be made where the work is stopped. it may be necessary to temporally move the top steel aside to get proper placement and restore reinforcing steel to design position. Battens shall be nailed to the form to ensure a horizontal line ad if directed. Vertical joints in walls shall be kept to a minimum. Time lapse between the pouring of adjoining units shall be as specified in the drawing or as directed by Engineer-incharge. girders or slabs supported thereon. so that the joint lines coincide with the architectural features of the finished work. Special provision in placing: When placing concrete in walls with openings. each placement of concrete in multiple lift work shall be allowed to set for at least 24 hours after the final set of concrete and before the start of a subsequent placement.

Special care shall be taken to obtain thorough compaction ad to avoid segregation of the concrete along the joint plane. the joint shall be vertical and at the middle of span. otherwise indicated on the drawings and approved by Engineer-in-charge. Water shall be applied to formed surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. Joints in Liquid Retaining Structures: Vertical construction joints in watertight construction will not be permitted unless indicated on the drawings. following a lapse of 12to 24 hours after lying concrete. Just before concreting is resumed. even textured coat. A joint in a slab shall be vertical and parallel to the principal reinforcement where it is unavoidable at right angels to the principle reinforcement. hessain or other absorbent materials. Treatment of construction joints on resuming Concreting: Drier shall be used for the top lift or horizontal pours to avoid a laitance. unless otherwise specified or approved by Engineer-in-charge. Protecting. continuously saturated covering of sacking. Continuous Spraying: Curing shall be assured by use of an ample water supply under pressure in pipes. The new concrete shall be well worked specially against the prepared face before the grout mortar sets. Water shall be applied to unformed concrete surfaces within 1 hour after concrete has set. canvas. The curing of horizontal surfaces exposed to the drying winds shall however begin immediately the concrete has hardened. The quality of curing water shall be the same as that used for mixing concrete. Curing with Water: Fresh concrete shall be kept continuously wet for a minimum period of 14 days from the date of placing of concrete. Preference shall be given to the use of continuous sprays or ponded water. with all necessary appliances of hose sprinklers a spraying device.5m in height unless. Repairing ad Finishing: Curing: All concrete shall be cured by keeping it continuously damp for the period of time required for complete hydration and hardening to take place. Extra precautions shall be exercised in curing concrete during cold ad hot weather as outlined hereinafter. special care shall be taken in all phases of its construction to ensure maximum water tightness. Where a horizontal construction joint is required to resist water pressure. All laitance d loose stones shall be thoroughly and carefully removed by wire brushing / hacking ad surface washed. not likely to be taken up in the near future. or approved effective curing compounds applied with spraying equipment capable of producing a smooth. Dowels: Dowels for concrete work. Curing. Mass Foundations: Mass foundations shall be poured in lifts not exceeding 1.P -43 concrete member. the roughened joint surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and loose matter removed and then treated with a thin layer of cement grout of proportion specified by Engineer-in-charge ad worked well into the surface. Continuous fine mist spraying or sprinkling shall be used. . shall be wrapped in tar paper and burlap.

covering of clear sand or other approved means such as wet gunny bags.P -44 Alternate curing Methods: Whenever in the judgment of Engineer-in-charge. Superficial honey combed surfaces and rough patches shall be similarly made good immediately after removal of shuttering in the presence of Engineer-in-charge and superficial water ad air holes shall be filled in. Curing Compounds: Surface coating type curing compound shall be used only on special permission of Engineer-in-charge. it may be necessary to omit the continuous spray method. water or acid proof membrane or painting is specified. which will prevent loss of moisture from the concrete. sun and winds. shall be filled up and made good with mortar composed of one part of cement to one and half parts of sand passing through 2. conforming to U. Unless instructed otherwise by Engineer-in-charge. shall also be taken to protect immature concrete from damage by debris. flat roofs or other level surfaces. the surface of concrete shall be carefully gone over and all defective areas called to the attention of Engineer-in-charge who may permit patching of the defective areas or else reject the concrete unit either partially or entirely. will not be permitted. Curing Equipment: All equipments and materials required for curing shall be on hand ad ready for use before concrete is placed. For curing of curing of concrete in pavements. Holes left by form bolts etc. Special attention shall be given to edges and corners of the slab to ensure proper protection to these areas. Curing compounds shall be liquid type while pigmented. during of after the curing period. Steps as approved by Engineer-in-charge. vibrations. Newly placed concrete shall be protected by approved means such as tarpaulins from rain. from defacement sad damage due to construction operations by leaving forms in place for ample period as specified later in this specification. care being taken to avoid damaging the surfaces. Protecting Fresh Concrete: Fresh concrete shall be protected from the elements. excessive loading. No curing compound shall be used on surface where future blending with concrete. Bureau of Reclamation specification. The ponded areas shall be continuously filled with water during the curing period. the ponding method of cutting is preferred. if it is necessary may be warned against and prevented form disturbing green concrete during its setting period. side-walks. if it is necessary that workmen enter the area of freshly placed concrete. Excess water shall be avoided.36mm IS sieve after removing any loose stones adhering to the concrete Mortar filling shall be struck off flush at the face of the concrete. The mortar shall be well worked into the surface with wooden float. floors. the surface of the exposed concrete placed against shuttering shall be rubbed down immediately on removal for shuttering to remove fine or other irregularities. that may be warned against and prevented from disturbing green concrete during its setting period. The method of containing the ponded water shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge. Surface irregularities shall be removed by grinding. .S. Concrete surface shall be finished as described under the particular item of work. Rejected concrete shall be removed and replaced by contractor at no additional expense to the Department. Repair and Replacement of unsatisfactory Concrete: Immediately after the shuttering is removed. abrasion or contact with other materials etc. Conversing shall be kept continuously wet during the curing period. Engineer-in-charge may require that bridges be placed over the area.

it may be necessary to cut out the member completely or in part and reconstruct. The mix for patching shall be of the same materials and in the same proportions as that used in the concrete being repaired. which shall be kept continuously wet ad protected against sun ad wind for a period of 24 hours. Curing of Patched Work: The patched area shall be covered immediately with an approved non-staining water saturated material such s gunny bags. A 5mm thick layer of grout of equal parts of cement and sand shall be well brushed into the surface to be patched followed immediately by the patching concrete which shall be well consolidated with a wooden float and left slightly proud of the surrounding surface.g. Mortar filling by air pressure (guniting) shall be used for repair of areas to large ad / or too shallow for patching with mortar. Method of repair: Small size holes having surface dimensions about equal to the depth of the hole. producers and operations used in the repair of concrete a also the finished repair work shall be subject tot eh approval of Engineer-in-charge. Epoxies shall be applied in strict accordance with the instruction of the manufacturer. Use of Epoxy: The use of epoxy for bonding fresh concrete used for repairs will be permitted upon written approval of Engineer-in-charge. free from shrinkage cracks after the fillings have been cured ad dried. White cement shall be substituted for ordinary cement. An area extending several centimeters beyond the edges ad the surfaces of the prepared voids shall be saturated with water for 24 hours immediately before the patching material is placed. holes left after removal of form holts. . Approval by Engineer-in-charge: All materials. grout insert holes and slots cut for repair of cracks shall be repaired as follows: The hole to be patched shall be roughened ad thoroughly soaked with clean water until absorption stops. The concrete patch shall be built up in 10mm thick layers. to match the shade of the patch with the original concrete. if so directed by Engineer-in-charge. the patched area shall be kept wet continuously by a fine spray of sprinkling water for not less than 10 days. If only patching is necessary. All fillings shall tightly bonded to the concrete and shall be sound. Patched surfaces shall be given a final treatment to match the colour ad texture of the surrounding concrete. Finishing: This specification is intended to cover the treatment of concrete surfaces of all structures. The decision of Engineer-in-charge shall be final in this regard. although some reduction in the maximum size of the coarse aggregates may be necessary ad the mix shall be kept as dry as possible. After an hour more. the edges being cut perpendicular to the affected surface or with a small under cut if possible. it shall be worked off flush with a wooden float d a smooth finish obtained by wiping with hessian.P -45 If reinforcement is exposes or the honey combing occurs at vulnerable position e. the defective concrete shall be cut out till solid concrete is reached (or to a minimum depth of 25mm). Thereafter. anchors. ends of beams or columns. Steel trowel shall not be used for this purpose. tees or dowels shall be provided in slots whenever necessary to attach the newly concrete securely in place. depending upon weather conditions.

Unless the drawing specify a horizontal surface or shows the slope required. removal of fins and abrupt irregularities. Standard Finish for Exposed Concrete: Exposed concrete shall mea any concrete other than floors or slabs exposed to view upon completion of the job. leaving the surfaces reasonably smooth ad unmarred. the standard finish for exposed concrete shall be of smooth finish. the tops of narrow surfaces such as staircase treads. roads. . Floating may be done with hand with hand or power tools ad started a soon as the screeded surface has attained a stiffness to permit finishing operations ad these shall be the minimum required to produce a surface uniform in texture ad free from screed marks or other imperfections. the joint marks shall be smoothed off and all blemished. as 1 in 30. screened d floated. which will receive waterproofing treatment. parking areas ad platforms shall be sloped about 1 in 50. The surface shall be compacted and then floated with a wooden float or power floating machine. For surface below grade. parapets. filling of hole left by form ties and rods ad clean up of loose or adhering debris. the concrete shall be free of surface irregularities which would interfere with proper application of the water proofing materials which is specified for use. floors of galleried ad sumps. an integral cement concrete finish of specified thickness for floors and slabs shall be applied either monolithic or bonded.P -46 Finish for Formed surfaces: The type of finish for formed concrete surfaces shall be as follows. Joints ad edges shall be tooled as called for on the drawings or as faceted by Engineer-incharge. The surface shall be tested with a straight edge a any high and low spots eliminated. projections etc. screened ad leveled to produce even surfaces. surfaces which will be exposed when the structure is in service shall receive no special finish. Excess water and laitance shall be removed before final finishing. Panels and form linings shall be of uniform size and be as large as practicable and installed with closed joints. Surfaces which will be exposed to the weather ad which would normally be leveled shall be sloped for drainage. A smooth finish shall be obtained with use of lined or plywood form having smoothed and even surfaces and edges. Integral Cement concrete Finish: When specified on the drawings. Unless specified. floors and slabs shall be consolidated. except repair of damaged or defective concrete. removed. concrete or tile topping such a outside decks. side walks. unless otherwise specified by the Engineer-in-charge. Unless other wise specified on the drawings. terrazzo or quarry tile ad similar surfaces shall be smooth. curbs ad parapets shall be sloped across the width approx. Surfaces which will not be covered by backfill. walls. Broader surface such as walkways. gutters. as specified in the drawings ad as per IS 2571. sub floors to be covered with concrete topping. Surface irregularities shall not exceed 6mm. Surfaces that will be covered by backfill or concrete. Upon removal of forms.

Modified proctor. The surfaces shall then be thoroughly wetted and rubbed with carborandum or other abrasive. . Concrete shall not be deposited on large sloping rock surface shall be prepared and the following general requirements shall be observed. Shortly before concrete is placed. Soft or spongy areas shall be cleaned out and back filled with either a soil cement mixture. Dry cement or a mixture of dry cement and sand shall not be sprinkled directly on the surface of the cement finish to absorb moisture or to stiffen the mix. The finished surfaces shall present a uniform a smooth appearance. Prior to construction of form work for any item where soil will not act as bottom form. washing and dewatering a may be indicated in the plans or as Engineer-in-charge may direct to meet the various situations encountered in the work. the rock shall be cut to form rough steps or benches to provide roughness or a more suitable bearing surface. Cement mortar may be used in the rubbing. approval shall be obtained from Engineer-in-charge as to the suitability of the soil. Prior to placing concrete.P -47 Floating or trowelling of the finish shall be permitted only after all surface water has evaporated. Rock foundation stratum shall be prepared by picking. the rock surface shall be kept wet for a period for 2 to 4 hours unless otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Where required by Engineer-in-charge or as indicated on the plans. Bonding and Jointing: All surfaces upon or against which concrete will be placed shall be suitably prepared by thoroughly cleaning. Rubbed Finish: A rubbed finish shall be provided only on exposed concrete surfaces as specified on the drawings. off sets leveled and voids ad/ or damaged sections immediately saturated with water ad repaired by filling with water and repaired by filling with concrete or mortar of the same composition as was used in the surfaces. barring. but the finished surfaces shall not be brush coated with either cement or grout after rubbing. all fins a do there projections on the surfaces shall be carefully removed. Preparation Rock Strata of Foundations: To provide tight bond with rock foundations. lean concrete or clan sand fill compacted to minimum density of 90%. unless otherwise mentioned in schedule of quantities. wedging and similar methods which will leave the rock in an entirely sound ad unshattered condition. the rock surface shall be prepared ad the following general requirements shall be observed. Concrete shall not be deposited on large sloping rock surface. the rock surface shall be cleaned with high pressure water ad air jet even though it may have been previously cleaned in that manner. Upon removal of forms. Protection: All concrete shall be protected against damage until final acceptance by Engineer-incharge. Foundation Bedding.

This method shall be used wherever practicable and shall consist of cutting the surface with picks ad stiff brooms and by use of an approved combination of air and water jet as directed by Engineerin-charge. shall preferably be done by scarifying ad cleaning while the concrete is between its initial ad final set. immediately before placement of the concrete. all water shall be removed from expressions to permit through inspection and proper bonding of the concrete to the rock. special precautions will be taken to ensure that the new concrete is brought into intimate contact with the surface of the joint by carefully paddling ad spading with aid of vibrators and suitable tools. Great care shall be taken in performing this work to avoid removal of too much mortar ad the weakening of the surface by loosening of aggregate. unsound concrete. Mortar shall be placed at such a rate that it can be brushed over the surface just in advance of placement of concrete. crevices and depressions. where accessible. The bonding medium shall be a coat of cement sand mortar. shown in te drawings a directed by Engineer-in-charge. Accumulations or puddles of mortar shall not be allowed to settle in depressions ad shall be brushed out a satisfactory degree as determined by Engineer-in-charge. dipped in to the fresh converter. laitance ad glazed mortar have been removed. shall be coated thoroughly in the specified bed-joint bonding mortar immediately before they are covered with concrete or by scrubbing with wire brooms. The mortar shall have the same cement-sand proportion the concrete which shall be placed on it. The final required result shall be pitted surface from which all dirt. The water cement ratio shall be determined by placing conditions ad approved by Engineer-in-charge. Construction joint surfaces shall be treated as specified in the specification. When it is not practicable to follow the above method. Bonding mortar shall be placed in sufficient quantity to completely cover the surface about 10mm thick for rock surface and about 5mm thick for concrete surfaces.P -48 Before placing concrete on rock surfaces. Expansion ad Contraction: Provision shall be made for expansion a contraction in concrete by use of special type joints located as shown in the drawings. shall be in accordance with Engineer-in-charge. The amount of mortar that will be permitted to be placed at any one time. upon which additional concrete is to be placed later. the surfaces of the joints. Bonding Treatment Mortar: After rock or concrete surfaces upon which new concrete is to be placed have been scarified. Preparation of Earth Strata of Foundations: All earth surfaces. cleaned ad wetted specified herein. or the area which is to cover. it will be necessary to employ air tools to remove laitance ad roughen the surface. It shall be brushed or broomed over the surface and worked thoroughly into all cracks. Where it is impracticable to apply such a mortar coating. Only as much area shall be covered with mortar as can be covered with concrete before initial set in the mortar takes place. it shall receive a bonding treatment. Cleaning and Bonding of formed Construction Joints: Vertical construction joints shall be cleaned as specified above or by other methods approved by Engineer-in-charge in placing concrete against formed construction joints. .

copings. Consideration shall be given to shading aggregate stock piles from direct rays of the sun and spraying stock piles in water. when concrete placement under water is necessary. The contractor may pre cast the units on a cement or steel platform which shall be adequately oiled provided the surface finish is of the same standard as obtained in the forms. the aggregates. eliminating excessive mixing.31 Pre cast Concrete and Pre cast Reinforced concrete: Pre cast concrete & pre cast reinforced concrete shall comply with IS 456 and with the following requirements: General requirements: Pre cast reinforced concrete units such as columns. 4. fencing posts. slabs. Placing concrete under Water: Under al ordinary conditions all foundations shall be completely dewatered ad concrete placed in the dry. placement ad finishing shall be done as quickly as possible. The forms/moulds shall be of fiber glass or of steel sections for better finish. However. lintels. Inspection and Approval: All work requiring placement of concrete underwater shall be designed. directed ad inspected with regard to the local circumstances ad purposes. chajjas. stills. adjacent concrete ad other moisture absorbing surfaces. preventing exposure of mixers and conveyors to direct sunlight ad the sue for reflective paint. Adequate provision shall be made to lower concrete temperatures by cool ingredients. louvers etc. insulation. all work shall conform to IS 456 and procedure shall be as follows: Method of placement: Concrete shall be deposited under water by means of tremise or drop bottom buckets of approved type. shall be of grade of mix as specified and cast in forms or moulds. All under water concrete shall be placed according to the plans or specifications ad as directed and approved by Engineerin-charge. hooks. door window frames. Each unit shall be cat in one operation. sub grade. . on mixers etc. Extra precautions shall be taken for the protection and curing of concrete. Pre cast concrete shall be cast on suitable bed or platform with firm foundation ad free from wind. Provision shall be made in the forms and mould store accommodate fixing devices such as nibs. Admixtures may be used only when approved by Engineer-in-charge. shelves. In order to reduce loss of mixing water. except as herein modified.P -49 Hot Weather Requirements: All concrete work performed in hot weather shall be in accordance with IS 56. use of cold water available and burying. clips. Consideration shall be given to continuous water curing and protection against high temperature and drying hot wind for a period of at least 7 days immediately after concrete has set and after which normal curing procedures may be resumed. wooden forms. bolts and forming of notches and holes. shading d / or painting white the pipe line sand water storage tanks ad conveyances. shall be well wetted prior to concreting. The temperature of the freshly placed concrete shall not be permitted to exceed 300oC. Direction.

Pre cast units shall be stored. Concrete used for pre casting the units should be well proportioned. The wearing surface shall be true tot eh lines. Curing: After having been cast in the mould or form the concrete shall be adequately protected during setting in the first stages of hardening from shocks ad from harmful effects of frost. contractor shall satisfy Engineer-in-charge or his representative that the methods he proposes to adopt for these operations will not overstress or otherwise affect seriously the strength of the pre cast unit. Before lifting and removal takes place. vibration or under bending stress or in the units. It shall then be properly grouted with cement mortar 1:3 (1cement : 3 coarse sand ) and rechecked for levels. the interior of the units should present a clean homogenous appearance. placed ad thoroughly compacted by vibrations or tamping to give a dense concrete free from voids ad hone combing. transported and placed in position in such a manner that they will not be overstressed or damaged. . On being fractured. The reinforced side of the units shall be distinctly marked. Finally the jambs. The concrete shall be cured at least for 7 days from the date of casting. mixed. sills and soffits of the openings are plastered. All angles of the pre cast units with the exception of the angles resulting from the splayed or chamfered faces shall be true right angles. Side shutters shall not be struck in less than 24 hours after depositing concrete ad no pre cast unit shall be lifted until the concrete reaches strength of at least twice the stress to which the concrete may be subjected at the time of lifting. drying windows d cold.P -50 Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the level or shape of the bed or platform. The areas shall be clean and sharp except those specified or shown to be rounded. The pre cast articles shall be matured for 28 days before erection or being built in so that the concrete shall have sufficient strength to prevent damage built when first handled. unless otherwise directed in respect of all items except fencing posts or electric posts where the minimum cover shall be 25mm. Pre cast Cement Concrete Jali: The jail shall be of cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 stone aggregate 5mm nominal size) reinforced with suitable mild steel wire/rod unless otherwise specified. sub shine. The lifting and removal of pre cast units shall be undertaken without causing shocks. A suitable serial number and the date of casting shall be impressed or painted on each unit. sills and soffits shall be plastered embedding the jail uniformly on all sides by connector pins no all sides. Marking: Pre cast units shall be clearly marked to indicate the top of member and its location and orientation in the structure. The longitudinal reinforcement shall have a minimum cover of 12mm or twice the diameter of the main bar whichever is more. Pre cast articles shall have a dense surface finish showing no coarse aggregate and shall have no cracks or crevices likely to assist in disintegration of concrete or rusting of steel or other defects that would interfere with the proper placing of the units. Fixing: The Jali shall be set in position true to plumb and level before the joints.

Proportions One part Portland cement of one part sand One part Portland cement of two part sand One part Portland cement of three part sand W/C Ratio (Max. Sleeves. I. shall be provided in the concrete work in the positions indicated in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. shall be graded within the following limits: Passing Passing Passing Passing I. Otherwise curing practice as given in clauses stated earlier shall be followed. Slots. shall also be provided in concrete work where so specified. Rate: The rate shall be inclusive of materials ad labour involved in all the operations described above except plastering of jambs. which will be paid for under relevant item of plastering. sieve 2. Sand for stiff grouts. inserts etc. Grouting: Standard Grout: Grout shall be provided as specified in the drawings: The proportions of grout shall be such as to produce a flowable mixture consistent with minimum water content and shrinkage. bolts. Stiff mix Grout Thickness Under 25mm 25mm and over but less than 50mm 50mm and over Mix. Fluid Mix b. Curing: All pre cast work shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun for at least 7 days after casting ad during that period each units shall be kept constantly watered or preferably by completely immersed in water if the size of unit so permits. still ad sofits. The thickness shall not be less than that specified. Opening etc. for general grouting purposes.36mm sieve 1. General c.18mm sieve 300 micron above Sieve 150 micron above 95 to 100% 65 to 95% 10 to 30% 3 to 10% Sand for fluid grouts shall have the fine material passing the 300 and 150 micron sieves at the upper limits specified above.53 0.S.S. .53 Sand shall be such as to produce a flowable grout without any tendency to segregate. I. The grout proportions shall be limited as follows: Use a. opening or holes pockets etc.S. I.P -51 Measurements: The Jali shall be measured for its gross superficial area. shall meet the usual grading specifications and concrete surface to be grouted shall be thoroughly roughened and cleaned of all foreign matter and laitance.S. The length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm.44 0. Sand. Any deviation from the approved drawings shall be made good by contractor at his own expenses without damaging any other work.) 0. Slots.

link chains can be used to work the grout into place. empty containers.P -52 Anchor bolts. dirt d loose material. workmanship and finished construction shall be subject to the continuous inspection ad approval of Engineer-in-charge. Water in anchor bolts holes shall be removed before grouting is started. shall immediately be replaced at no additional expense to the Department.e. Forms around base plates shall be reasonably tightened to prevent leakage of the grout. protective coverings ad may debris resulting from the work shall be removed from the premises. Adequate clearance shall be provided between forms and base plate to permit grout to be worked properly into place. all forms. shall be removed dump daily or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The use of hot. Special Grout: Special grout where specified on the drawing shall be provided in strict accordance with the manufacturers instructions / specifications on the drawings. Inspection: All materials. Clean up: Upon the completion of concrete work. as is not in conformance with the specifications ad drawings. . bleeding and breakdown of initial set. anchor bolt hole and bottom of equipment and column base plates shall be cleaned of all oil. All debris. equipments. Variations in grout mixes ad procedures shall be permitted if approved by the Engineerin-charge. To distribute the grout ad to ensure more release from entrapped air. All rejected materials supplied by contractor and all rejected work or construction performed by contractor. Grouting once started shall be done quickly and continuously to prevent segregation. The finished concrete surfaces shall be left in a clean condition tot eh satisfaction for the Engineer-in-charge. Grout shall be worked from one side of one end to the other to prevent entrapment of air. Approval of any preliminary material or phase of work shall in no way relieve the contractor from the responsibility of supplying concrete and/ or producing finished concrete in accordance with the specifications and drawings. construction tools. All concrete shall be protected against damage until final acceptance by the Department or its representatives. the hardened concrete surfaces to be grouted shall be saturated with water. grease. caustic solution for this purpose will be permitted. strong. i. Grouting through holes in base plate shall be by pressure grouting. Prior to grouting. scrap wood etc.

it should be done on a water right platform. that is remixing with or without additional cement aggregate or water shall not be permitted. The mixer shall rotate at a peripheral speed of about 60 metres per minute. Concrete of mix 1:3:6 and 1:2:4 will be required to be vibrated if specified ad directed by the Engineer. The re-tempering of concrete which has partially hardened. slump (in mm) 50 50 25 50 All plain concrete should be preferably mixed in a drum type powder driven machine with a loading hopper which will permit the accurate measure of various ingredients. But the proportion of mix will be nominal ad the ratio of fine and coarse aggregate may be slightly adjusted within limits. Concrete shall be poured and consolidated in its final position within half an hour of mixing. Measurements for the work done shall be exact length. NO extra shall be paid for excess quantity resulting from faulty workmanship. The concrete shall be cured for 10 days in ordinary weather ad 15 days in hot weather. sand.5 minutes after the materials and water are in the mixer. aggregate and water for concrete of proportion 1:5:10. The final proportion of the aggregate and quantity of water shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge on the basis of test in each case. Sufficient care should be taken to see that no excess quantity of water is used. The proportion of cement. 50kg/ bag). The slump shall be specified for each class of work and shall be general be as follows: Type of Concrete Mass concrete Concrete below water proofing treatment Coping Floor paving Max. keeping the total value of aggregates to a given volumes of cement constant to suit the sieve analysis of both the aggregates. In case of the thickness of concrete is more than 150mm. cement. Cement shall on no account be measured by volume. The mixing of each batch in the concrete mixer shall continue for not less than 1. but it shall always be used directly from the bags (i. breadth ad depth shown in figures on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer ad after the concrete is consolidated. .. the specification for materials viz. fine and coarse aggregates and water shall be the same as that specified in reinforced concrete work specification.1:4:8. it may be vibrated as directed by the Engineer.P -53 Plain Cement Concrete for General Work: For plain cement concrete work. If hand mixing is authorized. sand. 1:3:6 & 1:2:4 by volume shall generally consist of quantities as given below : Proportion of Ingredients 1:5:10 1:4:8 1:3:6 1:2:4 Quantity of material used per bag of cement Fine Total of fine Coarse aggregate and coarse aggregate (Sand) aggregates 170 litres 340 litres 800 kgs 130 litres 272 litres 625kgs 102 litres 204 litres 480 kgs 68 litres 136 litres 350 kgs Cement 1 1 1 1 Water 60 54 31 32 litres litres litres litres The quantity of water used shall be such as to produce concrete of consistency required by the particular class of work and shall be decided by the use of a slump cone. The volume is mixed materials per batch shall not exceed the manufacturers rated capacity of the mixer.e.

All other irregularities shall be referred to as gradual irregularities. works etc. Water: Clean water in pipes under pressure shall be provided by the contractor with all necessary equipment for giving a nozzle pressure of not less than 2. Finishing of Concrete: General: Unless otherwise specified. Gradual irregularities shall be measured as . for cooling aggregate required for concrete.P -54 Specific Requirements for concrete ad allied works: The following specific requirements shall be met within addition to those provided in the clause of specification for concrete ad allied works: General: If so specified in Schedule 'A' for the work. In case of an emergency. on the project. the Department shall supply with specification for "Concrete and Allied works" and the contractor shall be solely responsible for supplying mixed concrete in accordance with the specification for concrete and allied works ad also this specification. The rates for the reinforced concrete work shall be based on the issue rates of cement ad steel as given in the schedule "A". Concrete: The rates for all concrete work should be based as per specifications ad taking into consideration the guidelines indicated in special instruction under relevant clause. The placement Intervals: Each placement of concrete shall be allowed to set for a period of 48 hours and longer when required before the start of subsequent placement. Fire protection System: The contractor shall provide ad maintain at all times in adequate fire protection system to protect his equipment. Off sets or fins caused by disposed or misplaced form sheathing lining or form sections or by defective form lumber shall be referred to as abrupt irregularities. A time gap between the two adjoining pours in the horizontal plane and the two adjacent pours in the vertical plan shall be 7 days ad 3 days respectively.0 kg/ sq. Finish U1.cm for the convenient ad effective jetting of rock foundations ad concrete surfaces. concrete finishes shall confirm to the following specification: Finish F1. material ad construction. the contractor shall permit the Engineer-in-charge to use the system for protecting equipment. F2 and F3 shall describe formed surface. U2 and U3 shall describe un-formed surface. for curing concrete ad other requirements.

Finish U3: Shall apply to unformed surfaces for which a high degree of surface smoothness is required. It shall also include clean up of loose d adhering debris. Where a sack rubbed finish is specified.P -55 deviation from a place surface with a template 1. removal of ridges ad abrupt irregularities by grinding. the surfaces shall be prepared within two days after removal of the forms. and parapets shall be sloped approximately 10mm per 300mm width. Formed surfaces: Finish F1: Shall apply to all formed surfaces for which finish F2.16 mesh) sand. curbs. U3 or any other special finish is not specified and shall include screeding the surface for the concrete to the required slope and grade. irregularities not exceeding. Repair of fradual irregularities exceeding 6mm. Finish U2: Shall apply to all unformed surfaces as shown in the drawing or specified by the Engineer-in-charge and shall include screeding ad applying a wood float finish to the surface of the concrete to the required slopes and grade. filling air holes with mortar ad treatment of the entire surface with sack rubbed finish.F3 or any other special finish is not specified and shall include filling up all form tie holes. This shall include filling all form tie-holes.shall include all measures specified for finish F2 ad in addition. The mortar rubbed in the voids shall be allowed to stiffen and solidify after which the whole surface shall be wiped clean so that the surface presents a uniform appearance without air hole. irregularities etc. the tops of narrow surfaces such as stair. The mortar used shall consist of one part cement to one ad half parts by volume of fine (minus n0. repair of gradual irregularities exceeding 6mm. terrazzo ad similar surfaces shall be smooth screened and leveled to produce even surface. Finish F3: Shall apply to all formed surfaces exposed to view or where shown in the drawing or specified by the Engineer-in-charge. Surfaces to be covered by backfill or concert sub-floors to be covered with concrete topping. where shown on the drawing or specified by the Engineer-in-charge. The surface shall be wetted ad allowed to dry slightly before mortar is applied by sack rubbing.5 m long for formed surface and 3 m long for unformed surfaces. This shall . walls. Finish F3. The mortar shall then be rubbed over the surface with a fine burlap or linen cloth so as to fill all the surface voids. Unless the drawing specified a horizontal surface or shown the slope required. Unformed Surfaces: Finish U 1: Shall apply to all unformed surfaces for which the finish U2. treads. Curing of the surface shall be continued for a period of 10 (ten) days. Finish F2: Shall apply to all formed surfaces so shown on the drawings or specified by the Engineer-in-charge. Repair of abrupt irregularities unless a roughened texture is specified. Only sufficient mixing water to given the mortar's workable consistency shall be used.

not exceeding 25sq. Volume occupied by pipes. c. b.g.C. trusses. finishing joints and edges of concrete with edging tools. corbels. posts. Repair of abrupt irregularities. breadth and height/depth limiting dimensions to those specified on drawings or as directed by the Engineer-incharge. unless otherwise stated hereinafter.C. beams.cm). joists. b. breadth and depths limiting dimensions to those specified in drawing or as ordered in writing by the Engineer-in-charge. Opening up to 0. rafters. girders. purlins. Ends of dissimilar materials e. Mode of Measurement for concrete work: General: Concrete as actually done shall be measured for payment. d. Deductions: No deduction shall be made for the following: a. Any work done extra over the specified dimensions shall not be measured for payment. The concrete shall be measured for its length. (1000 sq. up to 500 sq. d.01 sqm. Column: Column shall be measured from top footings to the plinth level and from plinth level to the structural slab level ad to the subsequent structural slab levels. in foundation and footings shall be measured for its length. floating and applying a steel trowel finish to the surface of the concrete tot eh required slopes ad grade. a.1 sqm. In case of tapering portions of column footings.P -56 include screeding. sheathing etc.cm in cross section. conduits.001 cum. Column Footing: R. subject to the following tolerances. steps etc. Areas shall be worked out to the nearest 0.cm. each in cross sectional area. Linear dimensions shall be measured in full centimeters except for the thickness of slab which shall be measured tot eh nearest half centimeter. Volume occupied by reinforcement. The contractor is not entitled to any extra claim due to such changes. Repair of gradual irregularities exceeding 6mm. Nothing extra shall be paid for leaving ad finishing such cavities and holes. Cubic contents shall be worked out the nearest 0. c. the quantities shall be calculated by Prismoidal Formula. Measurements for . Note: The sizes of RCC members as assumed in to estimate are based on preliminary drawings and are likely to be changed.

walls ad columns. The depth of the beams shall be measured from the top of the slab tot eh bottom of the beam except in the case of inverted beam where it shall be measured from top of slab to top beams. b. pockets. including or excluding the cost of form work and / or reinforcement as mention din the schedule for quantities. cantilever steps. cross beams including haunches if any. e.P -57 higher grade concrete in column at its junction with lower grade concrete beams shall be restricted tot eh column section supporting the beam in question. shall be measured for their length. The beams and lintels with narrow width even though acting as facia in elevation in some cases will be measured as beams and lintels only. mullions shall be measured between chajjs or other supporting structural members. labour. The reinforcement steel used in the works shall be measured and paid for separately under relevant item. No deductions shall be made for embedded plugs. transport. steps. walls.  . The rates also shall include the cost of testing material. stringer beams etc. Fins ad Mullions: a. mix design. III Staircase: The concrete in all members of staircase like waist slabs. Beam and Lintel: Beam shall be measured from face to face of the columns. Chajjas shall be measured net from supporting faces upto the edges of chajjas without any facia. Facia shall be measured full excluding chajja thickness. tools ad plants and all the operations mentioned hitherto. End fins shall be measured full. c. Wall: All walls shall be measured from top of the wall footing to the plinth level ad from plinth level to the top of structural first floor and to subsequent floors. breadth ad depth. Facias. limiting dimensions to those specified on drawings. cube test ad allied incidental expenses. I) Slab: The length and breadth of slab laid to correct thickness as shown in the detailed drawing for as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge shall be measured between beams. Parapets shall be measured from top of slab / chajja. II) Chajjas. d. Rates: The rate for PCC / RCC shall include the cost of all materials. Intermediate fins.

sills.Page 55 of 197 b) Misplacement or eccentricity: 2% of footing within the direction of misplacement but not more than 50mm. bracings. but not at both ends. openings in walls and floors except in the case of and for anchor bolts : (+) 5mm v) Variation in cross sectional dimensions of columns and beams and in the thickness of slabs and walls: (+) 10 mm/(-)5mm vi) Footing : a) Variation in dimensions in plan (+) 50mm/(-) 5mm. piers. b) For exposed corner columns ad other conspicuous lines In any bay or 5 m. anchors. walls and in buttresses: 5 mm per 2. beam soffits and in arises. The drawings and calculations for the design of the form work shall be submitted well in advance to the Engineer-in-charge for approval before proceeding with work. Engineer-in-charge's approval shall not however. a) In slab soffits. grade or dimensions given in drawings. at no extra cost to the Department. FORM WORK General: The form work shall consist of shores. inserts etc. bottom of slabs etc. Tolerances for R.C.5m (+) 5mm In any bay or 5m maximum (+) 8 mm In 10 or more (+) 15mm c) For exposed lintels. the following tolerances will be permitted. Wedges may be used at the top or bottom of timber shores. Buildings: I) Variation from the plumb: a) In the line ad surfaces of columns. sides of beams and columns. to facilitate vertical adjustment and dismantling of form work. complete which shall be properly designed and planned for the work. The false work shall be so constructed that up and down vertical adjustment can be made smoothly. Design of Form Work The design and engineering of form work as well as its construction shall be the responsibility of Contractor. parapets. horizontal grooves and conspicuous lines iii) Variation of the linear building lines from established position in plan and related position of columns. maximum : (+) 5 mm In 10 m or more: (+) 10mm ii) Variation from the level or from the grades indicated on the drawings. including ties. relieve Contractor of the full responsibility for the design and construction for the form work.5m. In any bay or 5m maximum (+) 10 mm In 10 or more (+) 20mm iv) Variation in the sizes ad locations of sleeves. The design shall take into account all the loads vertical as well as lateral that the forms will be carrying including live and vibration loadings. Tolerances: Tolerances are specified permissible variation from lines. walls and partitions.P -58 7. No tolerances specified for horizontal or vertical buildings lines or footings. .V. but not more than 25 mm. ceilings. hangers. b) In 2. Unless otherwise specified.

P -59 c) Reduction in thickness (-) 5% of specified thickness subject to maximum of 50mm. walls. Acrow spans. steel. vii) Variation in steps: a) In a flight of stairs Rise Tread b) Consecutive steps Rise Tread (+) 3.4 of Recommended Practice for concrete form work (ACI 347) Type of Form work : Form work may be of timber. buttresses and similar members : I) Variation of dimensions in plant (+) 50mm/(-) 10 mm misplacement but 50mm.0m … … … … … … Variation from plumb. Acrow pipe (or) Doka type formwork. In 2. soffits. Sliding forms and slip forms may be used with the approval of Engineer-in-charge.5m … … … (+) 10 mm (+) Twice the above limits In buried constructions 4) 5) Variation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns. In 10.0 mm Tolerances in other concrete structure a) Structures : Variation of the constructed liner outline from established position in plan In 5 m … 1) … … … … (+) 10mm (+) 15 mm (+) 25 mm (+) 150 mm (+) 10 mm (+) 15 mm (+) 25 mm (+) Twice the above limits In 10 m or more In 20m or more 2) Vacation of dimensions to individual structure features from established position in plan In buried constructions … In 2. oil tempered hard board etc.5 mm (+)3. piers of similar members (+) 10mm / (-) 5mm Variation in the thickness of slabs.5m … … … (+) 5 mm In 7. For special finishes. the form work may be lined with plywood. walls.0 mm (+) 5. from specified batter or from curved surfaces of all structures.0mor more In buried constructions 3) Variation from level or grade indicated on drawings in slabs. sheets. piers. . horizontal grooves. beams. buttresses. II) Misplacement of eccentricity: 2% of footing within the direction of not more than 50 mm III) Reduction in thickness : 5% of specified thickness subject to maximum of Tolerances in other type of structures shall generally conform to those given in clause 2.5m … In 5. plywood.0 mm (+) 1. beams. arch sections of similar members (+) 10mm / (-) 5mm B) Footings for columns.

P -60
Form work requirements : Forms shall conform to the shapes, lines grades and dimensions including camber of the concrete as called for in the drawings. Ample studs, water braces, straps, shores etc. shall be used to hold the forms in proper position without any distortion whatsoever until the concrete has set sufficiently to permit removal for forms. Forms shall be strong enough to permit the use of immersion vibrators. In special cases, form vibrators may also be used. The shuttering shall be close boarded. Timber shall be well seasoned, free from sap, shakes, loose knots, worm holes, warps or other surface defects in contact with concrete. Faces coming in contact with concrete shall be free from adhering grout, plaster, paint, projecting nails, splits or other defects. Joints shall be sufficiently tight to prevent loss of water ad fine material from concrete.
Plywood shall be used for exposed concrete surfaces, where called for. Sawn and wrought timber may be used for unexposed surfaces. Inside faces of forms for concrete surfaces which are to be rubbed finished shall be planed to remove irregularities or unevenness in the face. Form work with lining will be permitted. All new and used form lumber shall be maintained in a good condition with respect to shape, strength, rigidity, water tightness, smoothness ad cleanliness of surfaces. Form lumber unsatisfactory in any respect shall not be used ad if rejected by Engineer-in-charge shall be removed form the site. Shores supporting successive stores shall be placed directly over those below or be so designed and placed that the load will be transmitted directly by them. Trussed supports shall be provided for stores that cannot be secured on adequate foundation. Formwork, during any stage of construction showing signs of distortion or distorted to such a degree that the intended concrete work will not conform to the exact contour indicated on the drawings, shall be repositioned and strengthened. Poured concrete affected by the faulty formwork, shall be entirely removed and formwork corrected prior to placing new concrete. Excessive construction camber to compensate for shrinkage settlement etc. that may impair the structural strength of members will not be permitted. Forms shall be so designed and constructed that they can be striped in the order required and their removal do not damage the concrete. Face formwork shall provide true vertical and horizontal joints shall be as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Where exposed smooth or rubbed concrete finishes are required, the forms shall be constructed with special care so that the desired concrete surfaces could be obtained which require minimum finish.

Bracings, Struts and Props:
Shuttering shall be braced, strutted, propped and so supported that it shall not deform under weight and pressure of the concrete and also due to the movement of men and other materials. Bamboos shall not be used as props or cross bracings. The shuttering for beams and slabs shall be so erected that the shuttering on the sides of beams and under the soffit of slab can be removed without disturbing the beam bottoms. Re-propping of beams shall not be done except when props have to be reinstated to take care of construction loads anticipated to be in excess of the design load. Vertical props shall be supported on wedges or other measures shall be taken whereby the props can be gently lowered vertically while striking the shuttering. If the shuttering for a column is erected for the full height of the column, one side shall be left open and built upon sections as placing of concrete proceeds, or windows may be left for

P -61
pouring concrete from the sides to limit the drop of concrete to 1.0 m or as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

Inspection of Formwork : Following points shall be borne in mind while checking during erection of form work and formwork got approved by the Engineer-in-charge before placing of reinforcement bars:
a) b) c) d) Any member which is to remain in position after the general dismantling is done, should be clearly marked. Material used should be checked to ensure that, wrong items/ rejects are not used. If there are any excavations nearby which may influence the safety of form works, corrective and strengthening action must be taken. (i) The bearing soil must be sound and well prepared and the sole plates shall bear well on the ground. (ii) (iii) Sole plates shall be properly seated on their bearing pads or sleepers. The bearing plates of steel props shall not be distorted.

(iv) The steel parts on the bearing members shall have adequate bearing areas. e) Safety measures to prevent impact of traffic, scour due to water etc should be taken. Adequate precautionary measures shall be taken to prevent accidental impacts etc. Bracing, struts and ties shall be installed along with the progress of form work to ensure strength ad stability of form work at intermediate stage. Steel sections (especially deep sections) shall at adequately restrained against tilting, over turning and form work should be restrained against horizontal loads. All the securing devices and bracing shall be tightened. The stacked materials shall be placed as catered for, in the design. When adjustable steel props are used, they should : (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) i) j) Be undamaged ad not visibly bent Have the steel pins provided by the manufacturers for use Be restrained laterally near each end. Have means for centralizing beams placed in the fork heads.

f)

g) h)

Screw adjustment of adjustable props shall not be over extended. Double wedges shall be provided for adjustment of the form to the required position wherever any settlement / elastic shortening of props occurs. Wedges should be used only at the bottom end of single prop. Wedges should not be too steep and one of the pair should be tightened / clamped down after adjustment to prevent other shifting. No member shall be eccentric upon vertical member The number of nuts and bolts shall be adequate All provisional of the design ad / or drawings shall be complied with Cantilever supports shall be adequate Props shall be directly under one another in multistage constructions as far as possible. Guy ropes or stays shall be tensioned properly.

k) l) m) n) o) p)

P -62
q) r) s) There shall be adequate provision for the movement and operation of vibrators an other construction plant and equipment. Required camber shall be provided over long spans. Supports shall be adequate and in plumb within the specified tolerances.

Form Oil : Use of form oil shall not be permitted on the surface which require painting. If the contractor desire to use form oil on the inside of formwork of the other concrete structures, a non staining mineral oil or other approved oil CEMOL-35 of Ms. Hindustan Petroleum Co. Ltd may be used, provided it is applied before placing reinforcing steel and embedded parts. All excess oil on the form surfaces and any oil on metal or other parts to be bedded in the concrete shall be carefully removed. Before treatment with oil, forms shall be thoroughly cleared of dried splatter of concrete from placement of previous lift, wooden shavings and other unwanted materials. Chamfers and Fillers : All corners and angles exposed in the finished structure shall be formed with moldings to form chamfers or fillers on the finished concrete. The standard dimensions of chamfers ad fillers, unless otherwise specified, shall be 20 X 20 mm. Care shall be exercised to ensure accurate mouldings. The diagonal face of the mounding shall be planed or surfaced to the same texture as the form s to which it is attached. Vertical Construction Joint Chamfers : Vertical construction joints on faces which will be exposed at the completion of the completion of the work shall be chamfered as above accept where not permitted by Engineer-incharge. Wall Ties :
Wire ties passing through the walls, shall not be allowed. Also through bolts shall not be permitted. For fixing of formwork, alternate arrangements such as coil nuts shall be adopted at the contractors cost.

Reuse of forms : Before reuse, all forms shall be thoroughly scrapped, cleaned, nails removed, holes that may leak suitably plugged and joints examined and when necessary repaired and the inside retreated to prevent adhesion, to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. Warped lumber shall be resized. Contractor shall equip himself with enough shuttering to complete the job in the stipulated time. Removal of forms : Contractors shall record on the drawings or a special register, the date upon which the concrete is placed in each part of the work and ht date on which the shuttering is removed therefrom.
In no circumstances shall forms be struck until the concrete reaches a strength of the at least twice the stress due to self weight and any construction erection loading to which the concrete may be subjected at the time of striking form work.

it shall not be measured separately. it is found that timber has been embedded in the concrete. de shuttering and removal of materials from site an labour required for all such operations etc. to facilitate removal of formwork which otherwise may be inaccessible. form bolts etc. Work damaged due to premature or careless removal of forms shall be reconstructed at contractors cost. Cutting ties back from the faces of walls and grade beams will not be permitted. No deduction shall be made for opening / obstructions upto an area 0.  . walls. Ties withdrawn from walls and grade beams shall be pulled to wards the inside face. The rate shall include the cost of erecting. clamps. beams Soffit formwork to slabs (Props to be refixed immediately after removal of formwork) Soffit formwork to beams (Props to be refixed immediately after removal of formwork) Props to slabs: I) Spanning upto 4. transport.5 m II) Spanning over 4. by gently easing the wedges. may be removed at the same time. Tie rods. If after removing the formwork.5 m Props to beams and arches: I) Spanning upto 6 m II) Spanning over 6 m Minimum Period Before striking Formwork (For OPC Cement) 16 – 24h 3 days 7 days d) 7 days 14 days 14 days 21 days e) Striking shall be done slowly with utmost care to avoid damage to arise ad projection a without shock or vibration. and nothing extra shall be paid for forming such openings. centering. a) b) c) Type of formwork Vertical formwork to columns. Ties. Reinforced temporary opening shall be provided. except those required to hold forms in place.P -63 In normal circumstances (generally where temperature are above 20oC ) forms may be struck after expiry of the following periods : Sl. shuttering materials.1 sqm. In case the item of concreting are inclusive of cost of form work. stop boards provided at construction joints which are not shown in the drawings shall not be measured. it shall be removed ad made good as specified earlier. which must be entirely removed from walls or similar structures shall be loosened not sooner than 24 hours nor later than 40 hours after concrete has been deposited. as directed by Engineer-in-charge. No. Mode of measurement : The form work measured shall be the area of concrete in contact with concrete only. All temporary form work such as bulk heads.

Reinforcement steel shall be with cement wash before stacking to prevent scale and rust. Fabricated reinforcement shall be carefully stock to prevent damage. Special specifications. as shown and specified on the drawings. Reinforcing bars shall not be straightened and rebent in a manner that will injure the materials. free from grease. according to best modern practices ad as directed by the Engineer-in-charge in all cases of important connections. Bars incorrectly bent shall be used only of ht means used for straightening and rebinding be such as shall not. paint. the work shall be carried as per 2751. shall be adhered to in the welding of cold worked reinforcing bars and bars other than mild steel. dirt loose mill. Laps : Laps ad splices for reinforcement shall be shown in the drawings. in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge injure the material. except those pecified on the drawing shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Bars bent hot shall not be heated beyond cherry red colour (not exceeding 645oC ) and after bending shall be allowed to cool slowly without quenching. They shall be bent cold. No welding of rods to obtain continuity shall be allowed unless approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Splices. Quality : All steel shall be grade I quality unless specifically permitted by the Engineer-in-charge. tests shall be made to prove that the joints are of the full strength of bars welded. The bars shall not be lapped unless the length required exceeds the maximum available length of bars at site. bituminous materials or any other substances that will destroy or reduce the bond. All reinforcement shall be clean. Steel not conforming to specifications shall be rejected. . scale dust. corrosion ad deteriorations. in adjacent bars shall be staggered ad the locations of all splices. as specified by the Engineer-in-charge. Random tests on steel supplied by contractor may be performed by Department as per relevant Indian Standards. Contractor shall submit the manufacturers test certificate for steel. shall be either plain round mild steel bars grade as per IS 432 (part-I) or medium tensile steel bars as per IS 452 (part-I) or hot rolled mild steel ad medium tensile steel deformed bars as per IS 1139 or cold twisted steel bars and hot weld strength deformed bars as per IS 1786. They shall be bent gradually by machine or other approved means. All costs incidental to such tests shall be at contractors expense.P -64 8. Storage : The reinforcement steel shall not be kept in direct contact with ground but stacked on top of an arrangement of timber sleepers or the like. Wire mesh or fabric shall be in accordance with IS 1566. except bars of over 25mm in diameter which may be bent hot if specifically approved by the Engineer-incharge. If welding is approved. Substitution of reinforcement will not be permitted except upon written approval from Engineer-in-charge. NO reinforcement bar shall be bent when in position in the work without approval. if supplied or arranged by contractor. All bars shall be rigidly held in position before concreting. Bending : All bars shall be accurately bent according to the sizes ad shapes shown on the detailed working drawings/ bar being schedules. whether or not it is partially embedded in hardened concrete. Bars containing cracks or splits shall be rejected. No rolled material will e accepted. Pitted and defective rods shall not be used. oil. STEEL REINFORCEMENT Steel reinforcement bars. Bars having links or bends other than those required by design shall not be used. All rods shall be thoroughly cleaned before being fabricated. distortion. If demanded by the Engineer-in-charge.

The vertical distances required between successive layers of bars in beams or similar members shall be maintained by the provision of mild steel spacer bars at such intervals that the main bars do not perceptibly sag between adjacent spacer bars. whose reinforcing bars do not exceed 12mm. Tolerance on placing of reinforcement : Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer-in-charge. more than 200 mm + 10 mm + 15 mm Cover to Reinforcement : The cover shall in no case be reduced by more than one third of specified cover or 5mm whichever is less. the cover of concrete shall be 50 mm more than that specified (a to e) above. nor less than twice the diameter of such bar. not less than 25 mm nor less than the diameter of such bar and. care should be taken to ensure that no time the radius of the bend is less than 4 bar diameters for plain mild steel or 6 bar diameters for deformed bars. nor less than the diameter of such bar and. nor less than the diameter of such bar. or other reinforcement in a slab.P -65 Bending at Construction Joints : Where reinforcement bars are bent aide at construction joints and afterwards bent back into their original position. e) For any other reinforcement not less than 15mm. Bar intended to be in contact at crossing point shall be securely bound together at all such points with number 16 gauge annealed soft iron wire. b) For a longitudinal reinforcing bar not less than 25 mm. Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. clear concrete cover for reinforcement (exclusive of plaster or other decorative finish shall be as follows) : a) At each end of reinforcing bar not less than 25 mm. nor more than 40 mm. h) For reinforced concrete members. g) For reinforced concrete members. f) Increased cover thickness may be provided when surfaces of concrete members are exposed to the action of harmful chemicals (as in the case of concrete in contact with earth faces contaminated with such chemicals). Fixing / Placing ad Tolerance on Placing : Reinforcement shall be accurately fixed by ay approved means maintain din the correct position as shown in the drawings by the use of blocks. more than specified ( a to e) above. saline. acid. . a cover of 25mm may be used. shear. periodically immersed in sea water or subject to sea spray. nor less than the diameter of such bar. totally immersed in sea water the cover shall be 40mm. reinforcement shall be placed within the following tolerances: Tolerance in spacing a) For effective depth. c) For longitudinal reinforcing bar in a bar. Care shall also be taken when bending back bars to ensure that the concrete around the bar is not damaged. compressive. d) For tensile. 200 mm or less b) For effective depth. and such increase of cover may be between 15mm and 50 mm beyond the figures given in (a to e) above as may be specified by the Engineer-in-charge. In the case of column of maximum dimensions of 200mm or under. spacer and chairs as per IS 2502 to prevent displacement during placing ad compaction of concrete. railways) etc. not less than 25mm. vapour.

In such case. The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour required for all above operation including transport. may be reduced by the Engineer-in-charge.P -66 i) For concrete of grade M25 and above. mentioned in (h) and (i) above. per meter length. Any laps and hooks provided by the contractor other than authorized as per approved bar bending schedule will be considered to have been provided by the contractor for his own convenience ad shall not be measured for payment.C Works : Reinforcement a detailed in schedule of quantities shall be measured for payment lineally as per ht cutting length nearest to a centimeter shown in bar bending schedule submitted by the contractor and approved by the Engineer-in-charge and weight calculated based on the standard weights as per I. so as to secure and maintain the requisite cover of concrete over reinforcement. shells.C. a combination of cover blocks. laps in bars shall be avoided.0 metre or at shorter spacing to avoid sagging. the vertical bars shall be kept in position by means of timber templates with slots accurately cut in theme or with block of cement mortar 1:2 ( 1 cement : 2 coarse sand) of required size suitably tied to they reinforcement to ensure that they are in correct position during concreting. Reinforcement for footings.  . wastage. Inspection : Erected and secured reinforcement shall be inspected and approved by Engineer-incharge prior to placement of concrete.S. domes. c) In case of columns and walls. j) k) The correct cover shall be maintained by cement mortar briquettes or other approved means. d) In case of other RCC structure such as arches. (g) and (h) above a my be reduced to half.S. straightening. storage tanks etc. bending. Fan hooks as required shall be provided by the contractor as per direction of Engineer-in-charge and shall be measured for payment. the additional thickness of cover specified in (f). spacers and templates shall be used as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Pins. l) The minimum clear distance between reinforcing bars shall be in accordance with IS 456 or as shown in drawings. grade beams ad slabs on sub grade shall be supported on precise concrete blocks as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Protection to reinforcement in case of concrete exposed to harmful surroundings may also be given by providing a dense impermeable concrete with approved protective coating as specified on the drawings. to those shown on the drawing. spacers or support bars of steel at 1. cutting. Mode of Measurement for reinforcement for R. In all such cases the cover should not exceed 75mm. No allowance shall be measured. spacers shall be provided by the contractor wherever required as per drawing and bar bending schedule and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and shall be measured for payment. The cost of steel used by the contractor in the reinforcement only upto the extent shown in the drawings. The Bars shall be kept in correction position by the following methods: a) In case of beam ad slab construction precast cover blocks in cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand) about 4X4 cm section and of thickness equal to the specified cover shall be placed between the bars and shuttering. the vertical distance between the horizontal bars shall be maintained by introducing chairs. The use of pebbles or stones shall be permitted. As far as possible. chairs. binding and the binding wire as required. the extra cover. b) In case of cantilevered ad doubly reinforced beams or slabs.

During erection. All stiffeners shall fit tightly at both ends. for structural steel.P -67 9. to satisfy the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall supply free of charge all labour ad tools required for testing of work. . Materials : All structural steel shall be of standard sections as marked on the drawings ad shall be free of scale.S. painted r dispatched until it has been inspected and passed. the Contractor shall furnish duplicate copies of all mill orders and / or also the test report received from the mills. If the structural steel is not supplied by the Department and the Contractor is required to bring such steel. All holes in plates and section between 12mm and 20 mm thick shall be punched to such diameter that 3mm of metal is left all around the hole to be cleaned out to correct size by reamer. Shop Drawing : The shop drawings of structural steel based on contract drawings hall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge. Workmanship : All workmanship shall be of first class quality in every respect to get greatest accuracy to ensure that all parts will fit together properly on erection. Figured dimensions on the drawings shall be taken. No permanent welding shall be done until proper alignment has been obtained. blisters. Erection and Marking : Erection ad fabrication shall be according to IS 800-1984 section –11. They must fit the abutting surfaces closely. shall be at once be made good. All ends shall be cut true to planes. Engineer-in-charge shall have full liberty at all reasonable times to enter the contractors premises for the purpose of inspecting the work and no work shall be taken down.S. the work shall be securely braced and fastened temporarily to provide safety for all erection stresses etc. STRUCTURAL STEEL Scope of Work : The work covered by this specification consists of furnishing ad erecting of structural steel complete in strict accordance with this specifications ad the applicable drawings. laminations. Delivery at Site : The contractor shall deliver the component parts of the steel work in an undamaged state at the site of the works and the Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to refuse acceptance of any portion which has been bent or otherwise damaged before actual delivery on work. All structural steel and electrodes shall comply in all respects with relevant I. Any part which do not fit accurately or which are not in accordance with the drawings and specifications shall be liable to rejection and if rejected. cracked edges ad defects of any sort. The base connection shall be provided as shown on drawings and the greatest accuracy of workmanship shall be ensured to provide the best connections.

IS 1024-1979. Welding Consumables : Covered electrodes shall conform to IS 814 (part-I) – 1974 and IS814 (part-II). Field welding may be used. Once coat of shop paint (red lead) shall be applied on steel.IS819-1957.P -68 The necessary information for fabrication.1974 or IS 1395-1982 as appropriate. IS1261-1959.G. are welding shall conform to IS 6419-1971 and IS 6560-1972 as appropriate . scale etc. 816-1969.G 8 S. painting of structure etc. Filler rods and wires for gas welding shall conform to IS 1278-1972. The paint shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge. IS 1323-1982 and IS 9595-1980 as appropriate.C. The filler rods ad bare electrodes for gas shielded metal.W. The combination of are and flash shall satisfy the requirements of IS 3613-1974. Welding : Welding shall be in accordance with IS. IS 7307 (part-I) –1974.G 5/16" dia 3/8" dia Average thickness of plate or section Less than 3/16" 3/16" and above but less than 5/16" 5/16" and above but less than 3/8" 3/8" ad above but less than 5/8" 5/8" and above but less than 1" 1" and above thick section . 1477-1971 (Part-I-Pretreatment) and IS 1477-1971 (part-II painting). Painting should be carried out on dry surfaces free from dust. Field welding shall be by D. IS 1393-1961. erection.W. For welding of any particular type of joint.W. Type of Welding : Are welding (direct or alternating current) or Oxyacetylene welding may used. The bar wire electrodes for submerged are welding shall conform t IS 7280-1974. except where it is to be encased in concrete or where surfaces are to be field welded. must be furnished immediately after acceptance of the leader.W. 4 S. IS 7310 (part-I) 1974 and IS 7318 (part-I) 1974 as relevant.G 6 S. Size of Electrode Runs : The maximum gauge of the electrodes for welding any work and the size of run shall be based on the following tables : Maximum gauge or diameter of electrodes to be used 10 S. Painting : Painting should be strictly according to IS. welders shall give evidence of having satisfactory completed appropriate test as described in ay of IS 817-1966.

W. They shall be securely held in position by means of tack welds. sample test shall have to be given by the contractor to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. Adequate steps shall be taken to maintain the correct are length. The welding procedure shall be such as to ensure that the weld metal ca be fully and satisfactory deposited through the length ad thickness of all joints so that distortion and shrinkage stresses are reduced to the minimum and thickness of welds meet the requirements of quality specified. wind or any other cause.P -69 Note : On any straight weld the first run shall not ordinarily be deposited with a larger gauge electrode than No. rate of travel. Workmanship : Preparation of Fusion Faces : Fusion faces shall be cut by staring machine or gas cutting and later dressed by filling or grinding so that they shall be free from irregularities such as would interfere with the deposition of the specified size of weld to cause the defects. oil paint or any substance which might affect the quality of the weld or impede the progress of welding. If separation of 1/16" or more occurs locally. For subsequent runs the electrode shall not be increased by more than two electrode size between consecutive runs. Welding Procedure : Welding should be done with the structural steel in flat position in a down hand manner wherever possible. a tolerance of 10% or 30 amperes from the specified value whichever is less shall be permitted. Step Back Method should be used to avoid Distortion : The minimum leg length of a fillet weld as deposited should not be less than the specified size and the throat thickness as deposited should be not less than that tabulated below : . the size of the fillet weld shall be increased at such position by an amount of equal to the width of the gap. The parts to be welded shall be brought into as close contact as possible ad the gap due to faulty workmanship or incorrect fit up shall not exceed 1/16". Welding plant capacity means of measuring the current shall be available either as a part of the welding plant or by the provision of a portable ammeter. clamps or rings before commencing welding so as to prevent and relative movement due to distortion. who has passed qualifying tests on the type of welds which will be called upon to make. service bolts. Welding contractors: The contractor shall ensure that each welding operator employed on fabrication or erection is an efficient and dependable welder.8 S. The parts to be welded shall be maintained to their correct poison during welding. In checking the welding current. Fusion faces ad the surrounding surfaces shall be free from heavy slag. The welding face shall be free of rust an shall have metal shine surfaces.G. current and polarity for the type of electrode and nature of work.

slag. The weld metal shall be properly fused with the parent metal without overlapping or serious undercutting at the toes of the weld.55 114o – 120o 0. riveting. porosity or cavities in which the weld metal tends to overlap on the parent metal without proper fusion. The rate shall include cost at of all labour. bolting. No separate measurements shall be taken for welding.70 91o – 100o 0. excessive porosity.P -70 Throat Thickness of Fillet : Angle between fusion faces Throat thickness in cms. materials. 60o – 90o 0. The length or areas of various members including gusset plates shall be measured correct to two places of decimals as the net weight worked out from the standard steel tables approved by Indian Standard Institution. field connections etc. field connections if any all to complete the job as per specifications. cavities and other faults. as mentioned in the schedule of quantities.65 101o – 106o 0. After making each run of welding. All welds shall be deposited in a pre-arranged order ad sequence taking due account of the effects of distortion ad shrinkage stresses. The weld metal.60 107o – 113o 0. transport and also cost of welding. In welds containing crack. additional weld metal shall be deposited to make good reduction. riveting ad bolting.  . scaffolding. The surfaces of the weld shall have a uniform and consistent contour ad regular appearance. Mode of Measurement : All structural steel shall be measured on weight basis in metric tones or quintals or kgs. shall be free from crack. the defective portions of the welds shall be out cut and re-welded.50 In no case should a concave weld be deposited without the specific approval of the Engineer-in-charge unless the leg length is increased above the specified length so the resultant throat thickness is as great as would have been obtained by the deposition of a flat. Where serious under cutting occurs. as deposited. all slag shall be removed ad final run shall be protected by clean boiled linseed oil till approved.

Mode of measurement : The work shall be measured in sqm.P -71 10. The rate shall include cost of all the materials.  . laitance etc. even and truly vertical. labour etc. The damp proof course shall be laid to the full width of the walls and the edges shall be straight. area actually laid limited to sites as shown in drawing. aggregate and water shall be as described herein before for concrete works / cement plaster. Specification for cement. No masonry work shall be commenced on freshly laid damp proof course unless it is cured for 48hours of its laying by curing of damp proof course shall be continued along with the masonry work. Workmanship : Surface to receive damp proof course shall be cleaned and carefully wiped to remove all dust. sand. DAMP PROOF COURSE Scope of work : The work covered under this specifications consists supplying and laying plain cement concrete or cement plaster 1:3 as damp proof course with or without waterproofing admixture with this specification and applicable drawings. Wooden forms shall be used to obtain good edges. and shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge Damp proof course shown shall be cement concrete as per proportion indicated in the schedule or cement plaster in the ratio CM 1:3. Approved water proofing compound @ 2% by weight of cement or as directed by the manufacturer shall be mixed in cement mortar for this concrete or plaster. and scaffolding (if any).

In case the size of bricks used in the work found lesser than the specified one for the whole lot : Extra cement consumed due to more number of joints and due to additional thickness of plaster than the specified in the tender to match with adjoining columns and beams. Bricks shall be thoroughly soaked in water before using till the bubles ceases. the contractor shall chip out the exposed edges of bricks upto the required level of wall to receive specified thickness of plaster at no extra cost.4 X7cm (9" X 4 1/2 X 2 3/4" ). The Engineer-in-charge shall have the right to reject bricks obtained from any field where the soil have an appreciable quantity of sulphates and chlorides. beams walls etc. but vertical joints shall be laid staggered..5 mm in width / thickness. The nominal size of bricks (F. The contractor shall get approved the sample and source of bricks from Engineerin-charge before procurement on large scale and shall maintain the same for the entire work. Materials : Brick shall be best quality locally available bricks and shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge before incorporation in the work. sand and water shall be same as described herein before under cement concrete. Brick work shall not be raised more than 10 courses a day unless otherwise approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The specifications for cement. Workmanship : Four courses of brick work with four joints should not exceed by more than 40mm the same bricks piled one over the other without mortar. The brick work shall be kept wet for at least 7 days.P. Bricks shall generally conform to IS 1077-1970. level ad plumb with adjoining columns. the contractor shall be responsible to provide and fix chicken wire mesh to receive more thickness of plaster at his own cost and nothing extra will be paid on this account. Permissible tolerance on dimensions shall be + 3mm. The closers shall be cut to required size and used near the end of the walls. The walls shall be raised truly to plumb. Brick work .S) shall be 22. In strict compliance with the specifications and applicable drawings. shall be to contractor's account. BRICK WORK Scope of work : The work covered under this specification pertains to procurement of best quality locally available bricks and workmanship of building walls of various thickness. in length and + 1. If the plastering to be done is more than the specified thickness to bring the plaster surface to perfect line. No half or quarter brick shall be used except as closer. In case the size of bricks used in the work.P -72 11.cm and water absorption shall not be more than 25% by weight. found more than the permissible.9 X 11. In any case minimum crushing strength shall not be less than 35 kg/sq. The type of bond to be adopted shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge.

Specified mortar of good and approved quality shall be used. they should be made good by cement grouting or epoxy putty grouting/ poly sulphide compound grouting or as per standard modern specifications/methods with the prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge. All the courses shall be laid truly horizontal and all vertical joints shall be truly vertical. square. beams.5 mm. first of all two end corners are carefully laid to line and level ad then it between portion is built. Proper care should be taken to obtain uniform mortar joint thought out the construction. at the cost of the contractor. approved bond. A set of tools comprising of wooden straight edge. . Care shall be taken to see that the bricks are bedded effectively and all joints completely filled to the full depth. Should any brick work be damaged by frost. the brick work shall. In case the cracks appear subsequently in those areas. Relative displacement between load bearing wall in adjacent storeys in the ended to be vertical alignment shall not exceed 6mm. All brick work laid during the day shall. cleaned and cement slurry is applied so that a proper bond is achieved between the two dissimilar materials. be properly covered up at night as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The mortar should completely cover the bed and sides of the bricks. The surface of brick work shall be cleaned down and wiped properly before the mortar sets. In construction of the wall. lintels etc. 1 meter rule line and plumb shall be kept on the site of work for every 3 masons for proper check during the progress of work. Care shall be taken to keep the perpends properly aligned within following maximum permissible tolerances : Deviation from vertical within a storey shall not exceed 6mm per 3 m height Deviation in verticality in total height of any wall for building more than one storey in height shall not exceed 12. be pulled down ad made good at the cost of the contractor. This helps in keeping the alignment of the courses and marinating them in level. The walls should be raised uniformly in proper. Deviation from position shown on plan of any brick work shall not exceed 12. No brick work shall be carried on during frosty weather except with the written permission of the Engineer-in-charge who will give special directions as to the manner in which the work is to be performed. The adhesion between the brick masonry surface d the concrete surface of columns. The joints of brick work to be plastered shall be raked out to a depth not less than 10mm as the work proceeds. at the discretion of the Engineer-incharge. in seasons liable to frost. All joints shall be thoroughly flushed with mortar of mix as specified in the schedule of quantities. chajjas.5 mm. Similarly all other courses are built. at every courses.P -73 shall be uniformly raised around and no part shall be raised more than 1. It is responsibility of the contractors to ensure that there will not be any cracks / fissure anywhere in the brick masonry. Lime shall not be used where reinforcement is provided in brick work. should be proper by ensuring that the concrete surface coming in contact with brick masonry is backed / chipped / keyed.0 metre above another at any time. with a cord stretching along the headers or stretchers held in position at the ends. masonry spirit level.

All opening in brick work for doors.S. Mode of measurement : For Brick work measured in Cubic Metres : The contract rate shall be for a unit of one cubic metre of brick masonry as actually done. thickness of single brick wall shall be taken as 215 mm. bolts. Bedding and pointing precast lintels. and bearing of precast concrete members shall not be deducted. windows and ventilators shall be deducted to get the net quantity of actual brick work done. beams. Brick walls of more than one brick thickness shall be measured as per actual thickness constructed. lifting of material to any height. switch and plug boxes etc. Making good all holes. 6mm diameter M. Forming slab sittings. lintels. holdfasts. Watering. or electrical inserts less than 0. cutting or leaving holes for lugs of windows. The wall shall be stiffened by providing with 2 nos. to any depth due to conduit pipes. Brick work shall be well watered / cured throughout the day for atleast a week from the date of building and the work shall be protected from sub and rain. Opening or chases required for P. For measurement purpose. reinforcement will be paid separately under relevant item). washed ad given a thick coat of cement slurry before start of work. Materials ad workmanship for a half brick or brick on edge partition wall shall be a specified above. . in or on walls. curing. coming in contact with masonry work shall be properly chipped. The rates for brick work shall include the cost of the following : Providing and fixing necessary single or double scaffolding and removing the same after the work is completed. For the purpose of measurements. doors. switch and plug boxes etc.P -74 Concrete surfaces of columns.1 sqm. the thickness of one brick wall ad over shall be taken in terms of multiples of half brick. sills etc.H. The rate quoted shall include wire brushing and cleaning brick work covered with fungus or deleterious materials. Raking out of joints to receive plaster. irrespective of thickness used. sills. chases etc.S. or as specified in the schedule as bottom reinforcement (only the M. chajjas etc.

cm at 28th day after curing. For Brick work measured in square metre : Half brick thick masonry walls shall be measured in sqm. The cement mortar for concrete blocks masonry shall be 1:4 and joints shall not be more than 10mm thick. labour including frame work in casting the blocks. The rate quoted shall include cost of all materials. All openings in brick work for doors and windows and windows ad ventilators shall be deducted to get the net quantity of actual work done. and bearing of precast concrete members shall not be deducted.  . nearest to two place of decimals of a metre. The type of the bond to be adopted will be decided by the Engineer-in-charge but vertical joints shall be staggered. Openings of chases required for P. The ingredient and the cement concrete used shall confirm to relevant IS as stipulated in specification for cement concrete works herein before.H. complete. No extra payment shall be made for extra work involved in making the above openings or placements. hoisting the blocks to proper level.1 sqm.P -75 No extra payment shall be made for any extra work involved in making the above openings or placements. transporting. or Electric inserts less than 0. curing. PRECAST CEMENT CONCRETE SOLID BLOCK MASONRY : Scope of work : The work covered under this specifications pertains to procurement of best quality locally available or locally manufactured precast cement concrete solid block and workmanship in building walls of various thickness sin strict compliance with the specifications and applicable drawings. The blocks shall be cured well atleast for 14 days before incorporation into the work. Workmanship and Mode of measurement : The workmanship and mode of measurement shall be as stipulated in the specification for thick work as applicable stated earlier ad concrete block masonry with 140mm thick block shall be measured in sqm. Material : Precast cement concrete solid blocks shall be of best quality locally available manufactured at site and should be approved by the Engineer-in-charge before incorporation in the work. The size of the blocks shall be 390 X 190 X 140 mm and 390X190 X 100mm or as approved by Engineer-in-charge and the proportion used in making the blocks shall be 1:11 ( I cement : 11 fine and coarse aggregates). curing masonry etc. handling. Minimum crushing strength of the solid blocks shall be 40 to 60kg/sq.

beams. weathered portions and other structural defects to requisite sections ad forms ad shall have fully dressed beds and joints. lintels. sufficiently long steps shall be left. cracks. The length of stones for stone masonry shall not exceed three times the height not the breadth or base shall not be greater than thee fourth the thickness of wall.015 cum. stones shall be laid on the natural beds and shall run sufficiently inside the wall thickness. proper shaping and dressing of stones shall be done prior to their laying in masonry and hammering shall not be resorted to often after the stones are laid in position.P -76 12. the work shall be pulled down ad rebuilt by the contractor at his own cost and risk. The masonry shall be laid plumb. free from segregation. coming in contact with masonry shall be properly chipped. washed and wetted before start of masonry work. No hollow space shall be left out and inter spaces of stones being filled with mortar ad stone chips. All masonry shall be thoroughly cleaned ad washed down on completion and all stains. when lid from both sides. The bond stones shall be used in every square metre area of masonry wall ad shall extend from front to back to thin walls having width of 600 mm. Atleast 50% of the stones shall be 0. curves. sand and water to be sued shall conform to their relevant specifications as described under cement concrete. Random Rubble Masonry : Material : The rubble shall be of the best quality trap / granite / ballast stones obtained from the approved quarry. Clean chips and spawls carefully selected to fit in the space shall be wedded into the mortar. The same of the stone. STONE MASONRY Scope of work : The work covered under this specifications consists of supplying and erecting stone masonry walls with available best quality of stone in strict compliance with this specifications and applicable drawings. thee height of stone may be upto 30 cm. When the work has to be started on the old or the one competed a long while ago or in the previous working seasons. in content when reckoned individually. All masonry built in cement mortar shall be kept continuously wet for 14 days from the date of laying. The concrete slurry as the masonry work progresses in height. Should the mortar perish i. in walls having thickness more than 600mm. All stones shall be wetted before laying in masonry. Joints and beds wherever necessary to avoid thick beds or joints or mortar. hard. dense. shapes as shown in drawings. All required holes for passage o water or pipes are to be embedded during construction as specified. Cross walls should be carefully bonded in to the main walls. It shall be wetted before laying the bedding mortar. Cement. lines levels.e. Concrete surfaces of columns. driven hard ad not with mortar only.. becomes dry. When practicable. generally be freshly quarried and shall be sound. and shall overlap by atleast 150 mm. or not less than 15cm. All mortar to be used shall be of the type and proportion mentioned in the item. chajjas etc. adhering mortar removed from the surface and raking of joints carried out as the . All stones shall . care shall be taken to roughen and clean old surface satisfactorily without disturbing the masonry before laying the new. However. But when breaks are unavoidable in carrying the work continuously in uniform level. white or powder through neglect of watering if the masonry shows hollow joints or non adherence of mortar to the stones or if the work does not conform to drawings and specifications. the whole masonry in any structure shall be carried out upto a uniform level throughout. All junction of walls shall be formed at the time when walls are being built. to be used shall be got approved from the Engineer-incharge.

H. Openings or chases required for P. and bearings of precast concrete members shall not be deducted.  . doors. bond stone. scaffolding. The ate shall also include cost of corner stones. lintels etc. and electrical inserts less than 0. curing etc.1 sqm. Mode of measurement : All stone masonry shall be measured in cubic metres as actually done. All openings for widows.P -77 scaffolding is being lowered and removed. Holes left in masonry for supporting scaffolding shall be filled and made good before pointing / plastering. labour. shall be deducted to get the net quantity of actual work done.

The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be 10mm. alternate panels only may be cast on same day.75 kg/ sqm. Where the base concrete has hardened so much that roughening the surface by wire brushes is not possible.P -78 13. On this fresh grouted base. The concrete shall be spread and leveled carefully. However. Mixing : The topping concrete shall be of mix of one part of cement. cleaned with wire brush and washed clean and watered until no more water is absorbed. The border shall have mitred joints at the corners of the room. grading. Concrete shall be mixed preferably by machine. The fine aggregate shall consist of properly graded sand. centers or as specified in the schedule for full depth of the finished floor. / sqm. The edge of each panel into which the floor is divided shall be supported by wooden or metal strips duly oiled to prevent sticking. dirt etc. Before laying the concrete. flooring of different types. / flush as per drawings. mixing and the quantity of water to be added shall generally conform to their relevant specifications described under plain and reinforced concrete. FLOORING Scope of work : The work covered under this specification consists of providing and laying at levels and floors. caked mortar. loose sand. the exact size of panel shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge to suit the size of the room. Atleast 48 hours shall elapse before the concreting of adjacent bay is commenced. cement slurry at 2. Cement Concrete Flooring (Indian Patent Stone) : Materials : The specifications for materials. The concrete shall be compacted and brought to the specified levels by means of a heavy straight edge resting on the side forms and down ahead with a . Before laying the concrete. The surface shall be soaked with water for atleast 12 hours and surface water removed and dried before laying the topping. The panels shall be of uniform size and. the prepared cement concrete shall be laid immediately after mixing. In the case of flush joints. no dimension of panel shall exceed 2 m. and the area of a panel shall not be more than 2 sqm. strictly in accordance with these specifications and relevant drawings. The depth of dividing strips shall be the thickness as proposed for the finished floor in the item. having water cement ratio not more than 0. and hand mixing shall be avoided as far as practicable. cement slurry at 2. Where aluminium dividing strips are proposed to be provided. two parts of sand and 4 parts of well graded stone chips of 10mm maximum size. of surface shall be applied for better bond.4 Laying : The free water on the surface of the base shall be removed and a coat of cement slurry to the consistency of thick cream shall be brushed on the surface. Preparation of Base : The base concrete surface shall be thoroughly chipped to remove laitance. the same shall be roughened by chipping or hacking at close intervals.75 kg. The joints in the floor finish shall extend through the borders a skirting/ dado. the same shall be fixed in cement mortar 1:2 @ 1200 mm. the ingredients shall be thoroughly mixed with just sufficient water to the required plasticity. of surface shall be applied before laying the topping. unless otherwise specified.

Before the initial set commences.S. the surface shall be completed by ramming or beating ad then screed to a uniform line and level. The broom shall be pulled gently over the surface from edge to edge in such a manner that corrugation shall be uniform in width and depth. Trowel marks should not be seen on the finished surface. and when most of the surface water has disappeared. The surface shall be trowelled intermittently at intervals for several times so as to produce a uniform and hard surface. Brooms which are worn or other wise unsatisfactory shall be discarded. the surface shall be sprinkled directly or empty gunny bags spread over the surface of the concrete to absorb excess water coming on top due to floating.P -79 sawing motion in combination with a series of lifts and drops alternatively with small lateral shifts. after the concrete has been thoroughly compacted. After the first trowelling.5 mm. the surface shall be inspected for high or low spots and correction needed shall be made up by adding or removing the concrete and whole surface is again leveled. the duration depending upon the temperature. and to bring to surface and scrap off any excess water in concrete or laitance (it shall not be trowelled back into the topping). atmospheric conditions d the rate of setting of cement used. the joints of the panels should be filled with cement cream and neatly floated smooth or jointed. After the concrete in the bays has set. Excessive trowelling in the earlier stages shall be avoided as this tends to work a layer rich in cement to the surface. the surface shall be given broom finish with an approved type of brass or M. the depth shall be not more than 1. Where broom finish is specified. Coarse or long bristles which cause irregularities or deep corrugation shall be timed out. some time. Finishing the surface : After the concrete has been fully compacted. While concreting the adjacent bays. The satisfactory resistance of floor to wear depends largely upon the care with which troweliing is carried out. Steel Trowel Finish : Areas where marblex tiles are proposed to be used are required to have base concrete finished smooth by steel trowel. The time interval allowed between successive trowelling is very important. either mechanically or manually as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Immediately after laying the concrete. Immediately after laying only just sufficient trowelling shall be done to give a level surface. Trowelling of rich mix of dry cement. Fiber. the surface shall be retrowelled many times at intervals to close any pores in the surface shall be retrowelled many times at intervals to close any pres in the surface. it shall be finished by toweling or floating. Finishing operations shall start shortly after the compaction of concrete an shall be spread over a period of one to six hours depending upon the temperature ad atmospheric conditions. Bromming shall be done when the concrete is in such ac condition that the surface will not be torn or unduly roughened by the operation. The final trowellign shall be done well before the concrete has become too hard but at such a time t hat considerable pressure is required to make any impression on the surface. When the layer is made even. Incase of wide joints the same shall be filled with pigmented cement concrete (1:2:4) using approved pigment ad the joint shall be finished in perfectly straight line. care shall be taken to ensure that the edges of the previously laid bays are not broken by carelessness or hand tamping. Care should be taken that just the minimum quantity of cream for joint is used a excess spilling over the already finished surface shall be removed when the cream is still green. . The object of trowelling is to produce as hard and close knit a surface as possible. and fine aggregate on to the surface shall not be permitted.

atleast for a period for 7 days.2 Terrazzo / Cement Tile Flooring. and this shall be taken as 0.035 cum. The length and width of the flooring shall be measured not between the faces of skiting or dado or plastered faces of walls which is the proudest. Care shall . The surface shall then be allowed to dry slowly. Sand in specified proportion shall be measured in boxes of suitable size. All openings in flooring exceeding 0. Hand mixing. 13. wind and rain for the first two days and movement of persons over the floor is prohibited during this period. Bunding with murrum for curing is prohibited as it will leave permanent stain on the finished floor. in a mixer.P -80 Curing : The completed flooring shall be protected from sun. Water shall then be added gradually and wet mixing continued for atleast one minute.1 sqm. Mixing in Mechanical Mixer : Cement and sand in the specified proportion shall be mixed dry thoroughly in mixer. Mode of measurement : The rate for flooring and skirting shall be in square metre of the area covered. It shall be measured on the basis of its dry volume. The surface shall be protected from any damage to its whatsoever. its quantity shall be increased suitably to allow for bulkage which shall be determined by the method given in lime mortar. Skirting /Dado etc. Mixing : The mixing of mortar shall be done at site of work in mechanical mixer. Incase of damp sand. Cure shall be done by spreading sand ad kept damp throughout the curing period of seven days minimum. The dimensions shall be measured upto places of decimals of a metre and area worked out upto two places of decimal of a square meter. in areas where flooring is not done shall be deducted and net areas only shall be measured a paid for. Proportioning : The unit of measurement for cement shall be a bag of cement weighing 50 kg. The finished surface shall be covered and cured continuously from the next day after finishing. shall be done as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Flooring under dado. if permitted. skirting or plaster shall not be measured for payment. Hand mixing will not be allowed. Nothing extra shall be paid for laying the floor at different levels in the same room. junctions of floor with plastered wall surface shall be rounded off when required at no extra cost. All corners. Mortars : Cement Mortar : This shall be prepared by mixing cement and sand in specified proportions given in schedule of quantities.

If there is a doubt the quality of the tiles. tolerances. accidental injure or staining. The quantity of dry mix which shall be used within 30 minutes shall then be mixed in thoroughly with just sufficient quantity of water to bring the mortar to the consistency of stiff paste. Tiles to be used for skirting and dado shall be sampleshed before placing in position. Bedding / Backing Coat : In case of flooring.Mixer shall be cleaned with water each time. white cement. All tiles which are to be incorporated in the work shall strictly conform to the approved samples. The tile shall be nominal size and thickness as specified in the schedule for flooring. and in any case within 30 minutes after the water is added to the dry mixture. The Engineer-in-charge may direct new samples made with varying proportions.cm/ and shall conform to IS 1237-1959 in respect of constituent materials manufacture. General : Mortar Shall be used as soon as possible after mixing and before it has begun to set. water absorption and other tests. they shall be tested from each consignment as specified in IS 1237-1959 and cost of testing shall be borne by the contractor. Only the quantity of mortar. pigments etc. The tiles shall be stored in room or under such cover as will prevent exposure to dampness. skirting. sun. and shall be of approved Department shall be at liberty to inspect the manufacture of tiles even at the factory to ascertain whether the manufacture is as per the approved tiles for its quality of materials and manufacture. by dry mixing of the cement. powder. resistance to wear. For wearing layer of all tiles. in the same proportions. sizes d colour of terrazzo chips against varying base before conveying his decision about the approved samples. The contractor shall ensure the terrazzo finish as per approved sample for the entire quantity of tiles. Contractor shall submit samples for flooring and skirting tile for approval of the Engineer-incharge.P -81 be taken not to add more water than that shall bring the mortar to the consistency of a stiff paste. appearance. which can be used within 30 minutes of its mixing shall be prepared at a time. with no extra cost to the Department. In hand mixing the quantity of cement shall be increased by 5% above the specified. wearing layers. dado work etc. Sample tiles after being approved shall be kept with the Engineer-in-charge for reference till the completion of the work. shape. Mortar unused for more than 30 minutes shall be rejected and removed from the site of work. colour. strength. Mixing of mortar on floor slabs or landings of stair case shall not be allowed. the contractors shall use the cement from one consignment only to ensure uniformity in background colour / shade. rain. Tiles to be incorporated in the work shall be immersed in water for a minimum period of 6 hours before use. . The cement and sand shall be thoroughly mixed dry by being turned over and over backwards and forwards several time till the mix is of a uniform colour. marble chips. Materials : The terrazzo / cement tiles for flooring and skirting shall be hydraulically pressed under a minimum pressure of 140 kg / sq. Hand Mixing : The measured quantity of sad shall be leveled on clean masonry platform and cement bags emptied on top. before suspending the work. general quality of tiles. the mortar bedding shall be cement mortar of specified thickness ad mix. No claims will be entertained for rejected samples.

mud cleaned and mopped. dirt etc. the following carborundum stone shall be used.5mm and shall be kept in straight lines or to suit the required pattern. A bedding of cement mortar (1:3of 20mm. Adjustment of levels in thickness of mortar bedding due to different type of flooring if any. The terrazzo tiles and evenly set in a thick slurry of cement applied to the sides and bottom and over the prepared base at the rate of 4. the tiles shall be removed and replaced by new tiles. thickness or more if required to make up the level or grade) shall be laid evenly and to the require slopes as directed. shall be done by the contractor within a reasonable limit/ distance as directed by the Engineer-in-charge without any extra cost tot eh Department. All materials to be used in cement mortar shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge before incorporating in the work. Water shall be used profusely with grinding. For hand polishing. . The surface shall thereafter be ground evenly with machine fitted with coarse grade frit blocks (no. The joints between the tiles shall not be greater than 1. The junction between wall plaster and tile work shall be finished neatly and without any waviness. People should not be allowed to walk over the freshly laid tiles.320). In case of skiting also backing coat shall be of cement mortar of thickness and mix proportion specified in the schedule item. brushed. with the adjacent tiles. The second grinding shall then be carried out with machine fitted with fine grade grit blocks (no. Unit and unless the surface is approved by the Engineer-in-charge. and all dust and loose mortar removed and cleaned. The surface shall be gain cured. washed with water to remove mud. from the surface and shall be thoroughly wetted.P -82 Proportion of cement and sand etc. The tiles shall than be tamped down with wooden mallet until they are exactly in true plane and line. The joints shall be fine and mace neatly indistinguishable by grouting of the joins in cement slurry mixed with suitable colouring pigments to match with the tiles. The floor shall then be kept wet for a minimum period of 7 days. entirely at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge. and the joints opened out during grinding shall be grouted once again wherever necessary with matching cement.4 kg / sqm. No change of lines shall be permitted at junction between rooms and passage. all joints shall be cleaned of the gray cement grout with a wire bush or trowel to a depth of 5mm. The tile shall be close jointed in matching cement slurry ad the cement slurry oozing out thought the thin joints shall be immediately wiped clean. shall be carried out the day after the second grinding described in the preceding para or before handling over the floor as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. 60).120) and shall be grouted again the opened out joints with matching cement. Curing. hand polishing may be permitted in lieu of machine polishing after laying. All tiles shall be extended upto the unplastered surfaces of masonry walls/ RCC columns/RCC walls. Joints shall then be grouted with grey or white cement mixed with or without pigment to match the shade of the topping of the wearing layer of the tiles. All tiles shall be laid as to have continuous lines from various rooms to the passage. concrete lumps etc. the surface shall be thoroughly washed. cleaned of all mortar scales. remove all grinding. Cleaning of Surface and laying of mortar bedding : Before laying the mortar bedding the concrete floor surface shall be thoroughly hacked. The polishing shall be done in such a manner that there are no visible scratches on the terrazzo tiles. Care shall be taken to ensure that the tiles are solidly bedded without voids and air pockets. shall be as specified in the scheduled item. For small areas or where circumstances so required. the tiles shall be observed. if scratches are observed. The final grinding with machine fitted with the finest grade grit blocks (no. Polishing and Finishing: The day after the tiles are laid. After grinding. the flooring shall not be started.

hydraulically pressed and shall be obtained from the same source as for the terrazzo / cement tiles for flooring. The item of plastering shall be inclusive of this plaster finishing above the skirting tiles. No extra claim on this account will be entertained. Flooring under dado. skiriging. After the final polish. level ad plumb or flooring the lines.60) Final Grinding Fine grade stone (No. The skirting tiles shall be true in plane. dado etc. .P -83 1st Grinding Coarse grade stone (no. and height of skirting / dado shall be measured from the finished level of floor. If any tile is disturbed or damaged. The finished floor shall not sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet.5 gm. Mode of measurement : The length and / or width of the flooring / skirting / dado shall be measured net between the faces of skirting of dado or plaster faces of walls which is the products. in area where tiling is not done shall be deducted and net areas only shall be measured and paid for. properly jointed and polished. with or without pigment to match the shade of tiles an set in the backing / bedding mortar. All openings exceeding 0. concrete etc. thus allowing uniform projection beyond the plastered surfaces. The undone portion of plaster work left above the terrazzo tile skirting work shall be finished round or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge in the matching plaster.ft or 32.1 sqm. 120) In all other respects. surface shall be carried out at no extra cost to the Department to maintain this uniform projection beyond the plastered surfaces. the back of tiles shall be buttered with a coat of grey cement slurry / paste and edges with grey or white cement slurry / paste as the case may be. The specifications for material and workmanship shall be same as for flooring except that the skirting tile shall be laid against a 12mm. per sqm. oxatic acid crystals into powder shall be dusted over the surface (@ 2/3 Ib per 100 sq. Nothing extra shall be paid for use of cut tiles nor for laying the floor at different levels in the same room. thick backing of cement mortar 1:3 to the full height of skirting. The colour of the skirting tile ad floor tile shall match. as specified in drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge shall have to be taken into consideration by contractor while quoting the rate for work to be measured as above. skirting or plaster shall not be measured for payment. for flooring. the process shall be similar as for machine polishing.60) 2 nd Grinding Coarse Grade Stone (No. it shall be refitted or replaced. Note : Wastage I tile cutting to get the required dimension of rooms etc.) sprinkled water and rubbed hard with Namdah "block (pad of woolen rags). In case of dado. All dimensions shall be measured correct upto 2 places of decimal of a meter and area so worked out shall be correct upto two places of decimal of a sqm. required to be done after laying of skirting tiles.The following day the floor shall be wiped with a moist rag and dried with a soft cloth and finished clean. line. No additional payment will be admissible for this extra operation. Terrazzo / Cement Tile Skirting : Terazzo tile in skirting shall be of size as specified in schedule of quantities or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Any cutting of brick work. The design and shade of the skirting tiles shall be exactly similar to that of flooring tiles. required due to unevenness of brick.

Uniformity of size shall generally be maintained for the stones used in any one room. The joints shall be routed with matching cement slurry. Kotah stone shall be used for treads and risers. There shall be no hollows left. The stone shall be without any soft. Curing : The flooring shall be kept well wetted with damp ad or water for seven days. Before taking up the work. Construction Details : Cement mortar as specified for bedding shall be uniformly mixed. rectangular or square in shape ad as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The under face maybe left as required or rough dressed. Tolerance of + 2 mm shall be all allowed for the thickness. Approved pigment shall be used in cement slurry to match with shade of stone. Care shall be taken in preparing the mortar to ensure that there are no hard lumps that should interfere with the even bedding of the stones.25. sorting or dado for the wall.75kg/sqm.) of honey like consistency shall be spread on the mortar bed over as much areas as could be covered with the slabs within half an hour. The specified type of stone shall be laid on the neat cement coat and shall be evenly and firmly bedded to the required level ad slope in the mortar bed. mortar bedding shall be cement mortar of thickness and mix specified in the schedule of item. Fixing the stone slab / tile : Before laying the stone shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water. tiles shall be so laid as to have continues lines from various rooms to the corridors. Pigment required to match the shade of stone shall be supplied by the contractor at no extra cost. If there is a hollow sound on gently tapping off the slab. . tolerance in length and width shall be permissible upto + 5mm for hand cut slabs ad + 2 mm for machine cut slabs. The edges shall e quite straight. even and true plane and the edges hand cut and dressed true and square. In respect of length & width. such slab shall be removed a reset properly. All stone slabs. set mortar scum or laitance ad of loose materials by hacking ad brought to original levels and then well wetted without forming pool of water on surfaces. samples of stone slabs t be used and their dressing and polishing shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge and will keep them in his office for reference ad the stone slabs to be used shall conform to the approved sample. sound. neat cement grout (2. cracks or flaws and shall have uniform colour. The stone shall be hard. resistant to wear.30 or 40 mm as specified in the item. The evenness of the surface of slabs and edges of the slab shall not be marred by careless dressing or handling ad no patching up shall be allowed for the slab. The thickness of the slab after it is dressed shall be 20. The size given in schedule of qualities are tentative and can vary only slightly as per the availability in the market. At its thinnest. The stone adjoining the wall shall go about 12mm (about 1/2 ") under the plaster. size and the shade which shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Each stone shall be gently tapped with wooden mallet sil it is firmly and properly bedded. The amount of water added shall be the minimum necessary to give just sufficient plasticity for laying ad satisfactory bedding. They shall have natural surface free from broken flakes non top and the exposed surface shall be machine polished to a smooth. Bedding / Backing coat : In case of flooring as well as of skirting / dado.P -84 13. No change of lines shall be permitted at junction between rooms ad corridors. machine cut for exposed edges and machine polished kotah stone shall be of the best quality and of the specified thickness. Only one piece machine cut. the sub-floor or base shall be cleaned of all dirt. Before spreading the mortar.3 Kotah Stone Flooring / Skirting / Facia / Shelves Materials : Hand cut. venis. no stone shall be thinner than the specified thickness. durable.

The tiles shall be as specified in the schedule of quantity or drawings.4 Glazed / Unglazed / Vitrified tile Flooring. 13. The junction of plaster and the upper edges of the dado / skirting shall be finished smoothly as directed by the Engineer-incharge without any extra cost.4mm. Skirting and dado / Facia : The quality and type of stone shall be same as mentioned for flooring except of their weight and thickness or backing coat which shall be as mentioned in item schedule.5 mm. All flooring shall be thoroughly seaned and handed over free from ay mortar stains etc. chipped edges and comes. where length and breadth shall be measured inclusive of bearing correct to a cm. Samples of tiles shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge before use on the work. Mode of measurements : Flooring. hand cut sizes as specified from the commercial sizes available in market shall have been taken into consideration by contractor shall quoting the rate for work to be measured as above and no extra claim on this account will be entertained. but a smooth surface ad fine polishing shall be obtained. crazing spits. No extra for this touching up will be entertained. polishing may be done by hand. Joints shall be done in neat matching cement slurry.P -85 Polishing and cleaning : When the bedding d joints have completely set d attained required strength. Contractor should take into consideration the fact that touching up of the plaster at the junctioning skirting / dado is invariably done after the skirting /dado/facia work is completed and quote rates accordingly. the surface shall be machine polished to give smooth. The glazing shall be of uniform shade. Tolerance in thickness shall be (+) 0. The backing shall conform to the specifications for cement mortar specified in item of terrazzo tiles. The thickness of the tile shall not be less than as specified in the items and shall conform to in all respects. . Note : Wastage in obtaining the required machine cut. They shall be flat and true to shape free from cracks. The variation of individual dimensions from average value of length/breadth shall nor exceed +0.8 mm from specified dimensions. flooring / skirting /dado. polishing and cleaning shall be as specified herein before under cement / terrazzo tile skirting. The permissible tolerance in the specified thickness shall be (+) 2mm. The length of all four sides shall be measured correct to 0. calculated to two places of decimal. Dado / Skirting / Facia Materials Tiles : The tiles shall be of approved make as specified and shall generally conform to relevant Standards. skirting and dado/ facia shall be same as that for terrazzo cement tile. even ad true plane to the flooring. Fixing curing. Sometimes shall be paid on area basis in sqm.1mm and average length breadth shall not vary more than +0.

concrete lumps etc. The back of tiles shall be buttered with a coat of grey cement slurry paste and edges with white cement slurry and set in the bedding mortar. each tile being well pressed and gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it is properly bedded and in level with the adjoining tiles. The amount of water added while preparing mortar shall be the minimum necessary to give sufficient plasticity for laying. The joints between tiles shall not exceed 1.00 mm. as specified under cement mortar. Before spreading the mortar bed the base shall be cleaned of all dirt.5 mm center both ways. the flooring shall be covered with wet sand an allowed undisturbed for 14 days. in width. After the tiles have been laid. The tiles shall be laid on the bedding mortar when it is still plastic but has become sufficiently stiff to offer a fairly firm cushion for the tiles. the tiles shall be cleaned and shall not sound hollow when tapped. surplus cement grout shall be cleaned off.3 shall be applied d allowed to harden minimum for 48 hours. Cement mortar of thickness and proportion as specified in the schedule for dado shall be applied to the wall after preparing the wall surface as specified under cement plaster 20mm thick and brought to correct line and plumb and the surface left rough to receive the tiles. Neat cement mortar grout 1:2. The edges of the tiles shall be smeared with neat white cement slurry and fixed in this grout one after the other. from the surface. Care shall be taken in preparation of the mortar to ensure that there are no hard lumps that would interfere with even bedding of the tiles. preparation etc. Fixing of other ceramic tiles for flooring : The tiles before laying shall be soaked in water for atleast 2 hours. Tiles which are fixed on the flooring adjoining the wall shall be so arranged that the surface on the round edge tiles shall correspond to the skirting or dado. The joint shall be grouted with white cement slurry. shall be kept as close as possible and in straight line. brushed. scum or laitance and loose materials and well wetted without forming any pools of water on the surface. cleaned of all mortar scales. The tile shall be butt jointed in pattern and joints shall be as fine a possible. There shall be no hollows in bed or joints. After a period of curing of 7 days minimum. The top of skirting /dado shall be truly horizontal ad joints truly vertical. long. The plaster shall be roughened with wire brushes or by scratching diagonal lines 1. The joints shall be pointed with cementations grout of matching colour of Bal/Roff make. The tiles shall be tapped and corrected to proper planes ad lines. The joints.P -86 Preparation of Surface and laying of vitrified Tiles : Sub grade concrete or RCC slab or side brick wall / or plastered surfaces on which tiles are to be laid shall be thoroughly hacked. washed with water to remove mud. The mortar of specified proportion and thickness shall then be even ad smoothly spread over the base by use of screed battens to proper level or slope.5mm deep at 7. 20/12 mm thick plaster of CM 1. The surface during laying shall be checked with a straight edge2m. The surface of skirting shall be kept flush with plaster with chipping of brick work / concrete wherever required. Mortar and Bedding : Cement mortar for bedding shall be of proportion specified in items schedule ad shall conform to the specification for materials. using fine sand (table III. finally in an even place or slope. dirt etc. zone IV ad as per IS 383) of honey like consistency shall be spread over the bedding mortar just to cover as much area as can be tiled within half an hour. After fixing the tiles. wetted and mopped. .

The tiles shall be jointed tiles shall be arranged out in cushioning mortar so that all tiles faces are in one vertical plane. the surplus cement grout that may have come out of the joints shall be cleaned off before it sets. The top of the dado. Length and breadth shall be measured correct to 1 cm between the exposed surfaces of skirting or dado. care shall be taken to break the joints vertically. windows or other openings are located within the dado area. the approved glazed tiles before laying shall be soaked in water for atleast 2 hors.P -87 Fixing tiles for Dado and Skirting / Facia : The dado work. Cleaning : After the tiles have been laid in a room or the day fixing work is completed. The joints between the tile shall not exceed 1. Pointing and Finishing : The joints shall be cleaned off with wire brush to a depth of 3mm and all dust and loose mortar removed. shall be provide with true right angles without any specials. Each tile shall be as close as possible to one adjoining. Joints shall then be flush pointed with white cement and floor kept wet for 7 days ad then cleaned. It shall be removed only after completion of the construction work and just before the floor is used. IS383-1963). once the floor has set. Tiles shall be fixed when the cushioning mortar is till plastic and before it gets very stiff. sills. While fixing tiles in dado work. The tile shall then be pressed in the mortar and gently tapped against the wall with a wooden mallet.-1 sqm The rate shall include all the cost of labour and material involved. No deductions shall be made nor extra paid for any opening. The back of the tile shall be covered with this layer of cement mortar 1:3 using fine sand (table III. shall be touched up neatly with the rest of the plaster above If doors. the comers. The contractor will not be entitled to any extra claims on this account for cutting of tiles if required. and the edge of the tile smeared with neat white cement slurry. Finished floor shall not sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet. In the case of flooring. zone IV. the floor shall be covered with oil free dry saw dust. After the complete curing.of area upto 0. When dry. jambs etc.00mm in width and they shall be uniform. the floor shall be carefully washed clean ad dried.  . The fixing shall be done from bottom of wall upwards without any hollows in the bed of joints. shall be done only after fixing the tiles/slabs on the floor. Mode of measurement : Dado / flooring / skirting shall be measured in sqm correct to two places of decimal. the dado or skirting over shall be washed thoroughly clean.

S. hold fasts. Scantling of all type of timber shall be straight. The contractor shall produce cash vouchers and certificate from standard kiln seasoning plant as a proof for having been kiln seasoned by them. Warped scantling shall not be used. It shall be uniform in texture. prior to installations. all as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. soft or spongy spot. All necessary mortising. injuries. plates. any shrinking or substandard materials or bad workmanship is detected. decay. The samples of species to be used shall be submitted by the contractor to the Engineerin-charge before commencement of the work. The detailed specifications for glazing given hereafter shall be followed generally.P -88 14. the contractor shall. screws. SHUTTERS AND PANELLING Wood work : All timber mentioned in the item in schedule of quantities shall be from the heart of a sound tree of nature growth entirely free from sap wood. Only properly seasoned timber shall be used. All nails. wedges. The finished size and sections shall be as per drawing or as specified. Seasoning of timber shall be judged from its moisture content as laid down in I. durability. The heads and posts of frames shall be through tennoned into the mortises to the full widths as shown in the drawing.FRAMES. tennoing. WOOD WORK . pith or center bore and all other defects or any other damages or harmful nature which will affect the strength. The workmanship shall be of best quality. All joinery work shall fit truly and without wedging or filing. All the embedded timber shall be given two coats of hot tar or solignum before erection. the scantling shall be kept in covered and well ventilated place and shall be got approved. All parts of wood work resting on or set in masonry or concrete shall be well painted with two coat of bituminous paint or solignum as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Individual members shall be of continuous length. rot. shall be provided by the contractor. Glazing : Glazing shall be generally with plain sheet glass of approved make with thickness as mentioned in the schedule of quantities. open shakes. borer holes. Any moldings. housing rebate and other necessary works for correct jointing shall be carried out. planed. drilled or otherwise machine worked to the correct sizes and shall be as indicated in drawing or as specified. The seasoning of timber shall conform to IS 1141-1993. forthwith remove them and replace the same at his own cost. in the best workmanship like manner. Teak Wood Glazed Shutters : The beading required for glazing shall be of the best teak wood and shall be fixed as per the design shown in relevant drawing. It shall be free from large. loose dead or cluster knots. 287-1960. Wood work in frame work shall be wrought. All frame joints shall be put together with white lead and pinned with hard wood pins securing with corrosion resistant star shaped metal pins as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. discoloration. tonguing. pins required for wood work joinery and fixing work. at his own cost. straight in fibre and shall be well and properly seasoned. hollow pockets. This is incidental to the item and shall not be measured for payment. carvings shown shall be worked out from the teak wood member of bigger size. All materials shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge before using it in works. grooving matching. plugs. appearance and its usefulness for the purpose for which it is required. All wrought timber is to be sawn. . Joints not specifically indicated shall be recognized form of approved joints for each position. fasts. failing which it would not be accepted as kiln seasoned. If after fixing in position. Painting of door frames shall be carried out as per specifications for painting for wood work. Before use in works.

The vision panels shall be of size mention dint eh drawing and shall be provided with teak wood lipping alround the glass. vision panels. The workmanship and finish of the face panels shall be in conformity with those specified in I. Necessary grooves and rebate in frames shall be provided as per drawing. if required by the Department at contractors cost and acceptance criteria shall be as per IS 2202. Cost of visits will be borne by the contractor. The thickness of the individual shutter shall be uniform throughout. Decorative face veneers used in flush door shutters shall be of grad-I and shall conform to the requirements of decorative veneered decorative plywood interior grade. Tests : Tests shall be conducted. Teak wood Venetians or louvers shall generally conform to relevant specifications of timber.S.P -89 Flush Door Shutters: Solid core flush door shutters shall be of 5 ply construction and approved make generally conforming to the I. . specification 2202-1991 (specification for wooden flush door shutter – solid core type). Tolerance : Tolerance on nominal width and height shall be (+) 3mm.S. shall be provided in the flush doors. Shree Vallath or equivalent approved) free from defects. Workmanship and Finish : All the faces of the door shutter shall be at right angles. Venetians. Miscellaneous : Wherever mentioned in the Schedule of quantities. Tolerance on nominal thickness shall be (+) 1. In case of double leaf shutters. I. The shutter shall be free from twist and warp in its plane. Department shall be at liberty to inspect the manufacture of shutters in the factory for its quality of materials and workmanship and all facilities shall be extended for such inspection. the meeting stiles still have lipping of not less than 35mm deep. 303-1989 specifications for plywood for general purpose (revised) for commercial type and IS 1659-1990 specification for block boards for decorative type. Thickness of veneers shall not exceed 1mm.G. The finished thickness of the shutter shall be as mentioned in the schedule of items. push slats etc.5mm. Face Veneers : Commercial face veneers used in flush door shutter shall conform to the requirements laid down in IS 303-1989 specifications for plywood for general purposes (revised) interior grade.A. The glass shall be 4mm thick or as specified of best quality (M/s Triveni. Adhesives : Phenol formaldehyde synthetic resin (liquid type adhesives) conforming to IS848-1974 specifications for synthetic resins shall be one piece of size not less than 25mm wide and depth equal to the thickness of core. plastic laminates. Both faces of the door shutters shall be sanded to a smooth even texture.

stacking. warping etc. The area for payment shall be worked out correct upto two places of decimals of a square meter. warpage or undulations on the surface. The rate for shutters shall include : Cost of supply assembly and erecting in position. shutters also for fixing required fittings and fixtures. The frames embedded below finished floor shall not be measured. screws. The meeting stiles shall be in single piece. Fixing shall be done in such a way the there shall not be any air gap. Cost of polishing. The cross sectional dimensions shall be measured equivalent to nearest enclosing rectangle (least rectangle / square) for wrought and planed sizes. transporting. In case of double leaf shutters. and . painting. The linear dimensions shall be measured upto two places of decimals of a meter. supplying wood preservative. plastic laminate sheet push plate. and shall be either splayed door square type and the T.P -90 Formica or approved equivalent plastic laminate of required design. The square metre areas for shutters shall be measured for the exposed surfaces of shutter between frames from inside or outside whichever is more. Sufficient care shall be taken to prevent any damage and loss of shape during handling. if required. Mode of measurement : The work covered under the respective items in schedule and the above specifications shall be measured as follows: The cubic contents for wood work shall be measured for the finished size.W. limiting to those shown in the drawings or ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. the meeting of the stiles shall be rebated 20mm.  . The door shutters shall be handled with utmost care to prevent any surface damage. The decorative veneer side of the shutter shall be melamine polished with two or more coats as specified in Schedule of Quantities so as to render a satisfactory surface. transporting charges and labour for fixing of fixtures and fastening except fixing of door closers and painting and polishing as specified. teak wood louvers etc.Cost of labour for making adjustments in frames. The flush doors shall be single leaf or double leaf type as mentioned in the schedule of quantities. The cubical metre. nails. holdfast etc. lipping around the meeting shall not be les than 35mm deep. required shade ad colour shall be provided ad fixed on flush door to the required size on any side of the shutter as shown in drawing. The shutters shall be painted on commercial facing side with two coats of synthetic / flat oil paint of approved shade ad make over an approved coat of primer. Finished surface of formica shall be cleaned with wax polish. the rate for individual item mentioned in the schedule of quantities shall include cot of shutters. fixing etc. It shall be fixed with Fevicol or any other approved adhesive. labour for provision of glass for vision panel. In case of flush doors.

glazing etc. transoms. argon are welding or flash butt welding shall be employed (Gas welding or brazing not to be done).C. mitred and mechanically jointed or welded at the corners. A thick layer of clear transparent lacquer based on methacrylate or cellulose butyrate shall be applied on the finished sections for the aluminium windows etc. stiles. hinges. openable frames shall be constructed from sections which have been cut to length. if approved by the Engineer-incharge and all sections of the windows shall be protected by the Engineer-in-charge and all sections of the windows shall be protected by P. The handle shall be mounted on a handle plate riveted to the opening frame. shall be of aluminium. Water bar in aluminium section shall be provided. composite units. Materials : The aluminium alloy used in the manufacture for extruded window section shall correspond to IS 733. Fabrication : The frames shall be manufactured square and flat. The dimensions shown in the drawings are overall heights and widths to the outside of frames of aluminium windows. details of construction. dirt. The frame work. All the fixed. No field fabrication of frames is permitted. The complete fabricated assembly shall be anodized in approved satin finish with minimum film thickness of 0.015 mm. The pegstays shall be 300mm. The corners of the frames shall be fabricated to true right angles. beadings. handles. film covering. Concealed projected hinges having structural stability and of good quality will also be considered only after the inspection of the sample submitted by the tenderer. The tenderer shall intimate at the time of tendering. ventilators. installation. Contersunk screws. Details of work as generally shown in Architectural drawing and envisaged under these specifications before manufacture. mullions. the members have to sustain. VENTILATORS. . Sub-dividing bars of units shall be tennoned an riveted into the frames. pegstays. The necessary pegstays.V.P -91 19. for the entire surface. washers. windows fasteners etc. Where hollow sections are used with welded joints. shall be structurally suitable to withstand all the load. strictly in accordance with these specifications and relevant detailed approved shop drawings. No fabrication work shall be undertaken prior to the approval of the shop drawings from the Engineer-in-charge. COMPOSITE UNIT ETC Scope of work : The scope of work in the tender item includes fabrication supply and installation of anodized matt finished aluminium windows. The drawing shall show all dimensions. rivets and other miscellaneous fastening devices shall be of approved cadmium plated or stainless steel as specified in the approved drawings. handles etc. sliding. dust etc. by the supplier to protect the surface from wet cement. the types of sections he proposes to use on the works. fixtures and relation to adjoining and related work. The side hung shutters shall have projected friction type hinges of aluminium alloy. This lacquer coating shall be removed after installation is complete.1966 (or any further revision thereof). lime. ALUMINIUM WINDOWS. long or as required complete with peg and locking bracket and shall have holes for keeping the shutters open in three different positions. nuts. Extruded sections shall conform to IS designation HE9-WP and Hollow sections shall conform to IS Designation HV9-WP. bolts. during the installation. General : The contractor shall submit six copies of shop drawings covering all types.

Joints shall be neatly painted with matching cement an excess materials shall be removed. mortising or milling and operation required for fixing the hardware shall be accurately made reinforced with packing plate as required to ensure adequate strength of the connection.A. Testing: All windows shall be tested for water tightness. All hardware shall be fixed after obtaining the prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge. The fixing of the frame shall be done with cadmium plated brass counter sunk screws driven on the teak wood rough grounds if required or fixed tot eh walls with holdfasts.C. All hardware shall be free from defects which may affect the appearance and serviceability. Unqualified performance guarantee for smooth operations of the windows. If so specified. Glazing : The glazing shall be of Indian make plain sheet / frosted figured glass of special selected quality and size as mentioned in item description and drawings shall be of M/s Triveni / Saint Gobain / I. Mode of measurement : Payment will be made on the basis of weight of fabricated anodized aluminium frames/ members/fixtures along with all fittings actually installed in position without any extra allowance for wastage. work. doors.  . Any defect found during the guarantee period shall be replaced / made good to the original conditions/positions entirely at the cost of the contractor. All joints between metal and masonry / rough ground wooden frame shall be fully caulked and mastic or polysulphide compound in order to ensure water tight joints.P -92 Hardware : All cut outs. in schedule of quantities.C. wall spans and precautionary measures against leakages etc. Guarantee : All materials and workmanship in above work shall be guaranteed for a period of one year (unless otherwise specified) from the date of handling over. shall be furnished by the contractor on stamped paper. Fixing : The window frames shall be accurately fixed in the brick masonry or R. accessories shall be of best approved type and of anodized finish same as for the frame and other sections. recesses. All the hardware. Samples : The sample of different windows shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge for approval. Any leakage found during testing shall be rectified by the contractor without extra charge.G. Approved samples of hardware shall be kept in the custody of Engineer-in-charge. All aluminium windows shall be fixed in position as per IS 1081-1960 (or any revision thereof): Code of practice for fixing and glazing of aluminium windows. Hardware shall be fixed in workman like manner all as directed by the Engineer-in-charge./ Modi make The specifications specified herein before shall hold good as far as applicable Glazing will be paid on square metre basis.

bolts. grills. Rates shall include fabrication. The lengths shall be measured along the top center line of the hand rail and shall be measured between ends of balusters. Any damages to walls. also to be painted as per specifications specified under Painting/ Polishing.S. The complete assembly of rill / railing so fixed shall be firm and there shall not be any lateral movements. rivets and any other miscellaneous fastenings devices shall be of steel and shall be provided by the contractor. balusters. All joints shall be made in best workman like manner with slotting and welding as required to the specified size and shape. fixing. Mode of measurement : Actual area of M. balusters. posts as the case may be upto two places of decimals of a metre. Painting : Painting shall be done as per the specification specified under painting. newels. Materials : All structural steel shall conform to IS 226-1963 sections for grills and shall be free from loose mill scales. All measurements shall be taken to two places of decimal of a metre and area shall be calculated to second place of decimals of a square metre. Installation: The approved grills shall be fixed in position where specified and shown in drawings including in masonry walls. Finishing / Painting/Polishing for railing : Teak wood hand rail shall be polished with wax polish / French polish / melamine with two or more coats over one coat of wood/primer or painted with two coats of synthetic enamel paint / flat oil paint of approved make and shade over one coat of approved primer. nuts.S. finishing and scaffolding if necessary. transporting. leaving suitable pockets. frame work etc. GRILLS/RAILING General : The contractor shall submit 6 copies of shop drawings shall show all dimension.S. Manufactured M. complete. found shall be rectified by the contractor at his own cost. to correct alignment. Fabrication : The grills shall be fabricated to the design and pattern shown in the drawings. installing. painting/polishing. providing an fixing suitable teak wood plugs. labour. flats shall be suitably mitred before welding to get the desired shape. grouting etc. etc.S. frames etc. details of construction. The joints shall be filled to remove excess stay after welding screws. hand railings etc. pitting or any other defects affecting its strength and durability. caused during fixing the grills shall be made good by grouting with cement mortar/packing /repairing properly at the contractors cost. installation relating tot eh adjoining work. The rate is to include the cost of all materials. materials. teakwood frames.P -93 20. scaffolding if necessary. grouting the same. M. M. transport. Samples : Samples of grill and railings shall be submitted for approval of the Engineer-in-charge and to be got approved before taking up for mass fabrication. washers. all labour.S. fabricating. M. Mode of measurements (hand rails) : Hand railing shall be measured for payment in running metre. The edge of the M. Grills then be fixed in between the posts. rusts.  . bends etc.S. Any undulations. grill manufactured and fixed in position shall only be measured in square metre for payment.

electrical conduits. After erection of scaffolding and before commencement of plastering work. all the ceilings and walls etc. level and plumb etc. except that sand for finishing coat shall generally conform to IS 1542-1960. level and plumb. Damage if . ceiling at regular intervals well in advance of his plaster work at no extra cost to the Department. shall have been completed before plastering is taken up. The contractor shall get these marks approved by the Engineer-incharge before starting the plastering work. Preparation of Surface : The surface to be plastered shall first be thoroughly cleaned of all muck and cleaned down. This may be double or single according to the requirement and shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge stage scaffolding shall be erected when ceiling plastering is done. pipes.III) Code of practice for cement plaster finish on walls and ceilings). In order to enable other service contractors to fix the electrical conduit boxes. have been installed in position by other agencies and the plastering surface is duly approved by the Engineer-in-charge. sand and water required for the work shall conform to specifications laid down herein before under section cement concrete (plain and reinforced). All general precautions as specified in I. concreting etc. The contractor shall also be responsible to render the final surface true to line. Thiyyas and Tapanis i. The surface to be plastered shall be well wetted for a minimum period of 6 hours before commencing to work. the plastering works shall generally conform to IS 1661-1987(pt. boxes. All finishing in and around these boxes as also around the conduit boxes in ceiling shall be done by plastering contractor without any extra cost to the Department. 1661-1987 (pt. General : Cement. take place. The decision of the Engineer-incharge in this regard shall be final and binding on the contractor. The mortar for all plaster work shall be cement mortar of mix as specified in the schedule of quantities.e.S. EDB's. in proper level and line with reference tot eh finished surface of the plaster. CEMENT PLASTERING FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS & SAND FACE PLASTERS Scope of work: The work covered under these specification consists of supplying all material for rendering all types of plaster / pointing finishes strictly in accordance with these specifications. outlets etc.P -94 22. All joints shall be racked to in case of brick work / stone masonry and closely hacked in case of concrete as the work proceeds. finished plaster patches shall be given by the main civil contractor on walls. Just before actual plastering work is taken up in hand. Before commencement of plastering operation. the contractor shall ensure that all the service pipes. that are to embedded in the wall or ceiling are completed and suitably protected against crossion by other agencies and okayed by the Engineer-in-charge. Scaffolding required for facility of working shall be provided by the contractor at his own cost. switch boxes etc. The contractor shall co-operate with the other agencies for fixing switch boxes at specified locations so that the boxes are fixed properly in line with finished plaster surface. top most junctions / joints / sides with beam / column shall be thoroughly packed with cement mortar to prevent cracks. The contractor shall be responsible for accidents if any. shall be marked with plaster buttons indicating the thickness of plaster required and which shall be in true line. All building operations like construction of walls. The plastering operation should be taken up only after the service pipes etc. The entire work of preparation of surface before plastering shall thus be co-ordinated by the main civil contractor with all other agencies working at site. applicable drawings etc.III) clause 8. shall be taken and preparation of the background shall be done as laid down in IS 1661 clause 12 and IS 24022963 shall be generally followed for sand faced plaster work.

After water is added during mixing. In machine mixing. However. inside. Mixing : Cement and fine aggregates shall be mixed dry in the required proportions to obtain a uniform colour. shall be carried out on a clean water tight platform. Rubber based sealants (brand name TECHMAT /TECHCOAT) by caulking guns or by approved methods as instructed / approved by Engineer-in-charge. plumb and plain and durable. fixtures. hair cracks. The finished plastered surface shall be free from cracks.P -95 caused to any of the existing fittings. Straight edges shall be freely used to . manual mixing will be allowed only in exceptional circumstances at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge. The mixes specified in the schedule are volumetric. 10mm Plaster : The plaster shall be laid with somewhat more than 10mm. level. The finish. Any mortar for plaster which is set or partially set shall be rejected and shall be removed for the with from the site. Mixing shall be done mechanically. Water shall then be added tog et the required consistency for the plaster. the mix shall be held back and forth for 10 to 15 minutes. Preparation of surface which has to take plastering work the surface should be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge. blistering. thickness and pressed and leveled with wooden ruler to a finished thickens of 10mm. The finished surface shall be true to line. Mix Proportion : The mortar for plastering shall be of proportion as specified in the item schedule. The lines of the grooves shall be well defined and rounded. crevices. the mixer shall run atleast placing all the ingredients in the drum. shall be of the same finish as that of the plaster. The adhesion of the mortar with the background surface is of prime importance as this affects durability of plaster. including doors and windows etc. The same shall be made to turn wherever necessary. local swellings and flaking. during the plastering operation shall be made good by the contractor at his own cost. cautionary measures such as fastening and lapping of chicken mesh over the junction areas should be carried out over which the plastering work has to be taken up as required by the Engineer-in-charge. fissures. where adopted. In order to avoid the formation of deep and side cracks an for dispersion for cracks at the junctions between concrete surfaces and brick masonry works. chicken wire mesh is to be provided by the on contractor at his own cost and the plaster should be done to required lien an level with no extra cost whatsoever. Groves : The grooves shall be of required dimensions. The minute gap between window / door frames with cills and jambs should be filled up / caulked by plaster of Paris / epoxy putty / silicon sealants. Only so much quantity of mortar which can be used within half an hour after the addition of water shall be prepared at a time. If the surface which is to be plastered either internally or externally is out of plumb and not in lien and level and if the plastering to be done is more than specified thickness to bring the plastered surface to perfect lien and levels in such specific cases. The grooves are to be provided in plastering in internal and external surfaces shall be included in the rates wherever mentioned in the schedule of quantities. Manual mixing.

in a separate operation after laying of floor tiles skirting. mullions. . 15mm Plaster: The proportions of sand and cement shall be as specified an shall cover all irregularities. depressions due to chasing etc. for sand faced plaster wherever applicable shall conform to specification laid down herein before under section cement plastering and the following specifications are also to be complied with. for scaffolding shall not be tied to the windows. floors or any other surfaces where plastering might have splashed. Straight edges shall be freely used to ensure a perfectly even surface. use of tools and equipment to complete the plastering work as per specifications. All corners. doors. providing cement plaster of he specified average thickness and proportions with specified number of coats. 3) Curing for 10 days. ironite or any type of skirting work to be finished rounded or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Plain cement tiles. The finished surface shall be true and even and present uniform texture throughout and all joining marks shall be eliminated. steel pipe scaffolding is preferred. doors. in the surface o be plastered. etc. windows. windows. windows. defective ladders and materials or otherwise arising out of his default in this respect. The mortar for all plaster work shall be cement sand mortar of mix as specified in the schedule of quantities. beams. The surface to be plastered shall be well wetted for a minimum period of 6 hours before commencing the work. Double scaffoldings required for facility of construction shall be provided by the construction at his own expenses wherever directed by the Engineer-in-charge. edges and angles shall be made perfectly to line. shall be carefully finished so as to furnish a neat and even surface. beams. All exposed angles and junctions of walls. doors. shall be carefully finished so as to furnish a neat and even surface. undulations. 2) All labour. The mortar shall be applied slightly more than 15mm thick and pressed and leveled with wooden ruler or straight edge to finished thickness of 15mm. Plastering items amongst all other things as described in various items also include: 1) Preparation of surface to receive the plaster. slabs etc. For better safety. Concrete surface shall also be clearly hacked and wire brushed if not already done before plastering is taken up. slabs etc. The contractor shall take all measures to ensure the safety of the work and workmen. Scaffolding shall be erected with pipes or bellies or bamboos of adequate strength so as to be safe for all the dead. 4) Cleaning the surface of doors. live and impact loads likely to sustain by it during construction operations. ventilators etc. doors. Proper scaffolding shall be provided to allow easy approach for workmen and supervisory staff to every part of the work Ballies. Any instruction of the Engineer-in-charge in this respect shall also be complied with. All joints shall have been raked out in case of brick work/stone masonry as the work proceeds. The contractor shall be entirely responsible for any damage to Government property or injury to persons. place and plumb. 5) Finishing the portion of plaster left above the terrazzo.P -96 ensure a perfectly even surface. Bamboos etc. Sand Faced Cement Plaster : General : Materials and preparation of surfaces and scaffolding etc. shall be made good by the contractor to the original conditions at his own cost. All exposed angles and junction of walls. scaffolding. materials. resulting from faulty scaffolding. Preparation of Surface : The surface to be plastered shall first be thoroughly cleaned down. Any damage done to the windows.

Mode of Measurement : Area of plastering will be measured net and shall be paid for. should be done and made matching with the wall finish after installation of electrical equipments. The proportion of cement to sand shall be as specified in the schedule. This is to be done in such a way that electrical equipments as well as painted surfaces are not spoiled. The rate for plastering should include the cost of work towards the following items for co-ordination with electrical item:  Neatly plastering around DB's junction boxes. The rate hall include the cot of finished all the edges. The dubbing coat which shall be of proportion as specified in schedule and a 12mm thick (1/2") layer shall then be applied/scored and keys shall be formed on the surface by thoroughly combing it with heavy horizontal lines about 12mm (1/2") apart and about 3mm (1/8") deep when mortar has just set. covers etc. fixed by other agencies. No opening less than 0. will be measured to arrive to the net area for payment. so fits. All openings more than 0. The cement mortar for sand faced plaster shall have washed and approved sand with slightly larger proportions of coarse materials. After application the surface should be finished with a wooden float lined with a wooden float lined with cork closely pricked on with a wet sponge tapped gently to bring sand particles into prominence. transport. Architectural bands and narrow widths of plaster over structural as well as non-structural and the line when prepare dint eh same thickness of plaster shall not be measured separately and shall be covered by respective plaster items. shall be deducted and no jambs etc. scaffolding. boxes. cost of all materials. The rate shall include the cost of finishing all the edges. M. curing etc. The rate for the item shall also include rounding up of corner and angles making sharp corners and angles finishing around ceiling rose and electrical fittings etc. corners. Vatas shall be done simultaneously with chajja plaster.    . finishing of top of dado and skirting (zad finishing). curing etc. junctions of roof and wall or beam with the finish as specified in the item.S. shall be deducted and all jambs. cost of all materials. should be covered by a plastic cloth of other suitable covering material such that water or materials should not splash the same during brick work and plastering work. The chajjas and any other horizontal portions shall be cleaned and set mortar that might have been fallen at the time of plastering at higher elevation. for such openings shall be measured for payment. in line with final finished plastered surface. boxes etc. Plastering of brick and concrete cornice and copings and plastering in restricted areas if any shall not be measured separately. but not exceeding 3mm. scaffolding.  All BD's service boxes. sills of these openings if done. The water is gradually added to make the mixture homogenous. The thickness of finishing coat excluding key shall be 8mm (about 5/16"). before plastering the same is taken up.1 sqm. For fixing M. DB covers etc. labour. DB's etc. labour. corners.P -97 Workmanship : The surface to be plastered shall first be dubbed out with cement mortar to cover all irrgulatities and faces upto proudest part.S. Thiya should be given such that the required face of the M.1 sqm. transport. The measurement of length of wall plastering shall be taken between walls or partitions (dimensions before plastering shall be taken) for the length and from top of the floor or skirting or dado as the case may be to the under side of ceiling for the height. and grooves if so specified in the item of schedule of quantities.S. box.

Commencing Work : Scaffolding : Wherever scaffolding is necessary. over which scaffolding planks shall be fixed. Materials : Paints. shall generally be taken in hand after all other builders work. No bellies. satisfied himself about their proper quality and given his approval to commence the painting work. Ready mixed paints as recovered from the manufacturer without any admixture shall be used. Preparation of Surface : The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned. in strict compliance with these specifications. Were ladders are used. the brand of thinner recommended by the manufacturer or as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge shall be used. rust. till the relevant item of work has been completed and permission obtained from the Engineer-in-charge.M/ 1:1 and cracks and crevices shall be filled with approved filler. except the priming coat. Approved paints. If for any reason. by the contractor at no extra cost to the Department.P -98 24. scales. . smoke and grease shall be thoroughly removed before painting is started. pieces of old gunny bags shall be ties on their tops to avoid damage or scratches to walls. thinning is necessary in case of ready mixed paint. Painting. The prepared surface shall have received the approval of the Engineer-in-charge after inspection. which are given in detail hereinafter with the item of schedule of quantities. practically finished. The materials shall be kept in the joint custody of the contractor and the Engineer-in-charge. oils or varnishes shall be brought to the site of work by the contractor in their original containers in sealed condition. during and after the completion of work who shall certify the suitability of the surface to receive painting and the paint before use etc. proper stage scaffolding shall be erected. before painting is commenced. Painting shall not be started until and unless the Engineer-in-charge has inspected the items of work to be painted. PAINTING Scope of work : The work covered under these specifications consist of furnishing the various types of paints and also the workmanship for these items. bamboos or planks shall rest on or touch the surface which is being painted. it shall be erected on double supports ties together by horizontal pieces. The materials shall be brought in at a time in adequate quantities to suffice for the whole work or atleast a fortnights work. oils varnishes etc. All dirt. The contractor shall associate the chemist of paint manufacturers before commencement of work. The empties shall not be removed from the site for work. The rooms should be thoroughly swept out entire building cleaned up atleast one day in advance of the paint work being started. Minor patches if any in plastered / form finished surfaces shall be repaired and finished in line and level in C. of approved brand and manufacture shall be used. For painting of the ceiling.

P -99 Application : Before pouring into smaller containers for use. Paints used shall be brought to the requisite consistency by adding a suitable thinner. shall be tightly rubbed down with sand paper or fine pumice stone and cleaned of dust before the next coat is laid. The final painted surface shall present a uniform appearance and no streaks. the painting shall be done with spraying. Any damage caused during painting work to the existing works / surfaces shall be made good by the contractor at his own cost. nuts. freshly painted surfaces shall be kept damp for atleast two days. shall be left on the work. This should be facilitated by thorough ventilation. In painting doors and windows. but care must be taken to see that no paint stains etc. No left over paint shall be put back into the stock tins. When applying also. Each coat shall be allowed to dry cut thoroughly and rubbed smooth before the next coat is applied. Spraying should be done only when dry condition prevails. blisters. the later in the direction of the grain in case of wood. Spray machine used may be (a) a high pressure (small air aperture) type or (b) a low pressure (large air gap) type. The external surfaces of the buildings under reference including he R. rivets. When not in use. The contractor will make suitable samples at site for Departments approval before taking up the work in hand and they will be allowed to proceed with the work only after getting Departments approval for the same. the absorbent surfaces shall be evenly damped so as to give even suction. Prospect covers of electrical switch boxes have to be painted from inside by removing them. The painting shall be laid on evenly and smoothly by means of crossing and laying off. fins and the panels above and the panels above and below the window etc. In case of cement based paints / primers. special care shall be taken while painting over bolts. the paint shall be continuously stirred in the smaller containers so that consistency is kept uniform. In painting steel work. are left on the glass. In this process. In any weather. Jalli. hair marks from the brush or clogging of paint puddles in the corners of panels. Where so stipulated.C. brushing the surface hard for the first time and then brushing alternately in opposite directions two or three time and then finally brushing lightly in direction at right angles to the same. containers shall be kept properly closed.C. no brush marks shall be left after the laying off is finished. depending on the nature and location of work to be carried out. Tops of shutters and surfaces in similar hidden locations shall not be left out while painting. shall be finished in different colours of approved shade. overlaps etc. Skilled and experienced workmen shall be employed for this class of work. the paint shall be stirred thoroughly in its containers. Care shall be taken while removing them in position after painting with respective approved paints. The additional specifications for primer and other coats of paints shall be as in accordance to the detailed specifications under the respective headings. . Each coat except he last coat. angles of moldings etc. The full process of crossing and laying will constitute one coat. The crossing and laying off consists of covering the area with paint. the putty around the glass panes must also be painted.

A brush in which paint has dried up is ruined and shall be kept at a place free from dust. 24. cement brick work. if any shall be removed and any damage done shall be made good by the contractor at his cost. Measurement : Painting. moulding edges. Precautions : All furniture. fittings. . the containers shall be washed with turpentine and wiped dry with soft clean cloth. lightings. aluminium galvanized steel Work : and Primer to be used Pink conforming to IS 3536 – 1966 Aluminium Primer Zinc chromate primer conforming to IS 104-1962 Cement primer Plastered surfaces. sils. the coefficient as in the following table shall be used to obtain the areas payable. varnishing. so that they are clean and can be used again. unless otherwise stated shall be measured by area in square metre. Iron of Plastered Surfaces Primer The primer for wood work. glazing. floors etc. Primer for wood work / Iron & Steel / Plastered / Aluminium surfaces shall be as specified below: Sl. Asbestos surfaces for oil bound distemper and paint The primer shall be ready mixed primer of approved band and manufacture. In measuring painting. of joinery and steel work etc. deduction will be made for area of such laminations. When the paint has been used. splashing. The co-efficient shall b applied to the areas measured flat and not girthed in all cases. Length and breadth shall be measured correct upto two places of decimal of a metre. sanitary.05 sqm. shall be protected by covering and stains. Priming coat on Wood. iron work or plastered surface shall be as specified in the description of the item. smears.No. jambs. of such openings. oiling etc. Rates : Rates shall include cost of all labour and materials involved on all the operations described above and in the particular specifications given under the several items.2 Painting. soffits. architraves etc. the brushes shall be completely cleaned off paint and linseed oil by rinsing with turpentine. No deduction shall be made for opening not exceeding 0.P -100 Brushes and Containers : After work. a) b) c) d) Surfaces Wood work (hard and soft wood) Resinous wood and ply wood Iron & Steel. fixture. In case of painting of door shutter with push plates in plastic laminate. and no addition shall be made for painting to the beading.

The surface treated for knotting shall be dry before painting is applied. Plastered Surface : The surface shall ordinarily not be painted until it has dried completely. it shall be dried before priming coat is undertaken.3. Preparation of Surface Wood work : The surface shall be cleaned and all unevenness removed as in para 32. shall be filled up with plaster of Paris / putty and rubbed smooth. Stopping shall not be done before the priming coat is applied as the wood will absorb the oil in the stopping and the latter is therefore liable to crack. holes and undulations. After the priming coat is applied. if any. Trial patches of primer shall be laid at intervals and where drying is satisfactory. Painting with superior quality and Flat Oil ready mixed paints on new Surface Paint : Ready mixed paints shall be of approved brand and manufacture and of the required shades. The painting shall be done by crossing and laying off as described herein before. 24. Application : The primer shall be applied with brushes. Knots. The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned. Iron and Steel Work : All rust and scales shall be removed by scrapping or by brushing with steel wire brushes. the holes and indentation on the surface shall be stopped with glaziers putty or wood putty (for specifications for glaziers putty and wood putty – refer as mentioned herein before). painting shall be taken in had. Knots if visible shall be covered with a preparation of red lead. worked well into the surface and spread even and smooth. shall be covered with preparation of red lead made by grinding red lead in water and mixing with strong glue sized and used hot. shall be removed. Holes and indentations on .10. They shall conform in all respects tot eh relevant IS specifications. All unevenness shall be rubbed down smooth with sand paper and shall be well dusted.P -101 Preparation of Surface Wood work : The wood work to be painted shall be dry and free from moisture. Appropriate filler material with same shade as paint shall be used where so desired by the Engineer-in-charge. Before primer is applied. Other details : The specifications for Painting (General) shall hold good so far it is applicable.2 (a). All dust and dirt shall be thoroughly wiped away from the surface. Hard skin of oxide formed on the surface of wrought iron during rolling which becomes loose by rusting. If the surface is wet.

Preparation of Surface : This shall be as per painting with superior quality ready mixed paint as mentioned herein before. The number of coats to be applied will be as stipulated in the item. Application : The specifications mentioned herein before shall hold good as far as applicable. The painted surface shall present a uniform appearance and glossy / semiglossy finish. blisters etc. The paint shall be conforming to IS : 1932-1964. Iron and Steel work : The primer coat shall have dried up completely before painting is started.4. Rust and scaling shall be carefully removed by scraping or by brushing with steel wire brushes. will be filled with approved putty as per manufacturers recommendations. All the cracks. Application : The number of coats including the under coat shall be as stipulated in the item. Other Details : The specifications for painting (general ) specified herein before shall hold good in so far as they are applicable. The surface should be thoroughly dry before painting. Top coat : Finishing coats of specified paint of the desired colour and shade shall be applied after the under coat is thoroughly dried. 24. Under Coat : The coat of the specified paint of shade suited to the shade of the top coat shall be applied and allowed to dry over night. Painting with synthetic enamel / Semi glossy Paint on new work Paint : Synthetic enamel / semi glossy paint of approved brand and manufacture and required shade shall be used for the top coat and an under coat of shade to match the top coat as recommended by the manufacturer shall be used. Additional finishing coats shall be applied if found necessary to ensure a proper and uniform semi glossy surface. free from streaks.P -102 the surface shall be filled in with glaziers putty or wood putty and rubbed smooth before painting is done. Plastered Surfaces : The priming coat shall have dried up completely before painting is started. All dust or dirt that has settled on the priming coat shall be thoroughly wiped before painting is started. crevices. . roughness etc. All dust and dirt shall be carefully and thoroughly wiped away. It shall be rubbed next day with the finest grade of wet abrasive paper to ensure a smooth and even surface free from brush marks and all loose particles shall be dusted off.

Primer : The primer to be sued for the painting with acrylic emulsion on cement concrete surfaces. 24. Finishing coats: All the finishing coats shall be of matt finish or any other finish as required by the Engineer-in-charge.05 sqm. shall be of approved compound and as per recommendations of the manufacturers. All wood surfaces are to be pointed with semi glossy synthetic enamel paint with an approved primer. frills. outlets. area each shall be filled up with mortar of the same mix. All shades and colours of paints shall be subjected to review and prior approval of Engineer-in-charge shall be taken before the application. the surface shall be thoroughly brushed free from mortar dropping and foreign matter. The number of finishing coats shall be as specified in the item. ventilation. A. Painting with Acrylic Emulsion/Plastic Emulsion Paint This shall be polyvinyl based Acrylic / plastic emulsion paint of approved manufacture of the required shade conforming to IS 5411-1969. electrical boxes and such obstructions not painted. In the case of old work.P -103 Other Details : The specifications for "Painting (General)" mentioned herein before shall hold good as far as they are applicable. Deduction will be made form the areas for fixtures. No oil based putty shall be used. the entire surface of . all loose pieces and scales shall be scrape off and holes in plaster as well as patches of less than o. small cracks and holes etc. Where so specifically ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. sheets. unless otherwise specified. White Washing with lime Preparation of surface : Before new work is white washed. Putty : Plaster filler to be used for filling up (putting) uneven surfaces. if necessary shall be of approved base and as per recommendations of he manufacturers.5. plastered surfaces.5 sqm. The Department shall reserve the option to delete or increase quantities in full or part from the scope of contract during progress of work.C. Mode of measurement: All the measurements for payment shall be taken on net surface area actually painted. The putty should be made from a mixture of whiting and plastic emulsion paint or as per manufacturers recommendations. timber and metal surfaces. Acrylic emulsion paint is required to be provided on plastered and concrete surfaces in portions of the building. if they are individually more than 0.

This shall be allowed to stand for a period of 24 hours and then shall be screened through a clean coarse cloth. The operation for each coat in the case of brush application shall consist of a stroke of the brush given from the top downwards. Preparation of lime wash : The wash shall be prepared from fresh lime stone white lime. Water shall then be added at the rate of about 5 litres per kg. Deductions will be made from the areas for fixtures. furniture or fittings and fixtures etc. unless otherwise specified. 40 gm. The cost of testing lime shall be borne by the contractor.P -104 old white wash shall be thoroughly removed by scrapping and this shall be paid for separately. of lime. another from the bottom upwards over the first strike. and similarly one stroke horizontally from the right and another from the left before it dries. shall be recoverable from the contractor. of lime to produce a milky solution. The approximate quantity of water to be added in making the cream will be 5 litres of water to one kg. ventilation. electrical boxes and such obstruction not painted if they are individually more than 0. The lime shall be tested in a chemical laboratory and test certificate submitted. and such other parts of the building act to be white washed shall be protected from being splashed upon. shall be removed by the contractor at his own cot and the surfaces cleaned. Indigo (Robin Blue) upto 3 gm per kg. Measurements : All measurements for payment shall be taken on net surface areas actually white washed. No portion of the surface shall be left out initially to be patched up later on. if any. to conform the quality of lime with regard to its physical and chemical properties. White washing: The white wash shall be applied with brushes or by spray in the specified number of coats. For old work. outlets. after the surface has been prepared as described hereinbefore. a coat of white wash shall be applied over the patches and repairs. grills. Protective measures : Doors. Damages. Length and breadth shall be taken correct upto two places of decimal of a metre and areas so worked out shall be correct upto two places of decimals of a square metre. articles of furniture etc. three or more coats shall be applied till the surface present a smooth and uniform finish through which the plaster does not show. mixed and stirred with sufficient water to make a thin cream. The lime shall be thoroughly slaked on the spot. of gum dissolved in hot water or Fevicol DDL Binder which shall be added to each 10 cubic decimeter of the cream. Further reach coat shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer-in-charge before the subsequent coat is applied. if any to painted surfaces. For new work. of lime dissolved in water. The white washed surface should present a uniform finish through which the plaster patched do not appear. The finished dry surface shall not show any sign of cracking and peeling nor shall it come off readily on the hand when rubbed. windows. shall then be added and wash stirred well. Splashing and droppings. floors.05 sqm. Each coat shall be allowed to dry before the next one is applied. Then a single coat or two or more coats of white wash as stipulated in the description of the item shall be applied over the entire surface. The washing on ceiling should be done prior to that on walls. .

Other specifications as detailed for Whitewashing with lime shall be applicable. shall be added to white wash with proper glue. Rate : The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations described above. Two or three coats. Warm water shall preferably be used. b) Preparation of Surface : This shall be as for painting work mentioned herein before in so far as it is applicable. at no extra cost to the Department. of gum and 0. not exceeding 0. Priming coat: • Priming coat of whiting shall be applied over the prepared surface. Each coat after applying shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. For new work. Indigo (Neel) shall however. cracks. The distemper shall be stirred slowly in clean water using 0. Of distemper or as specified by the manufacturers. Two kg. The item shall include removing nails.05 sqm. the priming coat shall be of white wash lime or with whiting as specified in the description of the item. badly applied. making good holes. It is patchy or otherwise. of copper sulphate dissolved separately in hot water shall be added for every cum. Colour Washing : In the case of colour washing. the treatment shall consist of priming coat followed by the application of two or more coats of distemper till the surface shows an even colour. not be added. The whiting (ground white chalk) shall be dissolved in sufficient quantity of warm water and thoroughly stirred to form a th9icn slurry which shall then be screened through a clean coarse cloth. not affected by lime.4 kg. The finish dry surface shall not be powdery and shall not readily come off on the hand when rubbed.P -105 Corrugated surfaces shall be measured flat as fixed and the area so measured shall be increased by the percentages to allow for the girthed area : Corrugated asbestos cement sheets : 20% Semi-corrugated asbestos cement sheets : 10% The number of coats of each treatment shall be stated. patches etc. shall then be applied as specified on the entire surface till it represents a smooth and uniform finish. of the slurry which shall then be diluted with water to the consistency of milk so . It shall be allowed to stand for at least 30 minutes before use. each with materials similar in composition to the surface to be prepared. it shall be redone by the contractor. No colour wash shall be done until a sample of the colour wash to the required tint or shade has been got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. Distempering a) Distemper: Dry distemper (IS 427 – 1965) of approved brand and manufacture.6 litre of water per kg. The mixture shall be invariably well stirred before and during use to maintain an even consistency. The colour shall be of even tint or shade over the whole surface. mineral colours. colour and required shade shall be used. c) Application : In case of new work.

particularly on absorbent surfaces. 24. the surface shall be lightly sand prepared to make it smooth for receiving. Hurried priming work shall be avoided.P -106 as to make a wash ready for used. 24. colour and required shade shall be used. Oil Emulsion (oil bound ) Distempering / Acrylic Distemper a). Application : The cement primer or distemper primer shall be applied by brushing and not by spraying. b) Preparation of surfaces : The surface shall be prepared as described herein before for painting work in so far as it is applicable and approved putty / filler shall be applied to the entire area to get uniform and smooth surface before application of primer. New plaster patches in old work before applying oil bound distemper primer. Before applying distemper. priming coat shall be allowed to dry for atleast 48 hours before oil bound is temper is applied. Only s quality of distemper required for days work shall be prepared. algae. as far as it is applicable. Two or more coats of distemper as are found necessary shall be applied over the priming coat to obtain an even shade. Other details : The specifications for "Painting (General)" mentioned herein before shall hold good as far as it is applicable. Care shall be taken to add the water proof cement paint gradually to the water and not vice versa. The surfaces shall be finished as uniformly as possible leaving no brush marks. grease and other foreign matter by brushing and washing the surfaces. affecting flow and finish. dust. The distemper shall be diluted with water or any other prescribed thinner in a manner recommended by manufacture. A time interval of atleast 24 hours shall be allowed between consecutive coats to permit the proper drying of the preceding coat. Water proof cement paint shall be mixed with in two stages. The surface shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water before the water proof cement paint is applied. The prepared surfaces shall be got approved before painting is commenced. shall hold good.6. shade and colour only shall be used. The first stage shall comprise of 2 parts of water proof cement paint and one part of water stirred thoroughly and allowed to stand for 5 minutes. The second stage shall comprise of adding further one . Oil bound distemper : (IS 428-1969) of approved brand and manufacture. No white washing coat shall be used as a priming coat for distempering. the oil bound distemper. b) Preparation of surfaces : The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned off all mortar dropping. The water proof cement paint shall be mixed in such quantities as can be used up with in an hour of its mixing as other wise the mixture will set and thicken.7 Water Proofing Cement based paint a) Material : Cement based paint (IS 5410-1969) of approved manufacture. • The application of each coat as mentioned in the specifications for painting (General ) herein before. taking care not to rub out the priming coat. These shall be of the same manufacture as distemper. dirt. The primer where used as on new work shall be cement primer or distemper primer as specified in the item. quality.

9 Preparation of Surface : Preparation of surface will be as mentioned herein under para 32. The bees wax and boiled linseed oil shall be heated over a slow fir. In all cases the manufacturers instruction shall be followed meticulously. Rates : The rate shall include cost of all materials and labor involved in all the operation described above. Deduction will be made from areas for opening / obstructions not painted. The polish shall be prepared from a mixture of bees wax. The solution shall be kept well stirred during the period of application. To avoid direct heat of the sun during painting. dry or oil distemper. The whole surface shall be applied with approved putty / filler to get uniform and smooth surface at no extra cost tot eh Department. the mixture shall be cooled till it is just warm and turpentine and varnish added to it in the required proportions and the entire mixture shall be well stirred.965 to 0.5:1:05 by weight. The number of coats of each treatment shall be stated in the schedule of quantities. c) Application : The solution shall be applied on the clean and wetted surface with brushes spraying machine. Where bees waxing is to be prepared locally.20. holes and cracks shall be stepped with a mixture of fine saw dust . oil bound distemper and proof cement Paint: water All measurement for payment shall be taken on net surface area actually paint unless otherwise specified and no co-efficient shall be applied for working to areas. Length and breadth shall be taken correct upto two places of decimal of a meter and areas shall be worked out correct upto two places of decimal of a square meter. linseed oil.969 and melting point shall be 63 0 C. Bees Waxing of Polishing with Readymade Wax Polish (New Work): Materials : The polishing shall be done with bees waxing prepared locally or with ready made wax polish of approved brand and manufacture. d) Other details : The specifications for painting (general) mentioned herein before shall hold good as far as they are applicable.m. When the wax is completely dissolved. 24.P -107 part of water to the mix and stirring thoroughly to obtain liquid of workable and uniform consistency. as stipulated int eh description of item. Corrugated surfaces shall be measured flat as fixed and the area so measured shall be increased by the following percentage to allow the girthed area a) Corrugate asbestos cement sheets – 20% b) Semi corrugated asbestos cement sheets – 10%.8. 24. Its specific gravity shall be 0. turpentine and varnish in the ratio of 2:1.05 sq. e) Mode of measurement for dry distemper.2 with the exception that knotting. the following specifications for the same shall apply : Pure bees wax free from paraffin or stearing adulterants shall be sued. varnishes. it shall not be applied on gypsum. paints etc. the cement based paint shall be applied on the surfaces already treated with white wash. wood and metal surfaces. if they are individually more than 0.

P -108 formed of ht wood being treated. free from resin or dirt shall be dissolved in methylated spirit at the rate of 140 gm. Application : The number of coats of polish to be applied shall be as described in the item. The finished surface shall have a uniform texture and high gloss. Other details : The specifications for painting (general) as mentioned herein before shall hold good as far as they are applicable. Of shellac to 1 litre of spirit. The final polish depends largely on the amount of rubbing which should be continuous and with uniform pressure with frequent changes in the direction. in a series of overlapping circles applying the mixture sparingly but uniformly over the entire area to give an even level surface. a second coat shall be applied in the same manner and rubbed continuously for one hour or until the surface is dry. slightly damped with methylated spirit and rubbed lightly and quickly with circular motions. The surface shall be allowed to dry and the remaining coats applied in the same way. Knots if visible shall be covered with a preparation to red lead and glue size laid on while hot. Rate and other details : These shall be as for painting (general) mentioned herein before as far as they are applicable. All unevenness shall be rubbed down smooth with sand paper and well dusted off. To finish off. Resin based Thermo Plastic Paint (Decorative and Protective Finish) : Materials : Resin based thermo plastic paint such as Sandtex Matt or other equivalent approved manufacture. the pad shall be covered with a fresh piece of clean fine cotton cloth. French Spirit Polishing (On new work with a coat of wood filler): Polish : Pure shellac varying from pale orange to lemon yellow colour. When the surface is quite dry. Application : The polish shall be applied evenly with a clean soft pad of cotton cloth in such way that the surface is completely and fully covered. 24. The final coat shall then be applied and rubbed for two hours (more if necessary) until the surface has assumed a uniform gloss and is dry showing no sign f stickiness. The surface shall then be given a coat of wood filler made by mixing whiting (ground chalk)in methylated spirit The surface shall again be rubbed down perfectly smooth with glass paper and wiped clean. A pad of wooden cloth covered by fine cloth shall be used to apply the polish. Preparation of surface : The surface shall be cleaned. Suitable pigment shall be added to get the required shade. beaten up with sufficient bees wax to enhance cohesion. beaten. Holes and indentations on the surface shall be stopped with glaziers putty. . colour and shade shall only be used.10. The and shall be moistened with the polish and rubbed hard on the wood. The surface is then rubbed continuously for half an hour. A trace of linseed oil on the face of the pad facilitates this operation. Measurement.

P -109 Preparation of Surface and General : The specifications for painting (General) described herein before shall hold good as far as they are applicable. In extremely hot environs. Deduction will be made from the areas of fixtures. the first one shall be diluted by addition of 25% water and the second coat direct. brass. the paint shall be applied on the side in shade.1 sqm each with materials similar in composition to the surface to be prepared. a protective coating of suitable bituminous compound or chomated redoxide should be given. Length and breadth shall be measured correct upto two places of decimal of a meter. The surfaces with algae growth thoroughly cleaned down to remove as much growth as possible and effective solution of stabilized house hold bleach (calcium hypochloride) of approved quality with approximate 35% chlorine content @ 2 kgs. upto two places of decimal. copper and phosper bronze. cracks. Mode of measurement : The painting unless otherwise mentioned shall be measured by area in sqm. The item shall include removing nails. New wood should be treated with a leafing grade aluminium primer or a water based acrylic emulsion primer. patches etc. Application : The ready mix Sandtex Matt or other equivalent approved resin based there plastic paint shall be applied on clean and wetted surfaces by means of brushes or roller. the second coat shall be diluted @ 2. On chalky or friable surfaces after removing the loose materials by stiff brushing or scraping the surface should be treated with one coat of advanced solvent based materials such as snowsol stabilizing solution or other approved equivalent with white spirit. On rough and textured. making good holes.05 sqm. grills. Snowsol stabilized solution treated surfaces shall be left unpainted for more than 2 (two) days. The solution shall be kept well stirred during the period of application. Snowsol stabilized solution shall not be applied over bitumen. To avoid direct heat of the sun. one under coat of cement based paint such as snocem or other equivalent shall be applied before application of undiluted sandtex Matt finish coat. Rate : The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations described above. Gypsum based materials shall not be used for filling of exterior cracks while preparation of surfaces. In case of application of two coats of sandtex matt at normal temperatures. ventilation. per 50 litres (or as per manufacturers recommendations) should be used to treat the surfaces. Protective Coatings : On surfaces such as ferrous metals. outlets individually more than 0. Other details : The specification for painting (general) mentioned herein before shall hold good as far as they are applicable. . not exceeding 0. Painting with resin based thermo plastic shall be carried out generally as per manufacturers specifications.5 litres of water to 20 litres of paint or as directed.

2. 1.91 Litre 1. 3.60 Kgs. 4.75 Litre 1. 2.87 Litre 1. 1. 3. 3. 3.75 Litres 1.75 Litre 1. 4.59 Litres 1. 8. 0. 2. 1.11 Consumption of paint for different Painting items: Sl.40 Litres 1. 1. 5. 1. 4.30 Litres 4. 6. 2.P -110 24. 2.90 Litre 0.00 Litre 1.74 Litres 0. 9.50 Kgs. 1.No 1.86 Litre 1. 2. of net area 0.82 Litres 1. 1. 7. 2. 2. Brief description of painting work Oil Bound Distemper on plastered surfaces: Cement primer (one coat) Two finishing coats Three finishing coats Flat oil paint to plastered surfaces: Cement primer (one coat) Cement primer (two coats) Two finish coats Acrylic Emulsion paint Cement primer (one coat) Cement primer (two coats) Two finish coats Cement Paint (old surface) Two coats on sand faced plastered surface Two coats on rough cast plastered Cement paint (old surface) Two coats on sand faced plastered surface Two coats on rough cast plastered surface Enamel paint to wood / steel Wood primer (one coat) Steel primer (one coat) Two finishing coats on wood Two finishing coats on steel Flat oil paint to wood / steel work Wood primer (one coat) Steel primer (one coat) Two finishing coats on wood Two finishing coats on steel External painting with flat oil paint Cement primer (one coat) Two finishing coats Repainting old painted surface Two coats of emulsion paint Two coats of flat oil paint Two coats of enamel paint Consumption per 10 sqm. 3.91 Litre 0. 2.4 Kgs. 2. 0.10 Kgs. 7.35 Litres 0. 1. 8.35 Litres  . 2.70 Kgs. 3. 4.91 Litre 1.50 Kgs. 3.72 Litres 0.90 Litre 0. 1.70 Litres 1.

FLASE CEILING WITH GYPBOARD AND G. frame work b) Providing and fixing one layer of 12. 6. paper tapes.9mm Ceiling angel of 25X10X0. any location and at any height. 3. The board should always be kept in a dry an d covered place sheltered from rain and to avoid dampness from flow. they should be supported on wooden battens which should not be more than 45cm apart on a flat surface. components shall be of standard approved make. frame work suspended form the soffit of the RCC ceiling.I.5 mm manufactured by India gypsum shall be used. 7. A.C. Finishing materials: All jointing compounds. primer and paints shall be with materials manufactured / recommended by India Gypsum. The material shall be stacked in piles of smaller heights and should not be stacked on edges. Handling and transporting of Gyp board shall be done carefully and as recommended by the manufacture's.I. applying two coats of primer suitable for gypboard and two coats of acrylic emulation matt finish paint of approved shade and make. 1.5 mm Perimeter channel of 20X27X20X0. c) Jointing the board flush. d) Making necessary cut out for light fitting.5 mm gypboard over this frame work. components shall be used for grid work (or) as specified in the drawing. a) Providing and fixing suspended G.I. grid work system shall be suspended from the soffit of RCC ceiling using anchor fasteners of 6mm of approved type and make and connected to siffit cleats and ceiling angle by means of necessary nuts. Gyp Board Gyp Board of plain series 12. .64 mm dia.P -111 25.5mm Intermediate channels of 15X45X0. FRAMEWORK Scope of work : The work envisaged under these specifications refer to supplying and fixing in position false ceiling at any floor.I. Soffit cleat 22X37mm Anchor fasteners 6 mm All the G. The Gyp board shall conforms to IS 2095. Material G.I. The G. Frame work : The system consists of G.55mm Connecting clips of 2. grills diffusers and other necessities. vertical and inclined surfaces depending upon the various requirements. so as to have flush joints while fixing. 2. Ceiling section of 80X26X0. bolts and washers etc. 4. The longitudinal edge of the Gyp board shall be of tapered / square edges. The following G.I. Cutting of board should be made in faced side of the board by means of retractable knife or by using a normal saw and the edges of the boards shall be planned using proper files.I. The work shall include horizontal. Gyp board which have deformed due to poor stacking should not be used. 5.

suspending. grills.  . Marine plywood (6mm thick)/special G. The Gyp boards are screwed to the ceiling section and perimeter channels with Gyp board dry wall screws with joints staggered. complete as per the specifications and all other activities related to the completion of the above job. Finally the boards are jointed and finished so as to have a flush look which includes fling and finish gin the tapered and square edges of the board with a jointing compound. jointing the boards. The rate shall includes providing all materials. The Gyp board are fixed with bound edges at right angles to ceiling section with all joints staggered. the finished Gyp board has to be painted with 2 coats of acrylic emulsion matt finish paint of approved color and make. diffusers. fixtures etc. shall also be provided at no extra cost. The scope of works includes fixing with screws.I. light fittings. smoke detectors and other necessities have to be provided frame work has to be made with perimeter channel of specified size and shall be suitably supported. Details of A. erecting. Joints at horizontal. The rate quoted shall include all the above mentioned activities related to the completion of the above job. Spotting of screws and jointing are then carried out according to India Gypsum recommendations to give a flush and smooth joint. Then. AC grills.C. the recessed electrical light fittings in the grid work of false ceiling/ boxing. Necessary door openings of hinged type of suitable sizes has to be provided with a suitable frame work for control valves and for access above false ceiling / AC duct boxing at not extra cost. No deduction shall be made for cutouts made for A. Length and breadth shall be measured corrected to a cm.I.I. grid component are installed to form a regular grid suspended from the soffit of RCC slab using soffit cleats ceiling angle and anchor fasteners as specified.I. Samples of light fittings are available with Engineer. recessed type electrical fittings to be erected in false ceiling will be as per specifications and as shown in drawings. diffusers. grid work. smoke detectors etc. Extra frame for various cutouts of different shapes. diffusers. vertical and inclined surfaces shall be suitably strengthened with additional G.C. providing required cutouts and open able doors and painting including providing necessary fittings and fixtures etc. grills. paper tape and two coats of primer suitable for gyp board (all as per recommended practices of Indian Gypsum). Mode of measurement: Measurements will be made on flat plan area basis in Sq. The remaining G.m calculated to 3 places of decimal. G. electrical fittings.P -112 Insulation : Perimeter channels are leveled at the required position of the finished ceiling line and fixed to the wall at 610 mm center with the screws and nylong plugs. frame work as required. if required. All joints of Gyp board has to be fixed on ceiling section. sections. The quantities indicated are approximate and is likely to vary depending upon the site conditions. The line and level of the grid work has to be checked for perfection and prior clearance of the grid work has to be checked for perfection and prior clearance of the grid work has to be obtained from the Engineer-in-charge before the placement of Gyp board.

The brick bat coba shall be laid in an even layer and to the required thickness and slope so as to form ridge. cleanced of all set mortar. The compaction shall be started immediately kept wet by sprinkling water observing the following precautions : a) Brick bat coba shall not be rammed with heavy iron rammers as brick aggregates are likely and rapidly with wooden beaters to get the required compaction and to obtain complete integration of brick bats and lime. c) The average thickness of coba shall be as specified in the items and the top of the coba shall be given slope or made level and edges taken into the brick masonry parapet or rounded off at junctions (vatas) as shown in the drawing and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Water proofing plaster in Toilet area : The following specification shall be followed unless otherwise stated in schedule of quantities. Brick bat Coba Water Proofing on Terrace : Materials : The aggregate for brick bat coba shall be broken from good and thoroughly well burnt bricks. for walls upto slab level and further above finish floor level upto 600 mm high and for floor the thickness of cement plaster shall be 25mm. The beating work shall continue for atleast 7 days. Approved water proofing compound like CICO No.1 or other approved equivalent shall be added @ 3% by weight of cement in cement mortar or as per manufacturers specifications in both the coats. hip or valley line as may be necessary and as indicated in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Brick bat coba shall be in Cement Mortar 1:2 Laying : The concrete surface shall be thoroughly rubbed. The brick aggregate shall be soaked in water before mixing with lime. b) White beating. The guarantee for waterproofing treatment in the prescribed proforma shall also cover horizontal expansion joint and vertical expansion joint. . fresh fracture may take place which may cause absorption of water from the mortar. Additional water may be sprinkled with beating in such causes as considered necessary by the Engineer-in-charge.1 Water proofing plaster in toilet area General : The guarantee for water proofing treatment in prescribed proforma must be given by the specialized agency which shall be given by the specialized agency which shall be countersigned by the contractor in token of his over all responsibility. These shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge before use. all dirt and dust and slightly wetted. WATERPROOFING 26. This shall be 20mm thick cement plaster 1:3 including an under coat not exceeding 13mm thick. All exposed surfaces shall be finished smooth with a coat of neat cement as directed. The workmanship and material shall be same as describe din plaster work in general.P -113 26.

The finished work shall be cured for atleast 7 days. The glazed surfaces shall be kept exposed and pressed with wooden mallet. Thick coat of cement slurry of the honey like consistency shall be sprayed on the base before cement mortar screening of specified thinness is laid. . making vatas etc. Care shall be taken to see that cements in joints does not get dissolved due to acid washing. The top surfaces shall be cleaned with saw dust an cotton waste.02 sqm. Vatas shall not be measured separately. taking care that no air pocket is left between brick bat coba and china mosaic flooring. The rain water outlets shall be finished as directed and no deduction shall be made for the same (area upto 0. 20 mm thick screed mixed with approved water proofing compound by weight of cement shall be laid and cement slurry of consistency of honey shall be spread over it using cement at a rate of not less than 0. Over the glazed tile pieces a neat cement slurry using cement not less than 0.P -114 Mode of measurement : The length and breadth of the surface area shall be measured to two places of decimals of a metre from the finished surface of wall and parapet and cubic contents to be worked out with average thickness of coba provided. The glazed tile pieces shall be soaked din water before setting in position. over brick bat coba and finishing with neat cement and cleaning to the required degree of fineness and evenness. At corners and junctions with parapet. The surface of brick bat coba shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust.) while arriving at the net area for payment. while the bed is fresh. Finally the surface shall be cleaned with weak acid solution to remove cement marks over the white glazed tile pieces. China Mosaic Water Proofing General : This type of water proofing shall consist of setting in thick cement slurry selected colour / white glazed tile broken pieces of approved make and size over cement mortar (1:3) 20mm. broken pieces of 6mm thick selected white / colour glazed tiles not less than 25mm and not more than 50mm in any direction shall be set closely by hand at random. Specifications and shall be got approved before incorporating in the work. per 10 sqm. Mode of measurement : The length and breadth shall be measured to two places of decimal of a meter. The different materials and workmanship shall conform to the relevant IS. labour. Rated shall include cost of preparation of surface. Vatas shall not be measured separately. a layer of cement mortar 1:3. and area worked out in square metre. alongside the surface including vata curves etc. Laying : Over the prepared surface of brick bat coba. dirt and loose particles removed and adequately watered. cost of materials.01 cum. shall be spread and the surface brushed in and lightly rolled with wooden roller. the water proofing coarse shall be rounded off in the form of vata with cement mortar bedding as per drawing and shall be included in the quoted rate. thick bedding to the required slope an level.01 cum per 10 sqm.

C. for receiving water proofing treatment. The contractor shall furnish guarantee in the proforma for the waterproofing treatment for maintaining the under side of the waterproofed surface in bone dry condition for a period of minimum ten years.C. laitance. If any honey combs are observed in beams and slab of Bath and W. traps etc. Finishing : The surface of the exposed plaster shall be finished smooth with neat cement. set mortar etc. plane and plumb to receive the floor/dado finish. W. contractor shall attend to all leakages. defects etc. The plumping agency shall then lay and fix the pipes. filled with injection method. Testing and Guarantee: The contractor shall test the surface where waterproofing treatment is provided for the bone dry condition by filling with water inside the depressed plastered portion. above finished floor level upto 600mm high. level. No wet patches or leaks shall appear on the surrounding plastered walls or at the underside of the slabs. Waterproof cement plaster 1:3 of 225mm thick for floor and sides of walls upto slab level and about 20mm thick for walls.C. During this period.4 Cement based Water Proofing of W. and necessary preparation of the surface for providing water proofing treatment shall be done by the contactor.D. Preparation of Surface : The surface to receive water proofing treatment shall be thoroughly cleaned. . shall be finished to proper line. the joints of water supply and waste connections including holes drilled for clamps shall be treated by water proofing agency. of scales. Sequence of Treatment : All cutting an chasing in the floor and walls for plumbing work shall be done by the plumbing agency. shall be essentially of cement based water proofing treatment with admixture of proprietary water proofing compound similar to M/s India Water Proofing Companys treatment or any other equivalent approved cement based water proofing treatment. The waterproofing treatment shall consist of providing cement slurry mixed with proprietary water proofing compound after preparation of surfaces. The plaster surface where tiling is to be provided as well as brick bat coba filling where flooring to be provided. pans. However.P -115 26. Water proofing agency shall then provide CETROOF or equivalent approved cement based water proofing compound according to the plaster treatment mixed with the water proofing compound according to the recommended specifications of the water proofing agency. The testing shall be carried out to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. and Baths Areas General : The water proofing treatment for the Bath and W. providing water proofing treatment etc. Waterproofing agency shall t hen fill in the depression in the floor with their "CETROOF" or equivalent approved waterproof brick bat coba with the admixture of water proofing compound according to waterproofing agency's specification and process which should be furnished in writing to the Engineer-in-charge for effective supervision of completeness of the process while executing the works. without disturbing the water proofing treatment. the same shall be grouted with cement slurry mixed with water proofing compound and the cracks and crevices. Curing of the waterproofing treatment shall be carried out for 14 days.

Final rendering to give a smooth finish of cement colour with false lines at 300 X 300 mm or nearer convenient dimensions. Applying cement slurry mixed with waterproofing compound for the entire surface to be treated. starting his work of checking up and rectification within a weeks time from the date of receipt of information about such leakages etc. 2. debris etc. The contractor shall submit the guarantee bond appropriate stamp paper and as per the enclosed proforma. as directed. 26. debris and other materials left over by other agencies will be got removed by the Department through other agencies. Waterproof plaster shall be computed by taking the length and breadth of the area actually plastered corrected upto two decimal places of a metre. pipes etc. Laying of broken brick bat of required thickness over cement mortar bedding to give proper roof drainage. pans. 4. in the measurement. Tenderer shall give complete details of . Treatment : The waterproofing treatment shall be generally as per manufacturers own specifications. joints grouted with cement mortar with waterproofing compound. Laying of joint less cement based waterproofing cement mortar layer of average thickness as specified in the item. upto two decimal places of a metre and also no deductions shall be made for W. pipes etc. If any honey combing including cracks and crevices are observed at coloumn junctions / and elsewhere. filling and grouting the joints with cement mortar. A typical cross section of the waterproofing treatment shall generally consist of the following: 1.C. set mortar etc. the same shall be grouted with cement slurry mixed with approved water proofing compound. pans. The waterproofing treatment shall consist of providing cement slurry mixed with waterproofing compound. Mode of measurement : 1.C. free for cost. the surface to receive the waterproofing treatments shall be thoroughly cleaned with wire brushed including removing of scales and laitance. NO deduction shall be made for W.5 Cement Based Waterproofing of roof terraces General : The waterproofing treatment shall be essentially a cement based waterproofing treatment similar to that of M/s Indian Waterproofing Companys CETROOF or any other approved waterproofing treatment. at desired proportions including grouting the cracks and crevices with cement slurry mixed with waterproofing compound. 2. finishing the surface smooth/chequered with cement plaster mixed with waterproofing compound etc. laying brick bats over cement mortar bedding to the required slopes for roof drainage.P -116 if noticed. by the waterproofing contactors. The filling with waterproof brick bat coba shall be computed by noting the levels and dimensions of the filled up depression before and after the filling. After removal of this rubbish. by him. 3. Preparation of Surfaces : All the rubbish. method and procedure.

The contractor shall furnish guarantee in the proforma specified for the waterproofing treatment provided by them for maintaing the underside of the roof in bone dry condition for a minimum period of ten years. All honey combs in concrete surface shall be carefully hacked and loose materials removed and all pockets plugged suitably well before commencing waterproofing treatment. details including roof fill materials. The contractor shall ensure that sufficient slope for effective roof drainage is provided within the average thickness of waterproofing treatment proposed by the contractor. before adopting to extra thickness. During this period. free of cost. by him. Testing and Guarantee : The contractor shall test the surface for the bone dry condition by ponding water over roof for minimum seven days period to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-incharge. starting his work of checking and rectification within a weeks time from the date of receipt of intimation of such leakages etc. All plumbing work will be got completed by the Department before commencing the treatment. in writing viz. the curing of the finished surface done by ponding of water on the entire surface for seven days. The surface shall be roughened with close hacking to provide adequate key for the waterproofing treatment. all the surface preparation mentioned above shall be got approved from The Engineer-in-charge. the contractor shall be liable to attend all the leakages. and testing of water tightness of the water proofing treatment and furnishing guarantee as specified. can also be used for testing water tightness. Incase the average specified thickness of treatment exceeds. Internal Waterproofing for Overhead Water/Lift Pit/Underground Sump or Tanks General : The waterproofing treatment for overhead water tanks shall be essentially a cement based waterproofing treatment similar to that of M/s India Water Proofing Company. Curing of the finished surface by ponding shall be done for 7 days atleast. minimum and maximum thickness etc. if noticed. once again the roof should be ponded with water to check its efficiency of waterproofing treatment against leakage. defects etc. Alternately.P -117 waterproofing treatment proposed by him. waterproofing compound. The rain water down take pipes if any. the fact shall be specifically brought to the notice of the Engineer-in-charge. while the work is executed at site. using proprietary waterproofing compound as per their own specifications and as per recommended proportions etc. Treatment : Before any work of waterproofing is taken in hand. After a period of two months. laitance. Preparation of surfaces The surface to receive the waterproofing treatment shall be thoroughly cleaned of scales. for effective supervision of the departmental Engineers.6. set mortar etc. 26. . shall be fixed by the other agency prior to commencement of waterproofing operation. consisting of providing water proof cement plaster after preparing the surface. filling the cracks and crevices by means of injection and surface method.

scour connection. The completion certificate shall not be given unless the test for water tightness as described above is carried out to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. shall be marked out on the outside of walls during test.P -118 The treatment shall then be commenced with injection into RCC members wherever required by cement slurry mixed with waterproofing compound of appropriate consistency to fill up all cracks and crevices if any. at no extra cost tot eh Department. No deduction shall be made for inlet. the period of test may be extended for a further period of seven days and if specified limit is then reached. Mode of measurement: Measurement for payment of waterproofing treatment shall be as per actual area covered by waterproofing treatment including offset. with no extra cost. Testing : The tank will thereafter be got filled into the full height immediately by the Department and water stored for a minimum period of seven days so as to observe any leakages / defects for necessary compliance by the waterproofing contractor. If the structure does not satisfy the conditions of test. once again the tank should be filled with water to check the efficiency of the waterproofing treatment done. all as detailed above. the structure may be considered a satisfactory. The tank shall again be tested for leakage after rectification. The tank shall then be dewatered and the defects made good by grouting. by the contactor. by out the same shall be finished as required. Suitable remedial measurers shall be taken by the contractor at his own cost till the test as specified above is carried out satisfactorily. The thickness of this treatment on the floor shall not be less than 50mm. testing of water tank for water tightness. as provided at site. The plastered surfaces shall be kept continuously wt immediately after 24 hours so as to cure it properly for atleast seven days. and that on walls not less than 20mm. the requirements of the test shall be deemed to be satisfied if the external faces shown no sign of leakage and remain apparently dry over the period of observation of seven days after allowing a seven days period for absorption after filling the tank for full height. furnishing necessary guarantee for waterproofing so provided. In the case of tanks whose external faces are exposed. The rate quoted shall include all the cost of materials. shall then be laid over floor from inside and will be continued along the sides and partition walls to their full height. After a period of two month after the tank is left dry. waterproofing. as necessary to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-incharge. the same shall be rectified.  . The entire surface shall be finished smooth with steel trowel in cement colour. plastering etc. wet patches and the like. labour. outlet. The length and breadth of the surface actually treated with waterproofing treatment shall be measured upto two places of decimal or a metre. shall be carried out after testing and rectification of defects. The work shall not be accepted unless the water tightness is established. overlapping. In the case of tanks whose external faces are exposed or can be left exposed prior to testing all leakages. haunch etc. A layer of waterproofing mix recommended by the specialization agency with admixture of approved manufacture waterproofing compound. If there is any leakage or wet patches. transportation. Back filling in case of underground sump and waterproofing the roof where specified. vata.

RUBBER / PVC WATER STOPS General : The corrugated Rubber / PVC water stops with center bulb of specified width. measured correct to one centimeter. Rate shall include supply.  . supporting arrangements. before the next pour of concrete is taken up in hand. mortar splashing. elongation etc. All the joints when unavoidable. Mode of measurement : The mode of measurements shall be in running meter.P -119 28. timber scantlings sticking etc. shall be field jointed for water tightness as per manufacturers specifications. all as described above. The eater stops shall be positioned with suitable temporary supports so as to render adequate rigidity to the water stops while concreting. Any damaged caused to water stops shall be made good by the contractor at his own cost. transport. jointing shall be avoided. fixing. welding. wastage etc. The exposed surfaces of water stops revealed after first concreting shall be cleaned thoroughly of all the droppings. of water stop actually laid without any allowance for taps. Placing in Position : The eater stops shall be provided in available maximum length and as far as possible. shall be of approved manufacture and shall satisfy all the normal tests such as tensile strength. cleaning etc. Sample : A sample of Rubber / PVC water stops shall be got approved from the Engineer-incharge before procurement of bulk quantity.

Bituminous Macadam. the existing slopes are to be ploughed deeply.975cum/ 10 sqm. Similar procedure to extend the embankment by dumping the material longitudinally shall also not be allowed. before the succeeding layers are placed. more on both sides to allow compaction of the full specified section. nominal size for 75mm thick consolidated Stone aggregate 50mm WBM:0. ROAD AND PAVEMENTS Scope of work : The work contemplated under these specification refers to Earth Work in excavation. Keeping the width of the bank initially less and widening it later by dumping loose earth on the slope shall not be permitted as the additional width and slopes will remain loose and uncompacted. If the cross slopes are steeper that 1 on 3. setting out and preparing the ground and thereafter forming embankment for the rods. curves. and approved by the Engineer-in-charge. steps with reverse slope shall be cut into the slopes to give proper hold and seating to the bank as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Water to be used shall be free from all harmful elements which may cause efflorescence etc.P -120 34. The surface of the embankment shall at all times during construction. water shall be added in the 100mm layers of the embankment to bring moisture uniformly upto . paths etc. Each layer of the embankment shall be watered. Earth work in excavation : The specifications for "Excavation. Forming Embankments.305 cum/ 10 sqm. for road an pavement works. Bituminous macadam for premix carpets for 38mm consolidated thickness : 11 sqm / mt. soling W.65 cum / 10sqm. Forming embankment : The work shall include preliminaries of clearing site. The tope 15cm. camber and cross section and dimensions shown in the plan or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Wearing course / sealing coat etc. For 150 mm thick consolidated thickness 1. with approved materials available form excavations under this contract (excavation paid separately under respective items) or elsewhere.725 cum / 10 sqm. Fill and Back fill" under chapter-I. Only the approved excavated earth shall be placed in the embankments in successive horizontal layers not exceeding 200mm. spreading in layers. The extra loose stuff at the edges shall be trimmed later after completion of the bank work without extra cost leaving the correct section fully compacted. leveled and compacted as specified hereinafter.B.M. Murrum for 75mm thick consolidated WBM : 0. Seal coat (Bituminous concrete for wearing course) for 12mm consolidated thickness : 33 sqm/mt. extending to the full width of the embankment including the slopes at the level of the particular layer and 30 cm. watering and compacting to the required density and lines. be maintained in such a manner so as to prevent ponding. When the embankment is to be laid on hill sides or slopes. grades. Approximate quantities of materials to be used in the work are listed below for reference : i) Soling stone : a) b) ii) iii) iv) v) For 230 mm thick consolidated thickness 2. of soil shall be scarified and watered if directed and compacted to the same density as specified for the embankment before any material is laid for the embankment work. specified herein before shall hold good as far as they are applicable. If the material for embankment contains moisture less than the optimum moisture.

the work may be accepted as substandard work by the Engineer-in-charge. The embankment shall be finished and dressed smooth and even in conformity with the alignment levels and cross sections and dimensions shown on the drawing.P -121 requirement. (about 1000 sq. it shall be allowed to dry until the moisture is reduced to required moistures. Joining of old and new embankments shall be done by stepping in an overall slope of about 1 to 5. The sectional area shall be worked out correct up to two places of decimal of square metre and the quantity worked out to two places of decimal to cubic metre on lines similar to those specified for earth work hereinbefore. embankment work shall be suspended till suitable conditions prevail at no extra claim / compensation. shall be made by the contractor at his own cost. it shall be allowed to dry until the moisture is reduced to required to the appropriate amount by exposure. The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the embankment work in satisfactory conditions at his own cost till finally accepted including making good any damage. which shall be as per drawing shall first be cut to and depth equal tot eh combine depth of sub-base and surface courses below the proposed finished level (due allowance being made for consolidation). Test shall be made to determine the maximum density of the material to be used by the proctor method before starting the work.yd) area of each layer of embankment work shall be taken and tested. Embankment not accessible to rollers. It shall then be cleaned of all foreign substances. the density is found to be less than 90% of the proctor density. the contractor shall do additional compaction necessary to get the specified density after adding water if required. Sub Grade : Preparation of sub-grade : The surface of the formation for a width of sub-base. Arrangement for obtaining the samples and transporting the same to laboratory. It on testing. the surface of the under layer shall be moistened and scarified so as to provide a satisfactory bond with the next layer. When loose layer is leveled manually or mechanically and moistened or dried to a uniform moisture content suitable for maximum compaction. Any ruts or soft yielding patches that appear due to improper drainage . such as those adjoining bridges. If the excavated material contain more than required moisture. Measurement and Rate : The contract rate shall be pre cubic metre of the finished embankment. Before placing the next layer. The average density shall not be less than 90% of the proctor density. if the density cannot be improved by such reasonable efforts. Density test shall be carried out for the embankment work during the progress of the work. it shall be compacted by 8 to 10 tone power roller or sheep foot rollers or heavy hauling or dozing equipment to give the specified 90% of the proctor density. The measurements of the section shall be limited to the mentions shown on the drawing or those ordered by the Engineerin-charge in writing. On curves section shall be provided with super elevation and increased width as shown in to plans as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. if he thinks it is not harmful for the purpose and paid for at a reduced rate. culverts and other works shall be carried out independently of the main embankments and shall have the layers placed in 150mm to 200mm height and each layer shall be moistened and thoroughly compacted with mechanical or manual tamper. Measurements shall normally be taken by taking cross sections at suitable intervals. obtained in the laboratory. One set of three core samples for every 1000 sqm.

5%.30 cum Blinding Material 0. correct to two places of decimal. . 24 mm Cross Profile Maximum permissible variation from specified profile when measured with a camber templates 15mm Where the surface irregularity of the subgrade falls outside the specified tolerances.2 cum to 1.2 mm 0. Surface Regularity : The finished surface shall be uniform and conform to the lines. laid on a prepared sub-grade / sub-base. The roller shall run over the sub grade till the soil is evenly and densely consolidated and behaves as an elastic mass (the roller shall pass a minimum of 5 runs on the sub grade). This consists of clean crushed coarse aggregate mechanically interlocked by rolling using power road roller of 8 to 10 tones and voids thereof file width screening and blinding materials with the assistance of water. Note : Net Quantity = Loose Quantity measure din stack minus 7. When tested with the template and straight edge. The area shall be worked out in square metre.27 cum to 0. 1. traffic hauling or from any other cause.10 cum. Sub-bases : Water Bound Macadam sub-base wit stone aggregate : Stone aggregate of size 90mm to 45mm shall be used. the contractor shall be liable to rectify these with fresh material or quarry spoils as the case may be and the sub-grade rerolled to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. shall be corrected and the subgrade dressed off parallel to finished profile. Measurement and Rate : The length and width shall be measured correct to a cm. cation and size Type A 13. the variation shall be within the tolerances specified in the table below: Permissible Tolerances or Surface Regularity : Longitudinal Profile Maximum Permissible undulation when measured with a 3 metre straight edge. All undulations in the surface that develop due to rolling shall be made good with fresh material or quarry spoils as the case may be and the sub grade is re-rolled. shall be as per table given below : Coarse Aggregate Classification Grading – I Size Range 90mm to 45mm Net Qty.P -122 conditions. Specifications for laying : Quantities of materials : Quantities of coarse aggregate.28 cum Stone Screenings Grading / ClassifiNet Qty. The rate shall include the cost of materials and labor required for all the operations mentioned above. grades and typical cross sections shown in the drawings. screening and blinding material required to be stacked for 100 mm approximate compacted thickness of WBM sub base course for 10 sqm. Consolidation : The sub-grade shall be consolidated with a power road roller of 8 to 12 tonnes. unless specified otherwise.08 cum to 0.

The screenings shall not be dumped in piles on the coarse aggregate but shall be spread uniformly in successive then layers either by the spreading motion of the hand. On super elevated curves. Rolling shall not be done when the sub-grade is soft or yielding or when the rolling causes a wave like motion in the sub-grade. When rolling develops irregularities that exceed 12mm when tested with a three metre straight edge the irregular surface shall be loosened and the aggregate added to or removed from it as required and the area rolled until it gives a uniform surface conforming to the desired cross-section an grade. Rolling : Immediately following the spreading of the coarse aggregate. Initially. The surface shall also be checked transversely by template for camber and any irregularities corrected in the manner described above. before spreading the aggregate for WBM. camber and shape as necessary. No segregation of large or fine particles shall be allowed and the coarse aggregate as spread shall be of uniform gradation with no pockets of fine material. In no case shall these be dumped in heaps directly on the area where these are to be laid not shall be spread uniformly to proper profile by using templates placed across the used to spread the aggregate uniformly. Weak places shall be strengthened. screenings.P -123 Preparation of Foundation : In the case of an existing un surfaced road. In no case shall the use of screening to make up depressions be permitted. the surface shall be scarified and reshaped to the required grade. The surface of the aggregate spread shall be carefully trued up and all high or low remedied by removing or adding aggregate as may be required. The level along the longitudinal direction upon which the metal shall be laid shall be first obtained at site to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge and these shall be adhered to. light rolling is to be done which shall be discontinued when the aggregate is partially compacted with sufficient void space in them to permit application of screenings. The WBM sub-base shall be normally constructed in layers of 115 mm compacted thickness. The roller shall then progress gradually from the edges to the center parallel to the center line of the road and overlapping uniformly each preceding rear wheel track by one half width an shall continue until the road metal is thoroughly keyed with no creeping of metal ahead of the roller. corrugations removed and depression and pot holes made good with suitable materials. The coarse aggregate shall normally not be spread in lengths exceeding three days average work ahead of the rolling and blending of to proceeding section. The rolling shall begin from the edges with the roller running forward and backward and adding the screenings simultaneously until the edges have been firmly compacted. where new materials is to be laid. it shall be compacted to the full width by rolling with wither a three wheel power roller of 8 to 10 tonnes capacity or an equivalent vibratory roller. Application of screenings : After the coarse aggregate has been lightly rolled to the required true surface. Dry rolling shall be continued while the screenings are being spread so that the jarring effect of the roller causes then to settle into the voids of the coarse aggregates. . if required. shovels or a mechanical spreader. the rolling shall proceed from the lower edge and progress gradually continuing towards the upper edge of the pavement. Spreading Aggregate : The coarse aggregate shall be spread uniformly and evenly upon the prepared base in required quantities with a twisting motion to avoid segregation. Only slight sprinkling of water my be done during rolling.

a suitable blinding material shall be applied at a uniform and slow rate in two or more successive thin layers. Surface Evenness : The surface evenness of completed W. sub-base in the longitudinal and transverse direction shall be as specified in the table given below: Size of coarse aggregate 45-90 mm Longitudinal profile when permissible undulation when measured with a 3 M straight edge 15 mm Cross profile Max. the surface shall be copiously sprinkled with water and the resulting slurry swept in with hand brooms or mechanical brooms or both so as to fill the voids properly. Rolling and booming shall continue with the spreading of the screenings. Either mechanical brooms or hand brooms or both may be used. after filling the voids form a wave ahead of wheels of the moving roller. water being applied to the wheels in order to wash down the blinding materials that may get stuck to the wheels. Rectification of Defective Construction : Where the surface irregularity of the WBM sub-base course exceeds the tolerances specified in the table given above or where the course is otherwise defective due to sub-grade soil mixing with the aggregates. Sprinkling and Grouting : After spreading the screening and rolling. the layer to its full thickness shall be scarified over the affected . After each application of blinding materials. Application of Blinding Material : After the application of screenings and rolling.B.M. sweeping and rolling operations shall be continued and additional screenings applied where necessary until a grout has been formed of screenings and water that will fill all voids and form a wave of grout has been formed of screenings and water that will fill all voids and form a wave of front ahead of the wheels of the roller. The transverse profile shall be checked with a series of three camber boards at intervals of 10m. Next morning defective spits shall be filled with screenings or blinding material. ridges on the surface making the fitting of voids difficult. Hand brooms shall be used to weep the wet screening into the voids and to distribute then evenly. sweeping with brooms and rolling shall continue until the slurry that is formed well. swept and rolled. No traffic shall be allowed till the macadam sets. Damp and wet screenings shall not be used any circumstances. so fast and thick as to form cakes. the surface shall be copiously sprinkled with water.P -124 The screenings shall be applied at a slow rate (in three or more applications) so as to ensure filling of all voids. The spreading rolling and brooming of screenings shall be performed on sections which can be completed within one day's operation and shall continue until no more screenings can be forced into the voids of the coarse aggregate. if necessary and rolled. The quantity of water to be used during the construction shall not be excessive so as to cause damage to the sub-base or sub-grade. lightly sprinkled with water. The spreading of blinding material. the road shall be allowed to cure overnight. In no case shall the screenings be applied. or to prevent the difficult. permissible undulation when measured with a camber template 12 mm The longitudinal profile shall be checked with a 3 m long straight edge at the middle of each traffic lane along a line parallel to the center line of the road. The sprinkling. or to prevent the direct bearing of the roller on the coarse aggregates. The surface shall then be rolled by a 8-10 tonne roller. Setting and Drying : After final compaction of the course. sprinkling of water.

b) Mode of Measurement : The areas of water bound macadam road surfaces of required thickness actually completed as per above specifications limiting to the areas as per drawing shall be measured in square metre upto two places of decimal for payment. shall be carried out as specified hereinbefore under chapter. 3. The rate shall include the cost of all labour and materials involved in all the operations described above. The stones shall be so laid as to have their bases and the largest area resting on the subgrade and in contact with each other. Any ruts or soft yielding places that appear due to improper drainage conditions. However murrum obtained from excavation work under this contract and used as blinding material as above on instructions/ approval of ht Engineer-in-charge shall not be paid. however. The consolidated cubical contents shall be calculated in cubic metres correct to two places of decimals. The surface thus prepared shall first be passed by the Engineer-in-charge. Spreading. be ensured that a thin layer of murrum / grit shall remain on the finished surface of soling. The area treated in the aforesaid manner shall not be less than 10 sqm. Rubble Soling : Rubble soling for road work including foot paths. watering.C. after which to mm to 50mm thick layer of selected hard murrum available from excavation shall be spread over the soling as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and rolled again such that the hard murrum gets into the interstices. but excluding the cost of 50mm size I.P -125 area.3 for Rubble stone soling. The item includes laying. para 3. Soling shall be laid in regular lines and staggered joints. traffic. consolidation. Soling shall be laid to proper gradient and camber which shall be checked frequently to ensure accuracy. with the following additions : Subgrade for soling shall be prepared by cleaning of all foreign substances including rank vegetation. hauling or from any other cause shall be dressed off parallel to the finished profile and the same shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge before laying of soling. blinding etc.  . if ordered by the Engineer-incharge. as far as they are applicable. if any. culverts side drains etc. a) Damages to the Department's Property : Any damage to the Deptt's property due to negligence of the contractor while executing the work shall be made good to the original condition at his own cost. metal and graded murram which will be paid under relevant item.R. reshaped with added material or removed and replaced with fresh material as applicable. In no cases shall depressions be filled up with screenings and blinding material. Measurements and Rate : The length and breadth shall be taken to the nearest centimeter and thickness to the nearest half centimeter. Rolling shall then be carried out by a 8 to 10 tonne power roller and soling consolidated properly shall be lightly sprinkled during rolling. The area of soling actually done of specified consolidated thickness limiting to the dimensions as per drawing shall be measured in square metre upto two decimal places. and recompacted. It shall. The stones shall be laid as closely as possible and packed well.

After 7 days curing the same shall be shifted to a leveled ground and stacked for further curing for 14 days. After casting. cracks. In case of struts. M. The posts and struts shall then be placed in the pits. 278-1978. These shall be coasted on suitable places/platforms in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 12. plumb and position. Fixing of M. / R.S.P -126 35 FENCING WORK WITH BARBED WIRE. the posts/ struts shall be transported to work site without any damage. scale. or G. for fixing in position.S. The exposed surfaces of the posts and struts shall be painted with two coats of approved primer. To posts and struts shall be free from honeycombing. . All the posts an struts shall be of sizes and lengths as specified in the tender schedule.C Posts and Struts : All the posts and struts shall be of standard size as specified in schedule. twists and other defects and shall be fabricated to the required shape and size out of the specified sections.5 mm.S. to suit the dimensions of the area to be fenced.C. last but one end posts.C. The reinforcement shall be provided as hereinbefore under relevant sections. the posts projecting to the specified height above ground level. posts / struts shall be free from rust. Spacing of the Posts and Struts : The spacing of posts shall be 3 m. thick cement concrete of specified mix. center to center unless other wise specified or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The pits shall be filled with a layer of 15cm. R. concrete cover at any point of the struts to suit its inclination or as shown in the drawing. End posts where barbed wire fencing is discontinued shall be strutted on one side only. the posts / struts shall be left at the same place and cured for a minimum period of 7 days. true to line. Barbed Wire : The barbed wire shall be of M. as to receive minimum 15cm. and posts where the level of fencing changes in steps and end post when the fencing changes its direction shall be strutted on both dies or as directed by the Engineer-in-charges. The work shall generally be carried out as per these specifications. the pits shall be so excavated. shall first be excavated centrally in the direction of proposed fencing work.S. cracks and other defects. nominal size) as per relevant specifications stipulated hereinbefore.C. The posts and struts shall be conforming to relevant specifications stipulated hereinbefore under relevant sections. shall then be filled in so that the posts are embedded in cement concrete blocks of specified sizes. by providing adequate supports temporarily. E very 10th posts.S. Posts and Struts : All the M. After 21 days of curing only. relevant drawings and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. true to line and level to receive the posts. as specified and it shall generally conform to I. The concrete in foundation shall be watered for atleast 7 days to ensure proper curing. deep or sizes mentioned in the drawings. corner posts. and cement concrete of specified mix. CHAIN LINK ETC.I. Posts and Struts : Pits of size 45 X 45 X 45 cm.

tightly round one line wire.24 (13G) Min. 6.) 216 128 Max. samples of the barbed wire and the individual line wires shall be put to tensile test and in case of failure to conform to tensile properties given below. 2. The barbed wire shall be formed by twisting two lines wires one containing the barbs. 3.50 2.00 (14 G) 2. The line wire shall be in continuous lengths and shall generally be free from signs of welds. Tensile Properties : Breaking load of line wire Min.P -127 The base metal of the line and point wire shall be of good commercial quality mild steel. It shall be able to withstand wrapping and unwrapping 8 turns round its diameter.50 (12G) 2. the whole or portion of the barbed wire shall be accepted or discarded as the case may be.24 (13G) 2. making altogether 4 (four) complete turns./m) 146 (136-155) 114(108-120) 117(108-125) 96(89-103) 102(97-106) 82(78-85) The barbs shall carry four points and shall be formed by twisting tow point wires. The line and point wire shall be circular in section. breaking load of complete barbed wire (in Kg.) 444 263 On the results of these additional tests. The bottom row shall be 140mm above ground and the rest at 125 mm or at given . free from scales and other defects and shall be uniformly galvanized if specified. The barbs shall have a length of not less than 13mm and not more than 18mm. Wherever required for every 50 reels or part thereof. 4.00 Nominal distance between two barbs in mm 75 150 75 150 75 150 Mass of complete barbed wire (in gm.) 302 179 Size of lien wire Nominal dia (in mm) 2. (in Kg.00 2.50 2. The points shall be sharp and well pointed.50 (12G) 2.00 2.50 2. The barbs shall be so finished that the four points are set and locked at right angles to each other. (in Kg. Fixing of Barbed Wire : The barbed wire shall be stretched and fixed in number of rows and two diagonals as specified. Line wire (in mm) 2. The barbed wire shall consist of two splices per reel. two additional tests of each kind shall be made on the samples cut from other reels.24 Point wire (in mm) 2. Barbed spacing shall be as given in the above table. 5.50 (12G) 2. The barbed wire and its weight shall be as given in the table below: Nominal diameter of wire Type 1. each two turns.50 2.

I. gauge etc.S. /G.S. scale.I. Mode of Measurement : The work shall be measured in running metre length of fencing correct to a centimeter for the finished work. straining bolts and bolts and the nuts / U clamps. Turn buckles and straining bolts shall be used at the end posts if specified.P -128 spacing as per drawing. 6mm dia M. from center to center of the posts. bolts. approved type U clamps threaded t both the ends and G. The diagonals shall be stretched between adjacent posts from top wire of one post to the bottom wire of the 2nd post. washers etc. The entire link fence shall be painted with two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved make and shade over a coat of approved primer or as specified in the item / drawing. turn buckle. The point at the change in level of the fencing. straining bolts. and with 6 mm dia full height M. Measurement : The work shall be measured in running metre length of fencing correct to a centimeter for the finished work from centre to center of the posts.I. The jointing of the barbed wire in between the posts shall not be permitted. it shall be stretched tightly and fixed to next post one after the other by the above mentioned clamps and bars etc.I. The diagonal wires will be interwoven with horizontal wires by fixing the odd rows of wires. The base materials of the wire shall be of good commercial quality mild steel.  . anchor bar. necessary links shall be adjusted suitably as per the manufacturers specification or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. including excavation and foundation concrete or as specified in item description for the work. or G. The rate shall include the cost of labor and material involved in all the operations described above including the cost of barbed wire. top/bottom. then the diagonal cross wires and lastly the even rows of wires. free from rust.S. leaving 50 mm clearance from the ground and 20mm clearance in the case of concrete coping at bottom to avoid rusting. Fixing of the Chain Link Fencing to MS or RCC post: The chain link of specified height of fencing shall be fixed first to the end post with necessary G. It shall be of M. The rate shall include the cost of labor and material involved in all the operation described above including the cost of barbed wire. Chain Link : The chain link shall be of approved manufacture and of correct size. welds and together defects and shall be uniformly galvanized if specified. Necessary holes should be tapped in the posts and the barbed wire shall be fixed in position by means of "U" clamps or bolts and nuts as specified in drawings. The wire shall be circular in section. / GI anchor bar etc. gauge etc. nut. In case of fixing with "U" clamps. After fixing the chain link at the end post. as specified of approved manufacture and of required size. the legs of the "U" clamps passing through the 10mm dia hole in the RCC post to hold barbed wire shall be turned up and down to get an overlap of 25mm on the face of RCC post. cuts. turn buckle. bolts and the nuts / U clamps including excavation and foundation concrete or as specified in item description for the work.

all to the full satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. After the alignment and grading of the pipes is checked by the authorized representative of the Department. It shall be ensured t hat the load of the pipes and the super imposed load of the earth filling is evenly distributed on the cradle or bed. After the cement concrete cradle has been laid properly. Necessary working space / gap for collars shall be made at every joint. a dowel is left between the two ends.C. If any damage to the cradle occurs. HUME PIPES RCC Spun Pipes : The pipes shall be RCC spun pipes NP2 class. cement mortar . The pipe drain shall rest on the bed at every point through its length. The cradle of concrete shall be allowed to set atleast for thee days before any pipe is placed on it and the contractor shall take due care in setting the pipe in the cradle so that no damage is occurred to the cradle. Joints : The joints for the pipes shall be made by loose collars and the connecting space shall be as minimum as possible. it shall be rectified to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge and in any particular case where damage to the cradle is beyond repair in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge.C.P -129 36 DRAINAGE WORK WITH NP 2 CLASS R. In this dowel. laying. conforming to IS 458-1971 and shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge for soundness before incorporation the work. if specified or as directed by he Engineer-in-charge. The collars shall be slipped on before the next pipe is laid. The two adjacent pipes will be so designed and manufactured that when butted together concentrically. Laying RCC spun pipes : The work consist of providing. Laying of pipe shall proceed upgrade of a slope. To ensure this the space between the underside of the pipe on the invert of the cradle shall be carefully grouted solid with cement slurry consisting of one part of cement to one part of clean washed sand in such a manner that no void is left. No pipe shall be laid or placed till the alignment of the pipe drain and its levels and gradient have been carefully checked and found correct / approved by the Engineer-incharge. the pipes shall be lowered gradually into the trenches over the concrete cradle or bed. the contractor shall cut out the damaged section of the cradle and redo the same at his own expenses tot eh complete satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. The collars shall be specifically roughened inside to provide a better grip. The contractor shall take precautions to see that no dirt. the grouting shall be done with specified stiff mix of cement mortar. earth or other foreign matter is allowed on the surface of the cradle or bed of the pipe resting thereon. jointing and testing RCC spun pipe storm water drain of required diameter as mentioned in the schedule to discharge storm water to the main nallh as shown in the drawing.

watered. the filling upto a depth of 30 cm. rammed and consolidated in layers not exceeding 30cm. In addition. The rate shall include the cost of materials an labor including jointing. in order to detect any leakage easily. The space remaining between the pipe ends and the collar being then caulked with cement mortar of (1:1) or other specified proportion so that an even space appears all round the external diameter of the pipes. involved in all the operations described above. Fittings / specials shall not be measured separately. All the joints shall be finished off smooth at an angle of 45 0 with the longitudinal axis of the pipe on either side of the collars.8m of water above the top of the pipes. above the crown of pipe or barrel shall be done with fine material such as earth. shorting and timbering in trenches and cement concreting wherever required shall be measured separately under relevant items of work. rammed and consolidated taking care that no damage is caused to the pipe below. Engineer-in-charge may order concrete to be increased or diminished : The Engineer-in-charge may increase or decrease the concrete on the pipe drains as to the quantity and quality to omit the same entirely according to the nature of the ground that may be revealed when the storm water drain trenches are excavated. Excavation back filling. Mode of measurement : The length of pipes shall be measured in running metre nearest to a centimeter along the center lien of the pipes over all fittings such as collars. junctions etc. The interior of the pipe drains shall be cleaned off all dirt. cutting of pipes to the required lengths. Testing of RCC spun pipes : After sufficient interval has been allowed for the joints to set. cement mortar and superfluous materials and joints shall be cured for atleast 7 days. the pipe drains will be tested under a water head of atleast 1. bends.  . wastages etc. Back filling / filling trenches : Filling in trenches for pipes and drains shall be commenced as soon as the joints of pipes and drains have been tested and passed. grouting. the filling shall be done with earth on the sides and top of pipes in layers not exceeding 20 cm. In case of excavation of trenches in rock. the pipe drains shall be examined for leaks of land / sun soil water making its way through the joints. The cost of testing of the pipe drain shall be borne by the contractor and is deemed to be included in the rates quoted by the contractor. The contractor shall make the pipe drains water tight against the entrance of land/ sub soil water from outside and also against the leakages of water from the inside of the pipe drains at the test heads specified above to the full satisfaction of the pipes. Where the trenches are excavated in soil. as specified in the schedule be filled and then between the ends a paste of cement mortar of the same proportions will be placed.2m and in no case under a head greater than 1. The remaining filling shall be done with rock filling or boulders of size not exceeding 15cm. mixed with fine material as available to fill up the voids. watered. murrum or pulverized decomposed rock according to the availability at site.P -130 of (1:1) proportion or mix.

Cum. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Qty. 1:2:4.M.M.30 0. Sqm. Note : For controlled concrete items like M-10. Sqm. c. 1:6 C. 1:4 Brick Masonry in C.65 1. Sqm Sqm.20 * Brief description of item Cement Concrete 1:5:10 Cement Concrete 1:4:8 Cement Concrete 1:3:6 Cement Concrete 1:2:4 Reinforced Cement Concrete 1:2:4 Reinforced Cement Concrete: 1:1 1/2 :3 Reinforced Cement Concrete 1:1:2 Unit Cum Cum Cum. M-25 etc. 0. 14 15 a. Sl.40 * 6. 1:3 Hardonate flooring – 50 mm thick (C. Cum. M-15.M. b. b. Sqm. Finished smooth) 30 mm thick 40 mm thick (smooth / broom finish) 50 mm thick (+) 20 mm thick skirting /dado in cm.27 1.28 Sqm. 1:3 backing Coping Terrazzo Tile : Flooring (with lime mortar bedding and pointed with cement slurry) Skirting with 20 mm thick C.18 0. Masonry in C.41 Cum.M. 1:3 backing Sqm. Sqm.40 * 8.25 0.60 3. 8 9 10 11 12 a. Sqm. Cum.21 1.28 0. 1:4 with RCC 1:2:4 stiffeners Half brick masonry in 1:4 R. c.27 0. 0.37 0. 1:2:4.M. Sqm. 1:6 IPS Flooring (C.30 0. finished smooth) Kota Stone : Flooring ( with lime mortar bedding pointed with matching cement slurry) Skirting with 20mm thick C. THEORETICAL. Sqm. hydraulically pressed with C.P -131 37. e. the Consumption of cement will have to be assessed by the Engineer-in-charge on the basis of design mixes approved for individual work. 16 a. b.56 .13 0.28 0.36 0. 1:3 bedding Treads in one piece Risers. c. M-20. b.23 0.40 4. 1:6 Half brick masonry in C. of cement in bags 2. d. Brick Masonry in C.R. Cum. Sqm.C. Masonry in C.M.00 * 12.40 * 6.M. 1. STANDARD REQUIREMENT OF CEMENT FOR VARIOUS ITEMS OF WORK FOR GUIDANCE OF CONTRACTOR. No.13 Sqm. hydraulically pressed with C. 1:3 Treads. 0. 13 a. Sqm. Sqm.C. Cum.M.90 1.R.M. Cum Cum.

1:2:4 + 12mm with marble chips & powder) Skirting. b. Sqm. Cement mortar 1:4 a. Sqm.30 0. 20 mm thick in C.M.22 0.18 0. 1:4 Cuddapah stone window sill over 20mm thick C. Sqm.09 0.C.19 .P -132 f. 17 a. 20 21 22 23 24 Risers in one piece Cast in situ terrazzo : Flooring 40 mm thick (28 mm C. 12 mm thick Sqm.M. 1:3 bedding Cement tile : Flooring (Lime mortar bedding) Skirting with 20 mm thick C. 1:4 + 13mm C. Sqm. 20mm thick (12mm C. 1:4 Fixing hold fasts in cement concrete 1:3:6 of size 300 X 100 X 150mm for door & windows Cement plaster in C. Sqm. 1:4 + 8mm C. Sqm.31 Sqm.152 29 Cement plaster in C. 25 a.18 0.17 0.23 B. 1:3 Plaster skirting. b.11 0. Sqm. b. Sqm. 20 mm thick ( 12 mm C. Sqm. Sqm. 100 nos.27 2. 0.M.M. 1:4 in two coats with neat cement punning 12 mm thick 10 mm + 5 mm ( for ceiling) 15 mm thick 15 mm + 5 mm (for internal walls) Cement plaster in C. Sqm. 1:3 Cuddapah stone kitchen platform over 20mm thick C. Sqm Sqm.M.28 0. Sqm.13 0. b.21 0. c. 18 19 a. 20 mm thick rough finish (for external brick / concrete surfaces Sand faced plaster.26 0.14 Sqm. 0. 1:3 + 8 mm marble chips with cement & marble powder) White glazed tile flooring and dado over 20mm C. 0. 0.30 0. Cement mortar 1:5 Cement plaster in C.17 0. a. 0.11 0.M. 1:3) Rough cast plaster.M. 1:3 with water proofing compound finished smooth with neat cement a. 1:4 / 1:5 with neeru finish A. 1:3) (+) (+) 10 mm wide & 18 mm thick plain or moulded cement mortar band in CM 1:4 Sqm. 100 RM 0.M.25 0.M.M. b.27 0.20 Sqm. 25mm thick ( 12 mm C. 26 27 28 12 mm thick 15 mm thick 20 mm thick 12 mm thick 15 mm thick 20 mm thick Sqm.M.M.M. 1:4. c.M. Sqm.

21 0. 0. 20 mm thick b. Angle iron posts b. 1:1 / 1:2 A.64 32 Damp proof course in CC 1:2:4 a. 0. 150 mm dia C. RM Sqm.30 3.02 0. chajjas. Basement type (surface) d.50 0.04 Cement pointing in C.37 0. 38 mm thick 33 Laying R.48 0. Sqm. 50 mm dia 35 Chain link fencing / barbed wire fencing C. 0. 600 mm dia 34 Cement mortar 1:4 screed a.45 0. Terrace type average 115mm thick b.70 0.50 0.12 0. Sqm. pointed in C.18 0. 100 mm dia B. 31 20 mm thick Ruled pointing (groove pointing) Raised & cut pointing Sqm. Sqm.24 0.21 0. 30 a. b. Cement concrete 1:2:4 posts m m m Sqm.60 0.22 0. 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m Sqm.M. O.00 0.16 0. Sqm.C. 300 mm dia E. Cum. Expansion joints Sqm. 250 mm dia D.H. Basement type (Box type) c. 1:3 Cement based waterproofing works (M/s India water-proofing or equivalent : a.C.02 0. 1:3 15 X 10 mm groove Pointing & grouting stone pitching in CM 1:3  . 25 mm thick b. extra in roof terrace f. Brickbat coba in toilets.10 0. Sqm. Sqm. In sunken floor of toilets. 1:3:4 pockets of 45 X 450 X 600 mm a. parapets e.M. water tanks g.C. spun pipes in C.14 36 37 38 Kerb stone in CC 1:3:6 of size 125 X 375 mm Shahabad stone paving. 450 mm dia F. Sqm. Sqm.M.P -133 b.27 0.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful